20-F
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
May 13, 2009
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 20-F
|
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR
(g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
OR
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2008
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
Date of event requiring this
shell company report
|
Commission file
number: 1-13546
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Not Applicable
|
|
The Netherlands
|
(Translation of
registrants
name into English)
|
|
(Jurisdiction of
incorporation
or organization)
|
39, Chemin du Champ des
Filles
1228 Plan-Les-Ouates
Geneva
Switzerland
(Address of principal executive
offices)
Carlo Bozotti
39, Chemin du Champ des
Filles
1228 Plan-Les-Ouates
Geneva
Switzerland
Tel: +41 22 929 29 29
Fax: +41 22 929 29 88
(Name,
Telephone,
E-mail
and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact
Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to
Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class:
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
|
|
Common shares, nominal value 1.04 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered or to be
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a
reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the
issuers classes of capital or common stock as of the close
of the period covered by the annual report:
874,276,833 common shares at
December 31, 2008
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes þ No
o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by
check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.
Yes o No
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Yes þ No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to submit and post such files).
Yes o No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant
has used to prepare the financial statements included in this
filing:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP þ
|
|
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued o
|
|
Other o
|
|
|
by the International Accounting Standards Board
|
|
|
If Other has been checked in response to the
previous question, indicate by check mark which financial
statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 o Item 18 o
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No
þ
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key Information
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Information on the Company
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Information
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
Listing
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Information
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use
of Proceeds
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
Controls and Procedures
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Committee Financial Expert
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
|
|
Code of Ethics
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated
Purchasers
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Registrants Certifying Accountant
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Governance
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits
|
|
|
182
|
|
EX-4.3 |
EX-4.4 |
EX-8.1 |
EX-12.1 |
EX-12.2 |
EX-13.1 |
EX-15.1 |
EX-15.2 |
1
PRESENTATION
OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
In this annual report or
Form 20-F
(the
Form 20-F),
references to we, us and
Company are to STMicroelectronics N.V. together with
its consolidated subsidiaries, references to EU are
to the European Union, references to and the
Euro are to the Euro currency of the EU, references
to the United States and U.S. are to the
United States of America and references to $ or to
U.S. dollars are to United States dollars.
References to mm are to millimeters and references
to nm are to nanometers.
We have compiled the market share, market size and competitive
ranking data in this annual report using statistics and other
information obtained from several third-party sources. Except as
otherwise disclosed herein, all references to our competitive
positions in this annual report are based on 2008 revenues
according to provisional industry data published by iSuppli and
2007 revenues according to industry data published by iSuppli,
and references to trade association data are references to World
Semiconductor Trade Statistics (WSTS). Certain terms
used in this annual report are defined in Certain
Terms.
We report our financial statements in U.S. dollars and
prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
(U.S. GAAP). We also report certain
non-U.S. GAAP
financial measures (net operating cash flow, net financial
position and pro forma operating performance), which are derived
from amounts presented in the financial statements prepared
under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, since 2005, we have been
required by Dutch law to report our statutory and Consolidated
Financial Statements, previously reported using generally
accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands, in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS). The financial statements reported in IFRS
can differ materially from the statements reported in
U.S. GAAP.
Various amounts and percentages used in this
Form 20-F
have been rounded and, accordingly, they may not total 100%.
We and our affiliates own or otherwise have rights to the
trademarks and trade names, including those mentioned in this
annual report, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale
of our products.
CAUTIONARY
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements contained in this
Form 20-F
that are not historical facts, particularly in
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors, Item 4. Information on the
Company and Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and Business
Outlook, are statements of future expectations and other
forward-looking statements (within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 or
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as
amended) that are based on managements current views and
assumptions, and are conditioned upon and also involve known and
unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results,
performance or events to differ materially from those in such
statements due to, among other factors:
|
|
|
|
|
Volatility in demand in the key application markets and from key
customers served by our products, and changes in customer order
patterns, including order cancellations, all of which generate
uncertainties and make it extremely difficult to accurately
forecast and plan our future business activities and to operate
our manufacturing facilities at sufficient levels to cover fixed
operating costs;
|
|
|
|
significant differences in the gross margins we achieve compared
to expectations, based on changes in revenue levels, product mix
and pricing, capacity utilization and unused capacity charges,
excess or obsolete inventory, manufacturing yields, changes in
unit costs, impairments of long-lived assets (including
manufacturing, assembly/test and intangible assets), and the
timing, execution and associated costs for the announced
transfer of manufacturing from facilities designated for
closure, including phase-out and
start-up
costs;
|
|
|
|
the impact of intellectual property claims by our competitors or
other third parties, and our ability to obtain required licenses
on reasonable terms and conditions;
|
|
|
|
the outcome of ongoing litigation as well as any new litigation
to which we may become a defendant;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
the current volatility in the financial markets and overall
economic uncertainty increases the risk that the actual amounts
potentially realized upon a future sale of our debt and equity
investments could differ significantly from the fair values
currently assigned to them;
|
|
|
|
the depth and length of the current financial crisis will have a
negative impact on our financial performance which, in turn, may
lead to negative financial results, additional restructuring
measures, further impairments as well as new initiatives
designed to protect our liquidity and financial strength, which
may impact our ability to pursue new investment opportunities,
secure financing or pay dividends;
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully integrate the acquisitions we
pursue, in particular the merger of ST-NXP Wireless with
Ericsson Mobile Platforms (EMP) to
form ST-Ericsson,
which may prove even more challenging in the current difficult
economic environment;
|
|
|
|
we hold significant non-marketable equity investments in
Numonyx, our joint venture in the flash memory market segment,
and in ST-Ericsson, our joint venture in the wireless segment.
Additionally, we are a guarantor for certain Numonyx debt.
Therefore, declines in these market segments could result in
significant impairment charges, restructuring charges and
gains/losses on equity investments;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage in an intensely competitive and cyclical
industry, where a high percentage of our costs are fixed and are
incurred in currencies other than U.S. dollars, as well as
our our ability to execute our restructuring initiatives in
accordance with our plans if unforeseen events require
adjustments or delays in implementation;
|
|
|
|
the effects of hedging, which we practice in order to minimize
the impact of variations between the U.S. dollar and the
currencies of the other major countries in which we have our
operating infrastructure, especially the Euro, in the currently
very volatile currency environment;
|
|
|
|
our ability in an intensively competitive environment to secure
customer acceptance and to achieve our pricing expectations for
high-volume supplies of new products in whose development we
have been, or are currently, investing;
|
|
|
|
the ability to maintain solid, viable relationships with our
suppliers and customers in the event they are unable to maintain
a competitive market presence due, in particular, to the effects
of the current economic environment;
|
|
|
|
changes in the political, social or economic environment,
including as a result of military conflict, social unrest
and/or
terrorist activities, as well as natural events such as severe
weather, health risks, epidemics or earthquakes in the countries
in which we, our key customers or our suppliers,
operate; and
|
|
|
|
changes in our overall tax position as a result of changes in
tax laws or the outcome of tax audits, and our ability to
accurately estimate tax credits, benefits, deductions and
provisions and to realize deferred tax assets.
|
Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and
uncertainties, which may cause actual results and performance of
our business to differ materially and adversely from the
forward-looking statements. Certain forward-looking statements
can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology,
such as believes, expects,
may, are expected to, will,
will continue, should, would
be, seeks or anticipates or
similar expressions or the negative thereof or other variations
thereof or comparable terminology, or by discussions of
strategy, plans or intentions. Some of these risk factors are
set forth and are discussed in more detail in Item 3.
Key Information Risk Factors. Should one or
more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should
underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary
materially from those described in this
Form 20-F
as anticipated, believed or expected. We do not intend, and do
not assume any obligation, to update any industry information or
forward-looking statements set forth in this
Form 20-F
to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
Unfavorable changes in the above or other factors listed under
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors from time to time in our Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) filings, could have a material
adverse effect on our business
and/or
financial condition.
3
PART I
|
|
Item 1.
|
Identity
of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 2.
|
Offer
Statistics and Expected Timetable
|
Not applicable.
Selected
Financial Data
The table below sets forth our selected consolidated financial
data for each of the years in the five-year period ended
December 31, 2008. Such data have been derived from our
Consolidated Financial Statements. Consolidated audited
financial statements for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2008, including the Notes thereto
(collectively, the Consolidated Financial
Statements), are included elsewhere in this
Form 20-F,
while data for prior periods have been derived from our
Consolidated Financial Statements used in such periods.
The following information should be read in conjunction with
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the
related Notes thereto included in Item 8. Financial
Information Financial Statements in this
Form 20-F.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In millions except per share and ratio data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,792
|
|
|
$
|
9,966
|
|
|
$
|
9,838
|
|
|
$
|
8,876
|
|
|
$
|
8,756
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
8,760
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(6,282
|
)
|
|
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
(5,845
|
)
|
|
|
(5,532
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,560
|
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
3,523
|
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
3,228
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(1,187
|
)
|
|
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
|
(1,067
|
)
|
|
|
(1,026
|
)
|
|
|
(947
|
)
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
(2,152
|
)
|
|
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
(1,667
|
)
|
|
|
(1,630
|
)
|
|
|
(1,532
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net(2)
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(3,758
|
)
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
|
|
(2,846
|
)
|
|
|
(2,793
|
)
|
|
|
(2,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
683
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on financial assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of convertible debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
672
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority interests
|
|
|
(780
|
)
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(477
|
)
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
|
$
|
266
|
|
|
$
|
601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In millions except per share and ratio data)
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (basic)
|
|
$
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (diluted)
|
|
$
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (basic)
|
|
|
892.0
|
|
|
|
898.7
|
|
|
|
896.1
|
|
|
|
892.8
|
|
|
|
891.2
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (diluted)
|
|
|
892.0
|
|
|
|
898.7
|
|
|
|
958.5
|
|
|
|
935.6
|
|
|
|
935.1
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(3)
|
|
$
|
1,009
|
|
|
$
|
1,855
|
|
|
$
|
1,659
|
|
|
$
|
2,027
|
|
|
$
|
1,950
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current marketable securities
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
13,913
|
|
|
|
14,272
|
|
|
|
14,198
|
|
|
|
12,439
|
|
|
|
13,800
|
|
Short-term debt (including current portion of long-term debt)
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)(2)
|
|
|
2,554
|
|
|
|
2,117
|
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
|
1,767
|
|
Shareholders equity(4)
|
|
|
8,156
|
|
|
|
9,573
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
8,480
|
|
|
|
9,110
|
|
Common stock and capital surplus
|
|
|
3,480
|
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
3,074
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per share(5)
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
Capital expenditures(6)
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
|
|
1,441
|
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
|
|
2,188
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
|
|
1,798
|
|
|
|
2,342
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(6)
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
|
|
1,944
|
|
|
|
1,837
|
|
Debt-to-equity ratio(7)
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
Net financial position: resources (debt)(7)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,268
|
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
Net financial position to total shareholders equity
ratio(7)
|
|
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
|
0.132
|
|
|
|
0.078
|
|
|
|
0.026
|
|
|
|
(0.001
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our reported research and development expenses are mainly in the
areas of product design, technology and development, and do not
include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for
as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production and
process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of
sales. As of 2008, our R&D expenses are net of certain tax
credits. |
|
(2) |
|
Other income and expenses, net includes, among other
things: funds received through government agencies for research
and development expenses; the costs incurred for new
start-up and
phase-out activities not involving saleable production; foreign
currency gains and losses; gains on sales of tangible assets and
non-current assets; and the costs of certain activities relating
to intellectual property. |
|
(3) |
|
On November 16, 2000, we issued $2,146 million initial
aggregate principal amount of Zero Coupon Senior Convertible
Bonds due 2010 (the 2010 Bonds), for net proceeds of
$1,458 million; in 2003, we repurchased on the market
approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal amount at
maturity of 2010 Bonds. During 2004, we completed the repurchase
of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market approximately
$472 million aggregate principal amount at maturity for a
total amount paid of $375 million. In August 2003, we
issued $1,332 million principal amount at issuance of our
convertible bonds due 2013 (our 2013 Convertible
Bonds) with a negative yield of 0.5% that resulted in a
higher principal amount of $1,400 million and net proceeds
of $1,386 million. During 2004, we repurchased all of our
outstanding Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2009 (our 2009
LYONs) for a total amount of cash paid of
$813 million. In February 2006, we issued Zero Coupon
Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016 (our 2016 Convertible
Bonds) representing total gross proceeds of
$974 million. In March 2006, we issued
500 million Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013 (our
2013 Senior Bonds). In August 2006, as a result of
almost all of the holders of our 2013 Convertible |
5
|
|
|
|
|
Bonds exercising their August 4, 2006 put option, we
repurchased $1,397 million aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding convertible bonds at a conversion ratio of
$985.09 per $1,000 aggregate principal amount at issuance
resulting in a cash disbursement of $1,377 million. |
|
(4) |
|
In 2001, we repurchased 9,400,000 common shares for
$233 million, and in 2002, we repurchased an additional
4,000,000 shares for $115 million. In 2008, we
repurchased 29,520,220 of our shares, for a total cost of
$313 million. We reflected this purchase at cost as a
reduction of shareholders equity. The repurchased shares
have been designated for allocation under our share-based
compensation programs as nonvested shares, including the plans
as approved by the 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 annual general
shareholders meetings, and those which may be attributed
in the future. As of December 31, 2008,
6,889,748 shares were transferred to employees upon vesting
of such stock awards. |
|
(5) |
|
Dividend per share represents the yearly dividend as approved by
our annual general meeting of shareholders, which relates to the
prior years accounts. |
|
(6) |
|
Capital expenditures are net of certain funds received through
government agencies, the effect of which is to reduce our cash
used in investing activities and to decrease depreciation. |
|
(7) |
|
Net financial position: resources (debt) is representing the
balance between our total financial resources and our total
financial debt. Our total financial resources include cash and
cash equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities,
short-term deposits and restricted cash, and our total financial
debt include bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt
and long-term debt, as represented in our consolidated balance
sheet. Our net financial position to total shareholders
equity ratio is a
non-U.S.
GAAP financial measure. The most directly comparable U.S. GAAP
financial measure is considered to be Debt-to-Equity
Ratio. However, the Debt-to-Equity Ratio measures gross
debt relative to equity, and does not reflect our current cash
position. We believe that our net financial position to total
shareholders equity ratio is useful to investors as a
measure of our financial position and leverage. The ratio is
computed on the basis of our net financial position divided by
total shareholders equity. For more information on our net
financial position, see Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Liquidity and Capital
Resources Capital Resources Net
financial position. Our computation of net debt (cash) to
total shareholders equity ratio may not be consistent with
that of other companies, which could make comparability
difficult. |
Risk
Factors
Risks
Related to the Semiconductor Industry
The
semiconductor industry has been significantly impacted by the
deteriorating global economic situation, and the prospects of a
prolonged recession could have a further material impact on our
business, financial condition and operating
results.
The recent deterioration in general economic conditions, driven
by the credit market crisis, has slowed global economic activity
and impacted business and consumer confidence. This has resulted
in an unprecedented, precipitous decline in the demand for
semiconductor products. As a result, our business, financial
conditions and results of operations have been and may continue
to be affected. A prolonged economic downturn affecting the
semiconductor industry may result in a variety of risks to our
business, including:
|
|
|
|
|
significant declines in sales;
|
|
|
|
significant reductions in selling prices;
|
|
|
|
the resulting significant impact on our gross margins and
profitability;
|
|
|
|
increased volatility
and/or
declines in our share price;
|
|
|
|
increased volatility or adverse movements in foreign currency
exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
delays in, or curtailment of, purchasing decisions by our
customers or potential customers either as a result of overall
economic uncertainty or as a result of their inability to access
the liquidity necessary to engage in purchasing initiatives or
new product development;
|
|
|
|
underloading of wafer fabrication plants (fabs);
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
decreased valuations of our equity investments;
|
|
|
|
increased credit risk associated with our customers or potential
customers, particularly those that may operate in industries
most affected by the economic downturn, such as
automotive; and
|
|
|
|
impairment of goodwill or other assets.
|
To the extent that the current economic downturn worsens or is
prolonged, our business, financial condition and results of
operations could be more significantly and adversely affected.
The
semiconductor industry may also be impacted by changes in the
political, social or economic environment, including as a result
of military conflict, social unrest and/or terrorist activities,
as well as natural events such as severe weather, health risks,
epidemics or earthquakes in the countries in which we, our key
customers and our suppliers, operate.
We may face greater risks due to the international nature of our
business, including in the countries where we, our customers or
our suppliers operate, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
negative economic developments in foreign economies and
instability of foreign governments, including the threat of war,
terrorist attacks or civil unrest;
|
|
|
|
epidemics such as disease outbreaks, pandemics and other health
related issues;
|
|
|
|
changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment,
including through the imposition of new constraints on
investment and trade; and
|
|
|
|
varying practices of the regulatory, tax, judicial and
administrative bodies.
|
The
semiconductor industry is cyclical and downturns in the
semiconductor industry can negatively affect our results of
operations and financial condition.
The semiconductor industry is cyclical and has been subject to
significant economic downturns at various times. Downturns are
typically characterized by diminished demand giving rise to
production overcapacity, accelerated erosion of average selling
prices, high inventory levels and reduced revenues. Downturns
may be the result of industry-specific factors, such as excess
capacity, product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving
standards, changes in end-customer demand,
and/or
macroeconomic trends impacting global economies. Such
macroeconomic trends relate to the semiconductor industry as a
whole and not necessarily to the individual semiconductor
markets to which we sell our products. The negative effects on
our business from industry downturns may also be increased to
the extent that such downturns are concurrent with the timing of
new increases in production capacity in our industry.
We have experienced revenue volatility and market downturns in
the past and expect to experience them in the future, which
could have a material adverse impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
Reduction
in demand and/or an increase in production capacity for
semiconductor products may lead to overcapacity, which in turn
may require us to make decisions that could result in temporary
or permanent plant closures, asset impairments, restructuring
charges, inventory write-offs and workforce and overhead cost
reductions.
Capital investments for semiconductor manufacturing equipment
are made both by integrated semiconductor companies like us and
by specialist semiconductor foundry companies, which are
subcontractors that manufacture semiconductor products designed
by others.
The net increase of manufacturing capacity, defined as the
difference between capacity additions and capacity reductions,
may exceed demand requirements, leading to overcapacity and
price erosion. If the semiconductor market does not grow as we
anticipated when making investments in production capacity, we
risk overcapacity. In addition, if demand for our products is
lower than expected, this may result in write-offs of
inventories and losses on products, and could require us to
undertake restructuring measures that may involve significant
charges to our earnings. In recent years, overcapacity and cost
optimization have led us to close manufacturing facilities that
used
7
more mature process technologies and, as a result, to incur
significant impairment and restructuring charges and related
closure costs. In connection with the difficult market
conditions and the recent integration of newly acquired
businesses (such as, in 2008, Genesis and NXP Wireless and, in
the first quarter of 2009, EMP) we launched new restructuring
initiatives aimed at rationalizing our operations and our
worldwide workforce. The total cost associated with these
programs in 2008 amounted to $71 million. Additionally, in
2008, we incurred $164 million impairment and restructuring
charges and related closure costs associated with the 2007 plan
for the announced closures of our Phoenix, Carrollton, and Ain
Sebaa manufacturing facilities, bringing the total cost to
$237 million since the beginning of this plan. Furthermore,
previously announced restructuring and cost reduction plans
generated additional charges of approximately $11 million
and were almost completed as at December 31, 2008. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Impairment, Restructuring Charges and
Other Related Closure Costs.
There can be no assurance that future changes in the market
demand for our products
and/or the
need to mitigate overcapacity or obsolescence in our
manufacturing facilities may not require us to lower the prices
we charge for our products,
and/or that
market downturns, or overcapacity or obsolescence may not lead
us to incur additional impairment and restructuring charges,
which may have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Competition
in the semiconductor industry is intense, and we may not be able
to compete successfully if our product design technologies,
process technologies and products do not meet market
requirements.
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the
following characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
price;
|
|
|
|
technical performance;
|
|
|
|
product features;
|
|
|
|
product system compatibility;
|
|
|
|
product design and technology;
|
|
|
|
timely introduction of new products;
|
|
|
|
product availability;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing yields; and
|
|
|
|
sales and technical support.
|
Given the intense competition in the semiconductor industry, if
our products are not selected based on any of the above factors,
our business, financial condition and results of operations will
be materially adversely affected.
We face significant competition in each of our product lines.
Similarly, many of our competitors also offer a large variety of
products. Some of our competitors may have greater financial
and/or more
focused research and development (R&D)
resources than we do. If these competitors substantially
increase the resources they devote to developing and marketing
products that compete with ours, we may not be able to compete
successfully. Any consolidation among our competitors could also
enhance their product offerings, manufacturing efficiency and
financial resources, further strengthening their competitive
position.
As we are a supplier of a broad range of products, we are
required to make significant investments in R&D across our
product portfolio in order to remain competitive. Current
economic conditions may impair our ability to maintain our
current level of R&D investments and, therefore, we may
need to become more focused in our R&D investments across
our broad range of product lines. This could significantly
impair our ability to remain a viable competitor in the product
areas where our competitors R&D investments are
higher than ours.
We regularly devote substantial resources to winning competitive
bid selection processes, known as product design
wins, to develop products for use in our customers
equipment and products. These selection processes can be lengthy
and can require us to incur significant design and development
expenditures, with no guarantee of
8
winning or generating revenue. Delays in developing new products
with anticipated technological advances and failure to win new
design projects for customers or in commencing volume shipments
of new products may have an adverse effect on our business. In
addition, there can be no assurance that new products, if
introduced, will gain market acceptance or will not be adversely
affected by new technological changes or new product
announcements from other competitors that may have greater
resources or are more focused than we are. Because we typically
focus on only a few customers in a product area, the loss of a
design win can sometimes result in our failure to offer a
generation of a product. This can result in lost sales and could
hurt our position in future competitive selection processes
because we may be perceived as not being a technology or
industry leader.
Even after obtaining a product design win from one of our
customers, we may still experience delays in generating revenue
from our products as a result of our customers or our
lengthy development and design cycle. In addition, a delay or
cancellation of a customers plans could significantly
adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred
significant expense and generated no revenue at the time of such
delay or cancellation. Finally, if our customers fail to
successfully market and sell their own products, it could
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations as the demand for our products falls.
Semiconductor
and other products that we design and manufacture are
characterized by rapidly changing technology and new product
introductions, and our success depends on our ability to develop
and manufacture complex products cost- effectively and to scale
and acquire the necessary intellectual property
(IP).
Semiconductor design and process technologies are subject to
constant technological improvements and may require large
expenditures for capital investments, advanced research and
technology development. Many of the resulting products that we
market, in turn, have short life cycles, with some being less
than one year.
If we experience substantial delays or are unable to develop new
design or process technologies, our results of operations or
financial condition could be adversely affected.
We also regularly incur costs to acquire IP from third parties
without any guarantee of realizing the anticipated value of such
expenditures if our competitors develop technologies that are
more accepted than ours, or if market demand does not
materialize as anticipated. We charged $71 million as
annual amortization expense on our consolidated statement of
income in 2008 related to technologies and licenses acquired
from third parties. As of December 31, 2008, the residual
value, net of amortization, registered in our consolidated
balance sheet for these technologies and licenses was
$342 million. In addition to amortization expenses, the
value of these assets may be subject to impairment with
associated charges being made to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
There is no assurance that these and other IP purchases will be
successful and will not lead to impairments and associated
charges.
The
competitive environment of the semiconductor industry may lead
to further measures to improve our competitive position and cost
structure, which in turn may result in loss of revenues, asset
impairments and/or capital losses.
We are continuously considering various measures to improve our
competitive position and cost structure in the semiconductor
industry.
In the past, our sales have, at times, increased at a slower
pace than the semiconductor industry as a whole and our market
share has declined, even in relation to the markets we served.
Although our sales increased 11% in 2006 compared to an increase
of 9% for the industry overall, in 2007, our performance was
below the semiconductor industrys performance overall. In
2008, as a result of the global economic downturn, the industry
as a whole decreased by approximately 2.8% and our sales
decreased by 1.6%. There is no assurance that we will be able to
maintain or grow our market share if we are unable to accelerate
product innovation, identify new applications for our products,
extend our customer base, realize manufacturing improvements
and/or
otherwise control our costs. In addition, in recent years the
semiconductor industry has continued to increase manufacturing
capacity in Asia in order to access lower-cost production and to
benefit from higher overall efficiency, which has led to a more
competitive environment. We may also in the future, if market
conditions so require, consider additional measures
9
to improve our cost structure and competitiveness in the
semiconductor market, such as seeking more competitive sources
of production, discontinuing certain product families or
performing additional restructurings, which in turn may result
in loss of revenues, asset impairments
and/or
capital losses.
Risks
Related to Our Operations
Market
dynamics are driving us to a strategic repositioning, which has
led us to enter into significant joint ventures.
As a result of a strategic review of our product portfolio, in
2008 we divested our Flash Memory activities by combining our
business with that of Intel and creating Numonyx, a new
independent semiconductor company in the area of Flash memories.
The intent is that Numonyx will benefit from critical size to be
competitive in this market. The transaction concerning the
creation of Numonyx closed on March 30, 2008. We incurred a
total impairment and disposal loss of $1,297 million in
connection with this transaction, of which $190 million was
recorded in the year ended December 31, 2008, and
$31 million of other restructuring charges, of which
$26 million was incurred in the year ended
December 31, 2008. We also incurred losses in 2008 related
to our equity holding in Numonyx, for a total amount of
approximately $545 million, including a $480 million
impairment on the equity investment. In the first quarter of
2009, we also incurred losses of $229 million, out of which
$200 million was an additional impairment on the equity
investment in Numonyx. There is no assurance that if the flash
memory market were to further deteriorate, or if Numonyx were
unable to effectively compete or maintain its market position,
Numonyx will not be required to undertake further
restructurings, which in turn could lead to additional
impairments and associated charges.
We also recently undertook new initiatives to reposition our
business. In January 2008, we completed the acquisition of
Genesis Microchip Inc. (Genesis Microchip) for
$340 million and in August 2008, we completed the
acquisition of NXPs wireless business for
$1,550 million, creating the joint venture, ST-NXP
Wireless. Furthermore, in February 2009, we completed the merger
of ST-NXP Wireless with EMP, thereby forming
ST-Ericsson
and in connection therewith we purchased the outstanding 20%
held by NXPs ST-NXP Wireless for a price of
$92 million. The wireless activities run through
ST-Ericsson represent a significant portion of our business. The
integration process may be long and complex due to the fact that
we are merging three different companies. On April 29,
2009, ST-Ericsson announced a restructuring plan giving rise to
costs estimated in the range of $70 million to
$90 million. We may not be able to exercise the same
control over management as we did when the business was operated
by us. There is no assurance that we will be successful or that
the joint venture will produce the planned operational and
strategic benefits.
We are constantly monitoring our product portfolio and cannot
exclude that additional steps in this repositioning process may
be required; further, we cannot assure that any strategic
repositioning of our business, including possible future
acquisitions, dispositions or joint ventures, will be successful
and may not result in further impairment and associated charges.
Future
acquisitions or divestitures may adversely affect our
business.
Our strategies to improve our results of operations and
financial condition may lead us to make significant acquisitions
of businesses that we believe to be complementary to our own, or
to divest ourselves of activities that we believe do not serve
our longer term business plans. In addition, certain regulatory
approvals for potential acquisitions may require the divestiture
of business activities.
Our potential acquisition strategies depend in part on our
ability to identify suitable acquisition targets, finance their
acquisition and obtain required regulatory and other approvals.
Our potential divestiture strategies depend in part on our
ability to define the activities in which we should no longer
engage, and then determine and execute appropriate methods to
divest of them.
Acquisitions and divestitures involve a number of risks that
could adversely affect our operating results, including the risk
that we may be unable to successfully integrate businesses or
teams we acquire with our culture and strategies on a timely
basis or at all, and the risk that we may be required to record
charges related to the goodwill or other long-term assets
associated with the acquired businesses. Changes in our
expectations due to changes in market developments that we
cannot foresee have in the past resulted in our writing off
amounts
10
associated with the goodwill of acquired companies, and future
changes may require similar further write-offs in future
periods. We cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve
the full scope of the benefits we expect from a particular
acquisition, divestiture or investment. Our business, financial
condition and results of operations may suffer if we fail to
coordinate our resources effectively to manage both our existing
businesses and any acquired businesses. In addition, the
financing of future acquisitions may negatively impact our
financial condition and could require us to need additional
funding from the capital markets.
Other risks associated with our acquisition activities include:
|
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention;
|
|
|
|
insufficient intellectual property rights or potential
inaccuracies in the ownership of key IP;
|
|
|
|
assumption of potential liabilities, disclosed or undisclosed,
associated with the business acquired, which liabilities may
exceed the amount of indemnification available from the seller;
|
|
|
|
potential inaccuracies in the financials of the business
acquired;
|
|
|
|
that the businesses acquired will not maintain the quality of
products and services that we have historically provided;
|
|
|
|
whether we are able to attract and retain qualified management
for the acquired business; and
|
|
|
|
whether we are able to retain customers of the acquired entity.
|
Other risks associated with our divestiture activities include:
|
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention;
|
|
|
|
loss of activities and technologies that may have complemented
our remaining businesses or operations;
|
|
|
|
loss of important services provided by key employees that are
assigned to divested activities; and
|
|
|
|
social issues or restructuring costs linked to divestitures and
closures.
|
These and other factors may cause a materially adverse effect on
our results of operations and financial condition.
In
difficult market conditions, our high fixed costs adversely
impact our results.
In less favorable industry environments, we are driven to reduce
prices in response to competitive pressures and we are also
faced with a decline in the utilization rates of our
manufacturing facilities due to decreases in product demand.
Reduced average selling prices for our products adversely affect
our results of operations. Since the semiconductor industry is
characterized by high fixed costs, we are not always able to
reduce our total costs in line with revenue declines.
Furthermore, in periods of reduced customer demand for our
products, our fabs do not operate at full capacity and the costs
associated with the excess capacity are charged directly to cost
of sales as unused capacity charges. Additionally, a significant
number of our manufacturing facilities are located in France and
Italy and their cost of operation have been significantly
affected by the rise of the Euro against the U.S. dollar,
our reporting currency over the last few years. In 2008 the
U.S. dollar was $1.49 to 1.00 compared to $1.35 in
2007 and may weaken further in the future. Over the last five
years, our gross profit margin has varied from a high of 37.9%
in the third quarter of 2004 to a low of 26.3% in the first
quarter of 2009. The current difficult market conditions have
had a significant affect on the capacity utilization of our fabs
and, consequently, our gross margins. We cannot guarantee that
such market conditions, and increased competition in our core
product markets, will not lead to further price erosion, lower
revenue growth rates and lower margins.
The
competitive environment of the semiconductor industry has led to
industry consolidation and we may face even more intense
competition from newly merged competitors or we may seek to
acquire a competitor in order to improve our market
share.
The intensely competitive environment of the semiconductor
industry and the high costs associated with developing
marketable products and manufacturing technologies, not to
mention the financial difficulties facing
11
some of our competitors, may lead to further consolidation in
the industry. Such consolidation can allow a company to further
benefit from economies of scale, provide improved or more
diverse product portfolios and increase the size of its
serviceable market. Consequently, we may seek to acquire a
competitor to improve our market position and the applications
and products we can market. Some of our competitors, however,
may also try to take advantage of such a consolidation process
and may have greater financial resources to do so.
Our
financial results can be adversely affected by fluctuations in
exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S.
dollar.
A significant variation of the value of the U.S. dollar
against the principal currencies that have a material impact on
us (primarily the Euro, but also certain other currencies of
countries where we have operations) could result in a favorable
impact on our net income in the case of an appreciation of the
U.S. dollar, or a negative impact on our net income if the
U.S. dollar depreciates relative to these currencies.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of
operations because our reporting currency is the
U.S. dollar, in which we receive the major part of our
revenues, while, more importantly, we incur a significant
portion of our costs in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. Certain significant costs incurred by us, such
as manufacturing labor costs and depreciation charges, selling,
general and administrative expenses, and R&D expenses, are
incurred in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which our
operations are located, which mainly includes the euro zone. Our
effective average exchange rate, which reflects actual exchange
rate levels combined with the impact of hedging programs, was
$1.49 to 1.00 in 2008, compared to $1.35 in 2007.
A decline of the U.S. dollar compared to the other major
currencies that affect our operations negatively impacts our
expenses, margins and profitability, especially if we are unable
to balance or shift our
Euro-denominated
costs to other currency areas or to U.S. dollars. Any such
actions may not be immediately effective, could prove costly,
and their implementation could prove demanding on our management
resources.
In order to reduce the exposure of our financial results to the
fluctuations in exchange rates, our principal strategy has been
to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our
customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of
purchases from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars
and to reduce the weight of the other costs, including labor
costs and depreciation, denominated in Euros and in other
currencies. In order to further reduce our exposure to
U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, we have hedged
certain line items on our consolidated statements of income, in
particular with respect to a portion of the cost of goods sold,
most of the R&D expenses and certain selling and general
and administrative expenses located in the Euro zone. No
assurance can be given that our hedging transactions will
prevent us from incurring higher Euro-denominated manufacturing
costs when translated into our U.S. dollar-based accounts
in the event of a weakening of the U.S. dollar on the
non-hedged portion of our costs and expenses. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates
and Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk. See Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Impact of Changes in
Exchange Rates and Item 11. Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Because
we have our own manufacturing facilities, our capital needs are
high compared to competitors who do not produce their own
products.
As a result of our choice to maintain control of a certain
portion of our advanced proprietary manufacturing technologies
to better serve our customer base and to develop our strategic
alliances, significant amounts of capital to maintain or upgrade
our facilities could be required in the future. Although in the
last three years our overall capital expenditures, as expressed
in terms of percentage to sales, have significantly decreased,
they remain high, and in 2008 we spent $983 million. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Liquidity and Capital Resources. By
pursuing our strategy of a less capital intensive model, we
expect to reduce our capital expenditures by 50% in 2009
compared to 2008.
12
We may
also need additional funding in the coming years to finance our
investments or to purchase other companies or technologies
developed by third parties or to refinance our maturing
indebtedness.
In an increasingly complex and competitive environment, we may
need to invest in other companies
and/or in
technology developed either by us or by third parties to
maintain or improve our position in the market. We may also
consider acquisitions to complement or expand our existing
business. In addition, we may be required to refinance maturing
indebtedness. Any of the foregoing may also require us to issue
additional debt, equity, or both; the timing and the size of any
new share or bond offering would depend upon market conditions
as well as a variety of factors, and any such transaction or any
announcement concerning such a transaction could materially
impact the market price of our common shares. If we are unable
to access such capital on acceptable terms, this may adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
Our
research and development efforts are increasingly expensive and
dependent on alliances, and our business, results of operations
and prospects could be materially adversely affected by the
failure or termination of such alliances, or failure to find new
partners in such alliance and/or in developing new process
technologies in line with market requirements.
We are dependent on alliances to develop or access new
technologies, particularly in light of the increasing levels of
investment required for R&D activities, and there can be no
assurance that these alliances will be successful. For example,
from 2002 and until the end of 2007, we cooperated as part of
the Crolles 2 Alliance with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP
Semiconductors to develop submicron complementary metal-on
silicon oxide semiconductor (CMOS) logic processes
on 300mm wafers and to build and operate an advanced 300mm wafer
pilot line in Crolles, France. Such alliance terminated on
December 31, 2007, pursuant to notifications by both NXP
Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor to terminate their
participation at the end of the initial five year period.
Effective January 1, 2008, we signed an agreement with IBM
to collaborate on the development of advanced CMOS process
technology that is used in semiconductor development and
manufacturing. The agreement includes 32-nm and 22-nm CMOS
process-technology development, design enablement and advanced
research adapted to the manufacturing of
300-mm
silicon wafers which is being developed at IBM premises in
Fishkill. In addition, it includes value-added derivative
System-on-Chip
(SoC) technologies which is to be developed in
Crolles. The agreement with IBM also includes collaboration on
IP development and platforms to speed the design of SoC devices
in these technologies.
In August 2008, we signed an agreement with Infineon
Technologies (Infineon) and STATS ChipPAC Ltd.
(STATS ChipPAC) to jointly develop the
next-generation of embedded Wafer-Level Ball Grid Array
(eWLB) technology, based on Infineons
first-generation technology, for use in manufacturing
future-generation semiconductor packages. We believe this
alliance will fully exploit the potential of Infineons
existing eWLB packaging technology, which has been licensed by
Infineon to us and STATS ChipPAC.
We continue to believe that we can maintain proprietary R&D
for derivative technology investments and share R&D
business models, which are based on cooperation and alliances,
for core R&D process technology if we receive adequate
support from state funding, as in the case of the Crolles 3 NANO
2012 frame agreement signed by us with the French government in
the first quarter of 2009. This, coupled with manufacturing and
foundry partnerships, provides us with a number of important
benefits, including the sharing of risks and costs, reductions
in our own capital requirements, acquisitions of technical
know-how and access to additional production capacities. In
addition, it contributes to the fast acceleration of
semiconductor process technology development while allowing us
to lower our development and manufacturing costs. However, there
can be no assurance that alliances will be successful and allow
us to develop and access new technologies in due time, in a
cost-effective manner
and/or to
meet customer demands. Certain companies, such as Intel and
TSMC, develop their own process technologies, which may be more
advanced than the technologies we develop through our
cooperative alliances. Furthermore, if these alliances terminate
before our intended goals are accomplished we may lose our
investment, or incur additional unforeseen costs, and our
business, results of operations and prospects could be
materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to
develop or otherwise access new technologies independently, we
may fail to keep pace with the rapid technology advances in the
semiconductor industry, our participation in the overall
semiconductor industry may decrease and we may also lose market
share in the market addressed by our products.
13
Our
operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter
and annually and may differ significantly from our expectations
or guidance.
Our operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors
that could materially and adversely affect revenues and
profitability or lead to significant variability of operating
results. These factors include, among others, the cyclicality of
the semiconductor and electronic systems industries, capital
requirements, inventory management, availability of funding,
competition, new product developments, technological changes and
manufacturing problems. For example, if anticipated sales or
shipments do not occur when expected, expenses and inventory
levels in a given quarter can be disproportionately high, and
our results of operations for that quarter, and potentially for
future quarters, may be adversely affected. In addition, our
effective tax rate currently takes into consideration certain
favorable tax rates and incentives, which, in the future, may
not be available to us. See Note 23 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
A number of other factors could lead to fluctuations in
quarterly and annual operating results, including:
|
|
|
|
|
performance of our key customers in the markets they serve;
|
|
|
|
order cancellations or reschedulings by customers;
|
|
|
|
excess inventory held by customers leading to reduced bookings
or product returns by key customers;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing capacity and utilization rates;
|
|
|
|
restructuring and impairment charges;
|
|
|
|
losses on equity investments;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between
the U.S. dollar and other currencies in jurisdictions where
we have activities;
|
|
|
|
intellectual property developments;
|
|
|
|
changes in distribution and sales arrangements;
|
|
|
|
failure to win new design projects;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing performance and yields;
|
|
|
|
product liability or warranty claims;
|
|
|
|
litigation;
|
|
|
|
acquisitions or divestitures;
|
|
|
|
problems in obtaining adequate raw materials or production
equipment on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
property loss or damage or interruptions to our business,
including as a result of fire, natural disasters or other
disturbances at our facilities or those of our customers and
suppliers that may exceed the amounts recoverable under our
insurance policies; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the market value or yield of the financial
instruments in which we invest our liquidity.
|
Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors have in the past
and may in the future adversely affect our operating results.
Furthermore, in periods of industry overcapacity or when our key
customers encounter difficulties in their end markets, orders
are more exposed to cancellations, reductions, price
renegotiation or postponements, which in turn reduce our
managements ability to forecast the next quarter or full
year production levels, revenues and margins. For these reasons
and others that we may not yet have identified, our revenues and
operating results may differ materially from our expectations or
guidance as visibility is reduced. See Item 4.
Information on the Company Backlog.
14
Our
business is dependent in large part on continued growth in the
industries and segments into which our products are sold and on
our ability to attract and retain new customers. A market
decline in any of these industries or our inability to attract
new customers could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
We derive and expect to continue to derive significant sales
from the telecommunications equipment, industrial and automotive
industries, as well as the home, personal and consumer segments
generally. Growth of demand in the telecommunications equipment,
industrial and automotive industries as well as the home,
personal and consumer segments has in the past fluctuated, and
may in the future fluctuate, significantly based on numerous
factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
spending levels of telecommunications equipment, industrial
and/or
automotive applications;
|
|
|
|
reduced demand resulting from a drop in consumer confidence
and/or a
deterioration of general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
development of new consumer products or applications requiring
high semiconductor content;
|
|
|
|
evolving industry standards; and
|
|
|
|
the rate of adoption of new or alternative technologies.
|
We cannot guarantee the rate, or the extent to which, the
telecommunications equipment or automotive industries or the
home, personal or consumer segments will grow. The current
decline in these industries or segments has resulted in slower
growth and a decline in demand for our products, which will have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
In addition, spending on process and product development well
ahead of market acceptance could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations
if projected industry growth rates do not materialize as
forecasted.
Our business is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain
new customers. The competition for such new customers is
intense. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in
attracting and retaining new customers. Our failure to do so
could materially adversely affect our business, financial
position and results of operations.
Disruptions
in our relationships with any one of our key customers, and/or
material changes in their financial condition, could adversely
affect our results of operations.
A substantial portion of our sales is derived from several large
customers, some of whom have entered into strategic alliances
with us. As of December 31, 2008, our largest customer was
Nokia, which accounted for approximately 17.5% of our
2008 net revenues, compared to 21.1% in 2007 and 21.8% in
2006. We cannot guarantee that our largest customers will
continue to book the same level of sales with us that they have
in the past and will not solicit alternative suppliers. Many of
our key customers operate in cyclical businesses that are also
highly competitive, and their own demands and market positions
may vary considerably. In recent years, certain customers of the
semiconductor industry have experienced consolidation. Such
consolidations may impact our business in the sense that our
relationships with the new entities could be either reinforced
or jeopardized pursuant thereto. Our customers have in the past,
and may in the future, vary order levels significantly from
period to period, request postponements to scheduled delivery
dates or modify their bookings. We cannot guarantee that we will
be able to maintain or enhance our market share with our key
customers or distributors. If we were to lose one or more design
wins for our products with our key customers, or if any key
customer or distributors were to reduce or change its bookings,
seek alternate suppliers, increase its product returns or become
unable or fail to meet its payment obligations, our business
financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected. Some of our customers have
recently faced financial difficulties and liquidity constraints,
which have made them unable to fulfill their contractual
obligations, or could make them unable to fulfill such
obligations in the future. If customers do not purchase products
made specifically for them, we may not be able to resell such
products to other customers or require the customers who have
ordered these products to pay a cancellation fee. Furthermore,
developing industry trends, including customers use of
outsourcing and new and revised supply chain models, may reduce
our ability to forecast the purchase date for our products and
evolving customer demand, thereby affecting
15
our revenues and working capital requirements. For example,
pursuant to industry developments, some of our products are
required to be delivered on consignment to customer sites with
recognition of revenue delayed until such moment, which must
occur within a defined period of time, when the customer chooses
to take delivery of our products from our consignment stock.
Our
operating results can also vary significantly due to impairment
of goodwill and other intangible assets incurred in the course
of acquisitions, as well as to impairment of tangible assets due
to changes in the business environment.
Our operating results can also vary significantly due to
impairment of goodwill booked pursuant to acquisitions and to
the purchase of technologies and licenses from third parties,
which has increased significantly since 2008, particularly for
our wireless business. As of December 31, 2008, the value
registered on our audited consolidated balance sheet for
goodwill was $958 million. The value for technologies and
licenses acquired from third parties was $342 million, net
of amortization, and the value for other intangible assets was
$521 million. Because the market for our products is
characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and because of
significant changes in the semiconductor industry, our future
cash flows may not support the value of goodwill and other
intangibles registered in our consolidated balance sheet.
Furthermore, the ability to generate revenues for our fixed
assets located in Europe may be impaired by an increase in the
value of the Euro with respect to the U.S. dollar, as the
revenues from the use of such assets are generated in
U.S. dollars. We are required to annually test goodwill and
to assess the carrying values of intangible and tangible assets
when impairment indicators exist. As a result of such tests, we
could be required to book impairment in our statement of income
if the carrying value in our consolidated balance sheet is in
excess of the fair value. The amount of any potential impairment
is not predictable as it depends on our estimates of projected
market trends, results of operations and cash flows. In
addition, the introduction of new accounting standards can lead
to a different assessment of goodwill carrying value, which
could lead to a potential impairment of the goodwill amount. Any
potential impairment, if required, could have a material adverse
impact on our results of operations.
We last performed our annual impairment testing in the third
quarter of 2008. Since, during the fourth quarter of 2008 and
the first quarter of 2009, our market capitalization declined to
a level below our book value, we also performed further analyses
during the fourth quarter using the most current long term
financial plan available. While we recorded specific impairment
charges related to the carrying value of certain marketable
securities and equity investments during the period, a minor
impairment charge was indicated by such analyses on the net
value of our assets subject to testing. However, many of the
factors used in assessing fair values for such assets are
outside of our control and the estimates used in such analyses
are subject to change. Due to the ongoing uncertainty of the
current market conditions, which may continue to negatively
impact our market value, we will continue to monitor the
carrying value of our assets. If market and economic conditions
deteriorate further, this could result in future non-cash
impairment charges against income. Further impairment charges
could also result from new valuations triggered by changes in
our product portfolio or strategic transactions, including
ST-Ericsson, and possible further impairment charges relating to
our investment in Numonyx, particularly, in the event of a
downward shift in expected revenues or operating cash flow in
relation to our current plans.
Because
we depend on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials and
certain equipment, we may experience supply disruptions if
suppliers interrupt supply, increase prices or experience
material adverse changes in their financial
condition.
Our ability to meet our customers demand to manufacture
our products depends upon obtaining adequate supplies of quality
raw materials on a timely basis. A number of materials are
available only from a limited number of suppliers, or only from
a limited number of suppliers in a particular region. In
addition, we purchase raw materials such as silicon wafers, lead
frames, mold compounds, ceramic packages and chemicals and gases
from a number of suppliers on a
just-in-time
basis, as well as other materials such as copper and gold whose
prices on the world markets have fluctuated significantly during
recent periods. Although supplies for the raw materials we
currently use are adequate, shortages could occur in various
essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased
demand in the industry. In addition, the costs of certain
materials, such as copper and gold, may increase due to market
pressures and we may not be able to pass on such cost increases
to the prices we charge to our customers. We also purchase
16
semiconductor manufacturing equipment from a limited number of
suppliers and because such equipment is complex it is difficult
to replace one supplier with another or to substitute one piece
of equipment for another. In addition, suppliers may extend lead
times, limit our supply or increase prices due to capacity
constraints or other factors. Furthermore, suppliers tend to
focus their investments on providing the most technologically
advanced equipment and materials and may not be in a position to
address our requirements for equipment or materials of older
generations. Shortages of supplies have in the past impacted and
may in the future impact the semiconductor industry, in
particular with respect to silicon wafers due to increased
demand and decreased production. Although we work closely with
our suppliers to avoid these types of shortages, there can be no
assurances that we will not encounter these problems in the
future. Our quarterly or annual results of operations would be
adversely affected if we were unable to obtain adequate supplies
of raw materials or equipment in a timely manner or if there
were significant increases in the costs of raw materials or
problems with the quality of these raw materials.
If our
outside contractors fail to perform, this could adversely affect
our ability to exploit growth opportunities.
We currently use outside contractors, both for foundries and
back-end activities. Our foundries are primarily manufacturers
of high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
(HCMOS) wafers and nonvolatile memory technology,
while our back-end subcontractors engage in the assembly and
testing of a wide variety of packaged devices. If our outside
suppliers are unable to satisfy our demand, or experience
manufacturing difficulties, delays or reduced yields, our
results of operations and ability to satisfy customer demand
could suffer. In addition, purchasing rather than manufacturing
these products may adversely affect our gross profit margin if
the purchase costs of these products are higher than our own
manufacturing costs. Our internal manufacturing costs include
depreciation and other fixed costs, while costs for products
outsourced are based on market conditions. Prices for these
services also vary depending on capacity utilization rates at
our suppliers, quantities demanded, product technology and
geometry. Furthermore, these outsourcing costs can vary
materially from quarter to quarter and, in cases of industry
shortages, they can increase significantly further, negatively
impacting our gross margin.
Our
manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and
potentially vulnerable to impurities, disruptions or inefficient
implementation of production changes that can significantly
increase our costs and delay product shipments to our
customers.
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced
and increasingly costly equipment and are continuously being
modified or maintained in an effort to improve yields and
product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the
manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or
result in losses of products in process. As system complexity
and production changes have increased and sub-micron technology
has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been
reduced and requirements for precision have become even more
demanding. Although in the past few years we have significantly
enhanced our manufacturing capability in terms of efficiency,
precision and capacity, we have from time to time experienced
bottlenecks and production difficulties that have caused
delivery delays and quality control problems, as is common in
the semiconductor industry. We cannot guarantee that we will not
experience bottlenecks, production or transition difficulties in
the future. In addition, during past periods of high demand for
our products, our manufacturing facilities have operated at high
capacity, which has led to production constraints. Furthermore,
if production at a manufacturing facility is interrupted, we may
not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely
basis, or customers may purchase products from other suppliers.
In either case, the loss of revenue and damage to the
relationship with our customer could be significant.
Furthermore, we periodically transfer production equipment
between production facilities and must ramp up and test such
equipment once installed in the new facility before it can reach
its optimal production level.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, we have, from time
to time, experienced and may in the future experience
difficulties in transferring equipment between our sites,
ramping up production at new facilities or effecting transitions
to new manufacturing processes. Our operating results may be
adversely affected by an increase in fixed costs and operating
expenses linked to production if revenues do not increase
commensurately with such fixed costs and operating expenses.
17
We may
be faced with product liability or warranty
claims.
Despite our corporate quality programs and commitment, our
products may not in each case comply with specifications or
customer requirements. Although our practice, in line with
industry standards, is to contractually limit our liability to
the repair, replacement or refund of defective products,
warranty or product liability claims could result in significant
expenses relating to compensation payments or other
indemnification to maintain good customer relationships if a
customer threatens to terminate or suspend our relationship
pursuant to a defective product supplied by us. Furthermore, we
could incur significant costs and liabilities if litigation
occurs to defend against such claims and if damages are awarded
against us. In addition, it is possible for one of our customers
to recall a product containing one of our parts. Costs or
payments we may make in connection with warranty claims or
product recalls may adversely affect our results of operations.
There is no guarantee that our insurance policies will be
available or adequate to protect against such claims.
We
depend on patents to protect our rights to our
technology.
We depend on our ability to obtain patents and other
intellectual property rights covering our products and their
design and manufacturing processes. We intend to continue to
seek patents on our inventions relating to product designs and
manufacturing processes. However, the process of seeking patent
protection can be long and expensive, and we cannot guarantee
that we will receive patents from currently pending or future
applications. Even if patents are issued, they may not be of
sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or
any commercial advantage. In addition, effective patent,
copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or
limited in some countries. Competitors may also develop
technologies that are protected by patents and other
intellectual property and therefore either be unavailable to us
or be made available to us subject to adverse terms and
conditions. We have in the past used our patent portfolio to
negotiate broad patent cross-licenses with many of our
competitors enabling us to design, manufacture and sell
semiconductor products, without fear of infringing patents held
by such competitors. We may not, however, in the future be able
to obtain such licenses or other rights to protect necessary
intellectual property on favorable terms for the conduct of our
business, and such failure may adversely impact our results of
operations.
We have from time to time received, and may in the future
receive, communications alleging possible infringement of
patents and other intellectual property rights. Furthermore, we
may become involved in costly litigation brought against us
regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks or trade
secrets. We are currently involved in several lawsuits,
including litigation before the U.S. International Trade
Commission. See Item 8. Financial
Information Legal Proceedings. Such lawsuits
may have a material adverse effect on our business if we do not
prevail. We may be forced to stop producing substantially all or
some of our products or to license the underlying technology
upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions or we may be
required to pay damages for the prior use of third party
intellectual property
and/or face
an injunction.
Finally, litigation could cost us financial and management
resources necessary to enforce our patents and other
intellectual property rights or to defend against third party
intellectual property claims, when we believe that the amounts
requested for a license are unreasonable.
Some
of our production processes and materials are environmentally
sensitive, which could expose us to liability and increase our
costs due to environmental regulations and laws or because of
damage to the environment.
We are subject to many environmental laws and regulations
wherever we operate that govern, among other things, the use,
storage, discharge and disposal of chemicals, gases and other
hazardous substances used in our manufacturing processes, air
emissions, waste water discharges, waste disposal, as well as
the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water
contamination.
A number of environmental requirements in the European Union,
including some that have only recently come into force, affect
our business. These requirements include:
|
|
|
|
|
European Directive 2002/96/EC (WEEE Directive),
which imposes a take back obligation on
manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and
disposal of electrical and electronic equipment.
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
Because of unclear statutory definitions and interpretations in
individual member states, we are unable at this time to
determine in detail the consequences of this directive for us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
European Directive 2002/95/EC (ROHS Directive),
which banned the use of lead and some flame retardants in
electronic components as of July 2006.
|
|
|
|
European Directive 2003/87/EC, which established a scheme for
greenhouse gas allowance trading.
|
|
|
|
Regulation 1907/2006 of December 18, 2006, which
requires the registration, evaluation, authorization and
restriction of a large number of chemicals (REACH).
The REACH pre-registration process started on June 1, 2008.
|
These requirements are partly under revision by the European
Union and their potential impacts cannot currently be determined
in detail. Such regulations, however, could adversely affect our
manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire
costly equipment, materials or greenhouse gas allowances, or to
incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing
processes or waste and emission disposal processes. We are not
in a position to quantify specific costs, in part because these
costs are part of our business process. Furthermore,
environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or
future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or
imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a
cessation of operations. As with other companies engaged in
similar activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or
adequately restrict the discharge of, chemicals or hazardous
substances could subject us to future liabilities. Any specific
liabilities we identify as probable would be reflected in our
consolidated balance sheet. To date, we have not identified any
such specific liabilities.
We therefore have not booked reserves for any specific
environmental risks. See Item 4. Information on the
Company Environmental Matters.
Loss
of key employees could hurt our competitive
position.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, success depends to a
significant extent upon our key senior executives and R&D,
engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and other
personnel. Our success also depends upon our ability to continue
to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The
competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the
services of any of these key personnel without adequate
replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel
could have a material adverse effect on us.
We
operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax
regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax assessments
and audits could cause a material adverse effect on our
results.
We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied
tax regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax
assessments and audits could have a material adverse effect on
our results in any particular quarter. Our tax rate is variable
and depends on changes in the level of operating profits within
various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable
taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in
estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently receive
certain tax benefits in some countries, and these benefits may
not be available in the future due to changes in the local
jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate could
increase in the coming years.
In line with our strategic repositioning of our product
portfolio, the purchase or divestiture of businesses in
different jurisdictions could materially affect our effective
tax rate in future periods.
We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising
out of tax claims, assessment of uncertain tax positions and
provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures.
There are currently tax audits ongoing in certain of our
jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that we will be
successful in resolving potential tax claims that can arise from
these audits. We have booked provisions on the basis of the best
current understanding; however, we could be required to book
additional provisions in future periods for amounts that cannot
be assessed at this stage. Our failure to do so
and/or the
need to increase our provisions for such claims could have a
material adverse effect on our financial position.
19
We are
required to prepare Consolidated Financial Statements using both
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
in addition to our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared
pursuant to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the
United States (U.S. GAAP) and dual reporting may
impair the clarity of our financial reporting.
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed
on Euronext Paris and on the Borsa Italiana, and, consequently,
we are subject to an EU regulation requiring us to report our
results of operations and Consolidated Financial Statements
using IFRS (previously known as International Accounting
Standards or IAS). As of January 1, 2009, we
are also required to prepare a semi-annual set of accounts using
IFRS reporting standards. We use U.S. GAAP as our primary
set of reporting standards, as U.S. GAAP has been our
reporting standard since our creation in 1987. Applying
U.S. GAAP in our financial reporting is designed to ensure
the comparability of our results to those of our competitors, as
well as the continuity of our reporting, thereby providing our
investors with a clear understanding of our financial
performance.
As a result of the obligation to report our Consolidated
Financial Statements under IFRS, we prepare our results of
operations using two different sets of reporting standards,
U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent.
Such dual reporting materially increases the complexity of our
investor communications. Our financial condition and results of
operations reported in accordance with IFRS will differ from our
financial condition and results of operations reported in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, which could give rise to
confusion in the marketplace.
Our reporting under two different accounting standards filed
with the relevant regulatory authorities, also now in interim
periods, could result in confusion if recipients of the
information do not properly distinguish between the information
reported using U.S. GAAP and the information reported using
IFRS, particularly when viewing our profitability and operating
margins under one or the other set of accounting standards.
Given this risk, and the complexity of maintaining and reviewing
two sets of accounts, we may consider reporting primarily under
IFRS at some point in the future.
If our
internal control over financial reporting fails to meet the
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, it
may have a materially adverse effect on our stock
price.
The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, adopted rules that require us to include a
management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting in our annual report on
Form 20-F.
In addition, we must also include an attestation by our
independent registered public accounting firm regarding the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
We have successfully completed our Section 404 assessment
and received the auditors attestation as of
December 31, 2008. However, in the future, if we fail to
complete a favorable assessment from our management or to obtain
our auditors attestation, we may be subject to regulatory
sanctions or may suffer a loss of investor confidence in the
reliability of our financial statements, which could lead to an
adverse effect on our stock price.
The
lack of public funding available to us, changes in existing
public funding programs or demands for repayment may increase
our costs and impact our results of operations.
Like many other manufacturers operating in Europe, we benefit
from governmental funding for R&D expenses and
industrialization costs (which include some of the costs
incurred to bring prototype products to the production stage),
as well as from incentive programs for the economic development
of underdeveloped regions. Public funding may also be
characterized by grants
and/or
low-interest financing for capital investment
and/or tax
credit investments. See Item 4. Information on the
Company Public Funding. We have entered into
public funding agreements in France and Italy, which set forth
the parameters for state support to us under selected programs.
These funding agreements require compliance with EU regulations
and approval by EU authorities. We have also recently entered
into the Crolles 3 NANO 2012 funding program (for the years
2008-2012)
which, following approval by EU authorities, is designed to
promote and develop future advanced derivative CMOS process
technologies related to our
12-inch
pilot line in Crolles 3.
Furthermore, we receive a material amount of R&D tax
credits in France, which is directly linked to the amount spent
for our R&D activities.
20
We rely on receiving funds on a timely basis pursuant to the
terms of the funding agreements. However, the funding of
programs in France and Italy is subject to the annual
appropriation of available resources and compatibility with the
fiscal provisions of their annual budgets, which we do not
control, as well as to our continuing compliance with all
eligibility requirements. If we are unable to receive
anticipated funding on a timely basis, or if existing
government-funded programs were curtailed or discontinued, or if
we were unable to fulfill our eligibility requirements, this
could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating
results and financial condition. There is no assurance that any
alternative funding would be available, or that, if available,
it could be provided in sufficient amounts or on similar terms.
The application for and implementation of such grants often
involves compliance with extensive regulatory requirements
including, in the case of subsidies to be granted within the EU,
notification to the European Commission by the member state
making the contemplated grant prior to disbursement and receipt
of required EU approval. In addition, compliance with
project-related ceilings on aggregate subsidies defined under EU
law often involves highly complex economic evaluations.
Furthermore, public funding arrangements are generally subject
to annual and
project-by-project
reviews and approvals. If we fail to meet applicable formal or
other requirements, we may not be able to receive the relevant
subsidies, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations. If we do not receive anticipated funding,
this may lead us to curtail or discontinue existing projects,
which may lead to further impairments. In addition, if we do not
complete projects for which public funding has been approved we
may be required to repay any advances received for completed
milestones, which may lead to a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
The
interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn
controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments,
may conflict with investors interests.
We have been informed that as of December 31, 2008,
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (ST Holding
II), a wholly-owned subsidiary of STMicroelectronics
Holding N.V. (ST Holding), owned
250,704,754 shares, or approximately 27.5%, of our issued
common shares. ST Holding is therefore effectively in a position
to control actions that require shareholder approval, including
corporate actions, the election of our Supervisory Board and our
Managing Board and the issuance of new shares or other
securities.
We have also been informed that the shareholders agreement
among ST Holdings shareholders (the STH
Shareholders Agreement), to which we are not a
party, governs relations between our current indirect
shareholders Areva Group, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti S.p.A.
(CDP), Commissariat à lEnergie Atomique
(CEA) and Finmeccanica S.p.A.
(Finmeccanica), each of which is ultimately
controlled by the French or Italian government, see
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions Major Shareholders. The STH
Shareholders Agreement includes provisions requiring the
unanimous approval by shareholders of ST Holding before
ST Holding can make any decision with respect to certain
actions to be taken by us. Furthermore, as permitted by our
Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board has specified
selected actions by the Managing Board that require the approval
of the Supervisory Board. See Item 7. Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions Major
Shareholders. These requirements for the prior approval of
various actions to be taken by us and our subsidiaries may give
rise to a conflict of interest between our interests and
investors interests, on the one hand, and the interests of
the individual shareholders approving such actions, on the
other, and may affect the ability of our Managing Board to
respond as may be necessary in the rapidly changing environment
of the semiconductor industry. Our ability to issue new shares
or other securities may be limited by the existing
shareholders desire to maintain their proportionate
shareholding at a certain minimum level and our ability to buy
back shares may be limited by our existing shareholders due to a
Dutch law that may require shareholders that own more than 30%
of our voting rights to launch a tender offer for our
outstanding shares. Dutch law, however, requires members of our
Supervisory Board to act independently in supervising our
management and to comply with applicable corporate governance
standards.
Our
shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a
change of control.
On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to
authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an
independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the
Stichting). Our Managing Board and our Supervisory
Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that
they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is legally
independent of our Company and our major shareholders. Our
Supervisory Board approved this option
21
agreement, dated February 7, 2007, to reflect changes in
Dutch legal requirements, not in response to any hostile
takeover attempt. It provides for the issuance of up to a
maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares. The Stichting would
have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion,
to take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be
issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our
Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping
acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which
are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and
which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to
the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other
stakeholders. If the Stichting exercises its call option and
acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par
value of such preference shares. The preference shares may
remain outstanding for no longer than two years.
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the
preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from
effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of
control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our
Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance
of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share
capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the
requirements of our Articles of Association, see
Item 10. Additional Information
Memorandum and Articles of Association Share Capital
as of March 28, 2009 Issuance of Shares,
Preemption Rights and Preference Shares (Article 4).
Our
direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common
shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our
common shares at any time. In addition, substantial sales by us
of new common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common
share price to drop significantly.
The STH Shareholders Agreement, to which we are not a
party, between respectively FT1CI, our French Shareholder
controlled by Areva and CEA, and CDP and Finmeccanica, our
Italian shareholders, permits our respective French and Italian
indirect shareholders to cause ST Holding to dispose of its
stake in us at its sole discretion at any time from their
current level, and to reduce the current level of their
respective indirect interests in our common shares. The details
of the STH Shareholders Agreement, as reported by ST
Holding II, are further explained in Item 7. Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions Major
Shareholders. Disposals of our shares by the parties to
the STH Shareholders Agreement can be made by way of the
issuance of financial instruments exchangeable for our shares,
equity swaps, structured finance transactions or sales of our
shares. An announcement with respect to one or more of such
dispositions could be made at any time without our advance
knowledge.
On February 26, 2008, Finmeccanica sold approximately
26 million of our shares representing approximately 2.85%
of our share capital to FT1CI, and, hence, CEA has become a
shareholder of FT1CI and now adheres to the STH
Shareholders Agreement.
In addition, Finmeccanica Finance S.A. (Finmeccanica
Finance), a subsidiary of Finmeccanica, has issued
501 million aggregate principal amount of
exchangeable notes, exchangeable into up to 20 million of
our existing common shares due 2010 (the Finmeccanica
Notes). The Finmeccanica Notes have been exchangeable at
the option of the holder into our existing common shares since
January 2, 2004. As of December 31, 2008, none of the
Finmeccanica Notes had been exchanged for our common shares.
Further sales of our common shares or issue of bonds
exchangeable into our common shares or any announcements
concerning a potential sale by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CEA,
CDP or Finmeccanica, could materially impact the market price of
our common shares. The timing and size of any future share or
exchangeable bond offering by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CEA, CDP
or Finmeccanica would depend upon market conditions as well as a
variety of factors.
Because
we are a Dutch company subject to the corporate law of the
Netherlands, U.S. investors might have more difficulty
protecting their interests in a court of law or otherwise than
if we were a U.S. company.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of
Association and by the laws governing corporations incorporated
in the Netherlands. The corporate affairs of each of our
consolidated subsidiaries are governed by the Articles of
Association and by the laws governing such corporations in the
jurisdiction in which such consolidated subsidiary is
incorporated. The rights of the investors and the
responsibilities of members of our Supervisory Board
22
and Managing Board under Dutch law are not as clearly
established as under the rules of some U.S. jurisdictions.
Therefore, U.S. investors may have more difficulty in
protecting their interests in the face of actions by our
management, members of our Supervisory Board or our controlling
shareholders than U.S. investors would have if we were
incorporated in the United States.
Our executive offices and a substantial portion of our assets
are located outside the United States. In addition, ST
Holding II and most members of our Managing and Supervisory
Boards are residents of jurisdictions other than the United
States and Canada. As a result, it may be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to effect service within the United
States or Canada upon us, ST Holding II, or members of our
Managing or Supervisory Boards. It may also be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to enforce outside the United States
or Canada judgments obtained against such persons in
U.S. or Canadian courts, or to enforce in U.S. or
Canadian courts judgments obtained against such persons in
courts in jurisdictions outside the United States or Canada.
This could be true in any legal action, including actions
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of
U.S. securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to enforce, in original actions
brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United
States, rights predicated upon U.S. securities laws.
We have been advised by our Dutch counsel, De Brauw Blackstone
Westbroek N.V., that the United States and the Netherlands do
not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition
and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in
civil and commercial matters. As a consequence, a final judgment
for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court
in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not
predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United
States, will not be enforceable in the Netherlands. However, if
the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings
a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands, such party
may submit to the Netherlands court the final judgment that has
been rendered in the United States. If the Netherlands
court finds that the jurisdiction of the federal or state court
in the United States has been based on grounds that are
internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures have
been observed, the court in the Netherlands would, under current
practice, give binding effect to the final judgment that has
been rendered in the United States unless such judgment
contravenes the Netherlands public policy.
Removal
of our common shares from the CAC 40 on Euronext Paris, the
S&P/MIB on the Borsa Italiana or the Philadelphia Stock
Exchange Semiconductor Sector Index (SOX) could
cause the market price of our common shares to drop
significantly.
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40 index on
Euronext Paris since November 12, 1997; the S&P/MIB on
the Borsa Italiana, or Italian Stock Exchange since
March 18, 2002; and the SOX since June 23, 2003.
However, our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40, the
S&P/MIB or the SOX at any time if, for a sustained period
of time, our market capitalization were to fall below the
required thresholds for the respective indices or our shares
were to trade below a certain price, or in the case of a
delisting of our shares from one or more of the stock exchanges
where we are currently listed or if we were to decide to pursue
a delisting on one of the three stock exchanges on which we
maintain a listing as part of the measures we may from time to
time consider to simplify our administrative and overhead
expenses. Certain investors will only invest funds in companies
that are included in one of these indexes. Any such removal or
the announcement thereof could cause the market price of our
common shares to drop significantly.
23
|
|
Item 4.
|
Information
on the Company
|
History
and Development of the Company
STMicroelectronics N.V. was formed and incorporated in 1987 and
resulted from the combination of the semiconductor business of
SGS Microelettronica (then owned by Società Finanziaria
Telefonica (S.T.E.T.), an Italian corporation) and the
non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by
the former Thomson-CSF, now Thales, a French corporation). We
completed our initial public offering in December 1994 with
simultaneous listings on Euronext Paris and the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE). In 1998, we listed our shares on
the Borsa Italiana. Until 1998, we operated as SGS-Thomson
Microelectronics N.V. Our length of life is indefinite. We are
organized under the laws of the Netherlands. We have our
corporate legal seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and our head
offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH
Schiphol Airport, the Netherlands. Our telephone number there is
+31-20-654-3210. Our headquarters and operational offices are
located at 39 Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-Les-Ouates,
Geneva, Switzerland. Our main telephone number there is
+41-22-929-2929. Our agent for service of process in the United
States related to our registration under the
U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is
STMicroelectronics, Inc., 1310 Electronics Drive, Carrollton,
Texas,
75006-5039
and the main telephone number there is +1-972-466-6000. Our
operations are also conducted through our various subsidiaries,
which are organized and operated according to the laws of their
country of incorporation, and consolidated by STMicroelectronics
N.V.
Business
Overview
We are a global independent semiconductor company that designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
semiconductor products used in a wide variety of microelectronic
applications, including automotive products, computer
peripherals, telecommunications systems, consumer products,
industrial automation and control systems. According to industry
data published by iSuppli, we have been ranked the worlds
fifth largest semiconductor company based on 2008 total market
sales and we held leading positions in sales of Analog Products
and application-specific integrated circuits (or
ASICs). Based on 2008 results published by iSuppli,
we were ranked number one in industrial products, number two in
analog products and number three in wireless and automotive
electronics. In addition, we were ranked as a leading supplier
of semiconductors in 2008 for consumer and portable applications
of motion-sensing chips, set-top boxes, power management devices
and for the inkjet printer market. Our major customers include
Bosch, Cisco, Continental, Delphi, Delta, Garmin,
Hewlett-Packard, LG Electronics, Nagra, Nintendo, Nokia,
Philips, Research in Motion, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp, Siemens,
Sony Ericsson, Thomson and Western Digital. We also sell our
products through distributors and retailers, including Arrow
Electronics, Avnet, Future Electronics, Rutronik, and Yosun.
The semiconductor industry has historically been a cyclical one
and we have responded through emphasizing balance in our product
portfolio, in the applications we serve, and in the regional
markets we address. Consequently, from 1994 through 2008, our
revenues grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 9.8%
compared to 6.6% for the industry as a whole.
We offer a broad and diversified product portfolio and develop
products for a wide range of market applications to reduce our
dependence on any single product, application or end market.
Within our diversified portfolio, we have focused on developing
products that leverage our technological strengths in creating
customized, system-level solutions with high-growth digital and
mixed-signal content. As of August 2, 2008, following the
acquisition of the NXP wireless business, our product families
comprised differentiated application-specific products (which we
define as being our dedicated analog, mixed-signal and digital
ASIC and application-specific standard products
(ASSP) offerings and semi-custom devices) that we
organized under our Automotive, Consumer, Computer and
Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (ACCI)
and Wireless Products Sector (WPS) and power
devices, microcontrollers, discrete products, special
nonvolatile memory and Smartcard products organized under our
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (IMS).
Our ACCI and WPS products, which are generally less vulnerable
to market cycles than standard commodity products, accounted for
42.0% and 20.6% of our reported net revenues in 2008,
respectively. Our IMS product accounted for 33.8% of our
reported net revenues in 2008, while sales of our deconsolidated
Flash Memory business (Flash Memory Group (FMG))
24
products, which occurred in Q1 2008 prior to the contribution of
our FMG to Numonyx, accounted for 3.0% of our reported net
revenues in 2008.
Our products are manufactured and designed using a broad range
of manufacturing processes and proprietary design methods. We
use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies,
including complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
(CMOS), bipolar and nonvolatile memory technologies.
In addition, by combining basic processes, we have developed
advanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce
differentiated and application-specific products, including
bipolar CMOS technologies (BiCMOS) for mixed-signal
applications, and diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
(DMOS) technology and bipolar, CMOS and DMOS
(BCD technologies) for intelligent power
applications and embedded memory technologies. This broad
technology portfolio, a cornerstone of our strategy for many
years, enables us to meet the increasing demand for SoC and
System-in-Package
(SiP) solutions. Complementing this depth and
diversity of process and design technology is our broad
intellectual property portfolio that we also use to enter into
broad patent cross-licensing agreements with other major
semiconductor companies.
Beginning on January 1, 2007, and until August 2,
2008, we reported our semiconductor sales and operating income
in the following product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG), comprised of four
product lines: Home Entertainment & Displays Group
(HED), Mobile, Multi-media &
Communications Group (MMC), Automotive Products
Group (APG) and Computer Peripherals Group
(CPG);
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Sector (IMS), comprised
of Analog, Power, and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM) segment, and Microcontrollers, non-Flash,
non-volatile Memory and Smartcard products
(MMS); and
|
|
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG). As of March 31,
2008, following the creation with Intel and Francisco Partners
of Numonyx, a new independent semiconductor company from the key
assets of our and Intels Flash memory business (FMG
deconsolidation), we ceased reporting under the FMG
segment.
|
Starting August 2, 2008, following the creation of ST-NXP,
we reorganized our product groups. A new segment called Wireless
Product Sector (WPS) was created to report wireless
operations. The product line Mobile, Multi-media &
Communications Group (MMC), which was a part of the
segment Application Specific Groups (ASG) was
abandoned and its divisions were reallocated to different
product lines. The remainder of ASG is now comprised of
Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI).
The new organization is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI), comprised of three product
lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED), which
now includes the Imaging division;
|
|
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG); and
|
|
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI),
which now includes the Communication Infrastructure division.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (IMS),
comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM); and
|
|
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard
products (MMS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS), comprised of three
product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Multi Media (WMM);
|
|
|
|
Connectivity & Peripherals
(C&P); and
|
|
|
|
Cellular Systems (CS).
|
25
Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in
the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on
technology R&D as well as capital investments in front-end
and back-end manufacturing facilities, which are planned at the
corporate level; therefore, our product segments share common
R&D for process technology and manufacturing capacity for
most of their products.
Results
of Operations
The tables below set forth information on our net revenues by
product group segment and by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues by product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
$
|
4,129
|
|
|
$
|
3,944
|
|
|
$
|
4,122
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,329
|
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)(1)
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Net revenues excluding Flash Memories Group
(FMG)
|
|
|
9,543
|
|
|
|
8,637
|
|
|
|
8,284
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)(3)
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
WPS revenues in 2008 included a $491 million contribution
from the NXP wireless business. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes revenues from the sale of subsystems and other products
not allocated to product segments. |
|
(3) |
|
FMG revenues are related to the first quarter of 2008 only. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues by product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED)
|
|
$
|
1,585
|
|
|
$
|
1,402
|
|
|
$
|
1,602
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG)
|
|
|
1,460
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
1,356
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI)
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
Others
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
|
4,129
|
|
|
|
3,944
|
|
|
|
4,122
|
|
Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM)
|
|
|
2,393
|
|
|
|
2,313
|
|
|
|
2,085
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard
products (MMS)
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector
(IMS)
|
|
|
3,329
|
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
Wireless Multi Media (WMM)
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
Connectivity & Peripherals (C&P)(1)
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Cellular Systems (CS)(1)
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
Others
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
WPS revenues in 2008 included a $491 million contribution
from the NXP wireless business. |
26
The table below sets forth information on our net revenues by
location of order shipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
$
|
2,804
|
|
|
$
|
3,159
|
|
|
$
|
3,073
|
|
North America
|
|
|
1,160
|
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
2,201
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
Greater China
|
|
|
2,492
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
Emerging Markets(2)
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by the
location of the customer invoiced. For example, products ordered
by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are
classified as Asia Pacific revenues. In addition, the comparison
among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order
shipment from one location to another, as requested by our
customers. |
|
(2) |
|
Emerging Markets included markets such as India, Latin America,
the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA
(European Free Trade Association)) and Russia. As of
January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to
the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific organizations. |
The table below shows our net revenues by location of order
shipment and market segment application in percentage of net
revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(As percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
28.5
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
31.2
|
%
|
North America
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
Greater China
|
|
|
25.3
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Emerging Markets(2)
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by
location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are
classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison
among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order
shipment from one location to another, as requested by our
customers. |
|
(2) |
|
Emerging Markets included markets such as India, Latin America,
the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and
Russia. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been
reallocated to the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific
organizations. |
Strategy
In the current economic environment, marked by a strong decline
in demand for semiconductor products, declining sales,
unsaturation of production capacities and poor visibility on the
markets evolution, we are focusing our efforts on
enhancing our market share through the development of new
products and the targeting of new customers and sockets, as well
as by positioning our company as a long-term, viable supplier of
semiconductor products.
27
More fundamentally, the semiconductor industry continues to
undergo several significant structural changes characterized by:
|
|
|
|
|
the changing long-term structural growth of the overall market
for semiconductor products, which has moved from double-digit
average growth rate to single-digit average growth rate over the
last several years;
|
|
|
|
the strong development of new emerging applications in areas
such as wireless communications, solid-state storage, digital
TV, video products and games as well as for medical and
technology applications;
|
|
|
|
the importance of the Asia Pacific region, particularly China
and other emerging countries, which represent the fastest
growing regional markets;
|
|
|
|
the importance of convergence between wireless, consumer and
computer applications, which drives customer demand to seek new
system-level, turnkey solutions from semiconductor suppliers;
|
|
|
|
the evolution of the customer base from original equipment
manufacturers (OEM) to a mix of OEM, electronic
manufacturing service providers (EMS) and original
design manufacturers (ODM);
|
|
|
|
the expansion of available manufacturing capacity through
third-party providers; and
|
|
|
|
the recent consolidation process, accelerated by current
economic conditions, which may lead to further strategic
repositioning and reorganization amongst industry players.
|
Our strategy within this challenging environment is designed to
focus on the following complementary key elements:
Broad, balanced market exposure. We offer a
diversified product portfolio and develop products for a wide
range of market applications using a variety of technologies,
thereby reducing our dependence on any single product,
application or end market. Within our diversified portfolio, we
have focused on developing products that leverage our
technological strengths in creating customized, system-level
solutions for high-growth digital, analog and mixed-signal
applications. Within our analog business, we have focused on
developing advanced analog products, which generally have long
life cycles. We target five key markets comprised of:
(i) communications, primarily wireless and portable
multi-media; (ii) computer peripherals, including data
storage and printers; (iii) digital consumer, including
set-top boxes, high definition DVDs, high definition digital
TVs, multi-media players and digital audio;
(iv) automotive, including engine, body and safety, car
radio, car multi-media and telematics; and (v) industrial
and multi-segment products, including MEMS, power supply, motor-
control, lighting, metering, banking and Smartcard.
Product innovation. We aim to be leaders in
multi-media convergence and power applications. In order to
serve these segments, our plan is to maintain and further
establish existing leadership positions for (i) platforms
and chipset solutions for digital consumer and car navigation;
and (ii) power applications, which are driving system
solutions for customer specific applications. We have the
knowledge and financial resources to develop new, leading edge
products, such as digital base band and multi-media solutions
for wireless, MEMS, digital consumer products focused on set-top
boxes and digital TVs, SoC offerings in data storage and
system-oriented products for the multi-segment sector. We are
also targeting new end markets, such as medical and biotech
applications.
In the area of platform and Chipset solutions for wireless
applications, in 2008 we combined our wireless business with
NXPs to create ST-NXP Wireless and, subsequently, combined
that business with the Ericsson Mobile Platforms
(EMP) business to form a 50/50 joint venture,
ST-Ericsson, which began operations on February 1, 2009.
Customer-based initiatives. Our sales strategy
is to grow faster than the market. There are four tenets to this
strategy. First, we work with our key customers to identify
evolving needs and new applications in order to develop
innovative products and product features. We have formal
alliances with certain strategic customers that allow us and our
customers to exchange information and which give our customers
access to our process technologies and manufacturing
infrastructure. Secondly, we are targeting new major key
accounts, where we can leverage our position as a supplier of
application-specific products with a broad range product
portfolio to better address the requirements of large users of
semiconductor products with whom our market share has been
historically quite low. Thirdly, we have targeted the mass
market, or those customers outside of our traditional top 50
customers, who require system-level
28
solutions for multiple market segments. Finally, we have focused
on two regions as key ingredients in our future sales growth,
Greater China and Japan, where we have launched important
marketing initiatives.
Global integrated manufacturing
infrastructure. We have a diversified,
leading-edge manufacturing infrastructure, comprising front-end
and back-end facilities, capable of producing silicon wafers
using our broad process technology portfolio, including our
CMOS, BiCMOS and BCD technologies as well as our discrete
technologies. Assembling, testing and packaging of our
semiconductor products take place in our large and modern
back-end facilities, which generally are located in low-cost
areas. In order to have adequate flexibility, we continue to
maintain relationships with outside contractors for foundry and
back-end services and plan to, over time, increase our
outsourcing levels.
Reduced asset intensity. While confirming our
mission to remain an integrated device manufacturing company,
and in conjunction with our decision to pursue the strategic
repositioning of our product portfolio, we have decided to
reduce our capital intensity in order to optimize opportunities
between internal and external front-end production, reduce our
dependence on market cycles that impact the loading of our fabs,
and decrease the impact of depreciation on our financial
performance. We have been able to reduce the capex-to-sales
ratio from a historic average of 26% of sales during the period
of 1995 through 2004, to approximately 10% of sales in 2008. Our
capital expenditure budget for 2009 is approximately
$500 million, representing a 50% reduction compared to 2008.
Research and development (R&D)
leadership. The semiconductor industry is
increasingly characterized by higher costs and technological
risks involved in the R&D of state-of-the-art processes.
These higher costs and technological risks have driven us to
enter into cooperative partnerships, in particular for the
development of basic CMOS technology. From 2002 until December
2007, we cooperated with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP
Semiconductors under the Crolles2 Alliance to develop process
technology related to the deep submicron CMOS as well as to
construct and operate a twelve inch pilot line in Crolles. In
2008 we began cooperating with IBM to develop the CMOS process
technology for 32-nm and 22-nm nodes. We remain convinced that
the shared R&D business development model contributes to
the fast acceleration of the semiconductor process technology
development, and we therefore remain committed to our strategy
of forming alliances to reinforce cooperation in the area of
technology development. Furthermore, we are continuing our
development in the proprietary process technologies in order to
maintain our leadership in Smart Power, analog, discretes, MEMS
and mixed signal processes.
Integrated presence in key regional
markets. We have sought to develop a competitive
advantage by building an integrated presence in each of the
worlds economic zones that we target: Europe, Asia, China
and America. An integrated presence means having design and
sales and marketing capabilities in each region, in order to
ensure that we are well positioned to anticipate and respond to
our customers business requirements. We have major
front-end manufacturing facilities in Europe and Asia. Our more
labor-intensive back-end facilities are located in Malaysia,
Malta, Morocco, Singapore, Philippines and China, enabling us to
take advantage of more favorable production cost structures,
particularly lower labor costs. Major design centers and local
sales and marketing groups are within close proximity of key
customers in each region, which we believe enhances our ability
to maintain strong relationships with our customers.
Product quality excellence. We aim to develop
the quality excellence of our products and in the various
applications we serve and we have launched a company-wide
Product Quality Awareness program built around a three-pronged
approach: (i) the improvement of our full product cycle
involving robust design and manufacturing, improved detection of
potential defects, and better anticipation of failures through
improved risk assessment, particularly in the areas of product
and process changes; (ii) improved responsiveness to
customer demands; and (iii) ever increasing focus on
quality and discipline in execution.
Sustainable Excellence and Compliance. In
2008, we continued our program focusing on sustainable
excellence and compliance. Ethics training deployed through all
levels of our organizations is based on our Principles for
Sustainable Excellence (PSE) which requires us
to integrate and execute all of our business activities,
focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders and global
business partners.
Creating Shareholder Value. We remain focused
on creating value for our shareholders, which we measure in
terms of return on net assets in excess of our weighted average
cost of capital. In the current economic environment, we are
also focused on maintaining our solid financial position.
29
Products
and Technology
We design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of
products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications,
including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer
goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control
systems. Our products include discretes, electrically erasable
programmable read-only memory (EEPROM) and Smartcard
products, standard commodity components, ASICs (full custom
devices and semi-custom devices) and ASSPs for analog, digital,
and mixed-signal applications. Historically, we have not
produced dynamic random access memory (DRAMs) or x86
microprocessors, despite seeking to develop or acquire the
necessary IP to use them as components in our SoC solutions. In
the field of Flash volatile memories, we created an independent
semiconductor company, Numonyx Holdings B.V.
(Numonyx), in which we hold 48.6% of the Shares,
Intel owns 45.1% of the Shares, and Francisco Partners the
remaining 6.3%. Numonyx began operations on March 31, 2008.
At December 31, 2008 we ran our business along product
lines and managed our revenues and internal operating income
performance based on the following product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI);
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS); and
|
|
|
|
Wireless Product Sector (WPS).
|
We also design, develop, manufacture and market subsystems and
modules for a wide variety of products in the
telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets in our
Subsystems division. Based on its immateriality, we do not
report information separately for Subsystems.
ACCI
The ACCI is responsible for the design, development and
manufacture of application-specific products, as well as mixed
analog/digital semi-custom-devices, using advanced bipolar,
CMOS, BiCMOS mixed-signal and power technologies. The businesses
in the ACCI offer complete system solutions to customers in
several application markets. All products are ASSPs, full-custom
or semi-custom devices that may also include digital signal
processor (DSP) and microcontroller cores. The
businesses in the ACCI particularly emphasize dedicated
Integrated Circuits (ICs) for automotive, consumer,
computer peripherals, telecommunications infrastructure and
certain industrial application segments.
Our businesses in the ACCI work closely with customers to
develop application-specific products using our technologies,
intellectual property, and manufacturing capabilities. The
breadth of our customer and application base provides us with a
better source of stability in the cyclical semiconductor market.
The ACCI is comprised of three product lines Home
Entertainment & Displays (HED), which now
includes the Imaging division; Automotive Products Group
(APG); and Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(CCI), which now includes the Communication
Infrastructure division.
Home
Entertainment and Displays Group
Our Home Entertainment and Displays Group (HED)
addresses product requirements for the digital consumer
application market and has five divisions.
(i) Home Video Division. This division
focuses on products for digital retail, satellite, cable and
IPTV set-top box products. We continue to expand our product
offerings and customer base by introducing innovative solutions
with features such as web-browsing, digital video recording and
time-shifting capabilities. In 2008, we announced the sampling
of the STi7105 high-definition (HD) video decoder,
with enhancements for higher performance, lower power, and lower
bill-of-materials costs in set-top boxes (STBs) and
home media servers in addition to bolstering our leadership in
DVB-S2 digital satellite broadcast with a new
front-end STB chipset for digital satellite HDTV
equipment. The use of DVB-S2 by consumer equipment manufacturers
is increasing rapidly in a wide range of applications, including
Pay-TV and
free-to-air STBs, integrated digital TVs (iDTVs), PC
TV cards and HD Blu-ray Disc equipment.
30
We continued to increase shipments of our leading-edge H.264
decoder chips for the worldwide deployment of HD digital
set-top-boxes. In 2008, we sampled four different products,
implemented in 65nm technology, to world-leading manufacturers,
targeting key segments of the set-top box market.
(ii) Interactive System Solutions
Division. We offer customers and partners the
capability to jointly develop highly integrated solutions for
their consumer products. We utilize a broad and proven base of
expertise, advanced technologies and hardware/software
intellectual property to provide
best-in-class
differentiated products for a select base of customers and
markets.
(iii) TV & Monitor Division. We
address the digital television markets with a wide range of
highly integrated ASSPs and application-specific
microcontrollers. Significant numbers of televisions integrating
digital terrestrial capability using the STi55xx family as
digital plug-in solutions have been sold, primarily in Europe.
Additionally, we confirmed our leadership position for the
shipment of MPEG decoder chips for iDTVs for the European
market. We also introduced a cost-optimized iDTV platform that
provides demodulation, MPEG-2 HD and standard-definition
(SD) decoding, full HD video processing,
high-quality audio and video switching functions for iDTV sets
worldwide.
We acquired Genesis Microchip on January 17, 2008 and
integrated the companys intellectual property, which
included important Faroudja image quality IP, products and
personnel into this division as well as the HED Group during
2008. We expect to significantly improve our integrated
television product offering as a result of this integration. We
recently announced our STDP3100 DisplayPort-to-VGA converter
enabling seamless connectivity between legacy VGA monitors,
projectors and the new generation of DisplayPort PCs and
notebooks. Our DisplayPort products were adopted by two leading
LCD and plasma TV makers for their two-box TV
systems, to deliver performance up to 120Hz full high
definition. This division also offers switches and sound
processors devices.
(iv) Audio Division. We design and
manufacture a wide variety of components for use in audio
applications. Our audio products include audio power amplifiers,
audio processors and graphic-equalizer ICs. We recently gained
two design wins in Korea for our SoundTerminal family of
high-efficiency power ICs that integrate DSP capabilities for
flat-panel TV applications. The device is the latest in the
SoundTerminal family and integrates standard features along with
the industry-first inclusion of a dual-band dynamic-range
compressor for Hi-Fi audio and
thin-TV
loudspeaker protection.
(v) Imaging Division. We focus on the
wireless handset image-sensor market. We are in production of
CMOS-based camera modules and processors for
low-and-high
density pixel resolutions, which also meet the auto focus,
advanced fixed focus and miniaturization requirements of this
market. In certain situations, we will also sell leading-edge
sensors. We have cumulatively shipped hundreds of millions of
CMOS camera-phone solutions since entering this market in 2003
and have recently expanded our customer base. In 2008, we
introduced a new high-performance stand-alone Image Signal
Processor with dual-camera support that brings DSC-like
performance to cellphones, personal digital assistants
(PDAs), gaming devices and other mobile
applications. Capable of controlling the entire imaging
subsystem in a mobile phone, the processor supports a wide range
of modules including sensors with up to 5-megapixel resolution.
Also, we introduced the markets smallest 2-megapixel
single-chip camera sensor for mobile applications. Coupling low
space requirements with advanced image-processing capabilities,
our latest mobile phone camera sensor addresses consumers
appetite for full-featured imaging solutions in increasingly
popular thin-profile handsets.
Computer
Peripherals Group and Communications Infrastructure
Group
(i) Data Storage Division. We produce
digital ASICs for data storage applications, with advanced
solutions for read/write-channels, disk controllers and host
interfaces. We believe that based on sales, we are, and have
been for many years, one of the largest semiconductor companies
supplying the hard disk drive (HDD) market. In 2008,
we gained an important design-win for a 65nm SoC for a
second-generation enterprise HDD from a major HDD maker. We also
won a socket in the data-security environment from a leading
manufacturer, based on the Companys high-security solution
for HDDs that meets the FIPS
140-2
level 3 standard. In addition, ST successfully demonstrated
at IDF the worlds first MIPHY (Multi Interface PHY)
Physical Layer interface for the new 6Gbit/s
31
Serial ATA (SATA) technology. Recently, we gained
two System on-Chip (SoC) design wins from a leading
HDD maker.
(ii) Computer System Division. We are
focusing on inkjet and laser printer components and are an
important supplier of digital engines including those in
high-performance photo-quality applications and multifunction
printers. We are also expanding our offerings to include a
reconfigurable ASSP product family, known as
SPEArtm
(Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture), designed for
flexibility and ease-of-use by printer manufacturers. In 2008,
we gained two design wins in the U.S. for our
SPEAr®
family of configurable SoC ICs, in printers and networking
applications. We gained an important design win from a major
customer for an ASIC specifically for printers for emerging
markets and a design win for an ASIC, implemented in 40nm
technology, from a major OEM for the printer and imaging market.
(iii) Microfluidics Division. This
division builds on the years of our success in microfluidic
product design, developed primarily for the inkjet print-head
product line, and expands our offering into related fields, such
as molecular and health diagnostics. In the field of medical
diagnostic, we have developed specific Lab On Chip technology
and products. In 2008, we acquired a 41.2% stake in Veredus
Laboratories Pte Ltd (Veredus) to combine forces to
address this emerging market.
(iv) BCD Power Division. This
organization serves the markets of HDD and Printers with
products developed on our BCD technology. Main applications are
motor controllers (HDD), motor drivers and head drivers
(Printer). We secured a major design win from a leading HDD
maker for a motor controller ICs for desktop PC applications.
Additionally, we sampled a new desktop HDD power combo to major
customers, based on our latest-generation BCD technology.
(v) Communication Infrastructure
Division. This division provides solutions for
the wireless and wireline infrastructure segments. Our wireline
telecommunications products, mainly digital and mixed signal
ASICs, are used for various application in the high-speed
electronic and optical communications market. In the wireless
field, we focus on the ASIC market due to our many years of
experience in the fields of digital baseband, radio frequency
and mixed-signal products.
Automotive
Products Group
Our automotive products include alternator regulators, airbag
controls, anti-skid braking systems, vehicle stability control,
ignition circuits, injection circuits, multiplex wiring kits and
products for body and chassis electronics, engine management,
instrumentation systems, car radio and multi-media, as well as
car satellite and navigation systems. We hold a leading position
in the IC market for automotive products. We have worked with
Freescale Semiconductor on the development of 90-nm embedded
Flash technology and are pursuing our joint development efforts
on 65nm embedded Flash Technology and other common products
based on cost-effective
32-bit
microcontrollers for use in all automotive applications.
(i) Powertrain and Safety Division. From
engine and transmission control to mechanical-electronic
solutions, microelectronics are steadily pervading all sectors
of the automotive industry. Our robust family of automotive
products, including complete standard solutions for DC-motor
control and automotive grade 16-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers
with embedded Flash memory provide a broad range of features
that enhance performance, safety and comfort while reducing the
environmental impact of the automobile. In 2008, we made strong
gains in low- and mid-end powertrain applications, supplying
smart power ICs and microcontrollers to a major Asian car maker
for 1- and 2-cylinder vehicles for emerging Asian markets, and
to a major European car maker for 4-cylinder vehicles for the
Russian market. Additionally, we announced the first four 32-bit
microcontrollers in the companys new Power
Architecturetm
families, enabling integrators to use the microcontrollers in
powertrain, car body, chassis and safety, and instrumentation
systems. The devices will support advanced functions, enable
improved vehicle performance and economy, and deliver
development savings by promoting hardware and software reuse.
In car safety, we gained a significant design win for a dynamic
vehicle control and ABS (anti-lock braking system) platform from
a major Japanese car maker. Based on our BCD8 smart-power
process, the single-chip products will serve the full platform
from simple ABS solutions for low- and mid-level cars to full
vehicle control
32
for the high-end segment. Also, we and Mobileye announced that
we had sampled the second generation of the EyeQ2 SoC for
vision-based driver assistance systems. Our strength in engine
management was confirmed by a design win for a reference
platform from a major European OEM for use in China and India,
as well as in Europe.
(ii) Car Body Division. We manufacture
products for the body and chassis electronics requirements of
the car. These products range from microcontrollers used in
lighting, door and window/wiper applications to junction boxes,
power solutions, dashboards and climate-control needs. In 2008,
we achieved a very important design win from a key European
tier-one supplier for smart-power products in power management
and external light control. Additionally, our market
introduction of next-generation 8- and 32-bit microcontrollers
has led to numerous design wins in many countries. We also
introduced a single chip that produces the major signals
required to drive vehicle door-mounted systems as well as an
improved method for controlling electrochrome rear-view mirrors,
eliminating discrete driver chips normally mounted in multiple
locations inside the door.
(iii) Car Radio and Multi-media
Division. We provide auto manufacturers with full
solutions for analog and digital car radio solutions for
tolling, navigation and other telematic applications. The
increasingly complex requirements of the car/driver interface
have opened a market for us in the area of car multi-media to
include products based on our Nomadik platform of multi-media
processors. We have the know-how and experience to offer to the
market complete telematics solutions, which include circuits for
global positioning system (GPS) navigation, voice
recognition, audio amplification and audio signal processing. In
2008, we gained many key design wins for car-radio kits. For the
first, a leading European OEM chose an ST microcontrollers,
tuner IC, audio processor and power amp, for a new after-market
radio which has been chosen by a car maker in China, confirming
our leadership in that market; the second kit was selected by a
U.S. maker and includes audio processor and power amp,
tuner IC and CD/MP3 decoder chip. Additionally, a leading
automotive OEM in Europe selected our STA2500D Bluetooth IC for
use in Telematic platforms for two leading car makers.
We started production of our Nomadik-platform-based Cartesio
automotive-grade application processor with embedded GPS for
three customers for telematics, handheld and Personal Navigation
Device (PND) applications including several products
from Garmin, a world leader in portable navigation. Garmin
integrated our Cartesio in a range of navigation systems,
including the nüvi 205 PND. Additionally, we announced we
would collaborate on a common platform that combines our GPS
technology with NAVTEQs digital road map, also for ADAS
solutions. Our GPS technologies were also selected by two major
system makers for telematics applications in South America and
also for tolling systems in Europe.
(iv) Digital Broadcast Radio
Division. Our products are used by the
fast-growing satellite radio segment. We provide a number of
components to this application, including base-band products for
the reception of signals by the market leaders. Our penetration
in the digital satellite broadcast market is growing with the
success of the two American providers. In 2008, our three-chip
digital broadcasting solution, which powers SIRIUS Backseat
TVtm,
recently received important recognition with the application
winning the Automotive News PACE (Premier Automotive
Suppliers Contribution to Excellence) award. SIRIUS
Backseat TV is offered in Chrysler, Dodge and Jeep vehicles.
Industrial
and Multi-segment Sector
The Industrial and Multi-segment Sector (IMS)
comprises two Product Groups: APM (Analog, Power, MEMS) and MMS
(Micro, Memory, Smartcards). APM is responsible for the design,
development and manufacturing of Discrete Power devices (MOSFET,
IGBT, ASD, IPAD, etc.), Standard Analog devices (Op Amps,
Voltage Regulators, Timers, etc.), and Sensors (MEMS, etc.) that
constitute the starting block around which IMS is building on
its strategy to grow in the High End Analog world that comprises
Temperature Sensors, Interfaces, and High Voltage Controllers
for main industrial applications (metering, lighting, etc.). The
second block of devices belonging to the MMS Group includes 8-
and 32-bit microcontrollers, erasable programmable read-only
memory (EPROM), EEPROM and Smartcards for a wide
range of applications.
The variety and the range of the product portfolio of IMS is
among the widest in the semiconductor environment, allowing IMS
to pursue a kit approach strategy by application that not many
other peers can offer today.
33
APM
(i) Power MOSFET Division. We design,
manufacture and sell Power MOSFETs (Metal-Oxide-Silicon Field
Effect Transistors) ranging from 20 to 1500 volts for most of
the switching applications on the market today. Our
products are particularly well suited for high voltage
switch-mode power supplies and lighting applications, where we
hold a leadership position from low-power, high-volume consumer
to high-power industrial applications. In 2008, we introduced a
250A power MOSFET with the lowest on-resistance in the market
and a new family of devices based on the companys
innovative SuperMESH3 technology to increase the ruggedness,
switching performance and efficiency of lighting ballasts and
switch-mode power-supply applications. We also gained multiple
design wins for our MOSFETs, primarily in lighting and
power-supply applications, including one with a leading PC
motherboard maker. We also announced a family of
FDmeshtm
II fast-recovery MOSFETs that combine enhanced switching
performance with on-resistance improved by more than 18% over
existing devices and announced two new power MOSFETs that use
STs proprietary
STripFETtm
technology to deliver extremely low conduction and switching
losses, aimed at the most demanding DC-DC converter
applications. Finally, we were also awarded a design win for a
custom device for a major automotive energy-saving program; and
multiple wins for its
MDmeshtm
II technology in various segments.
(ii) Power Bipolar, IGBT and RF
Division. This division is responsible for all
bipolar power transistors, from low voltage devices to high
voltage like insulated gate bipolar transistors
(IGBT) and ESBT. The division has a solid leadership
on specific segments like lighting, motor control and power
conversion. Moreover, a part of the bipolar product portfolio is
covering the High-Reliability (high-rel) domain and, from the
end of 2008 new radiation-hardened (rad-hard) devices have been
released to market. We also supply radio frequency
(RF) transistors used in television broadcasting
transmission systems, radars, telecommunications systems and
avionic equipment. In 2008, we gained numerous design wins in
industrial, medical, in particular for IGBT and RF transistors
(cardiac defibrillators and diagnostic equipments), audio
applications and new HID lighting systems. Together with the new
rad-hard and high-rel devices, we introduced a new ESBT switch
for photovoltaic converters, a new
PowerMESHtm
IGBT for use in energy-sensitive circuits, such as lighting
ballasts and new high performance packages for RF. We also
strengthened our position in power conversion attacking the
module market with both standard and intelligent power modules.
(iii) ASD and IPAD Division. This
division offers a full range of rectifiers, protection devices,
thyristors (silicon controlled rectifiers or SCRs
and three-terminal semiconductors or Triacs for
controlling current bidirectionally) and IPADs (Integrated
Passive and Active Devices). These components are used in
various applications, including telecommunications systems
(telephone sets, modems and line cards), household appliances
and industrial systems (motor-control and power-control
devices). More specifically, rectifiers are used in voltage
converters and regulators, while thyristors control current
flows through a variety of electrical devices, including lamps
and household appliances. We are leaders in a highly successful
range of new products built with our proprietary
application-specific discrete
(ASDtm)
technology, which allows a variety of discrete components
(diodes, rectifiers, thyristors) to be merged into a single
device optimized for specific applications such as current
limiting terminations for the protection of industrial
automation systems. Additionally, we are leaders in electronic
devices integrating both passive and active components on the
same chip, also known as IPADs, which are widely used in the
wireless handset market mainly for filtering electromagnetic
interference and ESD protection in cellular phones. In 2008, we
introduced into the home-appliance market a solid-state
AC-switch driver that integrates switch-failure detection,
allowing designers to save board space and simplify the process
to meet various international safety standards. In telecom and
consumer applications, we enlarged our IPAD range of combined
ESD protection and EMI filtering products dedicated to audio
functions, and also introduced protection devices dedicated to
USB2.0, HDMI and Ethernet to meet increasing data rates in
connectivity and wireline applications. In the power conversion
applications, we introduced, in 2008, Silicon Carbide
(SiC) Schottky diodes that contribute to increase
the overall efficiency of switching mode power supplies.
(iv) Linear and Interface Division. We
offer a broad product portfolio of linear and switching voltage
regulators, addressing various applications, from general
purpose point of load, for most of the market segments
(consumer, set top box, computer and data storage, mobile,
industrial, medical, automotive, aerospace), to specific
functions such as camera flash driving, LCD backlighting,
organic LED supply, for the mobile handset market; low noise
block supply and control for set top box; multiple channels
DC-DC for micro storage & ODD. Along with
34
standard interface for multi segment market and application
specific interface in camera module serializing/deserializing
and USB transceiving for the mobile handset market; Smartcard
interface for set top box; and mixed signal ICs for energy
metering. In addition, a series of standard linear and ASSP are
offered: operational amplifiers high speed, rail to rail, low
noise precision and industry standard, comparators and voltage
references, for multi segment market, as well as for specific
applications, low power high efficiency audio amplifiers,
battery management ICs and current sensing amplifiers. In 2008,
we achieved numerous design wins in a range of applications,
including many from market leaders within their segment. We also
announced new devices aimed at mobile phone and portable
consumer products, including a new device that combines an
analog switch and 1.6W
class-D
audio amplifier IC to simplify board design and save space, and
a new video buffer IC offering a low operating current and the
lowest standby current among comparable devices. We started a
very promising business for the active matrix organic LED supply
function, with one of the major players in the portable market.
We succeeded in the qualification of our new range of low noise
block supply and control ICs, for set top box, in the relevant
market key customers, shipping millions of pieces already in the
first year of life. We also won several sockets for a new high
current/efficiency synchronous buck DC-DC converter, shortly
after releasing it to market, to several worldwide consumer
players. Finally, in linear and interface ICs, we gained
multiple design wins in various markets, particularly in
consumer, set top box and mobile handsets.
(v) Industrial and Power Conversion
Division. We design and manufacture products for
industrial applications including lighting and power-line
communication; power supply and power management ICs for
computer, industrial, consumer, and telecom applications along
with power over Ethernet powered devices. In the industrial
market segment, our key products are power ICs for motor
control, including monolithic DMOS solutions and high-voltage
gate drivers, for a broad range of systems; intelligent power
switches for the factory automation and process control. In the
power-line communication market segment, we have pioneered the
market offering robust, viable and cost-effective solutions
since the 1980s. In 2008, our highly-integrated power-line
transceivers were selected in the largest ever Automatic Meter
Reading project in China, which will enable China National
Petroleum Corporation to remotely collect and manage consumption
of water, gas, heat and electricity in more than one million
households across China. With regards to the wideband power-line
communication, we unveiled an agreement with Arkados to develop
and manufacture a
best-in-class 200
Mbit per second, HomePlug AV SoC that will set a new standard
for integration and performance. In lighting, our key products
are ICs for electronic ballasts, based on high voltage
technology, dedicated to analog and micro based platforms. The
portfolio includes advanced Power Factor Correctors enabling
complete solutions to meet
best-in-class
energy efficiency requirements. We are present in the
solid-state-lighting market, with LED drivers for the
backlighting of LCD panels and for general lighting. In computer
power management, we offer complete power solution for mobile
systems as well as CPU VRD controllers. In 2008, we gained a
design from a major player in the PC market, in a desktop
reference design. Our switching regulators, both in
step-up and
step-down topologies, are designed with advanced BCD technology
and feature excellent quality, for industrial and auto,
flexibility and compactness for consumer. In power-supply, where
ST is the worldwide leader, we offer innovative solutions based
on advanced architectures and power system partitioning.
High-performance PWM, resonant, quasi-resonant controllers,
together with high-voltage converters, meet the most demanding
energy-saving regulations,
best-in-class
standby. In 2008, we introduced a new PWM controller, the first
integrated device optimized for soft-switching asymmetrical
half-bridge topology, and a new family of high-voltage
converters with 800V capability, boosting reliability, economy
and efficiency. We are committed on advanced devices for solar
energy conversion.
(vi) Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal
Division. We develop innovative, differentiated
and value-added analog products for a number of markets and
applications including point-of-sales terminals, power meters
and white goods. In 2008, we announced a highly integrated RGB
LED driver and gained design wins for its logic ICs with major
notebook PC makers in China and Japan, and with a leading
Japanese LCD TV maker. We also announced a new family of silicon
oscillators and a range of four- and five-channel voltage
supervisors for computer, consumer and communications
applications, in addition to picking up several design wins and
product qualifications in the advanced analog field from
world-leading makers of mobile phones, computer and PNDs. We
gained numerous design wins for Analog and HDMI switches,
Level Translators in computer and communications
applications from major notebook and mobile phone manufacturers.
We also announced a new Family of touch-screen/Key controllers
IC that offers autonomous functionality to minimize demands on
the system processor in applications such as PDAs, mobile
phones, GPS receivers, game consoles and POS terminals.
Additionally, we
35
gained several design wins and product qualifications in the
advanced analog field of clock distribution and power path
management from world-leading makers of mobile phones, computer
and PNDs, as well design wins for real-time clock
(RTC) chips with major companies in server and
computer-peripheral applications, in addition to starting a
major project for a medical application, and we introduced a new
series of drop-in replacement precision digital-output
temperature sensors that are ideal for low-power applications in
a broad range of product areas.
(vii) Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(MEMS) and Sensors, Transceivers and Healthcare
Division. In 2008, our revenues grew
significantly as we expanded our product portfolio and customer
base and, as a result, the Company was recently named by iSuppli
as the leading supplier in 2008 of MEMS for consumer and
portable applications. We manufacture these unique mechanical
devices for a wide variety of applications where real-world
input is required. Our product line includes three-dimensional
accelerometers for use in gaming, laptop, HDDs, mobile phone
devices and portable multi-media players.
We gained design wins for our three-axis accelerometers with
several mobile phone and HDDs manufacturers on a worldwide
basis. We also gained significant business from a worldwide
leader in the portable MP3 player market and also won a
significant contract with another of the major players in the
gaming market ST already supplies MEMS
accelerometers for the Nintendo Wii console. In addition, ST won
a contract with an emerging Asian player in the game console
market.
Our complete free-fall detection solution, which consists of a
three-axis motion sensor and software, was chosen to protect
user data stored on HDDs in the new ESPRIMO Mobile family of
professional notebooks from Fujitsu Siemens Computers. Also, we
launched an ultra-compact gyroscope that provides a choice of
analog or digital absolute angular-rate outputs, and measures
fast angular displacements in applications such as intuitive
man-machine interfaces or enhanced-GPS for car or personal
navigation. Our first angular-rate sensor offers an extended
voltage range and reduced standby power and thus is very useful
for applications such as wireless game controllers and intuitive
pointers, vehicle or PNDs, and optical image stabilization for
mobile phones and Digital Still Cameras. In addition, we
introduced our first automotive-qualified three-axis digital
MEMS accelerometer, fully leveraging our strategy to bring
manufacturing economies of scale from our market-leading
business in consumer to new automotive, healthcare and
industrial applications.
MMS
(i) Microcontroller Division. We offer a
wide range of 8-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers suitable for a
wide variety of applications from those where a minimum cost is
a primary requirement to those that need powerful real-time
performance and high-level language support. These products are
manufactured in processes capable of embedding nonvolatile
memories as appropriate. In 2008, we extended the STM 32
family of 32-bit Cortex-M3 based microcontroller, increasing the
scalability and peripheral options with devices providing from
16Kbyte up to 512 Kbytes of on-chip Flash, extra features for
displays, sound, storage and full-speed USB peripherals. In
8-bit microcontrollers, we launched a range of products, based
on the STM 8 core and specified for the industrial
temperature. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the STM 32 was
acclaimed with the winning of 2008 Best Product Award from EDN
China.
(ii) Memory Division. According to
iSuppli, we are the worlds number one supplier of EEPROM,
nonvolatile memories that can be electronically rewritten. They
are used for parameter storage in various electronic devices
used in all market segments. We manufacture our EEPROMs with
sub-micron technology that delivers world-class performance and
serves as a reference in the industry. Our EEPROM portfolio
ranges from
1-Kb to
1-Mb devices
delivered in innovative packages. This division also
manufactures application-specific devices, RFID chips and legacy
EPROM products. In 2008, we introduced 1MHz serial EEPROMs in
256-Kbit,
512-Kbit and
1-Mbit
densities, allowing data rates up to 2.5-times faster than the
I2C Fast-mode.
(iii) Smartcard IC Division. Smartcards
are card devices containing ICs that store data and provide an
array of security capabilities. They are used in a variety of
applications, in telecoms, banking, transport, identification,
pay television and IT. We have a long track record of leadership
in Smartcard ICs. Our expertise in security is a key to our
leadership in the finance and
pay-TV
segments and development of IT applications. In addition, our
mastering of the nonvolatile memory technologies is instrumental
to offering the highest memory sizes (up to more than
1 MByte), particularly important to address the emerging
high-end mobile phone market. In 2008, we
36
introduced a number of products, including two advanced 32-bit
families, the ST32 and ST33, which are based on the ARM Cortex
M3 and its highly secure SC300 version for mobile phone SIM
cards. We also introduced a smartcard IC for secure identity
cards supporting the latest cryptography techniques, contact and
contactless interfaces and a large memory for biometric data.
The device meets International Civil Aviation Organization
requirements for Machine Readable Travel Documents.
(vi) Incard Division. The division
develops, manufactures and sells plastic cards (both memory and
microprocessor based) for banking, identification and telecom
applications. Incard operates as a standalone organization and
also directly controls the sales force for this product offering.
Wireless
Products Sector
Our Wireless Products Sector (WPS) resulted from the
combination of our wireless business with NXPs to create
ST-NXP Wireless as of August 2, 2008. Subsequently, we
combined that business with the EMP business to form a 50/50
joint venture, ST-Ericsson, which began operations on
February 1, 2009.
The WPS is responsible for the design, development and
manufacture of semiconductors and platforms for mobile
applications. In addition, this segment spearheads our ongoing
efforts to maintain and develop innovative solutions for our
mobile customers while consolidating our world leadership
position in wireless. This segment is organized into three
groups: Wireless Multi Media (WMM),
Connectivity & Peripherals (C&P) and
Cellular Systems (CS).
Wireless
Multi Media
(i) Wireless Multi Media Division. We
focus our product offerings on mobile handsets serving several
major OEMs, with a combination of application specific ICs as
well as a growing capability in our platform offering. In this
market, we are strategically positioned in energy management,
audio coding and decoding functions (CODEC) and
radio frequency ICs. We are transitioning from ICs to modular
solutions in the field of radio frequency and energy management
for 3G handsets. In December 2006, we announced a major design
win for an ASIC solution for use in 3G/3.5G digital basebands at
EMP. This award represents a significant new product category
for us. Furthering our presence in the digital baseband field,
in November 2007 we acquired 185 design engineers and certain
intellectual property in the wireless field from Nokia, as part
of our multifaceted agreement related to 3G chipset development
for production beginning in 2010. We also have developed a
product offering in the application processor segment known as
the Nomadik family, addressing the market for
multi-media application processor chips. These products are
designed for smart- and feature-based mobile phones, portable
wireless products and other applications including automotive
entertainment and navigation, and digital consumer products, and
the chips are being sampled by a wide range of potential
customers. We have design wins at Nokia, Samsung and LG.
In 2008, we announced the intention to develop an analog
baseband for a future high-volume EMP, within the existing
partnership between the two companies. This effort builds upon
the successful joint development and the start of production of
3G and 3.5G digital baseband processors for EMPs licensees.
Also in the wireless area, due to its expertise in mobile
multi-media, we were nominated as one of the founding members of
the Symbian Foundation, along with other major leaders in the
mobile handset industry. The intention of the Foundation is to
unite leading operating systems to create one open mobile
software platform. As part of our membership, we are to
contribute some of our IP and reference platforms to the
foundation.
Connectivity &
Peripherals
(i) Connectivity & Peripherals
Division. To respond to the market need for
increased functionality of handsets, we created the Connectivity
Division to address wireless LAN (WLAN), Bluetooth
and connectivity requirements. Our product offerings include
WLAN and Bluetooth and Bluetooth FM radio combination chips
designed for low power consumption and a small form factor. We
have multiple design wins and are in volume production for
several customers in Asia and Europe for our products. In
particular, we are manufacturing in volume our single-chip WLAN,
Bluetooth and combination ICs for several customers, including a
tier-one cell phone
37
manufacturer. Our next generation of ICs increase combination
chip offerings with single-die multi-function capability in
65-nm. In 2008, we introduced a 65nm
Bluetooth®/FM
Radio combo chip to meet the demanding integration and cost
requirements of the mobile phone market. The IC combines
Bluetooth wireless functionality with an FM radio transceiver,
enabling users to play the music stored on their mobile phone on
an FM car radio or home stereo. Additionally, our joint venture,
ST-NXP Wireless, is
ramping-up a
high-performance audio device for mobile music applications with
a leading mobile phone maker. The STw5210 provides outstanding
audio quality coupled with longer music playing time thanks to
its innovative Playback Time Extender
(PTE) technology.
Cellular
Systems
(i) Cellular Systems Division. In the
Cellular Systems division, we ramped up volume production of a
3G cellular platform at a tier-one customer. Additionally,
its GSM/GPRS (global system for mobile communications/global
packet radio service) solutions continued to ship in high-volume
at a major OEM and were designed-in at leading module makers.
ST-NXP Wireless announced mass production of the worlds
first 3G Unlicensed Mobile Access (UMA) chipset
platform, paving the way for a new range of converged fixed and
mobile phones with enhanced multi-media capabilities. The
Cellular System Solution 7210 UMA is the first product of its
kind that combines UMA and 3G technology in a single solution,
enabling 3G mobile phones to switch from cellular to WiFi
networks, without breaking the call, allowing users to make
cheaper calls and conserve their cellular airtime minutes.
Strategic
Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships
We believe that strategic alliances with customers and industry
partnerships are critical to success in the semiconductor
industry. We have entered into several strategic customer
alliances, including alliances with Alcatel Lucent, Bosch,
Continental AG (formerly Siemens VDO), Hewlett-Packard, Marelli,
Nokia, Nortel, Pioneer, Seagate, Thomson and Western Digital.
Customer alliances provide us with valuable systems and
application know-how and access to markets for key products,
while allowing our customers to share some of the risks of
product development with us and to gain access to our process
technologies and manufacturing infrastructure. We are actively
working to expand the number of our customer alliances,
targeting OEMs in the United States, in Europe and in Asia.
Partnerships with other semiconductor industry manufacturers
permit costly R&D and manufacturing resources to be shared
to mutual advantage for joint technology development. From 2002
to December 31, 2007, we cooperated with NXP Semiconductors
and Freescale Semiconductor as part of the Crolles2 Alliance to
jointly develop sub-micron CMOS logic processes on
300-mm
wafers down to 45nm design rules and to operate an advanced
300-mm wafer
pilot line in Crolles, France. The Crolles2 alliance also had an
alignment Joint Development Program with TSMC from 90nm down to
45nm. Effective January 1, 2008, we began working with IBM
and its Alliance partners under an agreement to co-develop 32-nm
and 22-nm core CMOS at IBMs East Fishkill, NY (United
States) and Albany nanotech facilities. The resulting processes
are implemented in real time in Crolles2 and we continue to
develop with IBM state-of-the-art derivative technologies
(defined as RF CMOS, embedded non volatile memory) at Crolles2.
We will take advantage of Crolles2 facility to develop alone or
with partners other technologies (i.e., TSV, 3D and CMOS on SOI).
We plan to lead a consortium, along with CEA LETI
(Laboratoire dElectronique et de Technologie de
lInformation) and comprised of nine other large
companies and 25 French Government labs, that will work under
the guise of a new R&D program, Nano 2012, whose purpose is
to develop new technologies for the creation and production of
the next generation of embedded circuits. Funding for this
program was authorized by the European Union on January 29,
2009 and the contract was signed at the end of the first quarter
of 2009. We remain convinced that the shared R&D business
model contributes to the fast acceleration of semiconductor
process technology development and we will continue to actively
pursue an expansion of our portfolio of alliances to reinforce
cooperation in the area of technology development in Crolles2.
ST-Ericsson has agreed to participate in Crolles 2 technology
development through at least 2011.
We have also established joint development programs with leading
suppliers such as Air Liquide, ASM Lithography, Hewlett-Packard,
PACKTEC, JSR, SOITEC, Teradyne and with electronic design
automation
38
(EDA) tool producers, including Apache, Atrenta,
Cadence, Mentor and Synopsys. We also participate in joint
European research programs, such as the MEDEA+ and ITEA
programs, and cooperate on a global basis with major research
institutions and universities.
We participate in the definition of the New Eureka program named
CATRENE and to the European Nanoelectronics Initiative Advisory
(ENIAC) programs definition and were part of the
first call of both programs.
Customers
and Applications
We design, develop, manufacture and market thousands of products
that we sell to thousands of customers. Our major customers
include Bosch, Cisco, Continental, Delphi, Delta, Garmin,
Hewlett-Packard, LG Electronics, Nagra, Nintendo, Nokia,
Philips, Research in Motion, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp, Siemens,
Sony Ericsson, Thomson and Western Digital. To many of our key
customers we provide a wide range of products, including
application-specific products, discrete devices, memory products
and programmable products. Our position as a strategic supplier
of application-specific products to certain customers fosters
close relationships that provide us with opportunities to supply
such customers requirements for other products, including
discrete devices, programmable products and memory products. We
also sell our products through distributors and retailers,
including Arrow Electronics, Avnet, Future Electronics, Rutronik
and Yosun.
The following table sets forth certain of our significant
customers and certain applications for our products:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Alcatel-Lucent
Cisco
Ericsson
Finisar
|
|
Huawei
LG Electronics
Logitech
Motorola
|
|
Nokia
Nortel Networks
Research in Motion
Samsung
|
|
Sharp
Siemens
SIRF
Sony Ericsson
|
Applications:
|
|
Camera modules/mobile imaging
Cellular telephones
Central office switching systems
Data transport
Infrastructure (wireless/wireline)
|
|
|
|
Internet access (XDSL)
Portable multi-media
Telephone terminals
(wireline/wireless)
Wireless connectivity
|
|
|
Computer Peripherals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Agilent
Apple
Canon
Dell
|
|
Delta
Hewlett-Packard
Hitachi
Intel
|
|
Kingston
Lexmark
Microsoft
Samsung
|
|
Seagate
Taiwan-Liteon
Western Digital
Xilinx
|
Applications:
|
|
Data storage
Monitors and displays
Microfluidics/print-head cartridges
|
|
|
|
Power management
Printers
Webcams
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Bosch
Continental
Delphi
Denso
|
|
Harman
Hella
Hitachi
Kostal
|
|
Lear
Marelli
Panasonic
Pioneer
|
|
TRW
Valeo
Visteon
Sirius Satellite Radio
|
Applications:
|
|
Airbags
Anti-lock braking systems
Body and chassis electronics
Engine management systems
(ignition and injection)
|
|
GPS multimedia
Radio/satellite radio
Telematics
Vehicle stability control
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
ADB
AOC
Bose Corporation
Echostar
|
|
Garmin
General Satellite
LG Electronics
Nintendo
|
|
Philips
Sagem Connunications
Samsung
Scientific Atlanta
|
|
Skyworth
Sony
Thomson
UEC
|
Applications:
|
|
Audio processing (CD, DVD, Hi-Fi)
Digital/analog TVs
Digital cameras
Digital music players
Displays
|
|
|
|
DVDs
Imaging
Set-top boxes
VCRs
|
|
|
Industrial/Other Applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
American Power Conversion
Autostrade
Delta
Emerson
|
|
FNMT
Gemalto
General Electric
Interpay
|
|
Giesecke & Devrient
Nagra
NDS
Nintendo
|
|
Philips
Siemens
Taiwan-Liteon
Vodafone
|
Applications:
|
|
Battery chargers
Smartcard ICs
Intelligent power switches
Industrial automation/control
systems
Lighting systems
|
|
|
|
MEMS
Motor controllers
Power supplies
Switch mode power supplies
|
|
|
In 2008, our largest customer, Nokia, represented approximately
17.5% of our net revenues, compared to approximately 21% in 2007
and 22% in 2006. No other single customer accounted for more
than 10% of our net revenues. There can be no assurance that
such customers or distributors, or any other customers, will
continue to place orders with us in the future at the same
levels as in prior periods. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations Disruptions in our relationships
with any one of our key customers could adversely affect our
results of operations.
Sales,
Marketing and Distribution
In 2008, we operated regional sales organizations in Europe,
North America, Asia Pacific, Greater China, Japan, and Emerging
Markets, which include Latin America, the Middle East and
Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA (European Free Trade
Association)), Russia and India. As of January 1, 2009,
Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the Europe, North
America and Asia Pacific organizations.
For a breakdown of net revenues by product segment and
geographic region for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2008, see Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Results of
Operations Segment Information.
The European region is divided into seven business units:
automotive, consumer and computers, Smartcard, telecom, EMS,
industrial, and distribution. Additionally, for all products,
including commodities and dedicated ICs, we actively promote and
support the sales of these products through sales force, field
application engineers, supply-chain management and
customer-service, and technical competence center for
system-solutions, with support functions provided locally.
In the North America region, the sales and marketing team is
organized into six business units. They are headquartered near
major centers of activity for either a particular application or
geographic region: automotive (Detroit, Michigan), industrial
(Boston, Massachusetts), consumer (Chicago, Illinois), computer
and peripheral equipment (San Jose, California and
Longmont, Colorado), and RFID, communications (Dallas, Texas)
and distribution (Boston, Massachusetts). Each regional business
unit has a sales force that specializes in the relevant business
sector, providing local customer service, market development and
specialized application support for differentiated
system-oriented products. This structure allows us to monitor
emerging applications, to provide local design support, and to
identify new products for development in conjunction with the
various product divisions as well as to develop new markets and
applications with our current product portfolio. A central
product-marketing operation in Boston provides product support
and training for standard products for the North American
region,
40
while a logistics center in Phoenix, Arizona supports
just-in-time
delivery throughout North America. In addition, a comprehensive
distribution business unit provides product and sales support
for the regional distribution network.
In the Asia Pacific region, the sales and marketing organization
is managed from our regional headquarters in Singapore and it is
organized into seven business units (computer peripherals,
automotive, industrial, consumer, telecom, distribution and EMS)
and central support functions (service and business management,
field quality, HR, strategic planning, finance, corporate
communication and design center). The business units are
comprised of sales, marketing, customer service, technical
support and competence center. We have sales offices in Korea,
Malaysia, Thailand, the Philippines, Vietnam, Indonesia and
Australia. In Korea, we have a strong local presence serving the
local Korean companies in the telecom, consumer, automotive and
industrial applications. Our design center in Singapore carries
out full custom designs in HDD, smart card, imaging and display
applications.
In the Greater China region, which encompasses
China, Taiwan and Hong Kong, our sales, design and support
resources are designed to expand on our many years of successful
participation in this quickly growing market, not only with
transnational customers that have transferred their
manufacturing to China, but also with domestic customers. We
believe that we were one of the leading semiconductor suppliers
in China in 2008. The Greater China market is expected to grow
faster than other regions in the next few years according to
industry analysts.
In Japan, the large majority of our sales have historically been
made through distributors, as is typical for foreign suppliers
to the Japanese market. However, we are now seeking to work more
directly with our major customers to address their requirements.
We provide marketing and technical support services to customers
through sales offices in Tokyo and Osaka. In addition, we have
established a design center and application laboratory in Tokyo.
The design center designs custom ICs for Japanese clients, while
the application laboratory allows Japanese customers to test our
products in specific applications. In 2006, we implemented
changes in our organization for Japan and are targeting, by
expanding our sales design and support resources, to improve our
coverage of this significant market for the products we offer.
In 2008, our sales grew by approximately 8% (43%, excluding FMG)
in Japan, while the Japanese market declined by 0.6%.
Our Emerging Markets organization included Latin America, the
Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia
as well as our design and software development centers in India
and the Mediterranean area. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging
Markets has been reallocated to the Europe, North America and
Asia Pacific organizations.
The sales and marketing activities carried out by our regional
sales organizations are supported by the product marketing that
is carried out by each product division, which also include
product development functions. This matrix system reinforces our
sales and marketing activities and our broader strategic
objectives. We have initiated a program to expand our customer
base. This programs key elements include adding sales
representatives, adding regional competence centers and new
generations of electronic tools for customer support.
Except for Emerging Markets, each of our regional sales
organizations operates dedicated distribution organizations. To
support the distribution network, we operate logistic centers in
Saint Genis, France; Phoenix, Arizona and Singapore.
We also use distributors and representatives to distribute our
products around the world. Typically, distributors handle a wide
variety of products, including products that compete with our
products, and fill orders for many customers. Most of our sales
to distributors are made under agreements allowing for price
protection
and/or the
right-of-return on unsold merchandise. We generally recognize
revenues upon transfer of ownership of the goods at shipment.
Sales representatives generally do not offer products that
compete directly with our products, but may carry complementary
items manufactured by others. Representatives do not maintain a
product inventory; instead, their customers place large quantity
orders directly with us and are referred to distributors for
smaller orders.
At the request of certain of our customers, we are also selling
and delivering our products to EMS, which, on a contractual
basis with our customers, incorporate our products into the
application-specific products which they manufacture for our
customers. Certain customers require us to hold inventory on
consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when they
require it for their own production. This may lead to delays in
recognizing revenues as such customers may choose within a
specific period of time the moment when they accept delivery of
our products.
41
Research
and Development
We believe that research and development (R&D)
is critical to our success. The main R&D challenge we face
is to continually increase the functionality, speed and
cost-effectiveness of our semiconductor devices, while ensuring
that technological developments translate into profitable
commercial products as quickly as possible.
In 2007, underlining our commitment to our R&D efforts, we
established a new ST Technology Council composed of 15 leading
experts in the field, including internationally recognized
university professors. The Technology Council is chaired by
Robert White, a former member of our Supervisory Board and a
professor at Stanford University. The role of the technology
council is to meet annually with our senior management and
leaders of our R&D activities to review, evaluate and
advise us on the competitive technical landscape.
We are market driven in our R&D and focused on leading-edge
products and technologies developed in close collaboration with
strategic alliance partners, leading universities and research
institutions, key customers, leading EDA vendors and global
equipment manufacturers working at the cutting edge of their own
markets. Front-end manufacturing and technology R&D, while
being separate organizations, are under the responsibility of
our Chief Operating Officer, thereby ensuring a smooth flow of
information between the R&D and manufacturing
organizations. The R&D activities relating to new products
are managed by the Product Segments and consist mainly of design
activities.
We continue to make significant investments in R&D since we
intend to increase our focus on innovative product development.
However, current economic conditions may impair our ability to
maintain our current level of R&D investments and,
therefore, we may need to become more focused across our broad
range of product lines, and invest less in R&D to remain
competitive in certain less performing product lines that are
not central to our strategy.
As of 2008, the R&D expenditures are net of research tax
credit received in France, following a new law, which has
changed the methodology to compute the tax credit. The tax
credit in France is now entirely based on the amount to be spent
for R&D projects. In 2008, we spent $2,152 million on
R&D, which represented approximately a 19.5% increase from
$1,802 million in 2007, while 2007 spending represented an
8% increase from $1,667 million in 2006. This increase was
primarily due to the integration of new businesses acquired
during 2008, which mainly included NXP wireless, Genesis and a
3G design team, as well as the negative impact of the
U.S. dollar exchange rate. The table below sets forth
information with respect to our R&D spending since 2006.
Our reported R&D expenses are mainly in product design,
technology and development and do not include marketing and
design-center costs which are accounted for as selling expenses,
or process engineering, pre-production and process-transfer
costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In millions, except percentages)
|
|
Expenditures
|
|
$
|
2,152
|
|
|
$
|
1,802
|
|
|
$
|
1,667
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
21.9
|
%
|
|
|
18.0
|
%
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
Approximately 79% of our R&D expenses in 2008 were incurred
in Europe, primarily in France and Italy. See
Public Funding below. As of
December 31, 2008, we employed approximately
11,900 employees in R&D activities worldwide.
We devote significant effort to R&D because semiconductor
manufacturers face immense pressure to be the first to make
breakthroughs that can be leveraged into competitive advantages;
new developments in semiconductor technology can make end
products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster, more reliable
and embedded with more functionalities than their predecessors
and enable, through their timely appearance on the market,
significant value creation opportunities.
To ensure that new technologies can be exploited in commercial
products as quickly as possible, an integral part of our
R&D philosophy is concurrent engineering, meaning that new
fabrication processes and the tools needed to exploit them are
developed simultaneously. Typically, these include not only EDA
software, but also cell libraries that allow access to our rich
IP portfolio and a demonstrator product suitable for subsequent
commercialization. In this way, when a new process is delivered
to our product segments or made available to external customers,
they are more able to develop commercial products immediately.
42
In the same spirit, we develop, in a concurrent engineering
mode, a complete portfolio of Analog and RF IP. The new
generation of products are, in essence, mix Analog and Digital
IP Blocks, and even complex RF solutions, high performance data
converters and high speed data transmission ports. Our R&D
design centers located in France (Crolles, Grenoble), India
(Greater Noida) and Morocco (Rabat) have been specialized in the
development of these functions, offering a significant advantage
for us in quickly and cost effectively introducing products in
the consumer and wireless market.
Our advanced R&D centers are strategically located around
the world, including in France (Crolles, Grenoble, Tours and
Rousset), Italy (Agrate and Catania), the United States
(Phoenix, Carrollton, and San Diego), Canada (Ottawa), the
United Kingdom (Bristol and Edinburgh), Switzerland (Geneva),
India (Greater Noida and Bangalore), China (Beijing, Shenzhen
and Shanghai), Singapore, Netherlands (Nijmegen), Germany
(Nurnberg) and Belgium (Zaventem).
Following the completion on December 31, 2007 of the
Crolles II program, which involved a partnership between
Freescale Semiconductor, NXP Semiconductors, small and medium
enterprises, and industrial partners such as CEA Leti, and
enabled the creation of a 300mm pilot line and an R&D
Technology Center that developed 90nm, 65nm and 45nm CMOS
semiconductor technologies, we have entered into on R&D
alliance with IBM to develop core 32nm and 22nm CMOS
technologies in Fishkill and Albany in the state of New York,
and derivative technologies such differentiated SoC technologies
in 65nm, 45nm, 32nm and 22nm in Crolles and Grenoble, also
working with CEA Leti. In this context, five strategic
objectives have been established.
|
|
|
|
|
Repatriate to Crolles the core CMOS technologies jointly
developed at IBM in East Fishkill (USA).
|
|
|
|
Accelerate the development and the number of differentiated
technologies for SoC so as to be able to supply amongst the
worlds leading prototypes ICs, thereby develop a strategy of
advanced differentiated products to compete with Asia foundries.
|
|
|
|
Develop libraries and perform transversal R&D on the
methods and tools necessary to develop complex ICs using these
technologies.
|
|
|
|
Perform advanced technology research linked to the conception of
CMOS nano electric functionalities advance devices on 300mm
wafers.
|
|
|
|
Pervade local, national and European territories, taking
advantage of nano-electronic diffusion technologies to further
promote innovation in various application sectors.
|
The Crolles3 NANO 2012 contract signed with the French
Government is designed to promote the development in the
Grenoble Crolles Region of France, of CMOS (32 and 22nm)
derivative technologies for
system-on-chip
semiconductor products, in cooperation with the IBM Alliance for
the development of Core CMOS advanced technologies based in
Fishkill USA, to which we also participate.
At the end of March 2009, we and the French Government signed
the framework agreement for the NANO 2012 program, which
confirmed us as the Coordinator and Project Leader and allocated
340 million to us in grants for the period
2008-2012.
The funding, which was approved by the EU Commission on
January 28, 2009, will also benefit our partners CEA-Leti,
a research laboratory of CEA, one of our indirect shareholders,
as well as other research and industrial participants for this
program.
In addition, our manufacturing facility in Crolles, France
houses a R&D center that is operated in the legal form of a
French Groupement dintérêt économique named
Centre Commun de Microelectronique de Crolles.
Laboratoire dElectronique de Technologie
dInstrumentation (LETI), a research laboratory
of CEA, an affiliate of Areva Group (one of our indirect
shareholders), is our partner.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop future
technologies and commercially implement them on satisfactory
terms, or that our alliances will allow the successful
development of state-of-the-art core or derivative CMOS
technologies on satisfactory terms. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations Our R&D efforts are
increasingly expensive and dependent on alliances, and our
business, results of operations and prospects could be
materially adversely affected by the failure or termination of
such alliances, or failure to find new partners in such
alliance, or in developing new process technologies in line with
market requirements.
43
The Agrate R2 activity encompasses prototyping, pilot and volume
production of the newly developed technologies with the
objective of accelerating process industrialization and
time-to-market for Smart power affiliation (BCD), including on
SOI, High Voltage CMOS and MEMS. It is the result of an ongoing
cooperation under a consortium with Numonyx. Future decisions by
Numonyx may affect ongoing joint R&D activities in Agrate
R2. Our intellectual property design center in Greater Noida,
India supports all of our major design activities worldwide and
hosts a major central R&D activity focused on software and
core libraries development, with a strong emphasis on system
solutions. Our corporate technology R&D teams work in a
wide variety of areas that offer opportunities to harness our
deep understanding of microelectronics and our ability to
synthesize knowledge from around the world. These include areas
such as Nano-Organics, which encompasses a variety of emerging
technologies that deal with structures smaller than the deep
sub-micron scale containing as little as a few hundred or
thousand atoms and Micro-Machining, in which the ability to
precisely control the mechanical attributes of silicon
structures is exploited.
The fundamental mission of our Advanced System Technology
(AST) organization is to create system knowledge
that supports our SoC development. ASTs objective is to
develop the advanced architectures that will drive key strategic
applications, including digital consumer, wireless
communications, computer peripherals and Smartcards, as well as
the broad range of emerging automotive applications such as car
multi-media. The group has played a key role in establishing our
pre-eminence in mobility, connectivity, multi-media, storage and
security, the core competences required to drive todays
convergence markets.
ASTs challenge is to combine the expertise and
expectations of our customers, industrial and academic partners,
our central R&D teams and product segments to create a
cohesive, practical vision that defines the hardware, software
and system integration knowledge that we will need in the next
three to five years and the strategies required to master them.
AST has eight large laboratories around the world, plus a number
of smaller locations located near universities and research
partners. Its major laboratories are located in: Agrate Brianza;
Catania; Castelletto; Geneva; Grenoble; Lecce; Noida; Portland,
Oregon; Rousset; and San Diego, California.
The goal of the IP and Design central team is to provide state
of the art technologies in the following fields:
|
|
|
|
|
HW/SW platform based designs
|
|
|
|
On Chip Infrastructure
|
|
|
|
Standard Interface Subsystems
|
|
|
|
Functional Verification
|
|
|
|
Design prototyping
|
The team is located in Grenoble, Catania, Greater Noida and
Tunis.
Tools and system libraries are developed to assemble virtual
platforms used as a single reference for architecture
exploration, system functional verification and early software
development. The team drives and promotes international
standards such as OSCI TLM System C and SPIRIT.
Advanced On Chip Interconnect modules and tools such as
Versatile ST Network On Chip, are developed and used in our most
complex chips in consumer and mobile phone applications.
Research work is carried out on an optical interconnect for the
future.
Complete subsystem verification set up is built to validate new
interface standards such as MIPI.
New functional verification techniques and tools are being
tested, then deployed, such as metrics for functional
qualification.
The use of hardware emulators is being extended to simulate
power consumption and to co-emulate functional blocks within a
transactional level simulation.
We also have divisional R&D centers such as those in
Castelletto, Catania and Tours that carry out more specialized
work that benefits from their close relationship to their
markets. For example, Castelletto pioneered the BCD process that
created the world smart-power market and has developed advanced
MEMS technologies used to build products such as inkjet
printheads, accelerometers and the worlds first single
chip microarray for DNA amplification and detection.
44
The
ASDtm
technology developed at Tours has allowed us to bring to the
market numerous products that can handle high bi-directional
currents, sustain high voltages or integrate various discrete
elements in a single chip, like the IPADs. ASD technology has
proved increasingly successful in a variety of telecom, computer
and industrial applications: ESD protection and AC switching are
key areas together with RF filter devices.
The Catania facility hosts a wide range of R&D activities
and its major divisional R&D achievements in recent years
include the development of our revolutionary
PowerMESHtm
and
STripFETtm
MOSFET families.
Our other specialized divisional R&D centers are located in
Grenoble (packaging R&D, IP center), and Rousset (Smartcard
and microcontroller development), in addition to a host of
centers focusing on providing a complete system approach in
digital consumer applications, such as TVs, DVD players, set-top
boxes and cameras. These centers are located in various
locations including: Beijing; Bristol; Carrollton, Texas;
Edinburgh; Grenoble; Noida; Rousset; and Singapore. For
Smartcard SoC, we have centers in Prague and Shanghai.
In addition, the Central Software Tools and Services
(STS) division devotes an important R&D effort
in the area of embedded software tools development to develop
leading-edge technologies and tools in different areas (i.e.,
compilers, operating systems, performance evaluation and
debuggers). Such tools ensure a competitive advantage to
divisional customers for the development of the embedded
software included in their commercial products; STS works in
close cooperation with product divisions but also with many
research partners.
Compilers play an important role in our business as they allow
us to extract significant performance from processors embedded
in customers SoCs for intensive media processing and host
computing. Several advanced compilation techniques are under
development and will be integrated in STS compilers to improve
application code size and speed, in addition to improving the
productivity of embedded developers and software engineering
overall. Technology trends are, on the other hand, steadily
increasing the importance of several items, such as debugging
tools to support the increasing number of processors, the
complexity of embedded software and the dynamic loading of
software. Currently, we are developing a new generation of
debugging tools based on visual techniques and tracing
mechanisms that allow us to cover not only functional aspects
but also timing constraints and the interaction between software
components. In addition, STS spends considerable time on
software tools for reconfigurable subsystems, which play more
and more of a key role in modern SoCs. Such subsystems offer an
excellent trade-off in solving performance requirements while
keeping programming flexibility. Our platforms ability to
evolve smoothly compared to pure hardware IPs is an important
differentiating factor in terms of time to market and compliancy
to standards. Our effort to reconfigure subsystems is focused on
programmability aspects, raw performances, ease of use and,
ultimately, developers productivity. During the past few
years, STS has managed the transition from standard and
proprietary kernels to sophisticated operating systems, such as
Linux, to tailor it to complex SOCs while the community is
slow to produce new standards for embedded applications. STS
serves all of our product groups and provides specific
development environments, primarily in the fields of Consumer
and Mobile Telecoms.
All of these worldwide activities create new ideas and
innovations that enrich our portfolio of intellectual property
and enhance our ability to provide our customers with winning
solutions.
Furthermore, an array of important strategic customer alliances
ensures that our R&D activities closely track the changing
needs of the industry, while a network of partnerships with
universities and research institutes around the world ensures
that we have access to leading-edge knowledge from all corners
of the world. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects
running under the European Unions IST (Information Society
Technologies) programs. We actively participate in these
programs and continue collaborative R&D efforts within the
MEDEA plus CATRENE new EUREKA program and the newly launched
ENIAC program from the European community.
Finally, we believe that platforms are the answer to the growing
need for full system integration, as customers require from
their silicon suppliers not just chips, but an optimized
combination of hardware and software. Our world-class engineers
and designers are currently developing platforms we selected to
spearhead our future growth in some of the fastest developing
markets of the microelectronics industry. The platforms include
Application Processors, namely our Nomadik platform that is
bringing multi-media to the next-generation mobile devices,
set-top boxes/integrated digital TV, which include the promising
new wave of HD images, and in the area of computer peripherals,
the SPEAr family of reconfigurable SoC ICs for printers and
related applications.
45
Property,
Plants and Equipment
We currently operate 15 (as per table below) main manufacturing
sites around the world. The table below sets forth certain
information with respect to our current manufacturing
facilities, products and technologies. Front-end manufacturing
facilities are wafer fabrication plants, known as fabs, and
back-end facilities are assembly, packaging and final testing
plants.
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Products
|
|
Technologies
|
|
Front-end facilities
|
|
|
|
|
Crolles1, France
|
|
Application-specific products, image sensors
|
|
Fab: 200-mm CMOS and BiCMOS, Analog/RF, imaging
|
Crolles2, France(1)
|
|
Application-specific products and leading edge logic products
|
|
Fab: 300-mm research and development on deep sub-micron
(90-nm and
below) CMOS and differentiated SoC technology development, TSV
pilot line
|
Phoenix, Arizona
(entering the final stages of closure)
|
|
Application-specific products and microcontrollers
|
|
Fab: 200-mm CMOS, BiCMOS, BCD, microcontrollers
|
Agrate, Italy
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, microcontrollers and application- specific
products MEMS Smart power
|
|
Fab 1: 200-mm BCD, nonvolatile memories, MEMS
Fab 2: 200-mm, embedded Flash, research and development on
nonvolatile memories and BCD technologies and Flash (which
services Numonyx)
|
Rousset, France
|
|
Microcontrollers, nonvolatile memories and Smartcard ICs,
application-specific products and image sensors
|
|
Fab 1: 200-mm CMOS, Smartcard, embedded Flash, imaging
|
Catania, Italy
|
|
Power transistors, Smart Power ICs and nonvolatile memories
|
|
Fab 1: 150-mm Power metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process
technology
|
|
|
|
|
(MOS),VIPowertm,
MO-3 and Pilot Line RF Fab 2: 200-mm, Smartcard, EEPROM BCD,
power MOS and Flash (which services Numonyx)
|
Tours, France
|
|
Protection thyristors, diodes and ASD power transistors, IPAD
|
|
Fab: 125-mm, 150-mm and 200-mm pilot line discrete
|
Ang Mo Kio, Singapore
|
|
Analog, microcontrollers, power transistors, commodity products,
nonvolatile memories, and application-specific products
|
|
Fab 1: 125-mm, power MOS, bipolar, power Fab 2: 150-mm bipolar,
power MOS and BCD, EEPROM, Smartcard, Micros, CMOS logic
|
|
|
|
|
Fab 3: 150 mm Microfluidic, MEMS, BCD, BiCMOS, CMOS
|
Back-end facilities
|
|
|
|
|
Muar, Malaysia
|
|
Application-specific and standard products, microcontrollers,
Flash
|
|
A portion of the plant (building K) has been contributed to
Numonyx
|
Kirkop, Malta
|
|
Application-specific products
|
|
|
Toa Payoh, Singapore
|
|
Power ICs and optical packages, under reconversion into an EWS
center
|
|
|
Bouskoura, Morocco
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products,
micromodules, RF and subsystems
|
|
|
Shenzhen, China(2)
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products
|
|
|
Longgang, China
(under qualification)
|
|
Discrete and standard products
|
|
|
Calamba, Philippines(3)
|
|
Application Specific Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operated jointly with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale
Semiconductor. The agreement terminated at the end of 2007. |
46
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Jointly operated with SHIC, a subsidiary of Shenzhen Electronics
Group. |
|
(3) |
|
Operated by ST but contributed to the ST-Ericsson joint venture. |
At the end of 2008, our six
200-mm wafer
production front-end facilities had a total capacity of
approximately 128,000
200-mm
equivalent wafer starts per week. The number of wafer starts per
week varies from facility to facility and from period to period
as a result of changes in product mix. Three of our front-end
wafer facilities (at Crolles, France; Agrate, Italy; and
Catania, Italy) had full design capacity installed as of
December 31, 2008. As of the same date, a fab in Rousset,
France had approximately two-thirds of the ultimate capacity
installed.
Our advanced
300-mm wafer
pilot-line fabrication facility in Crolles, France had an
installed capacity of 2,800 wafers per week at the end of 2008,
and we may in the future increase production as required by
market conditions and within the framework of our R&D
Crolles 3 NANO 2012 program.
We own all of our manufacturing facilities, except Crolles2,
France, which is the subject of leases for the building shell
and some equipment that represents overall a small percentage of
total assets.
We have historically subcontracted a portion of total
manufacturing volumes to external suppliers. Our goal is to
reduce our capital investment spending in 2009 to approximately
$500 million, a reduction of 50% compared to 2008. This is
mainly due to the change in the structural growth of the
semiconductor market. The reduction in our capital investments
is also designed to reduce our dependence on economic cycles
which affects the loading of our fabs and to decrease the burden
of depreciation on our financial performance while optimizing
opportunities between internal and external front-end production.
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately
$150 million in outstanding commitments for purchases of
equipment and other assets for delivery in 2009. The most
significant of our 2009 capital expenditure projects are
expected to be: (a) for the front-end facilities:
(i) the tool set to transfer the 32nm process from our
participation in the IBM Alliance to our
300-mm fab
in Crolles; (ii) the completion of the restructuring
program for FE fabs); (iii) focused investment both in
manufacturing and R&D in France sites to secure and develop
our system oriented proprietary technologies portfolio;
(iv) quality, safety, security, maintenance both in 6
and 8 Fabs; and (b) for the back-end facilities, the
capital expenditures will mainly be dedicated to the technology
evolution to support the ICs path to package size reduction in
Shenzhen (China) and Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare the room for
future years capacity growth by completing the new production
area in Muar and the new plant in Longgang (China).
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced
and costly equipment and are continuously being modified in an
effort to improve yields and product performance. Impurities or
other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower
yields, interrupt production or result in losses of products in
process. As system complexity has increased and sub-micron
technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances
have been reduced and requirements for precision and excellence
have become even more demanding. Although our increased
manufacturing efficiency has been an important factor in our
improved results of operations, we have from time to time
experienced production difficulties that have caused delivery
delays and quality control problems, as is common in the
semiconductor industry.
Our existing capacity greatly exceeds current business demand as
a result of the ongoing industry downturn. There has been a
severe underloading that has resulted into unsaturation charges
and cost inefficiencies despite our ongoing measures to reduce
the activity of the fabs. No assurance can be given that we will
be able to increase manufacturing efficiencies in the future to
the same extent as in the past, or that we will not experience
further production difficulties
and/or
unsaturation in the future.
In addition, as is common in the semiconductor industry, we have
from time to time experienced difficulty in ramping up
production at new facilities or effecting transitions to new
manufacturing processes and, consequently, have suffered delays
in product deliveries or reduced yields. There can be no
assurance that we will not experience manufacturing problems in
achieving acceptable yields, product delivery delays or
interruptions in production in the future as a result of, among
other things, capacity constraints, production bottlenecks,
construction delays, equipment failure or maintenance, ramping
up production at new facilities, upgrading or expanding existing
facilities, changing our process technologies, or contamination
or fires, storms, earthquakes or other acts of nature, any of
which could result in a loss of future revenues. In addition,
the development of larger fabrication facilities that require
state-of-the-art sub-micron technology and larger-sized wafers
has increased the potential for losses
47
associated with production difficulties, imperfections or other
causes of defects. In the event of an incident leading to an
interruption of production at a fab, we may not be able to shift
production to other facilities on a timely basis, or our
customers may decide to purchase products from other suppliers,
and, in either case, the loss of revenues and the impact on our
relationship with our customers could be significant. Our
operating results could also be adversely affected by the
increase in our fixed costs and operating expenses related to
increases in production capacity if revenues do not increase
commensurately. Finally, in periods of high demand, we increase
our reliance on external contractors for foundry and back-end
service. Any failure to perform by such subcontractors could
impact our relationship with our customers and could materially
affect our results of operations.
Intellectual
Property
Intellectual property rights that apply to our various products
include patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and mask
work rights. A mask work is the two or three-dimensional layout
of an integrated circuit. Including patents owned by ST-NXP
Wireless but excluding patents transferred to Numonyx. As of
March 30, 2009, we currently own close to 19,000 patents
and pending patent applications which have been registered in
several countries around the world and correspond to more than
9,000 patent families (each patent family containing all patents
originating from the same invention). We filed 556 new patent
applications around the world in 2008 (including patent
applications originating from Genesis, NXP and NXP Wireless, but
excluding new patent applications transferred to Numonyx).
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents,
licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our
products and their design and manufacturing processes. To that
end, we intend to continue to seek patents on our circuit
designs, manufacturing processes, packaging technology and other
inventions. The process of seeking patent protection can be long
and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will
issue from currently pending or future applications or that, if
patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength
to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to
us. In addition, effective copyright and trade-secret protection
may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. Competitors
may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and
other intellectual property rights and therefore such
technologies may be unavailable to us or available to us subject
to adverse terms and conditions. Management believes that our
intellectual property represents valuable assets and intends to
protect our investment in technology by enforcing all of our
intellectual property rights. We have used our patent portfolio
to enter into several broad patent cross- licenses with several
major semiconductor companies enabling us to design, manufacture
and sell semiconductor products without fear of infringing
patents held by such companies, and intend to continue to use
our patent portfolio to enter into such patent cross-licensing
agreements with industry participants on favorable terms and
conditions. As our sales increase compared to those of our
competitors, the strength of our patent portfolio may not be
sufficient to guarantee the conclusion or renewal of broad
patent cross-licenses on terms which do not affect our results
of operations. Furthermore, as a result of litigation, or to
address our business needs, we may be required to take a license
to third-party intellectual property rights upon economically
unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for
prior use,
and/or face
an injunction or exclusion order, all of which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability
to compete.
From time to time, we are involved in intellectual property
litigation and infringement claims. See Item 8.
Financial Information Legal Proceedings. In
the event a third-party intellectual property claim were to
prevail, our operations may be interrupted and we may incur
costs and damages, which could have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
Finally, we have received from time to time, and may in the
future receive communications from competitors or other parties
alleging infringement of certain patents and other intellectual
property rights of others, which has been and may in the future
be followed by litigation. Regardless of the validity or the
successful assertion of such claims, we may incur significant
costs with respect to the defense thereof, which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow
or financial condition. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology.
Backlog
Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase
orders that are generally booked from one to twelve months in
advance of delivery. Quantities actually purchased by customers,
as well as prices, are subject to
48
variations between booking and delivery and, in some cases, to
cancellation due to changes in customer needs or industry
conditions. During periods of economic slowdown
and/or
industry overcapacity
and/or
declining selling prices, customer orders are not generally made
far in advance of the scheduled shipment date. Such reduced lead
time can reduce managements ability to forecast production
levels and revenues. When the economy rebounds, our customers
may strongly increase their demands, which can result in
capacity constraints due to our inability to match manufacturing
capacity with such demand.
In addition, our sales are affected by seasonality, with the
first quarter generally showing lowest revenue levels in the
year, and the third or fourth quarter generating the highest
amount of revenues due to electronic products purchased from
many of our targeted market segments for the holiday period.
We also sell certain products to key customers pursuant to frame
contracts. Frame contracts are annual contracts with customers
setting forth quantities and prices on specific products that
may be ordered in the future. These contracts allow us to
schedule production capacity in advance and allow customers to
manage their inventory levels consistent with
just-in-time
principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce
ordered products. Orders under frame contracts are also subject
to a high degree of volatility, because they reflect expected
market conditions which may or may not materialize. Thus, they
are subject to risks of price reduction, order cancellation and
modifications as to quantities actually ordered resulting in
inventory
build-ups.
Furthermore, developing industry trends, including
customers use of outsourcing and their deployment of new
and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to
forecast changes in customer demand and may increase our
financial requirements in terms of capital expenditures and
inventory levels.
We entered 2006 with a backlog higher than we had entering 2005,
and, due to a more difficult industry environment, we entered
2007 with an order backlog lower than what we had entering 2006.
We entered 2008 with a backlog significantly higher compared to
2007 due to good order flow in the last quarter of 2007.
However, as a result of the current market downturn in the world
economy, in addition to the sharp reduction in demand for
semiconductor products seen in the second half of 2008, we also
experienced in the last quarter of 2008 a significant rate of
orders cancellations; as such, we entered the first quarter of
2009 with a backlog significantly lower that what we had
entering 2008, which also reduced our visibility on the short
term evolution of our business.
Competition
Markets for our products are intensely competitive. While only a
few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we
face significant competition in each of our product lines. We
compete with major international semiconductor companies, some
of which may have substantially greater financial and other more
focused resources than we do with which to pursue engineering,
manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.
Smaller niche companies are also increasing their participation
in the semiconductor market, and semiconductor foundry companies
have expanded significantly, particularly in Asia. Competitors
include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, ASICs and
fully customized ICs, including both chip and board-level
products, as well as customers who develop their own IC products
and foundry operations. Some of our competitors are also our
customers.
The primary international semiconductor companies that compete
with us include Analog Devices, Broadcom, Infineon Technologies
(Infineon), Intel, International Rectifier,
Fairchild Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor, Linear
Technology, LSI Logic, Marvell Technology Group, Maxim
Integrated Products, Microchip Technology, National
Semiconductor, NEC Electronics, NXP Semiconductors, ON
Semiconductor, Qualcomm, Renesas, ROHM Semiconductor, Samsung,
Texas Instruments and Toshiba.
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the
basis of price, technical performance, product features, product
system compatibility, customized design, availability, quality
and sales and technical support. In particular, standard
products may involve greater risk of competitive pricing,
inventory imbalances and severe market fluctuations than
differentiated products. Our ability to compete successfully
depends on elements both within and outside of our control,
including successful and timely development of new products and
manufacturing processes, product performance and quality,
manufacturing yields and product availability, customer service,
pricing, industry trends and general economic trends.
49
Organizational
Structure and History
We are a multinational group of companies that designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products
used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications,
including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer
goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control
systems. We are organized in a matrix structure with
geographical regions interacting with product divisions, both
being supported by central functions, bringing all levels of
management closer to the customer and facilitating communication
among R&D, production, marketing and sales organizations.
While STMicroelectronics N.V. is the parent company, we also
conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. With the
exception of the following entities, as of December 31,
2008, we owned directly or indirectly 100% of all of our
significant operating subsidiaries shares and voting
rights, which have their own organization and management bodies,
and are operated independently in compliance with the laws of
their country of incorporation: subsidiaries in Shenzhen, China,
in which we own 60% of the shares and voting rights; Shanghai
Blue Media Co. Ltd (China), in which we own 65%; Incard do
Brazil, in which we own 50% of the shares and voting rights;
Numonyx Holdings B.V., in which we own a 48.6% equity
investment; and ST-NXP Wireless, in which, from August 2,
2008 through January 31, 2009, we owned 80%. Since
February 1, 2009, following the completion of the merger of
ST-NXP Wireless with EMP, and our repurchase of the outstanding
20% of ST-NXP held by NXP, we own 50% of the new JV. We provide
certain administrative, human resources, legal, treasury,
strategy, manufacturing, marketing and other overhead services
to our consolidated subsidiaries pursuant to service agreements
for which we receive compensation.
The following list includes our principal subsidiaries and
equity investments and the percentage of ownership we held as of
December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
|
Australia Sydney
|
|
STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Belgium Leuven
|
|
NF Belgium NV*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
STMicroelectronics Belgium N.V.*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
Proton World International N.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paolo
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltda
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paulo
|
|
Incard do Brazil Ltda
|
|
|
50
|
|
Canada Ottawa
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Canada Thorn hill
|
|
Genesis Microchip (Canada) Co.
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd
|
|
|
60
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd
|
|
|
65
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
Shanghai NF Wireless Trading Co. Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
Shanghai NF Wireless Technology Co. Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
China Beijing
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Beijing
|
|
Beijing T3G Technology Co. Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Czech Republic Prague
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Czech Republic Prague
|
|
STN Wireless Sro*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Finland Lohja
|
|
STMicroelectronics OY*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Finland Helsinki
|
|
STMicroelectronics R&D OY*
|
|
|
80
|
|
France Crolles
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Montrouge
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Paris
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless France SAS*
|
|
|
80
|
|
France Rousset
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Tours
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Grenoble
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Grenoble 2) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Grenoble
|
|
STMicroelectronics Wireless SAS*
|
|
|
80
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
NXP Falcon Germany GmbH*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Holland Amsterdam
|
|
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Holland Luchtaven
|
|
ST Wireless (holding) NV*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Holland Eindhoven
|
|
NXP Wireless Holding 1 BV*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Holland Eindhoven
|
|
NXP Wireless Holding 2 BV*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Hong Kong Hong Kong
|
|
STMicroelectronics LTD
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Noida
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Noida
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Wireless) Private Limited*
|
|
|
80
|
|
India New Delhi
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Bangalore
|
|
Genesis Microchip (India) Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Bangalore
|
|
NF Wireless India Pvt Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Ireland Dublin
|
|
NXP Falcon Ireland Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Israel Netanya
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Catania
|
|
CO.RI.M.ME.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Aosta
|
|
DORA S.p.a.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
ST Incard S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Naples
|
|
STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
ST Wireless Italy Srl*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Japan Tokyo
|
|
STMicroelectronics KK
|
|
|
100
|
|
Japan Tokyo
|
|
NF Wireless Japan KK*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Japan Tokyo
|
|
Genesis Japan KK
|
|
|
100
|
|
Korea Seoul
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless Korea Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Malaysia Kuala Lumpur
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
STMicroelectronics SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Wireless) SDN.BHD*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Malta Kirkop
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Mexico Guadalajara
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Mexico Guadalajara
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Rabat
|
|
Electronic Holding S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Casablanca
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Rabat
|
|
STMicroelectronics Wireless Maroc SAS*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Philippines Calamba
|
|
NF Philippines, Inc.*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
ST Wireless Asia Pac Pte Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Singapore Singapore
|
|
NF Singapore Pte Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Spain Madrid
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Sweden Kista
|
|
STMicroelectronics A.B.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Sweden Stockholm
|
|
ST Wireless AB*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD SA
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD Sales and Marketing SA
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
ST Wireless SA*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Switzerland Zurich
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless (Holding) AG*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Taiwan Taipei
|
|
NF Taiwan Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
Turkey Istanbul
|
|
STMicroelectronics Elektronik Arastirma ve Gelistirme Anonim
Sirketi*
|
|
|
80
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelectronics Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Bristol
|
|
Inmos Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Bristol
|
|
STMicroelectronics Wireless Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
United Kingdom Reading
|
|
Synad Technologies Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
|
United Kingdom Southampton
|
|
NF UK, Ltd*
|
|
|
80
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
STMicroelectronics Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless Inc.*
|
|
|
80
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip Inc, A Delaware Corporation
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip (Del) Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip LLC
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip Limited Partnership
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Sage Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Faroudja Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Faroudja Laboratories Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilmington
|
|
STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilsonville
|
|
The Portland Group, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY INVESTMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Italy Caivano
|
|
INGAM Srl
|
|
|
20
|
|
The Netherlands Rotterdam
|
|
Numonyx Holding BV
|
|
|
48.6
|
|
South Korea Yongin-si
|
|
ATLab Inc.
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Singapore The Curie
|
|
Veredus Laboratories Pte Ltd
|
|
|
41.2
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
These entities are related to the joint venture with NXP, and as
of February 1, 2009, they have been transferred to
ST-Ericsson, in which we own 50%. |
Public
Funding
We participate in certain programs established by the EU,
individual countries and local authorities in Europe
(principally France and Italy). Such funding is generally
provided to encourage R&D activities, industrialization and
the economic development of underdeveloped regions. These
programs are characterized by direct partial support to R&D
expenses or capital investment or by low-interest financing.
Public funding in France, Italy and Europe generally is open to
all companies, regardless of their ownership or country of
incorporation, for R&D and for capital investment and
low-interest financing related to incentive programs for the
economic development of under-developed regions. The EU has
developed model contracts for R&D funding that require
beneficiaries to disclose the results to third parties on
reasonable terms. As disclosed, the conditions for receipt of
government funding may include eligibility restrictions,
approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations,
compliance with European Commission regulations, as well as
specifications regarding objectives and results.
Some of our government funding contracts R&D involve
advance payments that requires us to justify our expenses after
receipt of funds. Certain specific contracts (Crolles, Rousset,
France and Catania, Italy) contain obligations to maintain a
minimum level of employment and investment during a certain
amount of time. There could be penalties (partial refund) if
these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain
penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract, which
may result in repayment obligations. However, the obligation to
repay such funding is never automatic.
The main programs for R&D in which we are involved include:
(i) the Cluster for Application and Technology
Research in Europe on NanoElectronics
(CATRENE) cooperative R&D program, which is the
successor of MEDEA+; (ii) EU R&D projects with FP6 and
FP7 (Sixth and Seventh Frame Program) for Information
Technology; and (iii) national or regional programs for
R&D and for industrialization in the electronics industries
involving many companies and laboratories. The pan-European
programs cover a period of several years, while national or
regional programs in France and Italy are subject mostly to
annual budget appropriation.
The MEDEA+ cooperative R&D program was launched in June
2000 by the Eureka Conference and is designed to bring together
many of Europes top researchers in a 12,000 man-year
program that covers the period
2001-2008 in
two phases of four years each. The MEDEA+ program replaced the
joint European research program called MEDEA, which was a
European cooperative project in microelectronics among several
countries that
52
covered the period 1996 through 2000 and involved more than
80 companies. With a program duration of eight years,
MEDEA+ concluded at the end of 2008. The EUREKA strategic
initiative, called CATRENE, launched October 25, 2007,
builds on the highly successful European MEDEA+ nanoelectronics
programme, started in January 2008, with the first call for
project proposals was in the first half of 2008. In parallel,
the first call from JTI ENIAC Joint Technology Initiative
European Nanoelectronics Initiative Advisory Council was
launched in 2008. This program is based on the Strategic
Research Agenda (SRA), which concerns the European
2020 vision in nanoelectronics field. In general, ENIAC
addresses long term issues and CATRENE addresses short and
medium term issues. For embedded systems developed primarily
with chips and embedded realtime software, the Eureka cluster
ITEA2 and the European JTI ARTEMIS play similar roles, with
parallel timing.
In Italy, there are some national funding programs established
to support the new FIRST (Fondo per gli Investimenti nella
Ricerca Scientifica e Tecnologica) that will group previous
funding regulations (FIRB, Fondo per gli Investimenti della
Ricerca di Base, aimed to fund fundamental research), FAR, Fondo
per le Agevolazioni alla Ricerca, to fund industrial research),
and the FCS (Fondo per la Competitivita e lo Sviluppo).
The FIT (Fondo per lInnovazione Tecnologica) is designed
to fund precompetitive development in manufacturing. These
programs are not limited to microelectronics and are suitable to
support industry R&D in any segment. Italian programs often
cover several years and the approval phase is quite long, up to
two/three years. During 2004, submissions for FAR and FIT were
suspended for new projects, including the MEDEA+ projects whose
Italian activities are subject to FAR rules and availability. In
July 2005, however, the Italian Government began considering
funding new projects (Grandi Progetti Strategici
GPS) related to limited strategic programs in areas
it had selected, widely contemplating the use of semiconductor
solutions. The company planned new projects and several
proposals were selected for funding. In 2008, a call for
proposal under the strategic program industria 2015
was launched and within the 7 projects submitted by the company
5 have been selected for funding.
Furthermore, there are some regional funding tools for research
that can be addressed by local initiatives, primarily in the
regions of Puglia, Sicily, Campania and Val dAosta,
provided that a reasonable regional socio-economic impact could
be recognized in terms of industrial exploitation, new
professional hiring
and/or
cooperation with local academia and public laboratories.
In a decision on December 6, 2006 sent to the Italian
Foreign Minister, the EU Commission accepted to modify the
conditions of a grant, which was originally approved in 2002 for
an amount of 542.3 million (Decision N844/2001),
representing approximately 26.25% of the total cost (estimated
at 2,066 million) (the M6 Grant) for the
building, facilitization and equipment of a new
300-mm
manufacturing facility in Catania M6 capable of producing
approximately 5,000 wafers per week for nonvolatile memory
products (the M6 Plant).
Pursuant to this decision, the authorized timeframe for the
completion of the project for the planned investment was
extended and the Italian government was authorized to allocate,
out of the 542.3 million grants originally
authorized, 446 million for the completion of the M6
Plant if we made a further investment of
1,700 million between January 1, 2006 through
the end of 2009. The 446 million M6 Grant is
conditional upon the conclusion of a Contratto di Programma
providing, inter alia, for (i) the creation of a
minimum number of new jobs, (ii) the fixed assets remaining
at least five years after the completion of the M6 Plant,
(iii) at least 31.25% of the total of
1,700 million investment for the M6 Plant being
either in the form of equity or loan, (iv) an annual report
on work progress being submitted to the Italian authorities and
the EU Commission, and (v) a general verification of the
consistency of the project. For the period prior to
December 31, 2006, the Commission, upon the proposal of the
Italian government, considered that we would have been entitled
to the remaining 96 million grant (out of the total
542.3 million originally granted) in the form of a
tax credit if we had made a total cumulated investment of
366 million as of such date. As of December 31,
2006, we had invested a cumulative amount of
298 million instead of 366 million and
recorded a cumulative amount of tax credit of
78 million out of the 96 million to which
we could have been entitled. At December 31, 2008, there
were no remaining tax credit receivables on our books. The M6
plant and the Contratto di programmma were transferred to
Numonyx, which will benefit from future M6 grants linked to the
completion of the M6 plant and assume related responsibilities.
A request of the revision for the Contratto di programma was
addressed to the Italian Ministry of Economic Development on
December 10, 2008, for deferred timing of execution and
change in the scope of the grants. A favorable preliminary
answer was received on December 16 by the Italian Government on
contract revision.
53
In France, support for R&D is given by ANR (Agence
Nationale de la Recherche), by the Ministry of Industry
(FCE) and local public authorities. Specific support
for microelectronics is provided through FCE to over
30 companies with activities in the semiconductor industry.
The amount of support under French programs is decided annually
and subject to budget appropriation. The Crolles3 NANO 2012
contract signed with the French Government is designed to
promote the development in the Grenoble Crolles Region of
France, of CMOS (32 and 22nm) derivative technologies for
system-on-chip
semiconductor products, in cooperation with the IBM Alliance for
the development of Core CMOS advanced technologies based in
Fishkill USA, to which we also participate.
At the end of March 2009, we and the French Government signed
the framework agreement for the NANO 2012 program, which
confirmed us as the Coordinator and Project Leader and allocated
340 million to us in grants for the period
2008-2012.
The funding, which was approved by the EU Commission on
January 28, 2009, will also benefit our partners CEA-Leti,
a research laboratory of CEA, one of our indirect shareholders,
as well as other research and industrial participants for this
program.
We also benefit from the increase of tax credit for R&D
activities, linked with the modification of the French law on
Crédit Impôt Recherche. R&D tax
credits consist of tax benefits granted to us on our research
activities. In 2008, the benefit was $161 million, which
was booked as a reduction of R&D expenses following the
amendment of the French law in terms of R&D activities,
while in prior periods it was recorded as a reduction of tax
expense. Based on the current law, the tax credits are
collectible against income tax to be paid but in case of no
income tax payable, they are collectible in approximately
3 years.
In accordance with SEC Statement Accounting
Bulletin No. 104 Revenue Recognition
(SAB 104) and our revenue recognition policy, funding
related to these contracts is booked when the conditions
required by the contracts are met. Our funding programs are
classified in three general categories for accounting purposes:
funding R&D activities, funding for R&D capital
investments and loans.
Funding for R&D activities is the most common form of
funding that we receive. Public funding for R&D is recorded
as Other Income and Expenses, net in our
consolidated statements of income. Public funding for R&D
is booked pro rata in relation to the relevant cost once the
agreement with the applicable government agency has been signed
and as any applicable conditions are met. See Note 20 to
our Consolidated Financial Statements. Such funding has totaled
$83 million, $97 million and $54 million in the
years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Government support for capital expenditures funding has totaled
$4 million, $9 million, and $15 million in the
years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Such funding has been
used to support our capital investment. Although receipt of
these funds is not directly reflected in our results of
operations, the resulting lower amounts recorded in property,
plant and equipment costs reduce the level of depreciation
recognized by us. Public funding reduced depreciation charges by
$25 million, $33 million and $54 million in 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
As a third category of government funding, we receive some
loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at
preferential interest rates. We recognize these loans as debt on
our consolidated balance sheet in accordance with
paragraph 35 of Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts
No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements (CON 6). Low
interest financing has been made available (principally in
Italy) under programs such as the Italian Republics Fund
for Applied Research, established in 1988 for the purpose of
supporting Italian research projects meeting specified program
criteria. At year end 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had approximately
$121 million, $150 million and $125 million,
respectively, of indebtedness outstanding under state-assisted
financing programs at an average interest cost of 2.4%, 2.4% and
0.9%, respectively.
Funding of programs in France and Italy is subject to annual
appropriation, and if such governments or local authorities were
unable to provide anticipated funding on a timely basis or if
existing government- or local-authority-funded programs were
curtailed or discontinued, or if we were unable to fulfill our
eligibility requirements, such an occurrence could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to rely on public
funding since the cost to support the
300-mm
manufacturing technology is increasing significantly. From time
to time, we have experienced delays in the receipt of funding
under these programs. As the availability and timing of such
funding are substantially outside our control, there can be no
assurance that we will continue to benefit from such government
support, that funding will not be delayed
54
from time to time, that sufficient alternative funding would be
available if necessary or that any such alternative funding
would be provided on terms as favorable to us as those
previously committed.
Due to changes in legislation
and/or
review by the competent administrative or judicial bodies, there
can be no assurance that government funding granted to us may
not be revoked or challenged or discontinued in whole or in
part, by any competent state or European authority, until the
legal time period for challenging or revoking such funding has
fully lapsed. See Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Operations Reduction in the amount of public funding
available to us, changes in existing public funding programs or
demands for repayment may increase our costs and impact our
results of operations.
Suppliers
We use three main critical types of suppliers in our business:
equipment suppliers, raw material suppliers and external
subcontractors.
In the front-end process, we use steppers, scanners, tracking
equipment, strippers, chemo-mechanical polishing equipment,
cleaners, inspection equipment, etchers, physical and chemical
vapor-deposition equipment, implanters, furnaces, testers,
probers and other specialized equipment. The manufacturing tools
that we use in the back-end process include bonders, burn-in
ovens, testers and other specialized equipment. The quality and
technology of equipment used in the IC manufacturing process
defines the limits of our technology. Demand for increasingly
smaller chip structures means that semiconductor producers must
quickly incorporate the latest advances in process technology to
remain competitive. Advances in process technology cannot be
brought about without commensurate advances in equipment
technology, and equipment costs tend to increase as the
equipment becomes more sophisticated.
Our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including
silicon wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and
chemicals and gases. The prices of many of these raw materials
are volatile. We obtain our raw materials and supplies from
diverse sources on a
just-in-time
basis. Although supplies for the raw materials used by us are
currently adequate, shortages could occur in various essential
materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in
the industry. See Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Operations Because we depend on a limited number of
suppliers for raw materials and certain equipment, we may
experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply or
increase prices.
Finally, we also use external subcontractors to outsource wafer
manufacturing and assembly and testing of finished products. See
Property, Plants and Equipment above.
Environmental
Matters
Our manufacturing operations use many chemicals, gases and other
hazardous substances, and we are subject to a variety of
evolving environmental and health and safety regulations
related, among other things, to the use, storage, discharge and
disposal of such chemicals and gases and other hazardous
substances, emissions and wastes, as well as the investigation
and remediation of soil and ground water contamination. In most
jurisdictions in which we operate, we must obtain permits,
licenses and other forms of authorization, or give prior
notification, in order to operate. Because a large portion of
our manufacturing activities are located in the EU, we are
subject to European Commission regulation on environmental
protection, as well as regulations of the other jurisdictions
where we have operations.
Consistent with our PSE, we have established proactive
environmental policies with respect to the handling of
chemicals, gases, emissions and waste disposals from our
manufacturing operations, and we have not suffered material
environmental claims in the past. We believe that our activities
comply with presently applicable environmental regulations in
all material respects. We have engaged outside consultants to
audit all of our environmental activities and created
environmental management teams, information systems and
training. We have also instituted environmental control
procedures for processes used by us as well as our suppliers. As
a company, we have been certified to be in compliance with the
quality standard ISO9001:2000 and with the technical
specification ISO/TS16949:2002. In addition, all 15 of our
manufacturing facilities have been certified to conform to the
55
environmental standard ISO14001, to the Eco Management and Audit
Scheme (EMAS) and to the Health and Safety standard OHSAS18001.
Our activities are subject to two directives adopted on
January 27, 2003: Directive 2002/95/EC on the restriction
of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and
electronic equipment (ROHS Directive, as amended by
Commission Decision 2005/618/EC of August 18,
2005) and Directive 2002/96/EC on waste electrical and
electronic equipment (WEEE Directive, as modified by
Directive 2003/108/EC of December 8, 2003). The ROHS
Directive aims at banning the use of lead and other
flame-retardant substances in manufacturing electronic
components by July 1, 2006. The WEEE Directive promotes the
recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste. In
France, the ROHS and WEEE Directives have been implemented by a
decree dated July 20, 2005 and five ministerial orders
published in November 2005, December 2005 and March 2006. The
French scheme for the recovery and recycling of WEEE was
officially launched on November 15, 2006. However, because
of unclear statutory definitions and interpretations, we are
unable at this time to determine in detail the ramifications of
our activities under the WEEE Directive. At this stage, we do
not participate in a take back organization in
France.
Our activities in the EU are also subject to the European
Directive 2003/87/EC establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas
allowance trading (as modified by Directive 2004/101/EC), and
the applicable national legislation. Two of our manufacturing
sites (Crolles, France, and Agrate, Italy) have been allocated a
quota of greenhouse gas for the period
2008-2010.
Failure to comply would force us to acquire potentially
expensive additional emission allowances from third parties, or
to pay a fee for each extra ton of gas emitted. This risk did
not materialize for the previous period
2005-2007,
since both sites were within the allocated quota at the end of
2007. Our on-going programs to reduce
CO2
emissions should allow us to comply with the greenhouse gas
quota allocations which have been defined for Crolles and Agrate
for the period
2008-2012,
even though these quotas are smaller than those allocated for
2005-2007.
In the United States, we participate in the Chicago Climate
Exchange program, a voluntary greenhouse gas trading program
whose members commit to reduce emissions. During Phase I
(2003-2006),
emission reduction targets were 1% per year, below the baseline
which is an average of annual emissions over the
1998-2001
period. During Phase II
(2007-2010),
we confirmed our commitment to an additional 2% reduction. The
idea is that all members should be 6% below this baseline by
2010. We have also implemented voluntary reforestation projects
in several countries in order to sequester additional
CO2
emissions and report our emissions in our annual Corporate
Sustainable Report as well as through our internal Carbon
Disclosure Project.
Furthermore, Regulation 1907/2006 of December 18, 2006
concerning the registration, evaluation, authorization and
restriction of chemicals (REACH) entered into force
on June 1, 2007 and the pre-registration process took place
from June 1, 2008 to December 1, 2008. Regulations
implementing the REACH were adopted in 2008, in particular
Regulation 340/2008 of April 16, 2008 on the fees and
charges to be paid by the industry for the registration and
authorization of chemical products, as well as guidance
documentation. We intend to proactively implement such new
legislation, in line with our commitment toward environmental
protection.
The implementation of any such legislation could adversely
affect our manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us
to acquire costly equipment or materials, or to incur other
significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or
waste and emission disposal processes. However, we are currently
unable to evaluate such specific expenses and therefore have no
specific reserves for environmental risks. Furthermore,
environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or
future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or
imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a
cessation of operations and, as with other companies engaged in
similar activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or
adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous substances could
subject us to future liabilities. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations Some of our production processes
and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could lead to
increased costs due to environmental regulations or to damage to
the environment.
Industry
Background
The
Semiconductor Market
Semiconductors are the basic building blocks used to create an
increasing variety of electronic products and systems. Since the
invention of the transistor in 1948, continuous improvements in
semiconductor process and design technologies have led to
smaller, more complex and more reliable devices at a lower cost
per function. As
56
performance has increased and size and unitary cost have
decreased, semiconductors have expanded beyond their original
primary applications (military applications and computer
systems) to applications such as telecommunications systems,
consumer goods, automotive products and industrial automation
and control systems. In addition, system users and designers
have demanded systems with more functionality, higher levels of
performance, greater reliability and shorter design cycle times,
all in smaller packages at lower costs. These demands have
resulted in increased semiconductor content as a percentage of
system cost. Calculated on the basis of the total available
market (the TAM), which includes all semiconductor
products, as a percentage of worldwide revenues from production
of electronic equipment according to published industry data,
semiconductor content has increased from approximately 12% in
1992 to approximately 19% in 2008.
Semiconductor sales have increased significantly over the long
term but have experienced significant cyclical variations in
growth rates. According to trade association data, the TAM
increased from $45 billion in 1988 to $249 billion in
2008 (growing at a compound annual growth rate of approximately
9%). In 2008, the TAM decreased approximately 3%, while in 2007
it had increased approximately 3%. On a sequential,
quarter-by-quarter
basis in 2008 (including actuators), the TAM decreased by
approximately 6.0% in the first quarter 2008 over the fourth
quarter 2007, while in the second quarter it increased by
approximately 3.0% over the first quarter, it increased by
approximately 6.5% in the third quarter over the second quarter,
and decreased by approximately 24.2% in the fourth quarter over
the third quarter. To better reflect our corporate strategy and
our current product offering, we measure our performance against
our serviceable available market (SAM), redefined as
the TAM without PC motherboard major devices such DRAMs,
microprocessors, optoelectronic products and Flash memories. The
SAM increased from approximately $35 billion in 1988 to
$155 billion in 2008, growing at a compound annual rate of
approximately 8%. The SAM increased by approximately 2.4% in
2008 compared to 2007. In 2008, approximately 15% of all
semiconductors were shipped to the Americas, 15% to Europe, 20%
to Japan, and 50% to the Asia Pacific region.
The following table sets forth information with respect to
worldwide semiconductor sales by type of semiconductor and
geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide Semiconductor Sales(1)
|
|
|
Compound Annual Growth Rates(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
04-08
|
|
|
07-08
|
|
|
06-07
|
|
|
88-08
|
|
|
98-08
|
|
|
88-98
|
|
|
|
In billions
|
|
|
Expressed as percentages
|
|
|
Integrated Circuits and Sensors
|
|
$
|
213.8
|
|
|
$
|
222.9
|
|
|
$
|
214.8
|
|
|
$
|
109.1
|
|
|
$
|
35.9
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)%
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
Analog, Sensors and Actuators
|
|
|
40.7
|
|
|
|
41.6
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Digital Logic
|
|
|
126.7
|
|
|
|
123.5
|
|
|
|
114.1
|
|
|
|
67.0
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
Memory:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DRAM
|
|
|
24.0
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(23.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
Others
|
|
|
22.3
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
(16.0
|
)
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Memory
|
|
|
46.3
|
|
|
|
57.9
|
|
|
|
58.5
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
Total Digital
|
|
|
173.0
|
|
|
|
181.4
|
|
|
|
172.6
|
|
|
|
90.0
|
|
|
|
28.7
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
Discrete
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Optoelectronics
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAM
|
|
$
|
248.6
|
|
|
$
|
255.6
|
|
|
$
|
247.7
|
|
|
$
|
125.6
|
|
|
$
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%(3)
|
|
|
7.0
|
%(3)
|
|
|
10.8
|
%(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
41.0
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
|
|
29.4
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
13.8
|
|
Americas
|
|
|
37.9
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
44.9
|
|
|
|
41.4
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(10.5
|
)
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
124.0
|
|
|
|
123.5
|
|
|
|
116.5
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
48.5
|
|
|
|
48.8
|
|
|
|
46.4
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAM
|
|
$
|
248.6
|
|
|
$
|
255.6
|
|
|
$
|
247.7
|
|
|
$
|
125.6
|
|
|
$
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%(3)
|
|
|
7.0
|
%(3)
|
|
|
10.8
|
%(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which SAM
|
|
$
|
155.3
|
|
|
$
|
151.7
|
|
|
$
|
144.4
|
|
|
$
|
79.7
|
|
|
$
|
35.1
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Calculated using end points of the periods specified. |
|
(3) |
|
Calculated on a comparable basis, without information with
respect to actuators as they were not included in the indicator
before 2003. |
Although cyclical changes in production capacity in the
semiconductor industry and demand for electronic systems have
resulted in pronounced cyclical changes in the level of
semiconductor sales and fluctuations in prices and margins for
semiconductor products from time to time, the semiconductor
industry has experienced substantial growth over the long term.
Factors that are contributing to long-term growth include the
development of new semiconductor applications, increased
semiconductor content as a percentage of total system cost,
emerging strategic partnerships and growth in the electronic
systems industry in the Asia Pacific region.
Semiconductor
Classifications
The process technologies, levels of integration, design
specificity, functional technologies and applications for
different semiconductor products vary significantly. As
differences in these characteristics have increased, the
semiconductor market has become highly diversified as well as
subject to constant and rapid change. Semiconductor product
markets may be classified according to each of these
characteristics.
Semiconductors can be manufactured using different process
technologies, each of which is particularly suited to different
applications. Since the mid-1970s, the two dominant processes
have been bipolar (the original technology used to produce ICs)
and CMOS. Bipolar devices typically operate at higher speeds
than CMOS devices, but CMOS devices consume less power and
permit more transistors to be integrated on a single IC. CMOS
has become the prevalent technology, across all major mass
markets such as personal computers, consumer application and
cellular phones. Advanced technologies have been developed
during the last decade that are particularly suited to more
systems-oriented semiconductor applications. BiCMOS technologies
have been developed to combine the high-speed and high-voltage
characteristics of bipolar technologies with the low power
consumption and high integration of CMOS technologies. BCD
technologies have been developed that combine bipolar, CMOS and
DMOS technologies to target intelligent power control and
conversion applications. Such systems-oriented technologies
require more process steps and mask levels, and are more complex
than the basic function-oriented technologies.
A new category of process technologies, referred to as MEMS, has
significantly developed in the last decade and has allowed to
expand the scope of traditional semiconductor devices from
signal processing, storage and power conversion, up to sensing
and converting a wide variety of physical dimensions such as
pressure, temperature and acceleration.
Semiconductors are often classified as either discrete devices
(such as individual diodes, thyristors and single high voltage
and power transistors, as well as optoelectronic products) or
ICs (in which thousands of functions are combined on a single
chip of silicon to form a more complex circuit).
Compared to the market for ICs, there is typically less
differentiation among discrete products supplied by different
semiconductor manufacturers. Also, discrete markets have
generally grown at slower, but more stable, rates than IC
markets.
Semiconductors may also be classified as either standard
components, ASSPs or ASICs. Standard components are used for a
broad range of applications, while ASSPs and ASICs are designed
to perform specific functions in specific applications.
The two basic functional technologies for semiconductor products
are analog and digital. Mixed-signal products combine both
analog and digital functionality. Analog devices monitor,
condition, amplify or transform analog signals, which are
signals that vary continuously over a wide range of values.
Analog/digital (or mixed-signal) ICs combine analog
and digital devices on a single chip to process both analog
signals and digital data. System designers are increasingly
demanding system-level integration in which complete electronic
systems containing both analog and digital functions are
integrated on a single IC.
Digital devices are divided into two major types: memory
products and logic devices. Memory products, which are used in
electronic systems to store data and program instructions, are
classified as either volatile memories
58
(which lose their data content when power to the device is
switched off) or nonvolatile memories (which retain their data
content without the need for continuous power).
The primary volatile memory devices are DRAMs, which accounted
for approximately 9.7% of semiconductor memory sales in 2008,
and static RAMs (SRAMs), which accounted for
approximately 0.7% of semiconductor memory sales in 2008. SRAMs
are roughly four times as complex as DRAMs. DRAMs are used in a
computers main memory. SRAMs are principally used as
caches and buffers between a computers microprocessor and
its DRAM-based main memory and in other applications such as
mobile handsets.
Nonvolatile memories are used to store program instructions.
Among such nonvolatile memories, read-only memories
(ROMs) are permanently programmed when they are
manufactured while programmable ROMs (PROMs) can be
programmed by system designers or end-users after they are
manufactured. Erasable PROMs (EPROMs) may be erased
after programming by exposure to ultraviolet. Electrically
erasable PROMs (EEPROMs) can be erased byte by byte
and reprogrammed in-system without the need for
removal.
Flash memories, which accounted for approximately
7.4% of semiconductor memory sales in 2008, are products that
represent an intermediate solution between EPROMs and EEPROMs
based on their cost and functionality. Because Flash memories
can be erased and reprogrammed electrically and in-system, they
are more flexible than EPROMs and are therefore progressively
replacing EPROMs in many current applications. Flash memories
are typically used in high volume in digital mobile phones and
digital consumer applications (set-top boxes, DVDs, digital
cameras, MP3 digital music players) and, because of their
ability to store large amounts of information, are also suitable
for solid-state mass storage of data and emerging high-volume
applications.
Logic devices process digital data to control the operation of
electronic systems. The largest segment of the logic market
includes microprocessors, microcontrollers and DSPs.
Microprocessors are the central processing units of computer
systems. microcontrollers are complete computer systems
contained on single ICs that are programmed to specific customer
requirements. microcontrollers control the operation of
electronic and electromechanical systems by processing input
data from electronic sensors and generating electronic control
signals. They are used in a wide variety of consumer,
communications, automotive, industrial and computer products.
DSPs are parallel processors used for high complexity,
high-speed real-time computations in a wide variety of
applications.
A significant number of our logic devices is constituted by ASSP
SoC, which gathers the functions of system control, multi-media
signal processing and communication protocols in a wide variety
of systems, such as smart-phones, set-top-boxes and
communication infrastructure platforms.
|
|
Item 5.
|
Operating
and Financial Review and Prospects
|
Overview
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this
Form 20-F.
The following discussion contains statements of future
expectations and other forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, or
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as
amended, particularly in the sections Critical
Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates,
Business Outlook and
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Financial Outlook. Our actual results may differ
significantly from those projected in the forward-looking
statements. For a discussion of factors that might cause future
actual results to differ materially from our recent results or
those projected in the forward-looking statements in addition to
the factors set forth below, see Cautionary Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements and Item 3, Key
Information Risk Factors. We assume no
obligation to update the forward-looking statements or such risk
factors.
Critical
Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States (U.S. GAAP), requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that have a significant impact on the
results we report in our Consolidated Financial Statements,
which we discuss under the section Results of
Operations. Some of our accounting policies require us to
make difficult and subjective
59
judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. The primary areas that require significant
estimates and judgments by management include, but are not
limited to: sales returns and allowances; allowances for
doubtful accounts; inventory reserves and normal manufacturing
capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory;
accruals for warranty costs, litigation and claims; assumptions
used to discount monetary assets expected to be recovered beyond
one year; valuation at fair value of acquired assets, including
intangibles and amounts of in-process research and development
(IP R&D) and assumed liabilities in a business
combination; goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well
as the impairment of their related carrying values; the
assessment in each reporting period of events that could trigger
interim impairment testing; estimated value of the consideration
to be received and used as fair value for asset groups
classified as assets to be disposed of by sale and the
assessment of probability of to realize the sale; measurement of
the fair value of debt and equity securities classified as
available-for-sale, including debt securities, for which no
observable market price is obtainable; the valuation of equity
investments under the equity method; the assessment of
other-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets; the
valuation of minority interests, particularly in case of
contribution in kind as part of a business combination;
restructuring charges; assumptions used in calculating pension
obligations and share-based compensation including assessment of
the number of awards expected to vest upon the satisfaction of
certain conditions of future performance; assumptions used to
measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the
obligation we assume at the inception of a guarantee; and the
measurement of hedge effectiveness of derivative instruments,
deferred income tax assets including required valuation
allowances and liabilities as well as provisions for
specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax
uncertainties. We base our estimates and assumptions on
historical experience and on various other factors such as
market trends, market comparables, business plans and levels of
materiality that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form our basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
While we regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions, our
actual results may differ materially and adversely from our
estimates. To the extent there are material differences between
the actual results and these estimates, our future results of
operations could be significantly affected.
We believe the following critical accounting policies require us
to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation
of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
Revenue recognition. Our policy is to
recognize revenues from sales of products to our customers when
all of the following conditions have been met:
(a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(b) delivery has occurred; (c) the selling price is
fixed or determinable; and (d) collectibility is reasonably
assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment.
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor
industry, price protection is granted to distributor customers
on their existing inventory of our products to compensate them
for declines in market prices. The ultimate decision to
authorize a distributor refund remains fully within our control.
We accrue a provision for price protection based on a rolling
historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a
percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price
trend represents differences in recent months between the
invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted
if required, to accommodate for a significant move in the
current market price. The short outstanding inventory time
period, our ability to foresee changes in standard inventory
product pricing (as opposed to pricing for certain customized
products) and our lengthy distributor pricing history have
enabled us to reliably estimate price protection provisions at
period-end. We record the accrued amounts as a deduction of
revenue at the time of the sale. If market conditions differ
from our assumptions, this could have an impact on future
periods. In particular, if market conditions were to
deteriorate, net revenues could be reduced due to higher product
returns and price reductions at the time these adjustments occur.
Our customers occasionally return our products for technical
reasons. Our standard terms and conditions of sale provide that
if we determine that our products are non-conforming, we will
repair or replace them, or issue a credit or rebate of the
purchase price. In certain cases, when the products we have
supplied have been proven to be defective, we have agreed to
compensate our customers for claimed damages in order to
maintain and enhance our business relationship. Quality returns
are not related to any technological obsolescence issues and are
identified shortly after sale in customer quality control
testing. Quality returns are always associated with end-user
customers,
60
not with distribution channels. We provide for such returns when
they are considered likely and can be reasonably estimated. We
record the accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.
Our insurance policies relating to product liability only cover
physical and other direct damages caused by defective products.
We carry only limited insurance against immaterial,
non-consequential damages in the event of a product recall. We
record a provision for warranty costs as a charge against cost
of sales based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred
as a percentage of sales which we have determined to be a
reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for
warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are
subject to our determination that we are at fault and liable for
damages, and that such claims usually must be submitted within a
short period following the date of sale. This warranty is given
in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms expressed
or implied by statute or common law. Our contractual terms and
conditions typically limit our liability to the sales value of
the products that gave rise to the claim.
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated
potential losses resulting from our customers inability to
make required payments. We base our estimates on historical
collection trends and record a provision accordingly.
Furthermore, we are required to evaluate our customers
credit ratings from time to time and take an additional
provision for any specific account that we consider doubtful. In
2008, we did not record any new material specific provision
related to bankrupt customers other than our standard provision
of 1% of total receivables based on estimated historical
collection trends. If we receive information that the financial
condition of our customers has deteriorated, resulting in an
impairment of their ability to make payments, additional
allowances could be required. Such deterioration is increasingly
likely given the current crisis in the credit markets. Under the
current financial situation, we are obliged to hold shipment to
certain of our customers on credit watch, which affects our
sales and aims at protecting us form credit risk.
While the majority of our sales agreements contain standard
terms and conditions, we may, from time to time, enter into
agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms
and conditions, which require revenue recognition judgments.
Where multiple elements exist in an agreement, the revenue
arrangement is allocated to the different elements based upon
verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of the elements,
as governed under Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
Issue
No. 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables
(EITF 00-21).
Goodwill and purchased intangible assets. The
purchase method of accounting for acquisitions requires
extensive use of estimates and judgments to allocate the
purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and
intangible assets acquired, including IP R&D, which is
expensed immediately. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to
have indefinite lives are not amortized but are instead subject
to annual impairment tests. The amounts and useful lives
assigned to other intangible assets impact future amortization.
If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase
price are not correct or if business conditions change, purchase
price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be
required. At December 31, 2008, the value of goodwill
amounted to $958 million, of which $15 million was
registered following the acquisition of Genesis Microchip Inc.
(Genesis), which occurred in the first quarter of
2008, and $669 million was registered following the
consolidation of the NXP wireless business, which is 80% owned
by us.
Impairment of goodwill. Goodwill recognized in
business combinations is not amortized and is instead subject to
an impairment test to be performed on an annual basis, or more
frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in order to assess
the recoverability of its carrying value. Goodwill subject to
potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level, which
represents a component of an operating segment for which
discrete financial information is available and is subject to
regular review by segment management. This impairment test
determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for
which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying
amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit,
including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair
value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the
carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is
recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a
reporting unit, we usually estimate the expected discounted
future cash flows associated with the reporting unit.
Significant management judgments and estimates are used in
forecasting the future discounted cash flows including: the
applicable industrys sales volume forecast and selling
price evolution; the reporting units market penetration;
the market acceptance of certain new technologies and relevant
cost structure; the discount rates applied using a weighted
average cost of capital; and the
61
perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values.
Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the
latest available projections of the semiconductor market
evolution, our sales expectations and our costs evaluation, and
are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to
manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and
estimates used may be incorrect, and future adverse changes in
market conditions or operating results of acquired businesses
that are not in line with our estimates may require impairment
of certain goodwill. As a result of our yearly impairment
testing, we recorded $13 million of impairment of goodwill
charges in 2008.
We last performed our annual impairment testing in the third
quarter of 2008. Since, during the fourth quarter, our market
capitalization declined to a level below our book value, we also
performed further analyses during the fourth quarter using the
most current long term financial plan available. While we
recorded specific impairment charges related to the carrying
value of certain marketable securities and equity investments
during the period, no impairment was indicated by such analyses
on the net value of our assets subject to testing. However, many
of the factors used in assessing fair values for such assets are
outside of our control and the estimates used in such analyses
are subject to change. Due to the ongoing uncertainty of the
current market conditions, which may continue to negatively
impact our market value, we will continue to monitor the
carrying value of our assets. If market and economic conditions
deteriorate further, this could result in future non-cash
impairment charges against income. Further impairment charges
could also result from new valuations triggered by changes in
our product portfolio or strategic transactions, including
ST-Ericsson, and possible further impairment charges relating to
our investment in Numonyx, particularly in the event of a
downward shift in expected revenues or operating cash flow in
relation to our current plans.
Intangible assets subject to
amortization. Intangible assets subject to
amortization include the cost of technologies and licenses
purchased from third parties, as well as, as a result of the
purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, purchased
software and internally developed software that is capitalized.
In addition, intangible assets subject to amortization include
intangible assets acquired through business combinations such as
core technologies and customer relationships. Intangible assets
subject to amortization are reflected net of any impairment
losses and are amortized over their estimated useful life. The
carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization is
evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. In determining
recoverability, we initially assess whether the carrying value
exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with the
intangible assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an
impairment charge is required by determining if the assets
carrying value also exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss
is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount over the
fair value. We normally estimate the fair value based on the
projected discounted future cash flows associated with the
intangible assets. Significant management judgments and
estimates are required to forecast the future operating results
used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation, including:
the applicable industrys sales volume forecast and selling
price evolution; our market penetration; the market acceptance
of certain new technologies; and, the relevant cost structure.
Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the
latest available projections of growth in the semiconductor
market and our sales expectations. They are consistent with the
plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is
possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be
incorrect and that future adverse changes in market conditions
or operating results of businesses acquired may not be in line
with our estimates and may therefore require us to recognize
impairment of certain intangible assets. We did not record any
charges related to the impairment of intangible assets subject
to amortization in 2008. At December 31, 2008, the value of
intangible assets subject to amortization amounted to
$863 million, of which $591 million was related to
core technologies and customer relationships recognized as part
of our purchase accounting for the NXP wireless business
consolidated as of August 2, 2008.
Property, plant and equipment. Our business
requires substantial investments in technologically advanced
manufacturing facilities, which may become significantly
underutilized or obsolete as a result of rapid changes in demand
and ongoing technological evolution. We estimate the useful life
for the majority of our manufacturing equipment, the largest
component of our long-lived assets, to be six years, except for
our 300-mm
manufacturing equipment as stated below. This estimate is based
on our experience using the equipment over time. Depreciation
expense is a major element of our manufacturing cost structure.
We begin to depreciate new equipment when it is placed into
service. In the first quarter of 2008, we launched our first
solely-owned
300-mm
production facility in
62
Crolles (France). Consequently, we assessed the useful life of
our 300-mm
manufacturing equipment based on relevant economic and technical
factors. Our conclusion was that the appropriate depreciation
period for such
300-mm
equipment is 10 years. This policy was applied starting
January 1, 2008.
We perform an impairment review when there is reason to suspect
that the carrying value of tangible assets or groups of assets
might not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which
could trigger such a review include: significant negative
industry trends; significant underutilization of the assets or
available evidence of obsolescence of an asset; strategic
management decisions impacting production or an indication that
an assets economic performance is, or will be, worse than
expected; and, a more likely than not expectation that assets
will be sold or disposed of prior to their estimated useful
life. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held and
used, we initially assess whether the carrying value exceeds the
undiscounted cash flows associated with the tangible assets or
group of assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an
impairment charge is required by determining if the assets
carrying value also exceeds its fair value. We normally estimate
this fair value based on independent market appraisals or the
sum of discounted future cash flows, using market assumptions
such as the utilization of our fabrication facilities and the
ability to upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price
and the adoption of new technologies. We also evaluate the
continued validity of an assets useful life when
impairment indicators are identified. Assets classified as held
for sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying amount and
fair value less selling costs and are not depreciated during the
selling period. Selling costs include incremental direct costs
to transact the sale that we would not have incurred except for
the decision to sell.
Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the
latest projections of growth in the semiconductor market and our
sales expectations, from which we derive the future production
needs and loading of our manufacturing facilities, and which are
consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage
our business. These plans are highly variable due to the high
volatility of the semiconductor business and therefore are
subject to continuous modifications. If future growth differs
from the estimates used in our plans, in terms of both market
growth and production allocation to our manufacturing plants,
this could require a further review of the carrying amount of
our tangible assets and result in a potential impairment loss.
In 2008, we recorded an additional impairment charge of
$75 million related to our Phoenix fab that was designated
for closure in 2007.
Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of
cost and net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted
average cost by adjusting the standard cost to approximate
actual manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; therefore, the
cost is dependent upon our manufacturing performance. In the
case of underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, we
estimate the costs associated with the excess capacity. These
costs are not included in the valuation of inventories but are
charged directly to the cost of sales. Net realizable value is
the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business,
less applicable variable selling expenses and cost of
completion. As required, we evaluate inventory acquired as part
of purchase accounting at fair value, less completion and
distribution costs and related margin. At December 31,
2008, inventories included $203 million related to the
newly integrated NXP wireless business. The fair value
adjustment posted to the opening balance sheet as part of the
purchase accounting for $88 million has been totally
charged to cost of goods sold in 2008.
The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or
excess inventory as well as inventory that is not of saleable
quality. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess
uncommitted inventories based on the previous quarters
sales, order backlog and production plans. To the extent that
future negative market conditions generate order backlog
cancellations and declining sales, or if future conditions are
less favorable than the projected revenue assumptions, we could
be required to record additional inventory provisions, which
would have a negative impact on our gross margin.
Asset disposal. On March 30, 2008, we
closed the deal for the creation of Numonyx and contributed our
Flash Memory business (Flash Memory Group (FMG)) to
the newly created entity. FMG deconsolidation was reported as a
first quarter 2008 event. Thus, our consolidated statements of
income for 2008 contain only one quarter of FMG activity. As a
result of changes to the terms of the transaction from those
expected at December 31, 2007 and an updated market value
of comparable companies, in 2008 we incurred an additional
impairment loss of $190 million and $26 million of
restructuring and other related closure charges. The total loss
recognized from the FMG business disposal amounted to
$1,297 million plus $31 million of other costs.
63
Restructuring charges. We have undertaken, and
we may continue to undertake, significant restructuring
initiatives, which have required us, or may require us in the
future, to develop formalized plans for exiting any of our
existing activities. We recognize the fair value of a liability
for costs associated with exiting an activity when a probable
liability exists and it can be reasonably estimated. We record
estimated charges for non-voluntary termination benefit
arrangements such as severance and outplacement costs meeting
the criteria for a liability as described above. Given the
significance and timing of the execution of such activities, the
process is complex and involves periodic reviews of estimates
made at the time the original decisions were taken. This process
can require more than one year due to requisite governmental,
customer approvals and our capability to transfer technology and
know-how to other locations. As we operate in a highly cyclical
industry, we monitor and evaluate business conditions on a
regular basis. If broader or newer initiatives, which could
include production curtailment or closure of other manufacturing
facilities, were to be taken, we may be required to incur
additional charges as well as change estimates of the amounts
previously recorded. The potential impact of these changes could
be material and could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition. In 2008, the net
amount of restructuring charges and other related closure costs
amounted to $191 million before taxes, mainly including
$26 million related to FMG, $87 million to our 2007
restructuring plan and $71 million to our 2008
restructuring initiatives. See Note 21.
Share-based compensation. We are required to
expense our employees share-based compensation awards for
financial reporting purposes. We measure our share-based
compensation cost based on its fair value on the grant date of
each award. This cost is recognized over the period during which
an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the
award or the requisite service period, usually the vesting
period, and is adjusted for actual forfeitures that occur before
vesting. Our share-based compensation plans may award shares
contingent on the achievement of certain financial objectives,
including market performance and financial results. In order to
assess the fair value of this share-based compensation, we are
required to estimate certain items, including the probability of
meeting market performance and financial results targets,
forfeitures and employees service period. As a result, in
relation to our nonvested Stock Award Plan, we recorded a total
pre-tax expense of $78 million in 2008, out of which
$1 million was related to the 2005 plan; $20 million
to the 2006 plan; $50 million to the 2007 plan; and
$7 million to the 2008 plan.
Earnings (loss) on Equity Investments. We are
required to record our proportionate share of the results of the
entities that are consolidated by us under the equity method.
This recognition is based on results reported by these entities,
sometimes on a one-quarter lag, and, for such purpose, we rely
on their internal controls. As a result, in 2008, we recognized
approximately $65 million as our proportional interest in
the loss recorded by Numonyx in the second and third quarters of
2008, based on our 48.6% ownership interest in Numonyx. For more
information, please see Other Developments. In case
of triggering events, we are required to determine the fair
value of our investment and assess the classification of
temporary versus other-than-temporary impairments of the
carrying value. We make this assessment by evaluating the
business on the basis of the most recent plans and projections
or to the best of our estimates. In the third and fourth
quarters of 2008, due to deterioration of both the global
economic situation and the Memory market segment, as well as
Numonyxs results, we assessed the fair value of our
investment and recorded a $480 million other-than temporary
impairment charge. The calculation of the impairment was based
on both an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a
market approach, using the metrics of comparable public
companies.
Financial assets. We classify our financial
assets in the following categories: held-for-trading financial
assets and available-for-sale financial assets. At
December 31, 2008, we did not hold any investments
classified as held-to-maturity financial assets. Additionally,
upon the adoption on January 1, 2008 of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value
Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities Including an amendment of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement
No. 115 (FAS 159), as detailed in
Note 2.25, we did not elect to apply the fair value option
on any financial assets. Such classification depends on the
purpose for which the investments are acquired. Management
determines the classification of its financial assets at initial
recognition. Unlisted equity securities with no readily
determinable fair value are carried at cost, as described in
Note 2.19. They are neither classified as held-for-trading
nor as available-for-sale. Regular purchases and sales of
financial assets are recognized on the trade date
the date on which we commit to purchase or sell the asset.
Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value, and
transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated
64
statements of income. Available-for-sale financial assets and
held-for-trading financial assets are subsequently carried at
fair value. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to
receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have
been transferred and we have transferred substantially all risks
and rewards of ownership. The gain (loss) on the sale of the
financial assets is reported as a non-operating element on the
consolidated statements of income. The fair values of quoted
debt and equity securities are based on current market prices.
If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no
observable market price is obtainable, we measure fair value by
using assumptions and estimates. For unquoted equity securities,
these assumptions and estimates include the use of recent
arms length transactions; for debt securities without
available observable market price, we establish fair value by
reference to publicly available indexes of securities with same
rating and comparable or similar underlying collaterals or
industries exposure, which we believe approximates the
orderly exit value in the current market. In measuring fair
value, we make maximum use of market inputs and rely as little
as possible on entity-specific inputs. In 2008, we registered a
loss of $127 million on the value of Auction Rate
Securities.
Income taxes. We are required to make
estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for
financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments also
occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities
and provisions. Furthermore, the adoption of the FASB
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109 (FIN 48) requires an evaluation of
the probability of any tax uncertainties and the recognition of
the relevant charges. In 2008, we recorded a net provision of
$47 million. Furthermore, upon the conclusion of a final
tax audit, a settlement of $86 million was recognized in
line with last years FIN 48 provision in one of our
major jurisdictions.
We are also required to assess the likelihood of recovery of our
deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we are required
to record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets
that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable, which would
increase our provision for income taxes. As of December 31,
2008, we believed that all of the deferred tax assets, net of
valuation allowances, as recorded on our consolidated balance
sheet, would ultimately be recovered. However, should there be a
change in our ability to recover our deferred tax assets (in our
estimates of the valuation allowance) or a change in the tax
rates applicable in the various jurisdictions, this could have
an impact on our future tax provision in the periods in which
these changes could occur.
Patent and other intellectual property litigation or
claims. As is the case with many companies in the
semiconductor industry, we have from time to time received, and
may in the future receive, communication alleging possible
infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights
of third parties. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly
litigation brought against us regarding patents, mask works,
copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. In the event the
outcome of a litigation claim is unfavorable to us, we may be
required to purchase a license for the underlying intellectual
property right on economically unfavorable terms and conditions,
possibly pay damages for prior use,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
on our ability to compete. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology included in the
Form 20-F,
as may be updated from time to time in our public filings.
We record a provision when we believe that it is probable that a
liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be
reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims
with the support of our outside counsel to determine whether
they need to be adjusted based on current information available
to us. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as
incurred. In the event of litigation that is adversely
determined with respect to our interests, or in the event that
we need to change our evaluation of a potential third-party
claim based on new evidence or communications, this could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations or
financial condition at the time it were to materialize. We are
in discussion with several parties with respect to claims
against us relating to possible infringement of other
parties intellectual property rights. We are also involved
in several legal proceedings concerning such issues.
As of December 31, 2008, based on our assessment, we did
not record any provisions in our financial statements relating
to third party intellectual property rights since we had not
identified any risk of probable loss that is likely to arise out
of asserted claims or ongoing legal proceedings. There can be no
assurance, however, that we will be successful in resolving
these issues. If we are unsuccessful, or if the outcome of any
claim or litigation were to be unfavorable to us, we could incur
monetary damages,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the
65
aggregate could have an adverse effect on our results of
operation and our ability to compete. Furthermore, our products
as well as the products of our customers that incorporate our
goods may be excluded from entry into U.S. territory
pursuant to an exclusion order.
Pension and Post Retirement Benefits. Our
results of operations and our consolidated balance sheet include
the impact of pension and post retirement benefits that are
measured using actuarial valuations. At December 31, 2008,
our pension obligations amounted to $332 million based on
the assumption that our employees will work with us until they
reach the age of retirement. These valuations are based on key
assumptions, including discount rates, expected long-term rates
of return on funds and salary increase rates. These assumptions
are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal
year or more frequently upon the occurrence of significant
events. Any changes in the pension schemes or in the above
assumptions can have an impact on our valuations. The
measurement date we use for the majority of our plans is
December 31.
Other claims. We are subject to the
possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course
of business. These include, but are not limited to: warranty
costs on our products not covered by insurance, breach of
contract claims, tax claims and provisions for specifically
identified income tax exposure as well as claims for
environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, we
consider the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence
of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate
the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is
recorded when we believe that it is probable that a liability
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated. We regularly reevaluate any losses and claims and
determine whether our provisions need to be adjusted based on
the current information available to us. In the event we are
unable to estimate in a correct and timely manner the amount of
such loss, this could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition at the time such
loss were to materialize.
Fiscal
Year 2008
Under Article 35 of our Articles of Association, our
financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which
is the period end of each fiscal year. The first quarter of 2008
ended on March 30, 2008. The second quarter of 2008 ended
on June 28, 2008 and the third quarter of 2008 ended on
September 27, 2008. The fourth quarter of 2008 ended on
December 31, 2008. Based on our fiscal calendar, the
distribution of our revenues and expenses by quarter may be
unbalanced due to a different number of days in the various
quarters of the fiscal year.
2008
Business Overview
The total available market is defined as the TAM,
while the serviceable available market, the SAM, is
defined as the market for products produced by us (which
consists of the TAM and excludes PC motherboard major devices
such as microprocessors (MPUs), dynamic random
access memories (DRAMs), optoelectronics devices and
Flash Memories).
In 2008, the semiconductor industry was negatively impacted by
the difficult conditions in the global economy, which resulted
in a sharp downturn that started in the beginning of the second
half and further accelerated in the last quarter. These
deteriorated conditions caused the TAM to decline in 2008
compared to the previous year, while the SAM registered
low-digit growth overall, with a significantly negative
performance in the last quarter of 2008.
Based upon recently published industry data by the World
Semiconductor Trade Statistics (WSTS), the TAM was
$249 billion, a decline of 2.8% compared to the previous
year. The SAM reached $155 billion, which translated into
an increase of 2.4% year-over-year.
With reference to our business performance, following the
deconsolidation of our FMG segment during the first quarter of
2008 and the consolidation of the NXP wireless business on
August 2, 2008, our operating results, as reported, are no
longer directly comparable to previous periods.
Our revenues as reported in 2008 were $9,842 million, a
decline of 1.6% over 2007. Excluding the Flash segment and
revenues from the recently consolidated NXP wireless business,
our growth in revenues was 4.8%, which was significantly above
the growth of the TAM and the comparable SAM. This performance
reflected double digit or high single digit growth rates in all
main market applications except for Computer, which experienced
more moderate growth, and Automotive, which declined on a
year-over-year basis.
66
Our fourth quarter 2008 net revenues as reported were
$2,276 million, a decrease of 17.0% compared to the same
period in 2007. Included in our fourth quarter 2008 net
revenues as reported was a $249 million contribution from
the recently consolidated NXP wireless business, which was lower
than the $358 million contribution from FMG revenues that
had occurred in the fourth quarter of 2007.
The year-over-year decline was the result of significant
weaknesses across most geographies (except for Japan, which
increased significantly) and market segments, particularly
Automotive, Computer and Telecom.
On a sequential basis, our revenues decreased 15.6%, with all
market segments negatively impacted by the adverse conditions
originating from the economic downturn, which resulted in a
strong reduction in demand.
In 2008, our effective exchange rate was $1.49 for 1.00,
which reflects actual exchange rate levels and the impact of
cash flow hedging contracts, compared to an effective exchange
rate of $1.35 for 1.00 in 2007. In the fourth quarter of
2008 our effective exchange rate was $1.40 for 1.00, while
in the third quarter of 2008 and in the fourth quarter of 2007
our effective exchange rate was $1.54 and $1.43, respectively,
for 1.00. For a more detailed discussion of our hedging
arrangements and the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates,
see Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates below.
Our gross margin as reported for fiscal year 2008 increased
80 basis points to 36.2%, mainly driven by the
repositioning of our product portfolio (i.e., Flash
deconsolidation and the consolidation of the NXP wireless
business) and an overall improvement in our manufacturing
performance. Our gross margin, however, was negatively impacted
by $88 million related to the fair-value
step-up
adjustment required in the purchase accounting of the newly
acquired NXP wireless business inventory. Excluding such
one-time item, the 2008 gross margin would have increased
to 37.1% of revenues. Furthermore, our 2008 gross margin
was affected by currency fluctuations, which negatively impacted
our results by approximately 150 basis points, and
significant underutilization charges registered in the last
quarter of the year.
Our fourth quarter gross margin as reported was 36.1%; however,
it would have been equivalent to 37.5% if $31 million of
charges related to the NXP wireless acquisition inventory
step-up from
cost of goods sold had been excluded. Sequentially, excluding
the NXP wireless purchase accounting effects, our gross margin
was basically flat while year-over-year it had improved
slightly. Our fourth quarter 2008 gross margin was
significantly reduced by unsaturation charges associated with
several sites being closed in response to falling demand, which
we estimate to have impacted our results by approximately
200 basis points. The profitable contribution from a
favorable currency impact and an improved product mix (on a
year-over-year basis) were offset by the negative impact of
substantially lower sales and the above mentioned unused
capacity charges.
Our operating expenses, comprising selling, general and
administrative expenses as well as R&D increased in 2008
compared to 2007 due to the significantly unfavorable
U.S. dollar exchange rate and recent acquisitions.
Additionally, such acquisitions, which included the NXP wireless
business, Genesis and a 3G wireless design team, required us to
book additional charges of $97 million related to IP
R&D during 2008 and $37 million intangible
amortization. Our R&D expenses in 2008 were net of
$161 million of tax credits associated with our ongoing
programs following the amendment of a law in one of our
jurisdictions. In 2007, similar credits were registered as an
income tax benefit.
In 2008, we continued certain ongoing restructuring activities
and also implemented new headcount reduction programs to
streamline our structure in light of the current adverse market
conditions. This resulted in impairment and restructuring
charges of approximately $265 million. We also reported an
additional cost of $216 million in connection with the FMG
deal closure and changes in certain terms of the transaction.
In the fourth quarter of 2008, the amount of impairment and
restructuring charges was equivalent to $91 million.
Our Other income and expenses, net improved
significantly in 2008, supported by a favorable result in our
currency exchange transactions and lower
start-up
costs, resulting in income of $62 million compared to
income of $48 million in the equivalent period in 2007.
Our as reported operating result in 2008 was a loss of
$198 million compared to a loss of $545 million in
2007. Our operating result was largely impacted by impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, as
67
well as specific one-time charges associated with the purchase
accounting for our acquisitions. Excluding such factors, which
were booked for $481 million as impairment, restructuring
charges, and other related closure costs, $88 million as
inventory
step-up in
cost of sales and $97 million as IP R&D expenses, our
operating performance would have been equivalent to a pro forma
profit of $468 million. (For more information on our pro
forma performance, see Item 5 2008 vs.
2007 Operating loss below). In 2007, the
equivalent operating pro forma profit, which also excluded
one-time elements, would have been $683 million. The
decrease in revenues and the material negative impact of the
weakening U.S. dollar exchange rate were the main
contributors to such a negative operating performance.
The valuation of the fair value of our Auction Rate
Securities purchased for our account by Credit
Suisse Securities LLC contrary to our instruction
required recording an other-than-temporary impairment charge of
$127 million in 2008, of which $55 million was
recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008. On February 16,
2009, we announced that an arbitration panel of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), in a full and
final resolution of the issues submitted for determination,
awarded us, in connection with sales of unauthorized auction
rate securities made to us by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
(Credit Suisse), approximately $406 million,
comprising compensatory damages, as well as interest,
attorneys fees and consequential damages, which were
assessed against Credit Suisse. In addition, we are entitled to
retain an interest award of approximately $25 million that
has already been paid. At collection of the payment, we will
transfer ownership of our portfolio of unauthorized auction rate
securities to Credit Suisse. On February 17, 2009, we filed
a petition in the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York seeking enforcement of the award. However,
Credit Suisse has appointed a new outside counsel and announced
its intent to contest enforcement of the FINRA award. In
addition, we recorded a $11 million impairment on a
Floating Rate Note issued by Lehman Brothers following its
Chapter 11 filing on September 15, 2008, whose
recoverability has been estimated at half the nominal value.
Interest income decreased significantly from $83 million as
at December 31, 2007 to $51 million as at
December 31, 2008 as a consequence of a decline in our
available cash and cash equivalents due to the payment of
approximately $1.7 billion related to the acquisition of
NXP wireless and Genesis, in addition to less interest income
received on our financial resources as a result of significantly
lower U.S. dollar and Euro denominated interest rates
compared to 2007.
In 2008, due to the deterioration of both the global economic
situation and the Memory market segment, as well as the actual
and projected results in our Numonyx memory joint venture, we
assessed the fair value of our investment and recorded a
$480 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on the
line Earnings (loss) on equity investment in the consolidated
statements of income, of which $180 million was booked in
the fourth quarter. The calculation of the impairment was based
on both an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a
market approach, using the metrics of comparable public
companies applied to Numonyxs current and projected
revenues and EBITDA. In addition, in 2008 we registered a
$65 million equity loss related to our proportional stake
in Numonyx, $16 million of which was reported in the fourth
quarter.
In summary, our profitability during 2008 was negatively
impacted by the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
The negative pricing trend;
|
|
|
|
The additional impairment and other restructuring charges
related to our ongoing programs;
|
|
|
|
The impairment loss recorded on our equity investment in Numonyx;
|
|
|
|
The weakening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate;
|
|
|
|
The one-time items related to the purchase accounting for
acquisitions; and
|
|
|
|
The other-than-temporary loss on financial assets.
|
The factors above were partially offset by the following
favorable elements:
|
|
|
|
|
Our improved product mix, which contributed to our
revenues; and
|
|
|
|
The improvements in our manufacturing performance.
|
68
2008 was a critically important year for advancing the
repositioning of our product portfolio, with our resources and
investments focused on power applications and multi-media
convergence with wireless and digital consumer.
Fourth quarter net revenues came in at the mid-point of our
outlook as updated in early December. They reflected the
accelerated level of order push-outs and cancellations, as well
as the decrease in demand experienced in the semiconductor
industry as the quarter progressed. All product areas were
negatively affected, particularly Automotive, Wireless and
Computer Peripherals. Gross margin was somewhat lower than the
mid-point of our revised outlook, mostly due to our final
product mix being below our expectations, particularly in
Wireless.
For full year 2008, we made significant progress as we gained
market share with a strong product portfolio. We will continue
this momentum in 2009 as we focus on developing more innovative
products. Looking at our position in the semiconductor market,
in 2008 our revenues result was better than the performance of
the overall market and we believe we have approached a record
level of market share.
We also generated net operating cash flow of $161 million
for the fourth quarter of 2008 and $648 million for the
full year, excluding payments for mergers and acquisitions
transactions. As a result, despite a more difficult fourth
quarter environment, we finished 2008 with a solid financial
position. In 2009, we will continue to focus on cash flow as
well as maintaining a strong and flexible capital structure.
First
Quarter 2009 Results
Our revenues as reported in the first quarter of 2009 were
$1,660 million, a decline of 33% over the same period in
2008 driven by significant weakness across most geographic and
market segments. Included in our first quarter 2009 net
revenues as reported was a $238 million contribution from
the NXP and EMP wireless businesses, which was lower than the
$299 million contribution from FMG revenues that had
occurred in the first quarter of 2008. On a sequential basis,
first quarter 2009 revenues decreased 27%, with all market
segments negatively impacted by the adverse conditions
originating from the economic downturn, which resulted in a
strong reduction in demand.
Our gross margin was 26.3% due to the significant amount of
unused capacity charges, which accounted for over
8 percentage points.
Our Other income and expenses, net improved
significantly in the first quarter of 2009 to $63 million,
as a result of recording in the quarter the income originated by
the new contracts signed with the French Administration, to fund
certain of our R&D programs through 2012, the larger part
of this funding related to a
catch-up
funding for 2008.
Our as reported operating result in the first quarter of 2009
was a loss of $393 million compared to a loss of
$88 million in the first quarter of 2008. Our operating
result was largely impacted by the significant decline in
revenues and the impact of underutilization charges partially
balanced by the stronger dollar exchange rate.
In the first quarter of 2009 we registered a $233 million
equity loss primarily related to our proportional stake in
Numonyx and the impairment of our equity investment in the
company.
Our net result was a loss of $541 million ($.62) per share.
After the $1,100 million cash received from Ericsson for
their investment in the ST-Ericsson joint venture, we moved our
financial position to a net cash position of $254 million
as of March 28, 2009 from a net debt position as of
$545 million as of December 31, 2008.
Business
Outlook
While it is extremely difficult to predict how the industry will
evolve in 2009, we believe it could be a year of fundamental
change and opportunity.
69
We have the following key priorities for 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
We will be focused on improving our competitiveness as we
execute our plan to develop ST-Ericsson following its creation
in the first quarter;
|
|
|
|
We are working to reduce our costs by over $700 million in
2009 with respect to our fourth quarter 2008 cost base. To reach
such targets, we are pursuing a combination of initiatives, such
as ongoing restructuring activities and new programs focused on
resizing our manufacturing operations and streamlining expenses.
Such actions are expected to affect approximately 4,500 jobs
worldwide in 2009.
|
|
|
|
We continue to advance our lighter asset strategy focused on
careful management of our capital investments. As a result, we
have set a capex budget of approximately $500 million for
2009, which represents a 50% reduction, approximately, compared
to 2008.
|
Current uncertainty in the global financial markets, economic
recession in the worlds major economies, seasonality, and
the effect on demand for semiconductor products in the key
application markets and from key customers served by our
products make it extremely difficult to accurately forecast
product demand and other related matters. Consequently, in the
first quarter of 2009, we will only provide approximate revenue
and gross margin internal planning targets with respect to the
second quarter of 2009. We are currently planning for revenues
in the second quarter 2009 to be in the range of
$1.73 billion to $1.93 billion. As we continue our
efforts to reduce inventory levels during this timeframe, fab
loading will run at levels of about 50%, driving gross margin to
an extraordinary low level which we are planning for internal
purposes to be in the mid 20s, as a percentage of sales. Gross
margin is subject to changes in demand levels and pricing that
could impact fab loading, inventory write-offs, mix and unit
costs, and combined with currency fluctuations could potentially
create additional margin variability.
These are forward-looking statements that are subject to
known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially; in particular, refer to
those known risks and uncertainties described in
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
and Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors herein.
Other
Developments
On January 15, 2008, we announced that the following
individuals had been appointed as new executive officers, all
reporting to President and Chief Executive Officer Carlo
Bozotti: Orio Bellezza, as Executive Vice President and General
Manager, Front-End Manufacturing; Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive
Vice President and Chief Technology Officer; Executive Vice
President Andrea Cuomo, as Executive Vice President and General
Manager of our Europe Region, who also maintains his
responsibility for the Advanced System Technology
(AST) organization and, as of January 2009, is
General Manager of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Loïc
Lietar, as Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business
Development; and Pierre Ollivier, as Corporate Vice President
and General Counsel.
On January 17, 2008, we acquired effective control of
Genesis under the terms of a tender offer announced on
December 11, 2007. On January 25, 2008, we acquired
the remaining common shares of Genesis that had not been
acquired through the original tender by offering the right to
receive the same $8.65 per share price paid in the original
tender offer. Payment of approximately $340 million for the
acquired shares was made through a wholly-owned subsidiary that
was merged with and into Genesis promptly thereafter. On
closing, Genesis became part of our Home
Entertainment & Displays (HED) business
activity which is part of the new Automotive, Consumer, Computer
and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups
(ACCI) segment.
On March 30, 2008, we, together with Intel and Francisco
Partners announced the closing of our previously announced
Numonyx joint venture. At the closing, we contributed our flash
memory assets and businesses in NOR and NAND, including our
Phase Change Memory (PCM) resources and NAND joint
venture interest, to Numonyx in exchange for a 48.6% equity
ownership stake in common stock and $155.6 million in
long-term subordinated notes. These long-term notes yield
interest at appropriate market rates at inception. Intel
contributed its NOR assets and certain assets related to PCM
resources, while Francisco Partners L.P., a private equity firm,
invested $150 million in cash. Intel and Francisco
Partners equity ownership interests in Numonyx are 45.1%
in common shares and 6.3% in convertible preferred stock,
respectively. The convertible stock of Francisco Partners
70
includes preferential payout rights. In addition, Intel and
Francisco Partners received long-term subordinated notes of
$144.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively. In
liquidation events in which proceeds are insufficient to pay off
the term loan, revolving credit facility and the Francisco
Partners preferential payout rights, the subordinated
notes will be deemed to have been retired. Also at the closing,
Numonyx B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Numonyx, entered into
financing arrangements for a $450 million term loan and a
$100 million committed revolving credit facility from
Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. and Unicredit Banca dImpresa S.p.A.
The loans have a four-year term and we and Intel have each
granted in favor of Numonyx B.V. a 50% guarantee not joint and
several, for indebtedness. At closing of the transaction,
Numonyx had a cash position of about $585 million. The
closing of the transaction also includes certain supply
agreements and transition service agreements for administrative
functions between Numonyx and us. The transition service
agreements have terms up to one year with fixed monthly or usage
based payments. Numonyxs cash position amounted
approximately to $500 million as at December 31, 2008.
On April 10, 2008, we announced our agreement with NXP, an
independent semiconductor company founded by Philips, to combine
our respective key wireless operations to form a joint venture
company with strong relationships with all major handset
manufacturers. The new company is intended, through its scale,
to better meet customer needs in 2G, 2.5G, 3G, multi-media,
connectivity and all future wireless technologies. The
transaction closed on July 28, 2008 and the joint venture
company, which is named ST-NXP Wireless, started operations on
August 2, 2008. At closing, we received an 80% stake in the
joint venture and paid NXP $1,518 million net of cash
received, including a control premium that was funded from
outstanding cash. The consideration also included a contribution
in kind, measured at fair value, corresponding to a 20% interest
in our wireless business. As at December 31, 2008, NXP
owned a 20% interest in the venture; however, we and NXP agreed
on a future exit mechanism for NXPs interest, which
involved put and call options based on the financial results of
the business that was exercisable prior to the closing of our
agreement with Ericsson, announced on August 20, 2008, to
establish
ST-Ericsson,
as we had the right to an accelerated call, which we exercised
in the first quarter of 2009 for $92 million.
At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on
May 14, 2008, our shareholders adopted, inter alia,
the following resolutions upon the proposal of our Supervisory
Board:
|
|
|
|
|
The reappointment for a three-year term, expiring at the end of
our 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, of Carlo
Bozotti as the sole member of the Managing Board and the
Companys President and Chief Executive Officer;
|
|
|
|
The reappointment for a three-year term, expiring at the end of
our 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, for the
following members of the Supervisory Board: Mr. Gérald
Arbola, Mr. Tom de Waard, Mr. Didier Lombard and
Mr. Bruno Steve;
|
|
|
|
The appointment for a three-year term, expiring at the end of
our 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, as a member of
the Supervisory Board of Mr. Antonino Turicchi;
|
|
|
|
The distribution of a cash dividend of $0.36 per share, paid in
four equal quarterly installments to shareholders of record in
the month of each quarterly payment (our shares traded
ex-dividend on May 19, 2008, August 18, 2008,
November 24, 2008 and February 23, 2009;
|
|
|
|
Authorization to repurchase up to 30 million of our issued
share capital under certain limitations and in accordance with
applicable law; and
|
|
|
|
The reappointment for a two-year term, expiring at the end of
our 2010 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, of
PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. as our external auditors.
|
On August 20, 2008, we announced our agreement to merge
ST-NXP Wireless into a 50/50 joint venture with EMP, and on
February 3, 2009, the transaction closed. The joint venture
begins as a major supplier to four of the industrys top
five handset manufacturers, who together represent about 80% of
global handset shipments, as well as to other exciting industry
leaders. Ericsson contributed $1.1 billion net to the joint
venture, out of which $0.7 billion was paid to us. Prior to
the closing of the transaction, we exercised our option to buy
out NXPs 20% ownership stake of ST-NXP Wireless. Alain
Dutheil, presently CEO of ST-NXP Wireless and our Chief
Operating Officer, leads the joint venture as President and
Chief Executive Officer. Governance is balanced. Each parent
appoints four
71
directors to the board with Carl-Henric Svanberg, President and
CEO of Ericsson, as the Chairman of the Board and Carlo Bozotti,
our President and CEO, as the Vice Chairman. Employing about
8,000 people roughly 3,000 from Ericsson and
approximately 5,000 from us the new global leader in
wireless technologies is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland.
On February 16, 2009, we announced that an arbitration
panel of FINRA, in a full and final resolution of the issues
submitted for determination, awarded us, in connection with
sales of unauthorized auction rate securities made to us by
Credit Suisse, approximately $406 million, comprising
compensatory damages, as well as interest, attorneys fees
and consequential damages, which were assessed against Credit
Suisse. In addition, we are entitled to retain an interest award
of approximately $25 million that has already been paid. At
collection of the payment, we will transfer ownership of our
portfolio of unauthorized auction rate securities to Credit
Suisse. On February 17, 2009, we filed a petition in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New
York seeking enforcement of the award.
On March 31, 2009, we announced the completion of our
$500 million medium-term committed credit-facilities
program. The $500 million of credit facilities were
provided on a bilateral basis by Intesa-San Paolo,
Société Générale, Citibank, Centrobanca (UBI
Group) and Unicredit. The loan agreements had been executed
between October 2008 and March 2009 with commitments from the
banks for up to 3 years. We do not currently envisage any
utilization of these credit facilities, which have been set up
for liquidity purposes to strengthen the Companys
financial flexibility.
At our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held on
May 20, 2009, the following proposals, inter alia,
will be submitted for our shareholders approval:
|
|
|
|
|
The distribution of a cash dividend of US$0.12 per common share,
to be paid in four equal installments, on May 25, 2009,
August 24, 2009, November 23, 2009 and
February 22, 2010. Payment of an installment will be made
to those deriving their rights from our common shares at the
aforementioned dates;
|
|
|
|
The reappointment for a three-year term, expiring at the 2012
Annual General Meeting, for the following members of the
Supervisory Board: Mr. Doug Dunn and Dr. Didier
Lamouche; and
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of restricted Share Awards under
our existing
5-year
Employee Unvested Share Award Plan
(2008-2012)
of 30,500,000, which includes any Unvested Stock Awards granted
to our President and CEO as part of his compensation, with the
maximum number of restricted shares in 2009 to be
6,100,000.
|
Results
of Operations
Segment
Information
We operate in two business areas: Semiconductors and Subsystems.
In the semiconductors business area, we design, develop,
manufacture and market a broad range of products, including
discrete and standard commodity components, application-specific
integrated circuits (ASICs), full-custom devices and
semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products
(ASSPs) for analog, digital and mixed-signal
applications. In addition, we further participate in the
manufacturing value chain of Smartcard products through our
divisions, which include the production and sale of both silicon
chips and Smart cards.
Beginning on January 1, 2007, and until August 2,
2008, we reported our semiconductor sales and operating income
in the following product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG), comprised of four
product lines: Home Entertainment & Displays Group
(HED), Mobile, Multi-media &
Communications Group (MMC), Automotive Products
Group (APG) and Computer Peripherals Group
(CPG);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Sector (IMS), comprised
of the former Micro, Power, Analog (MPA) segment,
non-Flash memory and Smartcard products and
Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (MEMS); and
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG). As of March 31,
2008, following the creation with Intel of Numonyx, a new
independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our and
Intels Flash memory business (FMG
deconsolidation), we ceased reporting under the FMG
segment.
|
Starting August 2, 2008, following the creation of the
joint venture company with NXP, we reorganized our product
groups. A new segment called Wireless Product Sector
(WPS) was created to report wireless operations. The
product line Mobile, Multi-media & Communications
Group (MMC), which was a part of the segment
Application Specific Groups (ASG) was abandoned and
its divisions were reallocated to different product lines. The
remainder of ASG is now comprised of Automotive, Consumer,
Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups
(ACCI).
The new organization is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI), comprised of three product
lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED), which
now includes the Imaging division;
|
|
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG); and,
|
|
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI),
which now includes the Communication Infrastructure division.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (IMS),
comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM); and
|
|
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard
products (MMS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS), comprised of three
product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Multi Media (WMM);
|
|
|
|
Connectivity & Peripherals
(C&P); and
|
|
|
|
Cellular Systems (CS).
|
Following the creation of the ST-Ericsson joint venture on
February 1, 2009, the Wireless Products Sector segment will
be reorganized and renamed Wireless.
We have restated our results in prior periods for illustrative
comparisons of our performance by product segment. The
preparation of segment information based on the new segment
structure requires management to make significant estimates,
assumptions and judgments in determining the operating income of
the segments for the prior reporting periods. Management
believes that the restated 2006 and 2007 presentation is
consistent with 2008s and uses these comparatives when
managing the Company.
Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in
the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on R&D
and capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing
facilities. These decisions are not made by product segments,
but on the basis of the semiconductor business area. All these
product segments share common R&D for process technology
and manufacturing capacity for most of their products.
In the subsystems business area, we design, develop, manufacture
and market subsystems and modules for the telecommunications,
automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone
accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and
in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on its
immateriality to our business as a whole, the Subsystems segment
does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment as
defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information (FAS 131).
The following tables present our consolidated net revenues and
consolidated operating income by semiconductor product group
segment. For the computation of the segments internal
financial measurements, we use certain internal rules of
allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the
segments, including cost of sales, selling, general and
administrative expenses and a significant part of R&D
expenses. Additionally, in compliance with our internal
policies, certain cost items are not charged to the segments,
including impairment, restructuring
73
charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs of new manufacturing facilities, some strategic and
special R&D programs or other corporate-sponsored
initiatives, including certain corporate level operating
expenses, acquired IP R&D, other non-recurrent purchase
accounting items and certain other miscellaneous charges.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues by product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
$
|
4,129
|
|
|
$
|
3,944
|
|
|
$
|
4,122
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,329
|
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)(1)
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Net revenues excluding Flash Memories Group
(FMG)
|
|
|
9,543
|
|
|
|
8,637
|
|
|
|
8,284
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)(3)
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
WPS revenues in 2008 included a $491 million contribution
from the NXP wireless business. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes revenues from the sale of subsystems and other products
not allocated to product segments. |
|
(3) |
|
FMG revenues are related to the first quarter of 2008 only. |
For each product segment, the following table discloses the
revenues of their relevant product lines for the periods under
review:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues by product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED)
|
|
$
|
1,585
|
|
|
$
|
1,402
|
|
|
$
|
1,602
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG)
|
|
|
1,460
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
1,356
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI)
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
Others
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
|
4,129
|
|
|
|
3,944
|
|
|
|
4,122
|
|
Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM)
|
|
|
2,393
|
|
|
|
2.313
|
|
|
|
2,085
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard
products (MMS)
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector
(IMS)
|
|
|
3,329
|
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
Wireless Multi Media (WMM)
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
Connectivity & Peripherals (C&P)
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Cellular Systems (CS)(1)
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
Others
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
CS includes the largest part of the revenues contributed by NXP
Wireless and, as such, there are no comparable numbers available
for 2006 and 2007. C&P also partly benefited from NXP
wireless contribution. |
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) by product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
$
|
107
|
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
|
$
|
272
|
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income of product segments excluding FMG
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
880
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) excluding FMG
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
730
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
677
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating income (loss) of Others includes items
such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or
special R&D programs, acquired IP R&D and other
non-recurrent purchase accounting items, certain corporate level
operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and
other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as
well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other
Products Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of
2008, the remaining FMG costs. Others also included
non-recurring purchase accounting items. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(As percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) by product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
13.8
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)(1)
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)(3)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As a percentage of net revenues per product group. |
|
(2) |
|
As a percentage of total net revenues. Includes operating income
(loss) from sales of subsystems and other income (costs) not
allocated to product segments. |
|
(3) |
|
As a percentage of total net revenues. |
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income of product segments excluding FMG
|
|
$
|
496
|
|
|
$
|
772
|
|
|
$
|
880
|
|
Operating income (loss) of FMG
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
Strategic and other research and development programs
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Acquired IP R&D and other non-recurring purchase accounting
items(1)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
Seniority awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-allocated provisions(2)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating loss Others(3)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
677
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Non-recurring purchase accounting items are related to Genesis
business combination, with an IP R&D charge for
$21 million, and the wireless business acquisition from NXP
with charges for $164 million, composed of $76 million
as IP R&D and $88 million as inventory
step-up. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes unallocated income and expenses such as certain
corporate level operating expenses and other costs that are not
allocated to the product segments. |
|
(3) |
|
Operating income (loss) of Others includes items
such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or
special R&D programs, acquired IP R&D and other
non-recurrent purchase accounting items, certain corporate level
operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and
other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as
well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other
Products Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of
2008, the remaining FMG costs. |
Net
revenues by location of order shipment and by market
segment
The table below sets forth information on our net revenues by
location of order shipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
$
|
2,804
|
|
|
$
|
3,159
|
|
|
$
|
3,073
|
|
North America(2)
|
|
|
1,160
|
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
2,201
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
Greater China
|
|
|
2,492
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
Emerging Markets(1)(2)
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by
location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are
classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison
among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order
shipment from one location to another, as requested by our
customers. |
76
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Emerging Markets include markets such as India, Latin America,
the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and
Russia. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been
reallocated to the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific
organizations. |
The table below shows our net revenues by location of order
shipment and market segment application in percentage of net
revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(As percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
28.5
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
31.2
|
%
|
North America
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
Greater China
|
|
|
25.3
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Emerging Markets(2)
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Net Revenues by Market Segment Application(3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
|
|
15.2
|
%
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
Consumer
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
Computer
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
Telecom
|
|
|
36.5
|
|
|
|
36.6
|
|
|
|
37.6
|
|
Industrial and Other
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by
location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are
classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison
among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order
shipment from one location to another, as requested by our
customers. |
|
(2) |
|
Emerging Markets include markets such as India, Latin America,
the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and
Russia. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been
reallocated to the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific
organizations. |
|
(3) |
|
The above table estimates, within a variance of 5% to 10% in the
absolute dollar amount, the relative weighting of each of our
target segments. |
77
The following table sets forth certain financial data from our
Consolidated Statements of Income, expressed in each case as a
percentage of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(As percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
99.5
|
%
|
|
|
99.7
|
%
|
|
|
99.8
|
%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(63.8
|
)
|
|
|
(64.6
|
)
|
|
|
(64.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
36.2
|
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(12.1
|
)
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(21.9
|
)
|
|
|
(18.0
|
)
|
|
|
(16.9
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(12.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge on financial assets
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on financial assets
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority interests
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.7
|
)
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
2008 vs.
2007
Based upon published industry data by WSTS, semiconductor
industry revenue decreased by approximately 2.8% for the TAM
while the SAM increased by approximately 2.4%.
Net
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,792
|
|
|
$
|
9,966
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
Our 2008 net revenues decreased 1.6% due to the
deconsolidation of FMG at the end of the first quarter of 2008,
despite the positive contribution received from the acquired NXP
wireless business. FMG revenues accounted for $299 million
in 2008 and $1,364 million in 2007, while the NXP wireless
contribution accounted for $491 million in 2008. Excluding
FMG and the NXP wireless business, our revenues in 2008 would
have registered a 4.8% increase over 2007, therefore exceeding
the SAMs performance. Such growth was due, in particular,
to an improved product mix and, partially, to an increase in
units sold.
All of our product group segments registered an increase in 2008
compared to 2007, with ACCI increasing by 4.7%, IMS by 6.1% and
WPS by 2.9%, excluding the NXP wireless business.
By market segment application, Industrial & Others was
the main contributor to positive
year-over-year
variation with growth of approximately 6.9% (13.1% excluding
Flash). Excluding Flash, Telecom increased by 22.4%.
78
By location of order shipment, Emerging Markets and Asia Pacific
registered the most significant growth, by 18.8% and 17.4%,
respectively. Japan had a more moderate increase by 7.8%, while
Europe and Greater China decreased significantly. America
remained basically flat. Excluding FMG, all regions increased
except for China which remained flat, with the main contributors
being Japan, Asia Pacific and Emerging Markets, which increased
by 42.8%, 34.6% and 28.1%, respectively.
In 2008, we had several large customers, with the largest one,
the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 18%
of our net revenues excluding FMG and the NXP wireless business,
decreasing from the 22% (excluding FMG) it accounted for in 2007.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(6,282
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
3,560
|
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
36.2
|
%
|
|
|
35.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Our gross profit increased slightly in 2008 compared to 2007, in
spite of lower revenues, the significant negative impact of the
U.S. dollar exchange rate and the inventory
step-up
one-time charge related to the purchase accounting for the NXP
wireless business. Excluding the inventory
step-up one
time charge, our gross margin increased to 37.1% of net revenues
compared to 35.4% in 2007, mainly driven by our portfolio
repositioning and improvements in our manufacturing performance.
Furthermore,
year-over-year
gross margin reflects an estimated 150 basis points
decrease related to the negative impact of currency fluctuations
and approximately 60 basis points related to unused
capacity charges.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,187
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(12.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by
approximately 8% mainly due to the impact of the weakening
U.S. dollar exchange rate and the additional expenses
originated by recent acquisitions. They also included
$14 million of amortization of intangible assets as part of
the purchase accounting for the NXP wireless business. In 2008,
such expenses included $37 million for share-based
compensation, which was the same amount we had registered in
2007.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(2,152
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
(19.5
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(21.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(18.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Our research and development (R&D) expenses
increased for several reasons, such as because of
$97 million of one-time charges that were booked as a
write-off of IP R&D and $23 million of amortization of
acquired intangible assets related to the purchase accounting
for the NXP wireless business and Genesis. Additionally, 2008
included higher expenses originated by the expansion of our
activities following the acquisition of Genesis and a 3G
wireless design team, as well as those associated with the
integration of the NXP wireless business. The negative impact of
the U.S. dollar exchange rate also contributed to the
increase. Such higher expenses, however, were partially offset
by the benefits of the FMG deconsolidation.
79
R&D expenses in 2008 also included $24 million of
share-based compensation charges, compared to $22 million
in 2007. In 2008, however, we benefited from $161 million
recognized as research tax credits following the amendment of a
law in France. The research tax credits were also available in
previous periods, however under different terms and conditions.
As such, in the past they were not shown as a reduction in
R&D expenses but rather as a reduction of income tax
expenses for the period.
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
Start-up/phase-out
costs
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss) net
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Gain on sale of non-current assets
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
Other income and expenses, net resulted in net
income of $62 million in 2008, compared to net income of
$48 million in 2007 primarily as a result of some exchange
gains and lower
start-up
costs. R&D funding included the income of some of our
R&D projects, which qualify as funding on the basis of
contracts with local government agencies in locations where we
pursue our activities. The majority of our R&D funding was
received in Italy and France and, compared to 2007, it decreased
slightly.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(481
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,228
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs continued to materially impact our results, although they
decreased significantly compared to the previous year. In 2008
this expense was mainly comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
$216 million originated by the FMG assets disposal which
required the recognition of $190 million as an additional
loss and $26 million as restructuring and other related
disposal costs; this additional loss was the result of revised
terms of the transaction from those expected at
December 31, 2007;
|
|
|
|
$164 million incurred as part of our ongoing 2007
restructuring initiatives which include the closure of our fabs
in Phoenix and Carrollton (USA) and of our back-end facilities
in Ain Sebaa (Morocco);
|
|
|
|
$19 million as impairment charges on goodwill and certain
financial investments; and
|
|
|
|
$82 million for other previously and newly announced
restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary
termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some
of our European locations.
|
In 2007, we incurred $1,228 million of impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, including
$1,106 million loss booked upon signing the agreement for
the disposal of our FMG assets, a $1 million impairment
charge related to certain FMG equipment and $5 million in
FMG related closure costs, $73 million related to the
severance costs booked in relation to the 2007 restructuring
plan of our manufacturing activities,
80
$5 million as impairment charge on equity investment and
certain technologies and $38 million relating to previously
announced headcount reduction programs.
See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Operating
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)%
|
Our operating loss significantly decreased compared to 2007
primarily due to lower impairment charges, while our business
operations improved during the period, despite the significant
negative impact of fluctuations in the U.S. dollar exchange
rate. See Business Overview.
We also present our pro forma operating results, calculated by
adding back to operating income (loss), as reported, our
impairment and restructuring charges and other items such as the
inventory
step-up and
IP R&D costs arising in connection with the NXP
transaction. We believe pro forma operating results provide
useful information for investors and management because they
measure our capacity to generate profitability from our business
operations, excluding the one-time effects of acquisitions and
the expenses related to the rationalizing of our activities and
sites. In addition, our pro forma operating results are used on
a comparable basis as one of the performance criteria that
determines the vesting of our shares allocated under our
nonvested stock award plans for key employees. Pro forma
operating results are not a U.S. GAAP measure and do not
fully present our total operating results since they do not
include impairment and restructuring charges and other items
related to purchase accounting.
On a pro forma basis, our operating performance was estimated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Operating loss, as reported
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
Adding back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales: NXP inventory
step-up
|
|
$
|
88
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Research and development: IP R&D
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Impairment and restructuring charges
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
Operating result, pro forma
|
|
$
|
468
|
|
|
$
|
683
|
|
The negative impact of exchange rate fluctuations on our
operating results, estimated to be approximately
$300 million, was the main contributor to our lower
operating performance.
All of our product groups registered a decrease in their
operating results, mainly driven by the negative impact of the
U.S. dollar exchange rate and an increase in operating
expenses. ACCI and IMS were profitable, while WPS registered an
operating loss. ACCIs operating income decreased to
$107 million from $198 million registered in 2007,
despite higher sales. IMS registered operating income of
$459 million, slightly declinining compared to the
$469 million registered in 2007, despite a significant
increase in sales and an improved product mix. WPS moved from
income of $105 million to a loss of $70 million,
$37 million of which was amortization charges related to
recent acquisitions.
81
Interest
income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
In 2008, interest income, net contributed $51 million
compared to the $83 million recorded in 2007. The lower
amount is due to the decrease of our cash position after payment
for the NXP wireless business and Genesis, and also because of
less interest income received on our cash investments compared
to 2007 due to lower U.S. dollar denominted interest rates.
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on financial assets
|
|
$
|
(138
|
)
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to Credit
Suisse Securities LLC to invest a portion of our cash in a
U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August
2007, we became aware Credit Suisse Securities LLC had deviated
from our instructions and that our account had been credited
with investments in unauthorized Auction Rate Securities. In the
fourth quarter of 2007, we registered a $46 million charge
due to a decline in the fair value of these Auction Rate
Securities and considered this decline as
Other-than-temporary.
As of December 31, 2008, we had Auction Rate Securities,
representing interests in collateralized obligations and credit
linked notes, with a par value of $415 million that were
carried on our balance sheet as
available-for-sale
financial assets at an amount of $242 million.
Following the continued failure of auctions for these securities
since August 2007, we first registered a decline in the value of
these Auction Rate Securities as an
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge against net income. This resulted in a
reduction in their carrying value to $369 million at
December 31, 2007. Since the initial failure of the
auctions in August 2007, the market for these securities has
become completely frozen, without any observable secondary
market trades, and consequently, during 2008, the portfolio
experienced a further estimated decline in fair value of
$127 million, of which $55 million was recorded during
the fourth quarter of 2008. As in the fourth quarter of 2007,
the reduction in estimated fair value in 2008 was recorded as an
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge against net income. Since the fourth quarter
of 2007, given that no information regarding mark to
market bids and mark to model valuations from
the structuring financial institutions for these securities has
been available, we have based our estimation of fair value on a
theoretical model using yields obtainable for comparable assets.
The value inputs for the evaluation of these securities were
publicly available indices of securities with same rating,
similar duration and comparable/similar underlying collaterals
or industries exposure (such as ABX for the collateralized debt
obligation and, ITraxx and IBoxx for the credit linked notes).
The higher impairment charges during 2008 reflect downgrading
events on the collateral debt obligations comparing the relevant
ABX indices of a lower rating category and a general negative
trend of the corporate debt market. The estimated value of the
collateralized debt obligation could further decrease in the
future as a result of further deterioration in the credit
markets
and/or other
downgrading. The estimated value of the corporate debt
securities could also further decrease in the future due to a
deterioration of the corporate industrys indices used for
the evaluation. The investments made in the aforementioned
Auction Rate Securities were made without our authorization and,
in 2008, we initiated arbitration proceedings against Credit
Suisse Securities LLC, and action in district court against
Credit Suisse Group, to reverse the unauthorized purchases and
to recover all losses in our account, including, but not limited
to, the $173 million impairment posted to date.
82
Earnings
(loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
$
|
(553
|
)
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
In 2008 we registered a loss on equity investments related to
our Numonyx investment, which was comprised of $480 million
as an impairment of our Numonyx evaluation and $65 million
as an equity loss related to our share of the Numonyx loss that
was recognized in the third and fourth quarters pursuant to
one-quarter lag reporting. The impairment of our investment in
Numonyx was required in light of (i) the turmoil in the
financial markets and its resulting impact on the market cap of
the industry, and (ii) the deviation from plan in
Numonyxs 2008 results and 2009 most recent forecast, since
our evaluation is primarily based on their operating performance
in terms of cash flow, revenues and EBITDA.
Income
tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
In 2008, we registered an income tax benefit of
$43 million, reflecting the annual effective tax
computation for the loss before income taxes in each
jurisdiction. Furthermore, this benefit was net of
$47 million provision booked as evaluation of uncertain tax
positions in one of our jurisdictions.
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of
operating income within various local jurisdictions and on
changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions,
as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new
events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some
countries. As such benefits may not be available in the future
due to changes in the laws of the local jurisdictions, our
effective tax rate could be different in future quarters and may
increase in the coming years. In addition, our yearly income tax
charges include the estimated impact of some provisions related
to potential and certain positions. See Note 23.
Net
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Audited,
|
|
|
|
in millions)
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(477
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)%
|
In 2008, we reported a net loss of $786 million, compared
to a net loss of $477 million in 2007. Our performance in
2008 was negatively impacted by the impairment charge associated
with our equity investment in Numonyx, the additional loss
recorded for the FMG deconsolidation, the one-time elements of
the purchase accounting used for the NXP wireless business and
the adverse impact of fluctuations in the U.S. dollar
exchange rate. During 2007, there was a significant amount of
impairment on the FMG deconsolidation once those assets were
reclassified for sale, significant restructuring charges and a
material negative effect of the weakening U.S. dollar
exchange rate. Loss per share in 2008 was $(0.88). Impairment,
restructuring charges and other specific items accounted for an
approximate $(1.28) loss net of taxes per diluted share in 2008,
while they accounted for $(1.29) per diluted share in the same
period in the prior year.
2007 vs.
2006
In 2007, based upon published industry data by WSTS, the
semiconductor industry experienced a
year-over-year
revenue increase of approximately 3% for the TAM and
approximately 6% for the SAM.
83
For the full year 2007, the effective average exchange rate for
our company was approximately $1.35 to 1.00, compared to
$1.24 to 1.00 for the full year 2006. Our effective
exchange rate reflects actual exchange rate levels combined with
the impact of hedging programs.
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,966
|
|
|
$
|
9,838
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in our net revenues in 2007 was primarily due to
our higher sales volumes and improved products mix, as our
average selling prices declined by approximately 8% due to the
continuing broad-based price pressure in the industry.
With respect to our product group segments, the yearly revenue
was characterized by a strong increase in IMS, a slight increase
in ASG and a significant decrease in FMG. ASG net revenues
increased approximately 1% over 2006, since the increase in
units sold was almost entirely offset by pricing pressures; this
slight revenue increase was entirely generated by Automotive,
while Telecom and Computer revenues were flat and Consumer
registered a decline. IMS net revenues increase reached a
double-digit level of approximately 10%, thanks to improved
products mix and higher volume, led in particular by MEMS
products, with almost all of its product group segments
registering a sales volume increase. In 2007, FMG net revenues
decreased by approximately 13% compared to 2006, due to the
sharp decline in prices, and also to a decrease in the units
sold by our NOR business, while NAND volume increased.
Net revenues by market segment increased in Industrial and other
by approximately 8%, Automotive and Consumer both by
approximately 4%, while Computer and Telecom decreased by
approximately 2% and 1%, respectively. As a significant portion
of our sales are made through distributors, the foregoing are
necessarily estimates within a variance of 5% to 10% in absolute
dollar amounts of the relative weighting of each of our targeted
market segments.
By location of order shipment, net revenues increased strongly
in Japan, Emerging Markets, and Greater China by approximately
19%, 11% and 8%, respectively. Europe marginally increased by
approximately 3% while North America decreased by
approximately 5% and Asia Pacific by approximately 10%.
Geographic distribution of order shipment may significantly
change due to the re-location of manufacturing by our customers.
In 2007, we had several large customers, with the largest one,
the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 21%
of our net revenues, decreasing from the 22% it accounted for in
2006. Our top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 49%
of our net revenues in 2007, compared to approximately 51% of
our net revenues in 2006.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)%
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
3,523
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
35.4
|
%
|
|
|
35.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Our cost of sales registered a 2.1% growth
year-over-year,
which resulted from a higher number of units sold and also from
the negative impact of the effective U.S. dollar exchange
rate on our manufacturing costs since a large part of our
manufacturing activities is located in the Euro zone. As a
result, our gross margin deteriorated by 40 basis
84
points to 35.4% because the profitable contribution of higher
sales volume, improved products mix and manufacturing
efficiencies was offset by the negative impact of the decline in
selling prices and the weakening effective U.S. dollar
exchange rate; this was offset in part, however, by the benefit
in 2007 of the suspended depreciation on the FMG assets held for
sale, which is estimated at approximately $75 million.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,067
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)%
|
|
|
-
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was
mainly due to the negative impact of the effective
U.S. dollar exchange rate. Furthermore, these expenses in
2007 included $37 million in charges related to share-based
compensation compared to $14 million in 2006.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,667
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(18.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(16.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
R&D expenses increased compared to last year mainly due to
the unfavorable impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate
since a large part of our activities are located in Europe.
Furthermore, expenses in 2007 included $22 million in
charges related to share-based compensation compared to
$8 million in 2006. As a percentage of net revenues,
R&D expenses increased from 16.9% in 2006 to 18.0% in 2007.
Our reported R&D expenses are mainly in the areas of
product design, technology and development and do not include
marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as
selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production or
process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales.
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss), net
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Gain on sale of Accent subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Gain on sale of non-current assets, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
(35
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
Other income and expenses, net, mainly include, as income, items
such as R&D funding and, as expenses,
start-up
costs, and patent claim costs. Other income and expenses, net
resulted in an income of $48 million, compared to a net
expense of $35 million in the prior year. The main
supportive item of the favorable balance was the benefit
associated with R&D funding, which reached $97 million
in 2007, compared to $54 million in 2006. The
85
major amounts of R&D funding were received in France and,
to a less extent, in Italy.
Start-up
costs in 2006 were related to our
150-mm fab
expansion in Singapore, the conversion to
200-mm fab
in Agrate (Italy) and the
build-up of
our 300-mm
fab in Catania (Italy); however, they declined significantly in
2007 since these activities, excluding the
300-mm fab
in Catania, were almost entirely completed during the year.
Patent claim costs included costs associated with several
ongoing litigations and claims.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
$
|
(77
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs increased significantly compared to the previous year in
view of new items which have been recorded in 2007. This expense
was mainly composed of:
|
|
|
|
|
a pre-tax impairment loss estimated at $1,106 million
booked for the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale,
an additional pre-tax $1 million impairment charge on
certain specific equipment that could not be transferred as part
of FMG deconsolidation and for which no alternative future use
could be found in the Company and an additional pre-tax
$5 million of other related disposal costs;
|
|
|
|
an amount of $73 million related to the severance costs and
impairment charge booked in relation to the 2007 manufacturing
restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities which is
on-going;
|
|
|
|
a charge of $29 million generated by our
150-mm
restructuring plan which has been completed;
|
|
|
|
a charge of approximately $9 million for employee benefits
relating to our headcount restructuring plan;
|
|
|
|
an impairment charge of $3 million related to an equity
investment carried at cost; and
|
|
|
|
an impairment charge of $2 million related to certain
technologies without alternative future use.
|
|
|
|
In 2006, we incurred $77 million of impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, including
$45 million relating to our headcount restructuring plan,
$22 million relating to our
150-mm
restructuring plan, and an impairment charge of approximately
$10 million recorded pursuant to subsequent decisions to
discontinue adoption of Tioga related technologies in certain
products.
|
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
677
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Our operating result translated from an operating income of
$677 million in 2006 to an operating loss of
$545 million in 2007, mainly due to the provisions
associated with the impairment and restructuring charges
described above.
In 2007, ASG registered an operating income of
$303 million, significantly decreasing from an operating
income of $439 million in 2006 in spite of higher sales,
mainly due to the negative impact of selling price and currency
trends. IMS registered an operating income of $470 million
compared to $441 million mainly originated by its sales
growth, despite an unfavorable currency impact. FMG operating
loss was $51 million, slightly improving compared to a loss
of $53 million in 2006, since depreciation charges on its
assets held for sale were suspended upon signing the agreement
for their disposal. The total benefit estimated for the
suspended depreciation was about $75 million.
86
Interest
income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
In 2007, interest income, net, decreased approximately by
$10 million compared to 2006, mainly as a result of the
redemption in August 2006 of $1.4 billion of our 2013
Convertible Bonds (with 0.5% of positive yield and significant
interest income contribution).
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on marketable securities
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to Credit
Suisse Securities LLC to invest a portion of our cash in a
U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August
2007, we became aware that Credit Suisse Securities LLC had
deviated from our instructions and that our account had been
credited with investments in unauthorized Auction Rate
Securities. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we registered a
$46 million charge due to a decline in the fair value of
these Auction Rate Securities and considered this decline as
Other-than-temporary.
Earning
(loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Earning (loss) on equity investments
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
Our equity investments in 2007 resulted in a gain of
$14 million compared to a loss of $6 million in the
prior year, benefiting from the full production
ramp-up of
our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in China during 2007.
Income
tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
In 2007, we registered an income tax benefit of
$23 million, similar to the amount registered in 2006. The
2007 tax benefit reflected the annual effective tax rate for
recurring operations of approximately 8% before the effect of
the Flash memory planned disposal and included a tax benefit
from our restructuring charges that have positively affected our
effective tax rate this year. Including the impact of the
impairment on assets to be contributed into the planned disposal
of the FMGs assets held for sale, and other one time
charges, the effective tax rate was approximately 5%. In 2006,
we had an income tax benefit of $20 million, reflecting an
annual effective tax rate of approximately 8%, as a result of a
certain favorable adjustments in our tax position that occurred
during that year.
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of
operating income within various local jurisdictions and on
changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions,
as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new
events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some
countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future
due to changes in the local jurisdictions, our effective tax
rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in
the coming years.
87
Net
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(477
|
)
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
In fiscal year 2007, we reported a net loss of $477 million
compared to a net income of $782 million for 2006, mainly
due to the booking of the significant amount of impairment and
restructuring charges as described above. Loss per share for
2007 was $0.53, compared to basic and diluted earnings of $0.87
and $0.83 per share for 2006. In 2007, the impact of impairment,
restructuring charges, and other one-time items (net of taxes)
was estimated to be $1.29 per diluted share.
Quarterly
Results of Operations
Certain quarterly financial information for the years 2008 and
2007 are set forth below. Such information is derived from
unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared on
a basis consistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements
that include, in the opinion of management, all normal
adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the interim
information set forth therein. Operating results for any quarter
are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
In addition, in view of the significant growth we have
experienced in recent years, the increasingly competitive nature
of the markets in which we operate, the changes in products mix
and the currency effects of changes in the composition of sales
and production among different geographic regions, we believe
that
period-to-period
comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon
as an indication of future performance.
Our quarterly and annual operating results are also affected by
a wide variety of other factors that could materially and
adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to
significant variability of operating results, including, among
others, capital requirements and the availability of funding,
competition, new product development and technological change
and manufacturing developments in litigation and possible
intellectual property claims. In addition, a number of other
factors could lead to fluctuations in operating results,
including order cancellations or reduced bookings by key
customers or distributors, intellectual property developments,
international events, currency fluctuations, problems in
obtaining adequate raw materials on a timely basis, impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, as well
as the loss of key personnel. As only a portion of our expenses
varies with our revenues, there can be no assurance that we will
be able to reduce costs promptly or adequately in relation to
revenue declines to compensate for the effect of any such
factors. As a result, unfavorable changes in the above or other
factors have in the past and may in the future adversely affect
our operating results. Quarterly results have also been and may
be expected to continue to be substantially affected by the
cyclical nature of the semiconductor and electronic systems
industries, the speed of some process and manufacturing
technology developments, market demand for existing products,
the timing and success of new product introductions and the
levels of provisions and other unusual charges incurred. Certain
additions of quarterly results will not total to annual results
due to rounding.
In the fourth quarter of 2008, based upon recently published
data by WSTS, the TAM and the SAM decreased
year-over-year
approximately 21.9% and 17.3%, respectively, while sequentially,
they decreased approximately 24.2% and 23.1%, respectively.
In the fourth quarter of 2008, our effective average exchange
rate was approximately $1.40 to 1.00, compared to $1.54 to
1.00 in the third quarter of 2008 and $1.43 to 1.00
in the year-ago quarter. Our effective exchange rate reflects
actual exchange rate levels combined with the impact of hedging
programs.
88
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2008
|
|
|
Sept 27, 2008
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,264
|
|
|
$
|
2,687
|
|
|
$
|
2,733
|
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(17.2
|
)%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
2,276
|
|
|
$
|
2,696
|
|
|
$
|
2,742
|
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(17.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-over-year
comparison
Our fourth quarter 2008 net revenues declined
significantly, driven by the sharp decrease in demand from our
customers reflecting the global economic slowdown. All of our
market segments were negatively impacted by these difficult
economic conditions and registered declining rates, with
Automotive, Computer and Telecom showing particularly weak
results. However, our revenue variation was slightly better than
the SAM. The fourth and third quarters of 2008 included the
contribution of the newly acquired NXP wireless business, while
the fourth quarter of 2007 included FMG.
ACCIs revenues decreased approximately 16.6%, with the
weakest results in the Automotive and Computer Peripherals
product groups. IMS registered a decline of 6.5%, although
certain product families, such as MEMS, Smartcards and
microcontrollers, registered growth. WPS sales, excluding those
from the NXP wireless business, registered a decline of
approximately 26.5%, reflecting a general weakness across its
entire customer base. The negative trend in volume in all
product segments was partially offset by improvements in each
segments product mix.
All market segment applications reported a decline. Excluding
FMG, the greatest contribution to our improved revenue
performance came from Telecom which achieved growth of
approximately 6.0%.
By location of order shipment, Japan and Asia Pacific registered
an increase of approximately 18.9% and 1.6% respectively, while
Greater China, Europe, America and Emerging Markets declined.
Excluding FMG, Japan, Asia Pacific and Emerging Markets
registered a solid double-digit increase, while Greater China
and Europe decreased significantly, as well as America in a more
moderate scale. We had several large customers, with the largest
one, the Nokia group of companies, accounting for approximately
16% of our fourth quarter 2008 net revenues excluding the
NXP wireless business, which was lower than the approximate 23%
excluding FMG it accounted for during the fourth quarter of 2007.
Sequential
comparison
Our fourth quarter 2008 revenues decreased significantly due to
a sharp drop in demand in the semiconductor industry, thus
resulting in a 15.6% sequential decline, comprised of
approximately 12% drop from fewer units sold and an estimated 4%
drop from lower average selling prices.
ACCI revenues decreased by 17.2%, reflecting difficult market
conditions in Automotive, Consumer and Computer. The decrease
was mainly driven by a decline in units sold, which was
partially offset by a favorable product mix. IMS revenues
declined 12.2%, due to lower sales volume and average selling
prices. WPS revenues decreased 17.4%, despite the additional
revenue contributed by NXP wireless, due to a sharp decline in
sales volume.
All market segment applications decreased, with Automotive,
Telecom, Computer and Industrial and Others declining by a
double-digit rate.
By location of order shipment, revenues decreased in all regions
except in Japan, which improved by approximately 3.9%. Europe,
Greater China, America, Asia Pacific and Emerging Markets
decreased by approximately 20.4%, 19.4%,13.1%, 12.9% and 8.7%,
respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we had several
large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia group of
companies, accounting for approximately 16% of our net revenues
excluding NXP, decreasing from the 19% it accounted for during
the third quarter of 2008.
89
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
|
(14.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(18.7
|
)%
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
36.1
|
%
|
|
|
35.6
|
%
|
|
|
36.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On a
year-over-year
basis, our results in terms of cost of sales, gross profit and
gross margin were impacted by a variety of factors, including
the deconsolidation of FMG in the first quarter of 2008 and the
consolidation of the NXP wireless business as of August 2,
2008. The purchase accounting of the NXP wireless acquisition
generated an increase of $31 million in the fourth quarter
and $57 million on the third quarter of 2008 cost of sales
as a result of the inventory
step-up
charge. The fourth quarter of 2008 was also largely penalized by
unused capacity charges which were estimated to account for
approximately 200 basis points. The impact of the
U.S. dollar exchange rate was favorable on both a
sequential and
year-over-year
basis.
As reported, our overall result compared to the prior
years fourth quarter was a decrease of 80 basis
points to our gross margin. On a sequential basis, our reported
gross margin increased 50 basis points, despite unused
capacity charges.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(304
|
)
|
|
$
|
(297
|
)
|
|
$
|
(295
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
As percentage of net revenue
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of our selling, general and administrative expenses
increased on a
year-over-year
basis, mainly as a result of the increase in our activities.
Our share-based compensation charges were $5 million,
compared to $11 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.
Selling, general and administrative expenses also included
$10 million amortization charges on intangibles acquired as
part of the NXP wireless transaction. As a percentage of
revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased
to 13.4% compared to the prior years fourth quarter due
primarily to the sharp drop of our sales.
Sequentially, our selling, general and administrative expenses
increased primarily due to the consolidation of the NXP wireless
business. Share-based compensation charges amounted to
$7 million in the third quarter of 2008. As a percentage of
revenues, we registered an increase from 11.0% to 13.4%.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(572
|
)
|
|
$
|
(602
|
)
|
|
$
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
(19.2
|
)%
|
As percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(25.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(22.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(17.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On a
year-over-year
basis, our R&D expenses increased in line with the
expansion of our activities, including the integration of the
NXP wireless business and Genesis. The fourth quarter of 2008
amount included $4 million of
90
share-based compensation charges compared to $9 million in
the fourth quarter of 2007. In addition, the fourth quarter of
2008 included $14 million related to amortization charges
generated by recent acquisitions. However, these expenses
benefited from $38 million and $50 million in the
fourth and third quarters of 2008, respectively, recognized as
research tax credits following the amendment of a law in France.
The research tax credits were also available in previous
periods, but under different terms and conditions. As such, in
the past they were not shown as a reduction in research and
development expenses but rather included in the calculation of
the effective income tax rate of the period. As a percentage of
revenues, fourth quarter 2008 R&D was equivalent to 25.1%,
with a substantial increase compared to the year ago period due
to declining revenues.
On a sequential basis, R&D expenses decreased compared to
the third quarter of 2008, which had included the recognition of
$76 million as IP R&D.
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
Start-up/phase-out
costs
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss) net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Gain on sale of non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Other income and expenses, net, mainly included, as income,
items such as R&D funding and, as expenses,
start-up
costs and patent claim costs. R&D funding income was
associated with our R&D projects, which qualifies upon
project approval as funding on the basis of contracts with local
government agencies in locations where we pursue our activities.
The balance of these factors resulted in net income of
$6 million, originated by $19 million in R&D
funding, which was lower than in comparable previous periods.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(91
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
$
|
(279
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(10.2
|
)%
|
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs pertaining
to:
|
|
|
|
|
$29 million related to one-time termination benefits to be
paid at the closure of our Carrollton, Texas and Phoenix,
Arizona sites, as well as other charges;
|
|
|
|
$2 million impairment costs associated with an investment
in a minority participation;
|
|
|
|
$9 million charges related to the FMG
deconsolidation; and
|
|
|
|
$51 million related to other ongoing and newly committed
restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary
termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some
of our European locations.
|
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded $279 million in
impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, of which $17 million was related to the severance
costs and impairment charge booked in relation to the 2007
restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities,
$252 million of impairment and other related closure
91
costs was for the deconsolidation of FMG assets and
$10 million was related to other previously committed
restructuring plans and other activities.
In the third quarter of 2008, we recorded $22 million in
impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, mainly comprised of: one-time termination benefits to be
paid at the closure of our Carrollton, Texas and Phoenix,
Arizona sites, as well as other charges, which were
approximately $19 million; goodwill impairment charges of
$13 million as a result of our annual impairment testing;
$5 million associated with an investment in a minority
participation; FMG deconsolidation which required the
recognition of $6 million as restructuring, impairment and
other related disposal costs; and other ongoing and newly
committed restructuring plans, for which we incurred
$17 million restructuring and other related closure costs
consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits and early
retirement arrangements in some of our European locations. These
charges were partially offset by the reverse of $38 million
in impairment charges on the Phoenix fab, for which the
accounting had been moved from assets held for sale to assets
held for use.
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(139
|
)
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
In percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
Year-over-year
basis
Our operating results were impacted by several non-recurring
charges originated by purchase accounting as well as impairment
and restructuring charges.
Sequentially
On a sequential basis, we registered a significant decline in
profitability, driven by a weaker sales performance and a high
amount of unsaturation charges.
All of our product segments registered a deterioration in their
operating result.
For comparative purposes, we report in the following table
operating income (loss) in reconciliation with operating pro
forma results.
We also present our pro forma operating results, calculated by
adding back to operating income (loss), as reported, our
impairment and restructuring charges and other items such as the
inventory
step-up and
In-Process R&D costs arising in connection with the NXP
transaction. We believe pro forma operating results provide
useful information for investors and management because they
measure our capacity to generate profitability from our business
operations, excluding the one-time effects of acquisitions and
the expenses related to the rationalizing of our activities and
sites. In addition, our pro forma operating results are used on
a comparable basis as one of the performance criteria that
determines the vesting of our shares allocated under our
nonvested stock award plans for key employees. Pro forma
operating results are not a U.S. GAAP measure and do not
fully present our total operating results since they do not
include impairment and restructuring charges and other items
related to purchase accounting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Operating loss, as reported
|
|
$
|
(139
|
)
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
Adding back:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales: NXP inventory
step-up
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Research and development: IP R&D
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Impairment and restructuring charges
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
Operating result, pro forma
|
|
$
|
(17
|
)
|
|
$
|
210
|
|
|
$
|
264
|
|
92
Our operating performance, pro forma, decreased significantly
mainly due to declining revenues. All of our product segments
registered a decline in their operating results on a
year-over-year
basis. ACCIs operating result moved from a profit of
$63 million to a loss of $3 million, driven by the
significant drop in revenues. IMS remained profitable; however,
its profitability level was largely impacted by a decline in
sales volume. WPS registered an operating loss compared to an
operating profit in the year ago period, due to a decline in
selling prices.
Interest
income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
We recorded net interest income of $3 million, which
greatly decreased compared to previous periods due to the
decline in cash and cash equivalents that we registered
following the payments for our 80% interest in the NXP wireless
business and Genesis, and also due to less interest income
received as a result of significantly lower U.S. dollar and
Euro denominated interest rates.
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on financial assets
|
|
$
|
(55
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
As of December 31, 2008, we had Auction Rate Securities,
representing interests in collateralized obligations and credit
linked notes, with a par value of $415 million that were
carried on our balance sheet as
available-for-sale
financial assets at an amount of $242 million, and in the
fourth quarter of 2008, we registered an
other-than-temporary
impairment charge of $55 million.
In the third quarter, we had recorded a charge of
$11 million on a Floating Rate Note investment. For more
details, see the paragraph Liquidity and Capital
Resources.
Earnings
(loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
$
|
(204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(344
|
)
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2008 we recorded a $16 million
loss on our equity investment in Numonyx, for the third quarter
of 2008, which is equivalent to our proportion of the Numonyx
loss based on our ownership stake and which was recorded by us
on a one-quarter lag.
Furthermore, we recorded an impairment loss of $300 million
and $180 million in the third and fourth quarter of 2008,
respectively, on our Numonyx equity investment, which reflects
the joint ventures deteriorating performance, both in the
2008 results and the projected 2009 forecast.
Income
tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
During the fourth quarter of 2008, we registered an income tax
benefit of $9 million. In addition, following the amendment
of a law in France, research tax credits that were recorded as a
reduction of tax expense in 2007 and prior years, were
recognized as a reduction of R&D expenses in the fourth
quarter of 2008. During the fourth quarter
93
of 2007, we had an income tax benefit of $55 million.
During the third quarter of 2008, we recorded an income tax
benefit of $15 million.
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of
operating income within various local jurisdictions and on
changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions,
as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new
events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some
countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future
due to changes in the local jurisdictions, our effective tax
rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in
the coming years. In addition, our yearly income tax charges
include the estimated impact of some provisions related to
potential and certain positions. See Note 23.
Net
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(366
|
)
|
|
$
|
(289
|
)
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
As percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(16.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
For the fourth quarter of 2008, we reported a loss of
$366 million as a result of adverse economic conditions,
which impacted our net revenues, particularly compared to a net
income of $20 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 and net
loss of $289 million in the third quarter of 2008.
Loss per share for the fourth quarter of 2008 was $(0.42). The
impact of restructuring and impairment charges,
other-than-temporary
impairment charges, the loss on our Numonyx equity investment
and non-recurrent items was estimated to be approximately
$(0.36) per share. In the third quarter of 2008, loss per share
was $(0.32), impacted for approximately $(0.51) per share by
restructuring and impairment charges,
other-than-temporary
impairment charges, the loss on our Numonyx equity investment
and non-recurrent items. In the year-ago quarter, basic and
diluted earnings per share were $0.02, impacted for $(0.25) per
share by impairment, restructuring and other-than temporary
impairment charges.
Impact of
Changes in Exchange Rates
Our results of operations and financial condition can be
significantly affected by material changes in exchange rates
between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, particularly
the Euro.
As a market rule, the reference currency for the semiconductor
industry is the U.S. dollar and product prices are mainly
denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues for some of
our products (primarily our dedicated products sold in Europe
and Japan) are quoted in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar and as such are directly affected by
fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. As a result
of currency variations, the appreciation of the Euro compared to
the U.S. dollar could increase, in the short term, our
level of revenues when reported in U.S. dollars. Revenues
for all other products, which are either quoted in
U.S. dollars and billed in U.S. dollars or in local
currencies for payment, tend not to be affected significantly by
fluctuations in exchange rates, except to the extent that there
is a lag between changes in currency rates and adjustments in
the local currency equivalent price paid for such products.
Furthermore, certain significant costs incurred by us, such as
manufacturing, labor costs and depreciation charges, selling,
general and administrative expenses, and R&D expenses, are
largely incurred in the currency of the jurisdictions in which
our operations are located. Given that most of our operations
are located in the Euro zone or other
non-U.S. dollar
currency areas, our costs tend to increase when translated into
U.S. dollars in case of dollar weakening or to decrease
when the U.S. dollar is strengthening.
In summary, as our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar,
currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of
operations: if the U.S. dollar weakens, we receive a
limited part of our revenues, and more importantly, we increase
a significant part of our costs, in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. As described below, our effective average
U.S. dollar exchange rate weakened during 2008,
particularly against the Euro, causing us to report higher
expenses and negatively impacting both our gross margin and
operating income. Our consolidated statements of income for 2008
included income and expense items translated at the average
U.S. dollar exchange rate for the period.
94
Our principal strategy to reduce the risks associated with
exchange rate fluctuations has been to balance as much as
possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in
U.S. dollars with the amount of raw materials, purchases
and services from our suppliers denominated in
U.S. dollars, thereby reducing the potential exchange rate
impact of certain variable costs relative to revenues. Moreover,
in order to further reduce the exposure to U.S. dollar
exchange fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our
consolidated statements of income, in particular with respect to
a portion of the costs of goods sold, most of the R&D
expenses and certain selling and general and administrative
expenses, located in the Euro zone. Our effective average
exchange rate of the Euro to the U.S. dollar was $1.49 for
1.00 in 2008 compared to $1.35 for 1.00 in 2007. Our
effective average rate of the Euro to the U.S. dollar was
$1.40 for 1.00 for the fourth quarter of 2008 and $1.54
for 1.00 in the third quarter of 2008 while it was $1.43
for 1.00 for the fourth quarter of 2007. These effective
exchange rates reflect the actual exchange rates combined with
the impact of hedging contracts matured in the period.
As of December 31, 2008, the outstanding hedged amounts
were 272.5 million to cover manufacturing costs and
270 million to cover operating expenses, at an
average rate of about $1.37 and $1.40 for 1.00,
respectively (including the premium paid to purchase foreign
exchange options), maturing over the period from January 5,
2009 to December 2, 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2008 the
company decided to extend the time horizon of its cash flow
hedging contracts for manufacturing costs and operating expenses
for up to 12 months. As of December 31, 2008, these
outstanding hedging contracts and certain expired contracts
covering manufacturing expenses capitalized in inventory
represented a deferred gain of approximately $12 million
after tax, recorded in Other comprehensive income in
shareholders equity, compared to a deferred loss of
approximately $7 million after tax as at September 27,
2008 and a deferred gain of approximately $8 million after
tax as at December 31, 2007.
Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full exposure
and is based on hedging a declining percentage of exposure
quarter after quarter. In addition, in order to mitigate
potential exchange rate risks on our commercial transactions, we
purchased and entered into forward foreign currency exchange
contracts and currency options to cover foreign currency
exposure in payables or receivables at our affiliates. We may in
the future purchase or sell similar types of instruments. See
Item 11, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
about Market Risk. Furthermore, we may not predict in a
timely fashion the amount of future transactions in the volatile
industry environment. Consequently, our results of operations
have been and may continue to be impacted by fluctuations in
exchange rates.
Our treasury strategies to reduce exchange rate risks are
intended to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations.
No assurance may be given that our hedging activities will
sufficiently protect us against declines in the value of the
U.S. dollar. Furthermore, if the value of the
U.S. dollar increases, we may record losses in connection
with the loss in value of the remaining hedging instruments at
the time. In 2008, as a result of cash flow hedging, we recorded
a net gain of $1 million, consisting of a loss of
$1 million to R&D expenses, a gain of $4 million
to costs of goods sold and a loss of $2 million to selling,
general and administrative expenses, while in 2007, we recorded
a net gain of $36 million. In the fourth quarter of 2008,
we recorded a net loss of $29 million, consisting of a loss
of $12 million to R&D expenses, a loss of
$13 million to cost of goods sold and a loss of
$4 million to selling, general and administrative expenses.
We registered a net gain of $16 million in the fourth
quarter of 2007, while it was not material in the third quarter
of 2008.
The net effect of the consolidated foreign exchange exposure
resulted in a net gain of $20 million in Other income
and expenses, net in 2008.
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are, for consolidation
purposes, translated into U.S. dollars at the period-end
exchange rate. Income and expenses are translated at the average
exchange rate for the period. The balance sheet impact of such
translation adjustments has been, and may be expected to be,
significant from period to period since a large part of our
assets and liabilities are accounted for in Euros as their
functional currency. Adjustments resulting from the translation
are recorded directly in shareholders equity, and are
shown as Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in
shareholders equity. At December 31, 2008, our
outstanding indebtedness was denominated mainly in
U.S. dollars and in Euros.
For a more detailed discussion, see Item 3, Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations.
95
Impact of
Changes in Interest Rates
Interest rates may fluctuate upon changes in financial market
conditions and material changes can affect our results from
operations and financial condition, since these changes can
impact the total interest income received on our cash and cash
equivalents and the total interest expense paid on our financial
debt.
Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated
statements of income, is the balance between interest income
received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable
securities investments and interest expense paid on our
long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent on the
fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the
U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we invest primarily on a
short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term
market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or
decrease in our interest income. Our interest expenses are
associated with our long-term Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds
(with a fixed rate of 1.5%), our Floating Rate Note, which is
fixed quarterly at a rate of LIBOR + 40bps, and EIB Floating
Rate Loans for a total of $701 million. To manage the
interest rate mismatch, in the second quarter of 2006, we
entered into cancelable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed
rate obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with Floating
Rate derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016
Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we
entered into cancelable swaps for $200 million of the
principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield
equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%,
partially offsetting the interest rate mismatch of the 2016
Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover
the full exposure and all risks associated with these
instruments. Due to the high volatility in the interest rates
generated by the recent financial turmoil, in 2008 we determined
that the swaps had not been effective since November 1,
2008 and the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued.
Consequently, the swaps were designated as
held-for-trading
financial assets and reported at fair value as a component of
Other receivables and current assets in the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008 for
$34 million, since we intend to hold the derivative
instruments for a short period of time that will not exceed
twelve months. An unrealized gain was recognized in earnings
from discontinuance date totaling $15 million and was
reported on the line Unrealized gain on financial
assets of the consolidated statement of income for the
year ended December 31, 2008. This instrument was sold
during the first quarter of 2009. In compliance with
FAS 133 provisions on fair value hedges, the net impact of
the hedging transaction on our consolidated statements of income
was a gain of $1 million in 2008, which represents the
ineffective part of the hedge. This amount was recorded in
Other income and expenses, net.
We also have $250 million of restricted cash at a fixed
rate of 6.06% formally associated with Hynix Semiconductor.
As of December 31, 2008, our cash and cash equivalents and
marketable securities generated an average interest income rate
of 2.8%.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Treasury activities are regulated by our policies, which define
procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the
management of our financial risk in terms of exposure to
currency rates and interest rates. Most treasury activities are
centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to
oversight from our head treasury office. The majority of our
cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. dollars and
Euros and are placed with financial institutions rated
A or better. Part of our liquidity is also held in
Euros to naturally hedge intercompany payables and financial
debt in the same currency and is placed with financial
institutions rated at least single A long-term rating, meaning
at least A3 from Moodys Investor Service and A- from
Standard & Poors and Fitch Ratings. Marginal
amounts are held in other currencies. See Item 11,
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk included in the
Form 20-F,
as may be updated from time to time in our public filings.
In the third quarter of 2007, we determined that since
unauthorized investments in Auction Rate Securities other than
in the U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program
experienced auction failure since August such investments were
to be more properly classified on our consolidated balance sheet
as Marketable securities instead of Cash and
cash equivalents as done in previous periods. The revision
of the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results
in a decrease of Cash and cash equivalents from
$1,963 million to $1,659 million with an offsetting
increase to Marketable securities from
$460 million to $764 million. The revision of the
December 31, 2006 consolidated statements of cash flows
affects Net cash used in investing activities, which
increased from $2,753 million to
96
$3,057 million based on the increase in the investing
activities line Payment for purchase of marketable
securities from $460 million to $764 million.
The Net cash increase (decrease) caption was also
reduced $304 million from a decrease of $64 million to
a decrease of $368 million, and the Cash and cash
equivalents at the end of the period changes to match the
$1,659 million on the revised consolidated balance sheet.
There are no other changes on the consolidated statements of
cash flows, including the Cash and cash equivalents at the
beginning of the period, as we only started purchasing
auction rate securities in 2006. Because the investments made
for our account in Auction Rate Securities other than
U.S. federally-guaranteed student loans were made without
our authorization, in 2008, we initiated arbitration proceedings
against Credit Suisse Securities LLC, and action in district
court against Credit Suisse Group, to reverse the unauthorized
purchases and to recover all losses in our account, including,
but not limited to, the $173 million impairment posted to
date.
As of December 31, 2008, we had $1,009 million in cash
and cash equivalents, $651 million in marketable securities
as current assets composed solely of senior debt Floating Rate
Notes (FRN) issued by primary financial
institutions, $250 million as restricted cash and
$242 million as non-current assets invested in Auction Rate
Securities. At September 27, 2008, cash and cash
equivalents were $868 million and at December 31, 2007
they were $1,855 million.
As of December 31, 2008, we had $651 million in
marketable securities as current assets, with primary financial
institutions with a minimum rating of A2/A (this rating does not
consider Lehman Brothers FRN). They are reported at fair value,
with changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statement of changes in shareholders equity,
except if deemed to be other-than temporary. For that reason, as
at December 31, 2008, after recent economic events and
given our exposure to Lehman Brothers senior unsecured
bonds for a maximum amount of 15 million, we recorded
an
other-than-temporary
charge of $11 million, which represents 50% of the face
value of these Floating Rate Notes, according to recovery rate
calculated from a major credit rating company. The change in
fair value of all other current marketable securities amounted
to approximately $14 million after tax as of
December 31, 2008. The fair value for these securities is
based on market prices publicly available through major
financial information providers. The market price of the
Floating Rate Notes is influenced by changes in the credit
standing of the issuer but is not significantly impacted by
movement in interest rates. The Notes approaching the
maturity has a positive effect on the market price. We sold
$160 million of these instruments in the second quarter of
2008, $127 million in the third quarter of 2008 and, in the
fourth quarter, $64 million was reimbursed at maturity.
Marketable securities as current assets amounted to
$1,014 million as of December 31, 2007. Changes in the
instruments adopted to invest our liquidity in future periods
may occur and may significantly affect our interest income
(expense), net.
The portfolio of Marketable Securities outstanding as of
December 31, 2008 is comprised solely of Senior Debt
Floating Rate Notes issued by 11 different financial
institutions with a minimum rating of A2/A
(Moodys/S&P), an average rating of Aa2/A+
(Moodys/S&P) and an average life of 2.45 years.
Due to the short duration, credit quality and diversification of
the financial issuers in the portfolio, which has decreased from
$1,014 million at December 31, 2007 to
$651 million as at December 31, 2008, through
redemption at maturities and sales at purchase price/par (with
the only exception of a Senior FRN of 15 million
issued by Lehman Brothers which has been impaired and classified
as other than temporary), we do not expect increases
and decreases in the aggregate Fair Value to affect our
liquidity and capital resources.
Given the ample liquidity and short duration of the portfolio,
we expect to either redeem the outstanding securities at par or
sell them before maturity at the purchase price, excluding the
Lehman Brothers FRN.
For sensitivity purposes, a narrowing/widening of 100 basis
points of the cash spread along the residual life of the
securities, would result in an increase/decrease of an
additional 4% of the value of the entire portfolio of FRN. Since
the outstanding value of the portfolio was further reduced by
the sale of bonds at par before their natural maturity in the
first quarter of 2008, 5% would translate into a temporary
decrease of $31 million in the value of the portfolio, with
no material impact on our liquidity and capital structure.
As of December 31, 2008, we had Auction Rate Securities,
representing interests in collateralized debt obligations and
credit linked notes with a par value of $415 million, that
were carried on our balance sheet as
available-for-sale
financial assets for $242 million.
97
Following the continued failure of auctions for these securities
which began in August 2007, during the fourth quarter of 2007,
we first registered a decline in the value of these Auction Rate
Securities as an
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge against net income. This resulted in a
reduction in their carrying value to $369 million at
December 31, 2007. Since the initial failure of the
auctions in August 2007, the market of these securities has
completely frozen without any observable secondary market
trades, and consequently, during 2008, the portfolio experienced
a further estimated decline in fair value of $127 million,
of which $55 million was recorded during the fourth quarter
of 2008. As in the fourth quarter of 2007, in 2008 the reduction
in estimated fair value was recorded as an
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge against net income.
Since the fourth quarter of 2007, since there was no information
available regarding mark to market bids and
mark to model valuations from the structuring
financial institutions for these securities, we based our
estimation of fair value on a theoretical model using yields
obtainable for comparable assets. The value inputs for the
evaluation of these securities were publicly available indices
of securities with the same rating, similar duration and
comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure
(such as ABX for the collateralized debt obligation and, ITraxx
and IBoxx for the credit linked notes). The higher impairment
charges during 2008 reflect downgrading events on the collateral
debt obligations comparing the relevant ABX indices of a lower
rating category and a general negative trend of the corporate
debt market. The estimated value of the collateralized debt
obligation could further decrease in the future as a result of
credit market deterioration
and/or other
downgrading. The estimated value of the corporate debt
securities could also further decrease in the future due to a
deterioration of the corporate industry indices used for the
evaluation.
For our sensitivity analysis, we considered changes in the
inputs for the model based on hypothetical future and historical
trend assumptions. If our outstanding collateralized debt
obligations were to be downgraded further, such as if they no
longer had any AAA agency rating compared with the ABX indices
from December 31, 2008, and if the credit linked notes were
evaluated at the lowest historical price for the past two years
as derived from the Itraxx and Iboxx indices, our Auction Rate
Securities portfolio would be impaired an additional 12% of
their face value (or $51 million). This would still have no
material impact on our liquidity and capital structure.
The investments made in the aforementioned Auction Rate
Securities were made without our authorization and, in 2008, we
initiated arbitration proceedings against Credit Suisse
Securities LLC, and action in district court against Credit
Suisse Group, to reverse the unauthorized purchases and to
recover all losses in our account, including, but not limited
to, the $173 million impairment posted to date.
Liquidity
We maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity
ratio, which provide us with adequate financial flexibility. As
in the past, our cash management policy is to finance our
investment needs with net cash generated from operating
activities.
During 2008, as a result of the payments of $1,694 million
made for the wireless business from NXP and for Genesis, we
registered a decrease in our cash and cash equivalents of
$846 million. In addition, we have distributed
$240 million of dividends to shareholders and repurchased
$313 million of treasury shares.
The evolution of our cash flow for each of the respective
periods is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
1,722
|
|
|
$
|
2,188
|
|
|
$
|
2,491
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(2,417
|
)
|
|
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
|
(3,057
|
)
|
Net cash from (used) in financing activities
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(296
|
)
|
|
|
132
|
|
Effect of change in exchange rates
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(846
|
)
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
(368
|
)
|
Net cash from operating activities. As in
prior periods, the major source of liquidity during 2008 was
cash provided by operating activities, which decreased compared
to 2007. Our net cash from operating activities totaled
98
$1,722 million in 2008, decreasing compared to
$2,188 million in 2007 due to a lower level of
profitability from operations resulting from the negative impact
of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and adverse market
conditions, particularly in the fourth quarter. Changes in our
operating assets and liabilities resulted in a use of cash in
the amount of $38 million in 2008, mainly due to an
increase in inventory that was driven by a sharp decline in our
customers demand, compared to $62 million of net cash
generated in 2007.
Net cash used in investing activities. Net
cash used in investing activities was $2,417 million in
2008, compared to the $1,737 million used in 2007. Payments
for business acquisitions, net of cash received, were the main
utilization of cash in 2008, including the NXP wireless business
for $1,518 million and Genesis for $176 million.
Payments for purchases of tangible assets were $983 million
for 2008, decreasing compared to $1,140 million in 2007 as
a result of our plan to control capital expenditures at or below
10% of revenues. We did not purchase any marketable securities
in 2008, although we sold $351 million of Floating Rate
Notes to finance part of our business acquisitions.
Net cash used in financing activities. Net
cash used in financing activities was $67 million in 2008,
decreasing compared to $296 million used in 2007. The
proceeds from long term debt, primarily from the European
Investment Bank, to finance our activities, were higher than in
2007. As at December 31, 2008, we had paid only
three-fourths of the quarterly dividends to shareholders,
equivalent to $240 million, while the total amount of the
prior years dividend, $269 million, had been paid in
one installment as at December 31, 2007; furthermore,
during 2008 we executed our share repurchase program, spending
an aggregate amount of $313 million.
Net operating cash flow. We also present net
operating cash flow defined as net cash from operating
activities minus net cash used in investing activities,
excluding payment for purchases of and proceeds from the sale of
marketable securities (both current and non-current), short-term
deposits and restricted cash. We believe net operating cash flow
provides useful information for investors and management because
it measures our capacity to generate cash from our operating and
investing activities to sustain our operating activities. Net
operating cash flow is not a U.S. GAAP measure and does not
represent total cash flow since it does not include the cash
flows generated by or used in financing activities. In addition,
our definition of net operating cash flow may differ from
definitions used by other companies. Net operating cash flow is
determined as follows from our Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
1,722
|
|
|
$
|
2,188
|
|
|
$
|
2,491
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(2,417
|
)
|
|
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
|
(3,057
|
)
|
Payment for purchase and proceeds from sale of marketable
securities (current and non-current), short-term deposits and
restricted cash, net
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating cash flow
|
|
$
|
(1,046
|
)
|
|
$
|
840
|
|
|
$
|
666
|
|
We had unfavorable net operating cash flow of
$1,046 million in 2008, decreasing compared to net
operating cash flow of $840 million in 2007, because of
payments for the NXP wireless business and Genesis, which
totaled $1,694 million net of available cash.
Excluding these payments, the net operating cash flow would have
been $648 million in 2008, out of which $161 million
would have been in the fourth quarter of 2008.
Capital
Resources
Net
financial position
Our net financial position: resources (debt), is representing
the balance between our total financial resources and our total
financial debt. Our total financial resources include cash and
cash equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities,
short-term deposits and restricted cash, and our total financial
debt include bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt
and long-term debt, as represented in our consolidated balance
sheet. We believe our net financial position provides useful
information for investors because it gives evidence of our
global position either in terms of net indebtedness or net cash
by measuring our capital resources based on cash, cash
equivalents
99
and marketable securities and the total level of our financial
indebtedness. The net financial position is determined as
follows from our Consolidated Balance Sheets as at
December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts
|
|
$
|
989
|
|
|
$
|
1,855
|
|
|
$
|
1,659
|
|
Marketable securities, current
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
764
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Marketable securities, non-current
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial resources
|
|
|
2,132
|
|
|
|
3,488
|
|
|
|
2,891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(2,554
|
)
|
|
|
(2,117
|
)
|
|
|
(1,994
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial debt
|
|
|
(2,677
|
)
|
|
|
(2,220
|
)
|
|
|
(2,130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net financial position
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,268
|
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net financial position as of December 31, 2008 resulted
in a net debt position of $545 million, representing a
significant decrease from the net cash position of
$1,268 million as of December 31, 2007 due to the
payments made for our business acquisitions. In the same period,
both our cash position and our current marketable securities
portfolio decreased significantly to $989 million and
$651 million, respectively, while total financial debt
increased to $2,677 million.
On July 28, 2008 we closed our previously announced deal to
create a joint venture company with NXP from our wireless
operations, which resulted in our providing a cash payment, net
of cash received, of $1,518 million to NXP. Following the
announcement of the transaction with Ericsson, we agreed in
February 2009 to accelerate the call option to purchase
NXPs 20% interest in our wireless joint venture company
for a payment of $92 million; Ericsson contributed
$1.1 billion net to the joint venture, out of which
$0.7 billion was paid to us. We also expect additional use
of cash in the coming quarter due to the upcoming payment of the
remaining quarterly cash dividend. With regards to our buyback
plan, it was completed as of December 31, 2008.
At December 31, 2008, the aggregate amount of our long-term
debt, including the current portion, was $2,677 million,
including $1,036 million of our 2016 Convertible Bonds and
$703 million of our 2013 Senior Bonds (corresponding to the
500 million at issuance), while we nearly entirely
redeemed our 2013 Convertible Bonds. Additionally, we had
unutilized committed medium term credit facilities with core
relationship banks totalling $275 million. Furthermore, the
aggregate amount of our and our subsidiaries total
available short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign
exchange credit facilities, was approximately $816 million
as at December 31, 2008. We also had two committed credit
facilities with the European Investment Bank as part of a
R&D funding program. The first one, for a total of
245 million for R&D in France was fully drawn in
U.S. dollars for a total amount of $341 million, of
which $20 million were paid back as at December 31,
2008. The second one, signed on July 21, 2008, for a total
amount of 250 million for R&D projects in Italy,
was fully drawn in U.S. dollars for $380 million as at
December 31, 2008. We also maintain uncommitted foreign
exchange facilities totaling $773 million at
December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, available
short-term lines of credit were reduced by $20 million bank
overdrafts. At December 31, 2007, amounts available under
the short-term lines of credit were not reduced by any borrowing.
Our long-term capital market financing instruments contain
standard covenants, but do not impose minimum financial ratios
or similar obligations on us. Upon a change of control, the
holders of our 2016 Convertible Bonds and 2013 Senior Bonds may
require us to repurchase all or a portion of such holders
bonds. See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
100
As of December 31, 2008, debt payments due by period and
based on the assumption that convertible debt redemptions are at
the holders first redemption option were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
$
|
2,677
|
|
|
$
|
123
|
|
|
$
|
173
|
|
|
$
|
1,153
|
|
|
$
|
116
|
|
|
$
|
816
|
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, we have the following credit
ratings on our 2013 and 2016 Bonds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Moodys Investors
|
|
|
Standard &
|
|
|
|
Service
|
|
|
Poors
|
|
|
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2013
|
|
|
WR(1
|
)
|
|
|
A-
|
|
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016
|
|
|
Baa1
|
|
|
|
A-
|
|
Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013
|
|
|
Baa1
|
|
|
|
A-
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rating withdrawn since the redemption in August 2006 of
$1.4 billion of our 2013 Convertible Bonds. |
On April 11, 2008, Moodys Investors Service and
Standard & Poors Ratings Services put our
ratings on review for possible downgrade and
on CreditWatch with negative implications,
respectively. On June 24, 2008 Standard and Poors
Rating Services affirmed the A− rating. On
June 25, 2008 Moodys Investors Service downgraded our
senior debt rating from A3 to Baa1.
On February 6, 2009 Standard & Poors
downgraded our senior debt rating from A− to
BBB+.
Contractual
Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Contingencies
Our contractual obligations, commercial commitments and
contingencies as of December 31, 2008, and for each of the
five years to come and thereafter, were as follows(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Operating leases(2)
|
|
$
|
423
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
Purchase obligations(2)
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and other asset purchase
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foundry purchase
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, technology licenses and design
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other obligations(2)
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Long-term debt obligations (including current portion)(3)(4)(5)
of which:
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
1,153
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
Capital leases(3)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Pension obligations(3)
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
Other non-current liabilities(3)
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,657
|
|
|
$
|
830
|
|
|
$
|
488
|
|
|
$
|
1,349
|
|
|
$
|
333
|
|
|
$
|
924
|
|
|
$
|
733
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Contingent liabilities which cannot be quantified are excluded
from the table above. |
|
(2) |
|
Items not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2008. |
|
(3) |
|
Items reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2008. |
|
(4) |
|
See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements at
December 31, 2008 for additional information related to
long-term debt and redeemable convertible securities. |
|
(5) |
|
Year of payment is based on maturity before taking into account
any potential acceleration that could result from a triggering
of the change of control provisions of the 2016 Convertible
Bonds and the 2013 Senior Bonds. |
101
As a consequence of our July 10, 2007 announcement
concerning the planned closures of certain of our manufacturing
facilities, the future shutdown of our plants in the United
States will lead to negotiations with some of our suppliers. As
no final date has been set, none of the contracts as reported
above have been terminated nor do the reported amounts take into
account any termination fees.
Operating leases are mainly related to building leases and to
equipment leases as part of the Crolles2 equipment repurchase
which has been finalized in the third quarter of 2008. The
amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments for future
leases from 2009 to 2013 and thereafter. We lease land,
buildings, plants and equipment under operating leases that
expire at various dates under non-cancelable lease agreements.
Operating lease expenses was $92 million, $62 million
and $56 million for the year ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase
commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for
software licenses.
Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual
commitments with respect to a cooperation agreement. In
addition, on January 17, 2008 we acquired effective control
of Genesis. There remains a commitment of $5 million
related to a retention program expected to be paid in 2009,
which is also included in Other obligations.
As part of the agreement with NXP signed on April 10, 2008,
three years following the establishment of the venture, or
earlier upon certain conditions, we had the right to purchase
NXPs 20% interest for cash and NXP has the right to put
its 20% interest to us for cash. The pricing of the put and call
are based upon certain multiples of trailing twelve-month
revenues and EBITDA through the end of the month preceding the
exercise. While there is a significant spread between the
multiples, it was intended that such multiples represent the
high and low end of a range of fair market values. Under both
the put and the call, 25% of the exercise price is determined
based upon revenues and 75% is based upon EBITDA. On
August 20, 2008, we announced that we had reached agreement
with Ericsson for the creation of a new venture combining ST-NXP
Wireless with the business of EMP. Concurrently with such
announcement we advised NXP that, given Ericssons
preference to limit ownership of the new venture to only us and
EMP, we intended to exercise our accelerated call option right.
On February 2, 2009, we entered into an agreement with NXP
to buy back NXPs 20% ownership stake of ST-NXP Wireless
for a price of $92 million. This amount has not been
considered in the above table on contractual obligations,
commercial commitments and contingencies. On February 3,
2009, we announced the closing of our agreement to combine the
businesses of EMP and ST-NXP Wireless in a joint venture. The
deal was completed on the terms originally announced on
August 20, 2008. Ericsson contributed $1,100 million
net to the joint venture, out of which $700 million was
paid to us.
Long-term debt obligations mainly consist of bank loans,
convertible and non-convertible debt issued by us that is
totally or partially redeemable for cash at the option of the
holder. They include maximum future amounts that may be
redeemable for cash at the option of the holder, at fixed
prices. On August 7, 2006, as a result of almost all of the
holders of our 2013 Convertible Bonds exercising the
August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased
$1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding convertible bonds. The outstanding long-term debt
corresponding to the 2013 convertible debt was not material as
at December 31, 2008.
In February 2006, we issued $1,131 million principal amount
at maturity of Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due in
February 2016. The bonds were convertible by the holder at any
time prior to maturity at a conversion rate of
43.118317 shares per one thousand dollars face value of the
bonds corresponding to 41,997,240 equivalent shares. The holders
can also redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011
at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of
$1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99
per one thousand dollars face value of the bonds. We can call
the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to our
share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value divided by the
conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days.
At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on
April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved a cash dividend
distribution of $0.30 per share. Pursuant to the terms of our
2016 Convertible Bonds, the payment of this dividend gave rise
to a slight change in the conversion rate thereof. The new
conversion rate was 43.363087 corresponding to 42,235,646
equivalent shares. At our annual general meeting of shareholders
held on May 14, 2008, our shareholders approved a cash
dividend distribution of $0.36 per share. The payment of this
dividend gave
102
rise to a change in the conversion rate thereof. The new
conversion rate is 43.833898, corresponding to 42,694,216
equivalent shares.
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (ST
BV), one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued Floating
Rate Senior Bonds with a principal amount of
500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes,
which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the
three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June,
September, December and March of each year through maturity. The
notes have a put for early repayment in case of a change of
control. The Floating Rate Senior Bonds issued by ST BV are
collaterized with guarantee issued by us.
Pension obligations and termination indemnities amounting to
$332 million consist of our best estimates of the amounts
projected to be payable by us for the retirement plans based on
the assumption that our employees will work for us until they
reach the age of retirement. The final actual amount to be paid
and related timings of such payments may vary significantly due
to early retirements, terminations and changes in assumptions
rates. See Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements. As part of the integration of the NXP wireless
business, we assumed liabilities related to pension and other
long term liabilities for an amount of approximately
$20 million, net of plan assets received. The divestiture
of FMG triggered the deconsolidation of approximately
$40 million pension obligations. However we retained the
obligation to fund the severance payment (trattamento di
fine rapporto) due to certain transferred employees by the
defined amount of about $35 million which qualifies as a
defined benefit plan and was classified as an other non-current
liability as at December 31, 2008.
Other non-current liabilities include, in addition to the
above-mentioned pension obligation, future obligations related
to our restructuring plans and miscellaneous contractual
obligations. They also include as at December 31, 2008,
following the FMG deconsolidation as at December 31, 2008,
a long-term liability for capacity rights amounting to
$63 million. In addition, we and Intel have each granted in
favor of Numonyx B.V., in which we hold a 48.6% equity
investment through Numonyx, a 50% guarantee not joint and
several, for indebtedness related to the financing arrangements
entered into by Numonyx for a $450 million term loan and a
$100 million committed revolving credit facility.
Non-current liabilities include the $69 million guarantee
liability based on the fair value of the term loan over
4 years with effect of the savings provided by the
guarantee.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2008, we had convertible debt instruments
outstanding. Our convertible debt instruments contain certain
conversion and redemption options that are not required to be
accounted for separately in our financial statements. See
Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more
information about our convertible debt instruments and related
conversion and redemption options.
We have no other material off-balance sheet arrangements at
December 31, 2008.
Financial
Outlook
We are reconfirming our target to have capital expenditures to
decrease approximately by 50% as compared to the
$983 million spent in 2008 to approximate
$500 million. The most significant of our 2009 capital
expenditure projects are expected to be: (a) for the
front-end facilities: (i) the tool set to transfer the 32nm
process from our participation in the IBM Alliance to our
300-mm fab
in Crolles; (ii) the completion of the restructuring
program for FE fabs; (iii) focused investment both in
manufacturing and R&D in France sites to secure and develop
our system oriented proprietary technologies portfolio;
(iv) quality, safety, security, maintenance both in 6
and 8 front end fabs; and (b) for the back-end
facilities, the capital expenditures will mainly be dedicated to
the technology evolution to support the ICs path to package size
reduction in Shenzhen (China) and Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare
the room for future years capacity growth by completing the new
production area in Muar and the new plant in Longgang (China).
We will continue to monitor our level of capital spending by
taking into consideration factors such as trends in the
semiconductor industry, capacity utilization and announced
additions. We expect to have significant capital requirements in
the coming years and in addition we intend to continue to devote
a substantial portion of our net revenues to R&D. We plan
to fund our capital requirements from cash provided by operating
activities, available funds and available support from third
parties, and may have recourse to borrowings under available
credit lines
103
and, to the extent necessary or attractive based on market
conditions prevailing at the time, the issuing of debt,
convertible bonds or additional equity securities. A substantial
deterioration of our economic results and consequently of our
profitability could generate a deterioration of the cash
generated by our operating activities. Therefore, there can be
no assurance that, in future periods, we will generate the same
level of cash as in the previous years to fund our capital
expenditures plans for expending/upgrading our production
facilities, our working capital requirements, our R&D and
industrialization costs.
Impact of
Recently Issued U.S. Accounting Standards
(a) Accounting pronouncements effective in 2008
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements
(FAS 157). This statement defines fair
value as the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date.
Additionally, the statement defines a fair value hierarchy which
should be used when determining fair values, except as
specifically excluded. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2007. However, in
February 2008, the FASB issued an FASB Staff Position
(FSP) that partially deferred the effective date of
FAS 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized at fair value in
the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. However, the
FSP did not defer recognition and disclosure requirements for
financial assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are measured at least
annually, which do not include goodwill. We adopted FAS 157
on January 1, 2008. FAS 157 adoption is prospective,
with no cumulative effect of the change in the accounting
guidance for fair value measurement to be recorded as an
adjustment to retained earnings, except for specified categories
of instruments. We did not record, upon adoption, any adjustment
to retained earnings since we do not hold any of these
categories of instruments. In the first quarter of 2008, we
reassessed fair value on financial assets and liabilities in
compliance with FAS 157, including the valuation of
available-for-sale securities for which no observable market
price is obtainable. The adoption of FAS 157 did not have
any impact on the derivative instruments held by us and either
designated as hedge or classified as held-for-trading, and on
our investments in equity securities and floating-rate notes
classified as available-for-sale since quoted prices for similar
or identical instruments are available for these instruments.
For the auction-rate securities held by us for which no
observable market price is obtainable, as described in
Note 12, we estimate that the measure of fair value of
these financial assets, even if using certain entity-specific
assumptions, is in line with a FAS 157 level 3 fair
value hierarchy. We have also assessed the future impact of
FAS 157 when adopted in 2009 for nonfinancial assets and
liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the financial
statements on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired long-lived
assets or goodwill. For goodwill impairment testing and the use
of fair value of tested reporting units, we are currently
reviewing our goodwill impairment model to measure fair value
relying on external inputs and market participants
assumptions rather than exclusively using discounted cash flows
generated by each reporting entity. Based on our preliminary
assessment, management estimates that the new fair value
measurement basis, if applied in a comparable market environment
as in the last impairment campaigns, would not have a
significant material impact on the results of the goodwill
impairment tests. However, as a result of the continuing
downturn in market conditions and the general business
environment, this new measurement of the fair value of the
reporting units when used in future goodwill and impairment
testing could generate higher impairment charges as the fair
value will be estimated on business indicators that could
reflect a distressed market.
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including
an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(FAS 159). This statement permits companies
to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified
election dates and report unrealized gains and losses in
earnings at each subsequent reporting date on items for which
the fair value option has been elected. FAS 159 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first
quarter statements have not been issued. We adopted FAS 159
on January 1, 2008 and have not elected to apply the fair
value option on any of our assets and liabilities as permitted
by FAS 159.
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
reached final consensus on Issue
No. 06-11,
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on
Share-Based Payment Awards
(EITF 06-11).
This issue
104
states that a realized tax benefit from dividends or dividend
equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to
employees for equity-classified nonvested shares, nonvested
equity share units, and outstanding share options should be
recognized as an increase to additional
paid-in-capital.
Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits
(windfall) under FAS 123R.
EITF 06-11
must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods
within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for the
income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are
declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet
been issued. We adopted
EITF 06-11
in the first quarter of 2008 and
EITF 06-11
did not have any impact on our financial position and results of
operations.
In June 2007, the EITF reached final consensus on Issue
No. 07-3,
Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be
Used in Future Research and Development Activities
(EITF 07-3).
The issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for
goods or services that will be used or rendered for R&D
activities should be expensed when the advance payments are made
or when the R&D activities have been performed.
EITF 07-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted
EITF 07-3
in the first quarter of 2008 and
EITF 07-3
did not have a material effect on our financial position and
results of operations.
In November 2007, the EITF reached final consensus on Issue
No. 07-6,
Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement
Includes a Buy-Sell Clause
(EITF 07-6).
The issue addresses whether the existence of a
buy-sell
arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real
estate is sold to a jointly owned entity.
EITF 07-6
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered
into after the effective date. We adopted
EITF 07-6
in the first quarter of 2008 and
EITF 07-6
did not have a material effect on our financial position and
results of operations.
In November 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded
at Fair Value Through Earnings (SAB 109).
SAB 109 provides the Staffs views regarding written
loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through
earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 is effective for all written
loan commitments recorded at fair value that are entered into,
or substantially modified, in fiscal quarters beginning after
December 15, 2007. We adopted SAB 109 in the first
quarter of 2008 and have no written loan commitments to which
the standard applies.
In January 2008, the SEC issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 110, Year-End Help for Expensing
Employee Stock Options (SAB 110).
SAB 110 expresses the views of the Staff regarding the use
of a simplified method, in developing an estimate of
expected term of plain vanilla share options in
accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance
under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the
simplified method for stock option grants after
December 31, 2007. SAB 110 is not relevant to our
operations since we redefined in 2005 its compensation policy by
no longer granting stock options but rather issuing nonvested
shares.
(b) Accounting pronouncements expected to impact our
operations that are not yet effective and have not been adopted
early by us
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised 2007), Business
Combinations (FAS 141R) and No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51
(FAS 160). These new standards will
initiate substantive and pervasive changes that will impact both
the accounting for future acquisition deals and the measurement
and presentation of previous acquisitions in consolidated
financial statements. The standards continue the movement toward
the greater use of fair values in financial reporting.
FAS 141R will significantly change how business
acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial
statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent
periods. FAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting
for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as
noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of
equity. The significant changes from current practice resulting
from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a
business combination have been expanded, resulting in an
increased number of transactions or other events that will
qualify as business combinations; for all business combinations
(whether partial, full, or step acquisitions), the entity that
acquires the business (the acquirer) will record
100% of all assets and liabilities of the acquired business,
including goodwill, generally at their fair values; certain
contingent assets and liabilities acquired will be recognized at
their fair values on the acquisition date; contingent
consideration will be recognized at its fair value on the
acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair
value will be
105
recognized in earnings until settled; acquisition-related
transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than
treated as part of the cost of the acquisition and included in
the amount recorded for assets acquired; IP R&D will be
recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset
at the acquisition date and not expensed upon consideration
allocation; in step acquisitions, previous equity interests in
an acquiree held prior to obtaining control will be remeasured
to their acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss
recognized in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize
initial accounting, companies will revise any previously issued
post-acquisition financial information in future financial
statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had been
recorded on the acquisition date; reversals of valuation
allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes
to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in
earnings, except for qualified measurement period adjustments
(the measurement period is a period of up to one year during
which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be
adjusted; this treatment is similar to how changes in other
assets and liabilities in a business combination will be
treated, and different from current accounting under which such
changes are treated as an adjustment of the cost of the
acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when
acquisitions result in a bargain purchase, instead
the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in
earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting
from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are
now considered as equity, transactions between the parent
company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as
equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a
change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective
for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception
of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired
deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax
positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires
adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for
existing minority interests. All other requirements of
FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is
prohibited for both standards. We have evaluated the effect the
adoption of these statements will have on our financial position
and results of operations and determined that, in view of the
recent merger and acquisition transactions concluded by us,
FAS 141R and FAS 160 adoption will have a significant
impact on our financial statements. Acquisition-related costs,
which amounted to $7 million and were capitalized as at
December 31, 2008, will be immediately recorded in earnings
in the first quarter of 2009. Furthermore, past business
combinations often included, and future business combinations
may include, significant IP R&D in the allocation of the
consideration and committed restructuring actions aiming at
optimizing synergies with the newly integrated businesses. With
the adoption of FAS 141R, any IP R&D will be recorded
as intangible assets subject to annual impairment testing while
future restructuring initiatives, which in compliance with the
current practice are accrued for against goodwill, will impact
earnings. Additionally, the adoption of FAS 160 for the
presentation and disclosures of noncontrolling interests will
generate a reclassification as at January 1, 2009 from the
mezzanine line Minority interests in the
consolidated balance sheet to shareholders equity for a
total amount of $276 million. However, no significant
changes are expected in valuation allowance for acquired
deferred tax assets and the resolution of assumed uncertain tax
positions on past business combinations, which would require an
impact on earnings instead of an adjustment to goodwill as in
current practice.
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
(FAS 161). The new standard is intended to
improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and
hedging activities and to enable investors to better understand
how these instruments and activities affect an entitys
financial position, financial performance and cash flows through
enhanced disclosure requirements. FAS 161 is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods
beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application
permitted. We will adopt FAS 161 in the first quarter of
2009 and are currently reviewing the new disclosure requirements
and their impact on our financial statements.
In May 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (FAS 162). The new
standard identifies the sources of accounting principles and the
framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation
of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are
presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP. FAS 162 is
effective 60 days following the SECs approval of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB)
amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of
Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles for financial statements issued for fiscal years
and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with
early application permitted. We will adopt FAS 162 when
effective and management does not expect that FAS 162 will
have a material effect on our financial position and results of
operations.
106
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 08-6,
Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations
(EITF 08-6).
This issue addresses a certain number of matters associated with
the impact that FAS 141R and FAS 160 might have on the
accounting for equity method investments.
EITF 08-6
retains the current cost accumulation approach for determining
the initial carrying value of an equity method investment. It
also addresses other-than-temporary impairment testing, which
must be performed at the overall investment level.
EITF 08-6 states
that share issuance by an equity method investee should be
accounted for as if the equity method investor had sold a
proportionate share of its investment, with any resulting gain
or loss recognized in earnings, with no policy election possible
anymore. However, the final consensus reaffirms that no gain
(loss) should be recognized when significant influence is lost.
EITF 08-6
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or
after December 15, 2008, with no early application
permitted.
EITF 08-6
must be applied prospectively to new investments acquired after
the effective date. We will adopt
EITF 08-6
in 2009 and have assessed that such adoption will not represent
a significant change to current practice.
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 08-7,
Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets
(EITF 08-7).
This issue applies to all defensive assets, either acquired to a
third party or through a business combination. However,
EITF 08-7
excludes from its scope IP R&D acquired in a business
combination.
EITF 08-7 states
that a defensive asset should be considered a separate unit of
accounting and should not be combined with the existing asset
whose value it may enhance. A useful life should be assigned
that reflects the acquiring entity consumption of the
defensive assets expected benefits.
EITF 08-7
also observes that a defensive intangible asset may not be
considered immediately abandoned following its acquisition and
that it would be rare for a defensive asset to have an
indefinite life.
EITF 08-7
is effective prospectively to intangible assets acquired on or
after the beginning of the first annual reporting period
beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early
application permitted. We will adopt
EITF 08-6
in 2009 and have assessed that in view of the recent merger and
acquisition transactions concluded by us,
EITF 08-7
could be applicable to future business combinations. However, we
did not acquire in the past significant defensive intangible
assets and even if future business combinations involve the
acquisition of defensive assets, the application of
EITF 08-7
would not represent a significant change to current practice.
(c) Accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective
and are not expected to impact our operations:
a. EITF 07-1,
Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements
|
|
|
|
b.
|
EITF 07-4,
Application of the Two {d208} Class Method under
FAS 128 to Master Limited Partnerships
|
c. FAS 163, Accounting for Financial
Guarantee Insurance Contracts
|
|
|
|
d.
|
EITF 07-5,
Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) Is
Indexed to an Entitys Own Stock
|
e. EITF 08-3,
Accounting by Lessees for Maintenance Deposits under Lease
Agreements
|
|
|
|
f.
|
EITF 08-5,
Issuers Accounting for Liabilities Measured at Fair
Value with a Third-Party Credit Enhancement
|
|
|
|
|
g.
|
EITF 08-8,
Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a
Settlement Amount that is Based on the Stock of an Entitys
Consolidated Subsidiary
|
Equity
investments
Numonyx
In 2007, we announced that we had entered into an agreement with
Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new
independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our
Flash Memory Group and Intels flash memory business
(FMG deconsolidation). Under the terms of the
agreement, we would sell our flash memory assets, including our
NAND joint venture interest with Hynix (as described above) and
other NOR resources, to the new company, which was called
Numonyx Holdings B.V. (Numonyx), while Intel would
sell its NOR assets and resources. Pursuant to the signing of
the agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting
107
criteria for assets held for sale as set forth in Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the
impairment or disposal of long-term assets
(FAS 144),we reclassified in 2007 the assets to
be transferred to Numonyx
and/or
Numonyx B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of Numonyx, from their
original balance sheet classification to the line Assets
held for sale. Coincident with this classification, we
reported an impairment charge of $1,106 million to adjust
the value of these assets to fair value less costs to sell, on
the line Impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs of the consolidated statement of
income for the year ended December 31, 2007.
The Numonyx transaction closed on March 30, 2008. At
closing, through a series of steps, we contributed our flash
memory assets and businesses as previously announced, for
109,254,191 common shares of Numonyx, representing a 48.6%
equity ownership stake valued at $966 million, and
$156 million in long-term subordinated notes, as described
in Note 12. As a consequence of the final terms and balance
sheet at the closing date and additional agreements on assets to
be contributed, coupled with changes in valuation for comparable
Flash memory companies, we incurred an additional pre-tax loss
of $190 million for the year ended December 31, 2008,
which was reported on the line Impairment, restructuring
charges and other related closure costs of the
consolidated statement of income. The total loss calculation
also included a provision of $139 million to reflect the
value of rights granted to Numonyx to use certain assets
retained by us. No remaining amounts related to the FMG
deconsolidation was reported as current assets on the line
Assets held for sale of the consolidated balance
sheet as of December 31, 2008.
Upon creation, Numonyx entered into financing arrangements for a
$450 million term loan and a $100 million committed
revolving credit facility from two primary financial
institutions. The loans have a four-year term. We and Intel have
each granted in favor of Numonyx B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Numonyx, a 50% debt guarantee not joint and several. In the
event of default and failure to repay the loans from Numonyx
B.V., the banks will exercise our rights, subordinated to the
repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under
the guarantee through the sale of Numonyxs assets. The
debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted in
the recognition of a $69 million liability, corresponding
to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the
transaction. The same amount was also added to the value of the
equity investment. The debt guarantee obligation was reported on
the line Other non-current liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008.
We account for our share in Numonyx under the equity method
based on the actual results of the venture. In the valuation of
Numonyx investment under the equity method, we apply a
one-quarter lag reporting. Consequently, equity loss related to
Numonyx for the second and third quarters of 2008 were reported
by us in the third and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2008 we reported on the
line Earnings (loss) on equity investments on our
consolidated statement of income $65 million of equity loss
in Numonyx equity investment, including $4 million related
to interest expense on the Subordinated notes and corresponding
to our equity interest in the financial expense of Numonyx, as
described in Note 22, and $2 million of compensation
on stock awards granted to employees subsequently transferred to
Numonyx. Additionally, due to the deterioration of both the
global economic situation and the Memory market segment, as well
as Numonyxs current and projected results, we re-assessed
the fair value of our equity investment and recorded a
$480 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on the
line Earnings (loss) on equity investments in the
2008 consolidated statement of income. The calculation of the
impairment was based upon a combination of an income approach,
using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using
metrics of comparable public companies. Our share of the actual
results of Numonyx is adjusted for basis differences which arise
principally due to the impairments recorded by us. At
December 31, 2008 our investment in Numonyx, including the
amount of the debt guarantee, amounted to $496 million,
while the aggregate fair value of long-term subordinated notes
was $168 million. Our current maximum exposure to loss as a
result of our involvement with Numonyx is limited to our equity
investment, our investment in subordinated notes and our debt
guarantee obligation.
108
Summarized financial information for Numonyx, as of
September 27, 2008 and for the six months then ended that,
because of the one-quarter lag discussed above, correspond to
the amounts included in our Consolidated Financial Statements as
of December 31, 2008 and for the twelve months then ended,
are as follows :
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Income Information:
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
1,165
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
266
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
Financial Position Information:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
1,614
|
|
Noncurrent assets
|
|
|
1,412
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
512
|
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
860
|
|
Net worth
|
|
|
1,654
|
|
Hynix
ST Joint Venture
In 2004, we signed a joint venture agreement with Hynix
Semiconductor Inc. to build a front-end memory manufacturing
facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Under the
agreement, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. contributed
$500 million for a 67% equity interest and we contributed
$250 million for a 33% equity interest. Additionally, we
originally committed to grant $250 million in long-term
financing to the new joint venture guaranteed by the
subordinated collateral of the joint ventures assets. We
made the total $250 million capital contribution as
previously planned in the joint venture agreement in 2006. In
2007, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. invested an additional
$750 million in additional shares of the joint venture to
fund a facility expansion. As a result of this investment, our
equity interest in the joint venture declined from approximately
33% to 17%. At December 31, 2007 the investment in the
joint venture amounted to $276 million and was included in
assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet. Such
equity participation has been transferred to Numonyx B.V., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Numonyx, at the closing of the
Numonyx transaction and is, since March 30, 2008, owned by
Numonyx B.V. We accounted for our share in the Hynix ST joint
venture during the first quarter of 2008 under the equity method
based on the actual results of the joint venture through the
first quarter of 2008. Our share of the joint ventures
2008 result, reported on the line Earnings (loss) on
equity investments of the consolidated statement of income
for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.
Due to regulatory and withholding tax issues we could not
directly provide the joint venture with the $250 million
long-term financing as originally planned under our joint
venture agreement with Hynix Semiconductor signed in 2004. As a
result, in 2006, we entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee
agreement with an external financial institution through which
we guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to
the bank. The guarantee agreement includes us placing up to
$250 million in cash on a deposit account. The guarantee
deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure
from the joint venture, with $250 million as the maximum
potential amount of future payments we, as the guarantor, could
be required to make. In the event of default and failure to
repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank will exercise
our rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to
recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of
the joint ventures assets. In 2006, we placed
$218 million of cash on the guarantee deposit account. In
2007, we placed the remaining $32 million of cash, which
totaled $250 million as at December 31, 2008 and was
reported as Restricted cash on the consolidated
balance sheet. The guarantee for the $250 million debt
incurred by the ST-Hynix JV has been retained by us, and not
been transferred to Numonyx at closing on March 30, 2008
along side our equity investment and other rights in the
Hynix-ST joint venture. Consequently, the debt guarantee was
evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted in the recognition of a
$17 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of
the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The liability was
recorded against the value of the equity investment. The debt
guarantee obligation was reported on the line Other
non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet
as at December 31, 2008, and we reported the debt guarantee
on the line Other investments and other non-current
assets. Our current maximum exposure to loss as a result
of our involvement with the joint venture is limited to our
indirect investment through Numonyx and our debt guarantee
obligation.
109
Veredus
In 2008, we acquired 41.2% of ownership interest in Veredus
Laboratories Pte. Ltd (Veredus), a company located
in Singapore which sells diagnostic solutions to the medical
market. The acquisition amounted to $11 million and was
fully paid in 2008. The investment is aimed at joining forces
with established and growing players in the medical diagnostic
market, accelerating thus markets adoption of our
LabOnCHip technology and products. We accounted for our interest
in Veredus under the equity method. Our share in the joint
ventures 2008 result, reported on the line Earnings
(loss) on equity investments of the consolidated statement
of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not
material.
ATLab
In 2008, we acquired 8.1% of the ownership interest in ATLab
Inc. (ATLab), a Korean company that sells
semiconductor devices to the optical mouse, touch screen and
touch pad markets. With this investment, we intend to secure
partnership in product development for the growing touch screen
market. The acquisition, which totaled $4 million, was
fully paid in 2008, and included the purchase of a technology.
We have identified ATLab as a Variable Interest
Entity (VIE) but have determined that it is
not the primary beneficiary of the entity. Due to such variable
interest, we have the ability to exercise significant influence
on certain decisions of the entity. Consequently, we accounted
for our interest in ATLab under the equity method. Our share in
2008 result of the joint venture reported on the line
Earnings (loss) on equity investments of the
consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2008 was not material.
Backlog
and Customers
During 2008, we registered a decrease in the level of bookings
(including frame orders) compared to 2007, due to the negative
impact of the current downturn in the industry, which was
particularly strong in the last quarter. However, as a result of
the current market downturn in the world economy, in addition to
the sharp reduction in demand for semiconductor products seen in
the second half of 2008, we also experienced in the last quarter
of 2008 a significant rate of orders cancellations; as such, we
entered 2009 with a backlog significantly lower that what we had
entering 2008, which also reduced our visibility on the short
term evolution of our business. Backlog (including frame orders)
is subject to possible cancellation, push back, lower than
expected hit of frame orders, etc., and thus, is not necessarily
indicative of billings amount or growth for the year.
In 2008, we had several large customers, with the Nokia Group of
companies being the largest, accounting for approximately 18% of
our revenues (excluding FMG and NXP), compared to 22% in 2007
(excluding FMG). There is no guarantee that the Nokia Group of
companies, or any other customer, will continue to generate
revenues for us at the same levels. If we were to lose one or
more of our key customers, or if they were to significantly
reduce their bookings, not to confirm planned delivery dates on
frame orders in a significant manner or fail to meet their
payment obligations, our operating results and financial
condition could be adversely affected.
|
|
Item 6.
|
Directors,
Senior Management and Employees
|
Directors
and Senior Management
The management of our company is entrusted to the Managing Board
under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.
Supervisory
Board
Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is
responsible for supervising the policies pursued by our Managing
Board and the general course of our affairs and business. Our
Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is
resolved by our annual shareholders meeting upon a
non-binding proposal of our Supervisory Board, with a minimum of
six members. Decisions by our annual shareholders meeting
concerning the number and the identity of our Supervisory Board
members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a
meeting, provided quorum conditions are met (15% of our issued
and outstanding share capital present or represented).
110
Our Supervisory Board had the following nine members since our
annual shareholders meeting held on May 14, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name(1)
|
|
Position
|
|
Year Appointed(2)
|
|
|
Term Expires
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Antonino Turicchi
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
2008
|
(3)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
Vice-Chairman
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Raymond Bingham
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Didier Lamouche
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Alessandro Ovi
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
Member
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Tom de Waard
|
|
Member
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Matteo del Fante was a Supervisory Board member until
the end of our 2008 annual shareholders meeting, at which
time he was succeeded by Mr. Antonino Turicchi. |
|
(2) |
|
As a member of the Supervisory Board. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Turicchi was also a Supervisory Board member from
2005-2007. |
After our 2008 annual shareholders meeting, our
Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Antonino Turicchi as
Chairman of our Supervisory Board and Mr. Gérald
Arbola as Vice Chairman, each for a three-year term. As of
December 31, 2008, the composition of our Supervisory
Boards committees was as follows: i) Mr. Tom de
Waard is the Chairman of the Audit Committee, and
Messrs. Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lamouche and
Bruno Steve are all voting members; ii) Mr. Antonino
Turicchi is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and
Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Tom de Waard, Didier Lombard
and Bruno Steve are members; iii) Mr. Tom de Waard is
the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance
Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Didier Lombard,
Bruno Steve and Antonino Turicchi are members; and,
iv) Mr. Antonino Turicchi is the Chairman of the
Strategic Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola,
Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lombard and Alessandro Ovi
are members.
At our annual shareholders meeting in 2009, the mandates
of Messrs. Dunn and Lamouche will expire. The mandates of
Messrs. Ovi and Bingham will expire at our annual
shareholders meeting in 2010, and the mandates of
Messrs. Arbola, de Waard, Lombard, Steve and Turicchi will
expire at our annual shareholders meeting in 2011.
Resolutions of our Supervisory Board require the approval of at
least three-quarters of its members in office. Our Supervisory
Board must meet upon request by two or more of its members or by
our Managing Board. Our Supervisory Board has established
procedures for the preparation of Supervisory Board resolutions
and the calendar for Supervisory Board meetings. Our Supervisory
Board meets at least five times a year, including once a quarter
to approve our quarterly and annual accounts and their release.
Our Supervisory Board has adopted a Supervisory Board Charter
setting forth its duties, responsibilities and operations, as
mentioned below. This charter is available on our website at
http://www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm.
There is no mandatory retirement age for members of our
Supervisory Board pursuant to Dutch law. Members of the
Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by our annual
shareholders meeting. Our Supervisory Board may make a
proposal to our annual shareholders meeting for the
suspension or dismissal of one or more of its members. The
members of our Supervisory Board receive compensation as
authorized by our annual shareholders meeting. Each member
of our Supervisory Board must resign no later than three years
after appointment, as described in our Articles of Association,
but may be reappointed following the expiration of his term of
office.
Biographies
Antonino Turicchi was re-appointed as a member of our
Supervisory Board at our 2008 annual shareholders meeting
on May 14, 2008. He was also appointed Chairman of our
Supervisory Board at that time. Mr. Turicchi is the
Chairman of our Supervisory Boards Strategic Committee as
well as its Compensation Committee, and also
111
serves on the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.
Mr. Turicchi was the General Manager of Cassa Depositi e
Prestiti from June 2002 until January 2009, and has been a
member of the Supervisory Board of Numonyx since March 2008.
Since 1994, Mr. Turicchi has held positions with the
Italian Ministry of the Treasury (now known as the Ministry of
the Economy and Finance). In 1999, he was promoted as the
director responsible for conducting securitization operations
and managing financial operations as part of the treasurys
debt management functions. Between 1999 and June 2002,
Mr. Turicchi was also a member of the board of Mediocredito
del Friuli; from 1998 until 2000, he served on the board of
Mediocredito di Roma; and from 2000 until 2003, he served on the
board of EUR S.p.A. He also served as deputy chairman of
Infrastrutture S.p.A. from December 2002 to January 2006 and he
was previously a member of our Supervisory Board from March 2005
to April 2007.
Gérald Arbola was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our
2004 annual shareholders meeting and was reelected at our
2005 annual shareholders meeting. Mr. Arbola was
appointed the Vice-Chairman of our Supervisory Board on
May 14, 2008. Mr. Arbola previously served as Chairman
of our Supervisory Board from March 18, 2005 through
May 13, 2008. Mr. Arbola serves on the Supervisory
Boards Compensation Committee, Strategic Committee and
Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Arbola
is now Managing Director of Areva S.A., where he had also served
as Chief Financial Officer, and is a member of the Executive
Board of Areva since his appointment on July 3, 2001, which
was renewed on June 29, 2006. Mr. Arbola joined the
AREVA NC group (ex Cogema) in 1982 as Director of Planning and
Strategy for SGN, then served as Chief Financial Officer at SGN
from 1985 to 1989, becoming Executive Vice President of SGN in
1988 and Chief Financial Officer of AREVA NC in 1992. He was
appointed as a member of the executive committee in 1999, and
also served as Chairman of the Board of SGN in 1997 and 1998.
Mr. Arbola is currently a member of the board of directors
of AREVA NC, AREVA NP, and Areva T&D Holdings. On
July 22, 2008, he was nominated the director of the Suez
Environment Company, and he has been co-President of the Areva
Foundation since September 2006. Mr. Arbola is a graduate
of the Institut dEtudes Politiques de Paris and holds an
advanced degree in economics. He is the Chairman of the Board of
Directors of FT1CI and was the Chairman, until his resignation
on November 15, 2006, of the Supervisory Board of ST
Holding, our largest shareholder.
Raymond Bingham was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our
2007 annual shareholders meeting. He serves on the Audit
Committee and the Strategic Committee. Since November, 2006,
Mr. Bingham has been a Managing Director of General
Atlantic LLC, a global private equity firm. From August 2005 to
October 2006, Mr. Bingham was a private investor.
Mr. Bingham was Executive Chairman of the Board of
Directors of Cadence Design Systems Inc., a supplier of
electronic design automation software and services, from May
2004 to July 2005, and served as a director of Cadence from
November 1997 to July 2005. Prior to being Executive Chairman,
he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence
from April 1999 to May 2004, and as Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer from April 1993 to April 1999.
Mr. Bingham also serves as a Director of Oracle Corporation
and Flextronics International, Ltd.
Tom de Waard has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
1998. Mr. de Waard has been Chairman of the Audit Committee
since 1999 and is also Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate
Governance Committee. In addition, he serves on our Supervisory
Boards Compensation Committee. Mr. de Waard has been a
partner of Clifford Chance, a leading international law firm,
since March 2000 and was the Managing Partner of Clifford Chance
Amsterdam office from May 1, 2002 until May 1, 2005.
From January 1, 2005 to January 1, 2007 he was a
member of the Management Committee of Clifford Chance. Prior to
joining Clifford Chance, he was a partner at Stibbe, where he
held several positions since 1971 and gained extensive
experience working with major international companies,
particularly with respect to corporate finance. He is a member
of the Amsterdam bar and was President of the Netherlands Bar
Association from 1993 through 1995. He received his law degree
from Leiden University in 1971. Mr. de Waard is a member of the
Supervisory Board of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V.
(BESI) and of its nominating committee. Mr. De Waard
is the chairman of the Supervisory Board of BE Semiconductor
Industries N.V. (BESI) and a member of its audit,
compensation and nominating committees. Mr. de Waard is a
member of the board of the foundation Stichting Sport en
Zaken.
Douglas Dunn has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
2001 and has served on the Audit Committee since such time. He
also serves on the Strategic Committee. He was formerly
President and Chief Executive Officer of ASML Holding N.V.
(ASML), an equipment supplier in the semiconductor
industry, a position from which he retired in 2004.
Mr. Dunn was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors
of ARM
112
Holdings plc (United Kingdom) in October 2006. In 2005,
Mr. Dunn was appointed to the board of Philips-LG LCD
(Korea) (of which he is no longer a board member as of
February 29, 2008), TomTom N.V. (Netherlands) and OMI, a
privately-held company (Ireland) (which was sold in November
2007 and of which he is no longer a board member), and also
serves as a non-executive director on the board of SOITEC
(France). He is also a member of the audit committees of SOITEC
and TomTom N.V., and a member of the Compensation Committee and
Strategic Committee of SOITEC. In addition, he has been
nominated for appointment as a Supervisory Board member of BE
Semiconductor Industries N.V. (BESI) at the annual
general meeting of shareholders to be held on May 12, 2009.
Mr. Dunn was a member of the Managing Board of Royal
Philips Electronics in 1998. From 1996 to 1998 he was Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of Philips Consumer Electronics and
from 1993 to 1996 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Philips Semiconductors (now NXP Semiconductors). From 1980 to
1993 he was CEO of Plessey Semiconductors. Prior to this, he
held several positions with Motorola Semiconductors (now
Freescale).
Didier Lamouche has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
2006 and is a member of the Audit Committee. Dr. Lamouche
is a graduate of Ecole Centrale de Lyon and holds a PhD in
semiconductor technology. He has over 25 years experience
in the semiconductor industry. Dr. Lamouche started his
career in 1984 in the R&D department of Philips before
joining IBM Microelectronics where he held several positions in
France and the United States. In 1995, he became Director of
Operations of Motorolas Advanced Power IC unit in Toulouse
(France). Three years later, in 1998, he joined IBM as General
Manager of the largest European semiconductor site in Corbeil
(France) to lead its turnaround and transformation into a joint
venture between IBM and Infineon: Altis Semiconductor. He
managed Altis Semiconductor as CEO for four years. In 2003,
Dr. Lamouche rejoined IBM and was the Vice President for
Worldwide Semiconductor Operations based in New York (United
States) until the end of 2004. Since February 2005,
Dr. Lamouche has been the Chairman and CEO of Groupe Bull,
a France-based global company operating in the IT sector. He is
also a member of the Board of Directors of SOITEC and Infogrames
Entertainment.
Didier Lombard was first appointed to our Supervisory Board at
our 2004 annual shareholders meeting and was reelected at
our 2005 annual shareholders meeting. He serves on the
Compensation, Strategic and Nomination and Corporate Governance
Committees of our Supervisory Board. Mr. Lombard was
appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of France Telecom
in March 2005. Mr. Lombard began his career in the Research
and Development division of France Telecom in 1967. From 1989 to
1990, he served as scientific and technological director at the
Ministry of Research and Technology. From 1991 to 1998, he
served as General Director for industrial strategies at the
French Ministry of Economy, Finances and Industry, and from 1999
to 2003 he served as an Ambassador at large for foreign
investments in France and as President of the French Agency for
International Investments. From 2003 through February 2005, he
served as France Telecoms Senior Executive Vice President
in charge of technologies, strategic partnerships and new usages
and as a member of France Telecoms Executive Committee.
Mr. Lombard also spent several years as Ambassador in
charge of foreign investment in France. Mr. Lombard is also
a member of the Board of Directors of Thales and Thomson, one of
our customers, as well as a member of the Supervisory Board of
Radiall. Mr. Lombard was also a member until his
resignation on November 15, 2006 of the Supervisory Board
of ST Holding, our largest shareholder. Mr. Lombard is a
graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique and the Ecole Nationale
Supérieure des Télécommunications.
Alessandro Ovi was a member of our Supervisory Board from 1994
until his term expired at our annual general shareholders
meeting on March 18, 2005. He was reappointed to our
Supervisory Board at the 2007 annual shareholders meeting
and serves on the Strategic Committee. Mr. Ovi received a
doctoral degree in Nuclear Engineering from the Politecnico in
Milan and a Masters Degree in Operations Research from the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has been Special
Advisor to the President of the European Community for five
years and has served on the boards of Telecom Italia S.p.A,
Finmeccanica S.p.A. and Alitalia S.p.A. Currently, he is also a
director, and serves on the audit committee, of ENIA S.p.A. and
Telecom Italia Media S.p.A. Until April 2000, Mr. Ovi was
the Chief Executive Officer of Tecnitel S.p.A., a subsidiary of
Telecom Italia Group. Prior to joining Tecnitel S.p.A.,
Mr. Ovi was the Senior Vice President of International
Affairs and Communications at I.R.I.
Bruno Steve has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
1989 and has previously served as both its Chairman and
Vice-Chairman. Mr. Steve currently serves on our
Supervisory Boards Audit Committee, Compensation Committee
and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. He was with
Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A.
(I.R.I), a former shareholder of Finmeccanica,
Finmeccanica and other
113
affiliates of I.R.I. in various senior positions for over
17 years. Mr. Steve is currently Chairman of the
Statutory Auditors of Selex S. & A. S. S.p.A. and Chairman
of the Surveillance Body of Selex S. & A. S. S.p.A. He
previously served as a member of the Statutory Auditors of
Pirelli Tyres S.p.A. Until December 1999, he served as Chairman
of MEI. He served as the Chief Operating Officer of Finmeccanica
from 1988 to July 1997 and Chief Executive Officer from May 1995
to July 1997. He was Senior Vice President of Planning, Finance
and Control of I.R.I. from 1984 to 1988. Prior to 1984,
Mr. Steve served in several key executive positions at
Telecom Italia. He is also a professor at LUISS Guido Carli
University in Rome. Mr. Steve was Vice Chairman from May
1999 to March 2002, Chairman from March 2002 to May 2003 and
member until his resignation on April 21, 2004 of the
Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
Supervisory
Board Committees
Membership and Attendance. Detailed
information on attendance at full Supervisory Board and
Supervisory Board Committee meetings during 2008 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nomination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Strategic
|
|
|
Governance
|
|
|
Ad Hoc
|
|
Number of Meetings Attended in 2008(1)
|
|
Full Board
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Antonino Turicchi(2)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond Bingham
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Matteo del Fante(2)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Didier Lamouche
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alessandro Ovi
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom de Waard
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes meetings attended by way of conference call. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Matteo del Fante was a Supervisory Board member until
the end of our 2008 annual shareholders meeting, at which
time he was succeeded by Mr. Antonino Turicchi. |
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee was
established in 1996 to assist the Supervisory Board in
fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to corporate
accounting, reporting practices, and the quality and integrity
of our financial reports as well as our auditing practices,
legal and regulatory related risks, execution of our
auditors recommendations regarding corporate auditing
rules and the independence of our external auditors.
The Audit Committee met 12 times during 2008. At many of these
meetings, the Audit Committee received presentations on current
financial and accounting issues and had the opportunity to
interview our CEO, CFO, General Counsel, external and internal
auditors. The Audit Committee also met with outside
U.S. legal counsel to discuss corporate requirements
pursuant to NYSEs corporate governance rules and the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee also proceeded with its
annual review of our internal audit function. The Audit
Committee reviewed our annual Consolidated Financial Statements
in U.S. GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2008, and
the results press release was published on January 28, 2009.
The Audit Committee approved the compensation of our external
auditors for 2008 and provisionally approved the scope of their
audit, audit-related and non-audit-related services for 2009.
In September 2006, after our internal audit department uncovered
fraudulent foreign exchange transactions not known to us
performed by our former Treasurer and resulting in payments by a
financial institution of over 28 million Swiss Francs in
commissions for the personal benefit of our former Treasurer,
which led to his arrest at the end of 2006 and sentencing in
February 2008 (see Item 8 Financial
Information legal proceedings), our Audit
Committee, in the fall of 2006, appointed a U.S. law firm
to conduct an independent investigation and to
114
report on our internal controls and practices. This
investigation involved several meetings with current and former
senior management and an examination of extensive documentation.
The Audit Committee met several times in 2007 to discuss the
results of this investigation and the final recommendations were
discussed at an extraordinary Audit Committee meeting held in
early 2008 to which all members of the Supervisory Board were
invited. Pursuant thereto, several initiatives were recommended
to management to improve our internal controls.
At the end of each quarter, prior to each Supervisory Board
meeting to approve our results and quarterly earnings press
release, the Audit Committee reviewed our interim financial
information and the proposed press release and had the
opportunity to raise questions to management and the independent
registered public accounting firm. In addition, the Audit
Committee reviewed our quarterly Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and interim Consolidated Financial
Statements (and notes thereto) before they were filed with the
SEC and voluntarily certified by the CEO and the CFO (pursuant
to sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The
Audit Committee also reviewed Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects and our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in
the 2008
Form 20-F,
as well as our financial reporting using IFRS as presented in
our Annual Report to Shareholders for our annual
shareholders meeting held on May 14, 2008.
Also in 2008, our Audit Committee reviewed with our external
auditors our compliance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, the Audit Committee regularly
discussed the progress of implementation of internal control
over financial reporting and reviewed managements
conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control.
Furthermore, the Audit Committee monitors our compliance with
the European Directive and applicable provisions of Dutch law
that require us to prepare a set of accounts pursuant to IFRS in
advance of our annual shareholders meetings. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations.
As part of each of its quarterly meetings our Audit Committee
reviewed our financial results as presented by Management and
whistleblowing reports, including independent investigative
reports provided by internal audit or outside consultants on
such matters.
On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board re-appointed Mr. de
Waard as Chairman, and appointed Messrs. Bingham, Dunn,
Lamouche and Steve as members. All members of the Audit
Committee are financial experts and voting members.
Compensation Committee. Our Compensation
Committee proposes to our Supervisory Board the compensation for
our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our
Managing Board as well as for our Chief Operating Officer,
including the variable portion of such compensation based on
performance criteria recommended by our Compensation Committee.
It also approves any increase in the incentive component of
compensation for our executive officers. The Compensation
Committee is also informed of the compensation plans for our
executive officers and specifically approves stock-based
compensation plans for our executive officers and key employees.
The Compensation Committee met six times in 2008.
Among its main activities, the Compensation Committee proposed
the following initiatives to our Supervisory Board, which
approved them: (i) the performance criteria which must be
met by the CEO in order to benefit from the bonus that was
approved by our 2008 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders as
part of the Managing Board compensation policy, as well as the
performance criteria to be met by our COO to be eligible for his
2008 bonus, (ii) performance criteria, which must be met by
the CEO as well as all other employees participating in the
employees stock award plans to benefit from such awards,
(iii) a new three-year stock based compensation plan for
the members and professionals of our Supervisory Board, which
was approved at our 2008 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders,
(iv) a 2008 nonvested stock award plan for key employees
and (v) a program for us to buy back up to 30 million
of our issued shares over a five year period to fund our
nonvested stock award plan.
In particular, the Compensation Committee recommended the
performance targets for the base bonus of our CEO and COO be
based on new product introductions, market share and budget
targets, our stock performance versus the SOX index and criteria
related to corporate governance and restructuring programs.
115
With regard to the 2007 nonvested stock award plan for
employees, the Compensation Committee monitored the performance
of the criteria relating to the vesting of such awards and noted
that the targets set in the prior year in terms of sales and
profits had been met, while the target for the return on net
assets had not.
For the 2008 nonvested stock award plan, the Compensation
Committee established the applicable performance criteria, which
are based on sales, profit and return on net assets compared
against a panel of semiconductor companies or, as in the case of
return on net assets, compared to the budget. The Compensation
Committee approved a total allocation of 6,100,000 shares
for the 2008 nonvested stock award plan, which includes up to
100,000 shares approved to be allocated to our CEO.
In addition, the Compensation Committee received presentations
and discussed our compensation policy for top management as well
as our succession planning for key employees.
On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board appointed
Mr. Turicchi as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and
Messrs. Arbola, de Waard, Lombard and Steve were appointed
as members.
Strategic Committee. Our Strategic Committee
was created to monitor key developments within the semiconductor
industry and our overall strategy, and is particularly involved
in supervising the execution of strategic transactions.
The Strategic Committee met three times in 2008. Among its main
activities, the Strategic Committee reviews our long-term plans
and prospects and various possible scenarios and opportunities
to meet the challenges of the semiconductor market, including
the evaluation of possible acquisitions or divestitures.
In 2008, the Strategic Committee monitored the negotiations that
led to the announcement in April 2008 of our decision to create
ST-NXP Wireless, which began operations on August 2, 2008.
They also continued monitoring the contribution of our Flash
Memory business to Numonyx, which was created by us, Intel and
Francisco Partners on March 30, 2008.
In addition, the Strategic Committee received presentations
related to the Technology Council, our
5-year plan
and initiatives related to our product portfolio as well as
other strategic matters.
On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board appointed
Mr. Turicchi as Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and
Messrs. Arbola, Dunn, Lombard, Ovi and Bingham were
appointed as members.
Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Committee
was created to establish the selection criteria and appointment
procedures for the appointment of members to our Supervisory
Board and Managing Board, and to resolve issues relating to
corporate governance. The Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee met three times in 2008.
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met to discuss
the re-appointment of Mr. Carlo Bozotti as the sole member
of our Managing Board for an additional three-year tem to expire
at the end of our 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders,
to evaluate candidates for our Supervisory Board member position
up for renewal at the 2008 annual shareholders meeting and
to recommend the appointment of Mr. Antonino Turicchi for a
three-year term. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee decided to recommend the
re-appointment of Messrs. Doug Dunn and Didier Lamouche as
members of our Supervisory Board at our 2009 Annual General
Meeting of Shareholders.
On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. de
Waard as President of the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee and Messrs. Arbola, Turicchi, Lombard and Steve
were appointed as members.
Secretariat and Controllers. Our Supervisory
Board appoints a Secretary and Vice Secretary as proposed by our
Supervisory Board. Furthermore, the Managing Board makes an
Executive Secretary available to our Supervisory Board, who is
appointed by the Supervisory Board. The Secretary, Vice
Secretary and Executive Secretary constitute the Secretariat of
the Board. The mission of the Secretariat is primarily to
organize meetings, ensure the continuing education and training
of our Supervisory Board members and to maintain record-keeping.
Messrs. Bertrand Loubert and Luigi Chessa serve as
Secretary and Vice Secretary, respectively, for our Supervisory
Board, and for each of the Compensation, Nominating and
Corporate Governance and Strategic Committees of our Supervisory
Board, while Mr. Willem Steenstra Toussaint serves as
Secretary of the Audit Committee. Since
116
January 22, 2008, our Chief Compliance Officer,
Ms. Alisia Grenville, serves as the Executive Secretary of
our Supervisory Board.
Our Supervisory Board appoints and dismisses two financial
experts (Controllers). The mission of the
Controllers is primarily to assist our Supervisory Board in
evaluating our operational and financial performance, business
plan, strategic initiatives and the implementation of
Supervisory Board decisions, as well as to review the
operational reports provided under the responsibility of the
Managing Board. The Controllers generally meet once a month with
the management of the Company and report to our Supervisory
Board. The current Controllers are Messrs. Christophe Duval
and Andrea Novelli, who have served as controllers since our
2005 annual shareholders meeting.
The STH Shareholders Agreement between our principal
indirect shareholders contains provisions with respect to the
appointment of the Secretary, Vice Secretary and Controllers,
which are described in Item 7. Major Shareholders and
Related Party Transactions.
Managing
Board
In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to the
Managing Board under the supervision of our Supervisory Board.
Mr. Carlo Bozotti, re-appointed in 2008 for a three-year
term to expire at the end of our annual shareholders
meeting in 2011, is currently the sole member of our Managing
Board with the function of President and Chief Executive
Officer. Mr. Alain Dutheil serves as Chief Operating
Officer, reporting to Mr. Bozotti. Since its creation in
1987, our managing board has always been comprised of a sole
member. The member of our Managing Board is appointed for a
three-year term, which may be renewed one or more times in
accordance with our Articles of Association upon a non-binding
proposal by our Supervisory Board at our shareholders
meeting and adoption by a simple majority of the votes cast at
the shareholders meeting where at least 15% of the issued
and outstanding share capital is present or represented. If our
Managing Board were to consist of more than one member, our
Supervisory Board would appoint one of the members of our
Managing Board to be chairman of our Managing Board for a
three-year term, as defined in our Articles of Association (upon
approval of at least three-quarters of the members of our
Supervisory Board). In such case, resolutions of our Managing
Board would require the approval of a majority of its members.
Our shareholders meeting may suspend or dismiss one or
more members of our Managing Board at a meeting at which at
least one-half of the outstanding share capital is present or
represented. If a quorum is not present, a further meeting shall
be convened, to be held within four weeks after the first
meeting, which shall be entitled, irrespective of the share
capital represented, to pass a resolution with regard to the
suspension or dismissal of one or more members of our Managing
Board. Such a quorum is not required if a suspension or
dismissal is proposed by our Supervisory Board. In that case, a
resolution to dismiss or to suspend a member of our Managing
Board can be taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a
meeting where at least 15% of our issued and outstanding share
capital is present or represented. Our Supervisory Board may
suspend members of our Managing Board, but a shareholders
meeting must be convened within three months after such
suspension to confirm or reject the suspension. Our Supervisory
Board shall appoint one or more persons who shall, at any time,
in the event of absence or inability to act of all the members
of our Managing Board, be temporarily responsible for our
management.
Under Dutch law, our Managing Board is entrusted with our
general management and the representation of the Company. Our
Managing Board must seek prior approval from our
shareholders meeting for decisions regarding a significant
change in the identity or nature of the Company. Under our
Articles of Association, our Managing Board must obtain prior
approval from our Supervisory Board for (i) all proposals
to be submitted to a vote at a shareholders meeting;
(ii) the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of
any participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and
participation agreement; (iii) all of our multi-year plans
and the budget for the coming year, covering investment policy,
policy regarding R&D, as well as commercial policy and
objectives, general financial policy, and policy regarding
personnel; and (iv) all acts, decisions or operations
covered by the foregoing and constituting a significant change
with respect to decisions already taken by our Supervisory
Board. In addition, under our Articles of Association, our
Supervisory Board and our shareholders meeting may specify
by resolution certain additional actions by our Managing Board
that require its prior approval.
117
In accordance with our Corporate Governance Charter, the sole
member of our Managing Board and our Executive Officers may not
serve on the board of a public company without the prior
approval of our Supervisory Board. We are not aware of any
potential conflicts of interests between the private interest or
other duties of our sole Management Board member and our
Executive Officers and their duties to our Company.
Pursuant to the charter adopted by our Supervisory Board, the
following decisions by our Managing Board with regards to the
Company and any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries (an
ST Group Company) require prior approval from our
Supervisory Board: (i) any modification of our or any ST
Group Companys Articles of Association or other
constitutional documents, other than those of wholly-owned
subsidiaries; (ii) any change in our or any ST Group
Companys authorized share capital or any issue,
acquisition or disposal by us of our own shares, or any ST Group
Companys shares, or change in share rights or issue of any
instruments granting an interest in our or an ST Group
Companys capital or profits other than those of our
wholly-owned subsidiaries; (iii) any liquidation or
dissolution of us or any ST Group Company or the disposal of all
or a substantial and material part of our business or assets, or
those of any ST Group Company, or of any shares in any such ST
Group Company; (iv) any merger, acquisition or joint
venture agreement (and, if substantial and material, any
agreement relating to intellectual property) or formation of a
new company to which we or any ST Group Company is, or is
proposed to be, a party, as well as the formation of new
companies by us or any ST Group Company (with the understanding
that only acquisitions above $25 million per transaction
are subject to prior Supervisory Board approval);
(v) approval of our draft consolidated balance sheets and
financial statements, as well as our and our subsidiaries
profit distribution policies; (vi) entering into any
agreement that may qualify as a related party transaction,
including any agreement between us or any ST Group Company and
ST Holding, ST Holding II, FT1CI, Areva, CDP, CEA or
Finmeccanica; (vii) the key parameters of our
5-year plans
and our consolidated annual budgets, as well as any significant
modifications to said plans and budgets, or any one of the
matters set forth in Article 16.1 of our Articles of
Association and not included in the approved plans or budgets;
(viii) approval of operations of exceptional importance
which have to be submitted for Supervisory Board prior approval
even if their financing was already provided for in the approved
annual budget; (ix) approval of our quarterly, semiannual
and annual Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in
accordance with U.S. GAAP and annual accounts using IFRS,
prior to submission for shareholder adoption; and (x) the
exercise of any shareholder right in an ST joint venture company
(ST Joint Venture Company), which is a company
(i) with respect to which we hold directly or indirectly
either a minority equity position in excess of 25% or a majority
position without the voting power to adopt extraordinary
resolutions or (ii) in which we directly or indirectly
participate and such participation has a value of at least
one-third of our total assets according to the consolidated
balance sheet and notes thereto in our most recently adopted
(statutory) annual accounts.
Executive
Officers
Our executive officers support our Managing Board in its
management of the Company, without prejudice to our Managing
Boards ultimate responsibility. During 2008, the following
individuals were appointed executive officers, all reporting to
President and Chief Executive Officer Carlo Bozotti: Orio
Bellezza, as Executive Vice President and General Manager,
Front-End Manufacturing; Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive Vice
President and Chief Technology Officer; Executive Vice President
Andrea Cuomo, as General Manager of our Europe Region, who also
maintains his responsibility for the AST organization and, as of
January 2009, is General Manager of Europe, the Middle East and
Africa; Loïc Lietar, as Corporate Vice President, Corporate
Business Development; and Pierre Ollivier, as Corporate Vice
President and General Counsel.
As of August 2, 2008, our Chief Operating Officer, Alain
Dutheil, is also the CEO of ST-NXP Wireless, and since
February 1, 2009, following the merger of ST-NXP Wireless
with EMP, acts as CEO of the new ST-Ericsson 50/50 joint venture.
118
Our executive officers during 2008 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years with
|
|
|
Conductor
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Industry
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Executive Committee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carlo Bozotti, Chairman
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Alain Dutheil, Vice Chairman
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Georges Auguste
|
|
Executive Vice President, Quality, Education and Sustainable
Development
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
Orio Bellezza
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End
Manufacturing
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Laurent Bosson(1)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Front-end Technology and Manufacturing
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Jean-Marc Chery
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Andrea Cuomo
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Sales &
Marketing, Europe, Middle East and Africa
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Carlo Ferro
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Otto Kosgalwies
|
|
Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Philippe Lambinet
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment
& Displays Group
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Carmelo Papa
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Industiral
Multi-segment Sector
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
Jeffrey See
|
|
Executive Vice President, Central Packaging and Test
Manufacturing
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Tommi Uhari(2)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Mobile, Multi-media &
Communications
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Enrico Villa(1)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Europe Region (and for Sales and
Marketing organizations)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Executive Staff
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gian Luca Bertino
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Computer and Communications
Infrastructure
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Ugo Carena
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Automotive Products Group
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Marco Luciano Cassis
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Japan Region
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Patrice Chastagner
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Human Resources
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Claude Dardanne
|
|
Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers,
Memories & Smartcards
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Alisia Grenville
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
François Guibert
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Asia Pacific Region
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Reza Kazerounian(3)
|
|
Corporate Vice President, North America Region
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Robert Krysiak
|
|
Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China
Region
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years with
|
|
|
Conductor
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Industry
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Loïc Lietar
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Mario Licciardello(4)
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Flash Memory Group
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Pierre Ollivier
|
|
Corporate Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Carlo Ottaviani
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Communications
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Thierry Tingaud(5)
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Retired in 2008. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Uhari is now the Senior Vice President, Products, of
ST-Ericsson. |
|
(3) |
|
As of April 2009, Mr. Kazerounian is no longer with the
Company. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Licciardello is currently the Chief Operating Officer
of Numonyx. |
|
(5) |
|
As of February 2009, Mr. Tingaud is the Vice-President of
Strategic Planning of ST-Ericsson. |
Our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our
Managing Board, Mr. Carlo Bozotti, has appointed a
Corporate Executive Committee, which is currently comprised of
nine Executive Vice Presidents, the CEO and the COO. The
Executive Vice Presidents represent all the functions of the
organization: the product segments, sales and marketing
(including regions), the manufacturing and technology R&D
activities and the central functions. The role of the Executive
Committee is to set corporate policy, coordinate strategies of
the Companys various functions representing its
constituents, and drive major cross functional programs. The
Executive Committee, chaired by Mr. Bozotti, or by
Mr. Dutheil in Mr. Bozottis absence, meets twice
per quarter, while executive staff meetings are held on a
quarterly basis with the attendance of all corporate vice
presidents.
Biographies
of our Current Executive Officers
Executive
Committee
Carlo Bozotti is our President, Chief Executive Officer and the
sole member of our Managing Board. As CEO, Mr. Bozotti is
the Chairman of our Executive Committee. Prior to taking on this
new role at the 2005 annual shareholders meeting,
Mr. Bozotti served as Corporate Vice President, Memories
Product Group (MPG) since August 1998.
Mr. Bozotti joined SGS Microelettronica in 1977 after
graduating in Electronic Engineering from the University of
Pavia. Mr. Bozotti served as Product Manager for the
Industrial, Automotive and Telecom products in the Linear
Division and as Business Unit Manager for the Monolithic
Microsystems Division from 1987 to 1988. He was appointed
Director of Corporate Strategic Marketing and Key Accounts for
the Headquarters Region in 1988 and became Vice President,
Marketing and Sales, Americas Region in 1991. Mr. Bozotti
served as Corporate Vice President, MPG from August 1998 through
March 2005, after having served as Corporate Vice President,
Europe and Headquarters Region from 1994 to 1998. In 2008,
Mr. Bozotti was appointed Chairman of the Supervisory Board
of Numonyx. As of February 1, 2009, he is Vice Chairman of
the Board of Directors of ST-Ericsson.
Alain Dutheil was appointed Chief Operating Officer in 2005,
with the endorsement of the Supervisory Board. He is also the
Vice Chairman of our Corporate Executive Committee. Prior to his
appointment as COO, he served as Corporate Vice President,
Strategic Planning and Human Resources from 1994 and 1992,
respectively. After graduating in Electrical Engineering from
the Ecole Supérieure dIngénieurs de Marseille
(ESIM), Mr. Dutheil joined Texas Instruments in
1969 as a Production Engineer, becoming Director for Discrete
Products in France and Human Resources Director in France in
1980 and Director of Operations for Portugal in 1982. He joined
Thomson Semiconductors in 1983 as General Manager of a plant in
Aix-en-Provence, France and then became General Manager of
SGS-Thomson Discrete Products Division. From 1989 to 1994,
Mr. Dutheil served as Director for
120
Worldwide Back-end Manufacturing, in addition to serving as
Corporate Vice President for Human Resources from 1992 until
2005. From August 2008 through January 2009, Mr. Dutheil
acted as CEO for our joint venture ST-NXP Wireless, and since
February 1, 2009, is the CEO of ST- Ericsson.
Georges Auguste currently serves as our Executive Vice
President, Quality, Education and Sustainable Development.
Mr. Auguste received a degree in Engineering from the Ecole
Supérieure dElectricité (SUPELEC) in
1973 and a diploma in Business Administration from Caen
University in 1976. Prior to joining us, Mr. Auguste worked
with Philips Components from 1974 to 1986, in various positions
in the field of manufacturing. From 1990 to 1997, he headed our
operations in Morocco, and from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Auguste
served as Director of Total Quality and Environmental Management.
Orio Bellezza, Executive Vice President and General Manager,
Front-End Manufacturing, is repsponsible for all of our wafer
fabrication operations and facilities. He graduated with honors
in Chemistry from Milan University in 1983. He joined SGS-ATES
in 1984 as a Process Engineer and after two years moved to the
Central R&D department, where he worked first as a
Development Engineer and later as the Process Integration
Manager, responsible for submicron EPROM (Erasable Programmable
Read-Only Memories) process technology modules. In 1996,
Bellezza was named Director of the Agrate R1 Research and
Development facility. In 2002, he was appointed Vice President
of Central R&D and then in 2005 was named Vice President
and Assistant General Manager of Front-End Technology and
Manufacturing. Bellezza also served on the Board of the ST-Hynix
memory-manufacturing joint venture established in Wuxi (China).
Jean-Marc Chery is our Executive Vice President and Chief
Technology Officer, where his responsibilities include our
corporate technology R&D, as well as the production at the
Companys 12 (300mm) Crolles wafer fab. He graduated
from the National Superior School for Engineering, ENSAM France
in 1984. He began his professional career in 1985 with MATRA SA
in its Quality organization and by the end of 1986 had joined
the Discrete Division of Thomson Semiconducteurs, located in
Tours, where he remained until the beginning of 2001, first as
Division Planning and Front-End Production Control Manager
and later as the Front-End Operation Manager. Early in 2001,
Chery joined our Central Front-End Manufacturing organization as
General Manager of the Rousset 8 (200mm) plant, eventually
assuming responsibilities for the 6 and 8 wafer fab
operations at the site. In 2005, Chery successfully led our
restructuring program for 6 front-end wafer manufacturing
and he moved to Singapore, where, in 2006, his efforts earned
him the responsibility for our
Asia-Pacific
Front-End
Manufacturing operations and EWS (electrical wafer-sort)
operations. In February 2009, he was appointed a member of
ST-Ericssons
Board of Directors.
Andrea Cuomo is Executive Vice President and General Manager,
Sales & Marketing, Europe, Middle East and Africa.
After studying at Milano Politecnico in Nuclear Sciences, with a
special focus on analog electronics, Mr. Cuomo joined us in
1983 as a System Testing Engineer, and from 1985 to 1989 held
various positions to become Automotive Marketing Manager, then
computer and industrial product manager . In 1989,
Mr. Cuomo was appointed Director of Strategy and Market
Development for the Dedicated Products Group, and in 1994 became
Vice President of the Headquarters Region, responsible for
Corporate Strategic Marketing and for Sales and Marketing to ST
Strategic Accounts. In 1998, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as
Vice President responsible for Advanced System Technology and in
2002, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Corporate Vice President
and Advanced System Technology General Manager. In 2004, he was
given the additional responsibility of serving as our Chief
Strategy officer and was promoted to Executive Vice President.
Carlo Ferro is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer. Mr. Ferro has served as our CFO since May 2003.
Mr. Ferro graduated with a degree in Business and Economics
from the LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome, Italy in 1984,
and has a professional qualification as a Certified Public
Accountant in Italy. From 1984 through 1996, Mr. Ferro held
a series of positions in finance and control at Istituto per la
Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (IRI), and
Finmeccanica. Mr. Ferro served as one of our Supervisory
Board Controllers from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Ferro was also a
part-time university professor of Planning and Control until
1996. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Ferro held positions at EBPA
NV, a process control company listed on the NYSE, rising to Vice
President Planning and Control and principal financial officer.
Mr. Ferro joined us in June 1999 as Group Vice President
Corporate Finance, overseeing finance and accounting for all
affiliates worldwide, and served as Deputy CFO from April 2002
through April 2003. Mr. Ferro holds positions on the board
of directors of several of our affiliates. He is
121
also a part-time professor of finance at the University LUISS
Guido Carli in Rome (Italy). As of February 1, 2009, he is
a member of ST-Ericssons Board of Directors, as well as
Chair of its Audit Committee.
Otto Kosgalwies is Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and
Services, with responsibility for all of our corporate
activities related to Information Technology, Logistics, and
Procurement and Material Management, with particular emphasis on
the complete supply chain between customer demand, manufacturing
execution, inventory management, and supplier relations.
Mr. Kosgalwies has been with us since 1984 after graduating
with a degree in Economics from Munich University. From 1992
through 1995, he served as European Manager for Distribution,
from 1995 to 2000 as Sales and Distribution Director for Central
Europe, and since 1997 as CEO of our German subsidiary. In 2000,
Mr. Kosgalwies was appointed Vice President for Sales and
Marketing in Europe and General Manager for Supply Chain
Management, where he was responsible at a corporate level for
the effective flow of goods and information from suppliers to
end users. In December 2007, he was promoted Executive Vice
President and became responsible for capacity and investment
planning at the corporate level.
Philippe Lambinet is Executive Vice President, General Manager
Home Entertainment & Displays Group. He graduated from
the Paris Ecole Supérieure dElectricité in 1979
with a Masters Degree in Electronics. He began his
professional career as a software engineer with Control Data
Corporation in 1979 and in 1980 joined Thomsons
semiconductor subsidiary EFCIS to work in product engineering.
He later supervised ASIC Operations at Thomsons Mostek
Corporation in Carrollton, Texas and in 1990 took charge of
design and marketing for Mixed Signal Semi-custom Products
within the Companys Programmable Products Group. In 1997,
he became Group Vice President and General Manager of the
Digital Video Division. He then joined Advanced Digital
Broadcast Group (ADB) as CEO of ADB-SA and became CEO of ADB
Holdings SA and Vice Chairman.
Carmelo Papa is our Executive Vice President and General Manager
of our Industrial & Multi-segment Sector. He received
his degree in Nuclear Physics at Catania University.
Mr. Papa joined us in 1983 and in 1986 was appointed
Director of Product Marketing and Customer Service for
Transistors and Standard ICs. In 2000, Mr. Papa was
appointed Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets and in
2001, he took on additional worldwide responsibility for our
Electronic Manufacturing Service to drive forward this new
important channel of business. From January 2003 through
December 2004, he was in charge of formulating and leading our
strategy to expand our customer base by providing dedicated
solutions to a broader selection of customers, one of our key
growth areas. In 2005, he was named Corporate Vice President.
Jeffrey See is our Executive Vice President and General Manager,
Central Packaging & Test Manufacturing. After
Mr. See graduated from the Singapore Polytechnic in 1965,
he became a Chartered Electronic Engineer at the Institution of
Electrical Engineers (IEE) in the UK. In 1969, Mr. See
joined SGS Microelettronica, a forerunner company of ST, as a
Quality Supervisor at its first Assembly and Test facility in
Toa Payoh, Singapore and was promoted to Deputy Back-End Plant
Manager in 1980. In 1983, Mr. See was appointed to manage
the start-up
of the regions first wafer fabrication plant
(125-mm) in
Ang Mo Kio, Singapore and became General Manager of the
front-end operations in 1992. In 2001, Mr. See was
appointed Vice President and Assistant General Manager of
Central Front-End Manufacturing and General Manager of the Asia
Pacific Manufacturing Operations, responsible for wafer
fabrication and electrical wafer sort in the region.
Executive
Staff
Gian Luca Bertino is our Corporate Vice President, Computer and
Communications Infrastructure. He graduated in 1985 in
Electronic Engineering from the Polytechnic of Turin. From 1986
to 1997 he held several positions within the Research and
Development organization of Olivettis semiconductor group
before joining ST in 1997. Previously, he was Group Vice
President, Peripherals, General Manager of our Data Storage
Division within the Telecommunications, Peripherals and
Automotive (TPA) Groups.
Ugo Carena is Corporate Vice President, Automotive Products. He
graduated from the Polytechnic of Turin with a degree in
Mechanical Engineering. His semiconductor career began in 1977
within Olivettis semiconductor group. He joined ST in 1997
and he held the position of Telecommunications, Peripherals and
Automotive (TPA) Groups Vice President, General Manager Computer
Peripherals and Industrial Group, until he was appointed to his
current position.
122
Marco Luciano Cassis is Corporate Vice President, Japan region.
He graduated from the Polytechnic of Milan with a degree in
Electronic Engineering. Cassis joined us in 1988 as a
mixed-signal analog designer for car radio applications. In
1993, Cassis moved to Japan to support our newly created design
center with his expertise in audio products. Then in 2000,
Cassis took charge of the Audio Business Unit and a year later
he was promoted to Director of Audio and Automotive Group,
responsible for design, marketing, sales, application support,
and customer services. In 2004, Cassis was named Vice President
of Marketing for the automotive, computer peripheral, and
telecom products. In 2005, he advanced to Vice President APG and
joined the Board of the Japanese subsidiary, STMicroelectronics
K.K.
Patrice Chastagner is Corporate Vice President, Human Resources.
He is a graduate of the HEC business school in France and in
1988 became the Grenoble Site Director, guiding the emergence of
this facility to become one of the most important hubs in Europe
for advanced, complex silicon chip development and solutions. As
Human Resources Manager for the Telecommunications, Peripherals
and Automotive (TPA) Groups, which was our largest product group
at the time, he was also TQM Champion and applied the principle
of continuous improvement to human resources as well as to
manufacturing processes. Since March 2003, he has also been
serving as Chairman of STMicroelectronics S.A. in France.
Claude Dardanne is Corporate Vice President and General Manager
of our Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards (MMS)
Group, part of our Industrial & Multi-segment Sector,
in January 2007. Mr. Dardanne graduated from the Ecole
Supérieure dIngénieurs en Génie Electrique
de Rouen in France with a Masters degree in Electronic
Engineering. After graduation, Mr. Dardanne spent five
years at Thomson Semiconducteurs in France before moving to
North America as a Field Application Engineer. From 1982,
Mr. Dardanne was responsible for marketing of
Microcontrollers & Microprocessor products in North
America and, in 1987, Mr. Dardanne was appointed
Thomsons Worldwide Marketing Manager for
Microcontrollers & Microprocessors in France. In 1989,
Mr. Dardanne joined Apple Computer, France, as Marketing
Director, responsible for business development in segments
including Industrial, Education, Banking and Communications.
From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Dardanne served as Marketing
Director at Alcatel-Mietec in Belgium and in 1994,
Mr. Dardanne rejoined Thomson (which by then had merged
with SGS Microelettronica) as Director of Central Marketing for
the Memory Products Group (MPG). In 1998, Mr. Dardanne
became the head of the EEPROM division. In 2002,
Mr. Dardanne was promoted to Vice President of the Memory
Products Group and General Manager of the Serial Non-Volatile
Memories division and in 2004, he was promoted to Deputy General
Manager, Memory Products Group, where his responsibilities
included the management of our Smartcard Division.
Alisia Grenville is Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance
Officer. She graduated from Queens University in Kingston,
Ontario with an honors degree in French and Italian and
from the University of Sussex with a bachelor in law (LLB).
Between 1999 and 2004, Grenville worked in
top-tier American law firms as a corporate associate,
specializing in bank finance, capital markets and M&A
transactions, as well as governance, based in both New York and
Frankfurt. In 2004, Grenville became a Senior Compliance Officer
at Zurich Financial Services in Zurich. In 2005, she became the
Head of Legal Compliance for Serono, S.A. in Geneva, and she
joined ST in December 2007. Grenville is also in charge of the
Executive Secretariat of the Supervisory Board, and supervises
the Companys Internal Audits in addition to chairing the
Companys Ethics Committee.
François Guibert is Corporate Vice President, Asia Pacific
Region. He was born in Beziers, France in 1953 and graduated
from the Ecole Supérieure dIngénieurs de
Marseilles in 1978. After three years at Texas Instruments, he
joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1981 as Sales Manager Telecom.
From 1983 to 1986, he was responsible for ICs and strategic
marketing of telecom products in North America. In 1988 he was
appointed Director of our Semi-custom Business for Asia Pacific
and in 1989 he became President of ST-Taiwan. Since 1992 he has
occupied senior positions in Business Development and Investor
Relations and was Group Vice President, Corporate Business
Development which includes M&A activities from 1995 to the
end of 2004. In January 2005, Mr. Guibert was promoted to
the position of Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets
Region and in October 2006, he was appointed to his current
position. In 2008, Mr. Guibert was appointed a member of
Veredus Board of Directors.
Robert Krysiak is Corporate Vice President and General Manager,
Greater China Region, and focuses exclusively on our operations
in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. He graduated from Cardiff
University with a degree in Electronics and holds an MBA from
the University of Bath. In 1983, Mr. Krysiak joined INMOS,
as a
123
VLSI Design Engineer. Then in 1992, Mr. Krysiak formed a
group dedicated to the development of CPU products based on the
Reusable-Micro-Core architecture. Mr. Krysiak was appointed
Group Vice President and General Manager of our
16/32/64 and
DSP division in 1997. In 1999, Mr. Krysiak became Group
Vice President of the Micro Cores Development, and in 2001, he
took charge of our DVD division. He was a Marketing Director for
HPC before assuming his current responsibilities.
Loïc Liétar is Corporate Vice President, Corporate
Business Development. He graduated with a degree in Engineering
from the Ecole Polytechnique, Paris, in 1984, a degree in
Microelectronics from Orsay University (1985), and he holds an
MBA from Columbia University, New York (1993). Liétar
joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1985 as an analog IC designer
in Grenoble, France. Between 1987 and 1998 he held several
positions in R&D Management and Marketing in Milan, Paris
and Singapore. In 1999, he was appointed Director of Advanced
System Technologies U.S. Labs, and in 2003, was named
General Manager of our Cellular Terminals Division, later moving
to our Application Processor Division. In 2006, Loïc
Liétar was promoted to Group Vice President, Strategies,
for our Strategies and System Technologies Group and, in January
2008, was appointed Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business
Development. As of February 1, 2009, he is a member of
ST-Ericssons Board of Directors.
Pierre Ollivier is Corporate Vice President, General Counsel. He
obtained a Law Degree at Caen University in 1976 and a
postgraduate degree in International Business law at Paris 1
University in 1978. After graduation, he joined Clifford Turner
(now Clifford Chance) and then, in 1982, joined Stein Heurtey,
an engineering firm, where he was responsible for legal affairs.
In 1984, Ollivier joined Thomson CSF where he first worked in
the Electronics systems and equipment branch, later moving to
corporate headquarters. Ollivier became general counsel of
STMicroelectronics in 1990, a position he has held since. From
1994 until 2007, he also acted as Executive Secretary to the
Secretariat of the Supervisory Board. In January 2008, Ollivier
was promoted to Corporate Vice President, General Counsel. In
addition to legal matters involving contracts, litigation and
general corporate matters, his responsibilities include
developing the protection and extraction of value from STs
Intellectual Property, as well as the negotiation and management
of worldwide insurance programs for STs global group of
companies.
Carlo Emanuele Ottaviani is Corporate Vice President,
Communications. He began his career in 1965 in the Advertisement
and Public Relations Office of SIT-SIEMENS, today known as
ITALTEL. He later had responsibility for the activities of the
associated semiconductor company ATES Electronic Components.
ATES merged with the Milan-based SGS in 1971, and
Mr. Ottaviani was in charge of the advertisement and
marketing services of the newly formed SGS-ATES. In 1975, he was
appointed Head of Corporate Communication worldwide, and has
held this position since that time. In 2001, Mr. Ottaviani
was appointed by STMicroelectronics Foundation, an independent
charitable organization, as its President.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, our success depends
to a significant extent upon, among other factors, the continued
service of our key senior executives and research and
development, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing,
support and other personnel, and on our ability to continue to
attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The
competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the
services of any of these key personnel without adequate
replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel
could have a material adverse effect on us. We do not maintain
insurance with respect to the loss of any of our key personnel.
See Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Loss of key employees could hurt our competitive position.
124
Compensation
Pursuant to the decisions adopted by our shareholders at the
annual shareholders meeting held on May 14, 2008, the
aggregate compensation for the members and former members of our
Supervisory Board in respect of service in 2008 was
1,063,625 before any withholding taxes and applicable
mandatory social contributions, as set forth in the following
table.
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Member
|
|
Directors Fees
|
|
|
Antonino Turicchi(1)
|
|
|
144,250
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
|
161,500
|
|
Raymond Bingham
|
|
|
94,625
|
|
Matteo del Fante(1)
|
|
|
23,250
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
|
97,625
|
|
Didier Lamouche
|
|
|
88,500
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
|
98,250
|
|
Alessandro Ovi
|
|
|
81,875
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
|
109,000
|
|
Tom de Waard(2)
|
|
|
164,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,063,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Matteo del Fante was a Supervisory Board member until
our 2008 annual shareholders meeting, at which time he was
succeeded by Mr. Antonino Turicchi. |
|
(2) |
|
Compensation, including attendance fees of $2,000 per meeting of
our Supervisory Board or committee thereof, was paid to Clifford
Chance LLP. |
We do not have any service agreements with members of our
Supervisory Board.
The total amount paid as compensation in 2008 to our executive
officers, including Mr. Carlo Bozotti, the sole member of
our Managing Board and our President and CEO as well as former
executive officers employed by us during 2008, was approximately
$15.95 million before any withholding taxes. Such amount
also includes the amounts of EIP paid to the executive officers
pursuant to a Corporate Executive Incentive Program (the
EIP) that entitles selected executives to a yearly
bonus based upon the individual performance of such executives.
The maximum bonus awarded under the EIP is based upon a
percentage of the executives salary and is adjusted to
reflect our overall performance. The participants in the EIP
must satisfy certain personal objectives that are focused,
inter alia, on return on net assets, customer service,
profit, cash flow and market share. The relative charges and
non-cash benefits were approximately $2,554,133 million.
Within such amount, the remuneration of our current sole member
of our Managing Board and President and CEO in 2008 was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sole Member of Our Managing Board and President and CEO
|
|
Salary(2)
|
|
|
Bonus(1)
|
|
|
Non-cash Benefits(3)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Carlo Bozotti
|
|
$
|
917,253
|
|
|
$
|
663,948
|
|
|
$
|
972,932
|
|
|
$
|
2,554,133
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The bonus paid to the sole member of our Managing Board and
President and CEO during the 2008 financial year was approved by
the Compensation Committee, and approved by the Supervisory
Board in respect of the 2007 financial year, based on
fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
Our Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of our
Compensation Committee, approved an annual salary for 2008 for
our Managing Board and President and CEO of $700,000, with an
exchange rate for the salary paid in Euro fixed at 1.00 to
$1.20 and an exchange rate for the salary paid in Swiss Francs
of approximately CHF 1.00 to $0.90. |
|
(3) |
|
Including stock awards, employer social contributions, company
car allowance and miscellaneous allowances. |
Mr. Bozotti was re-appointed as sole member of our Managing
Board and President and Chief Executive Officer of our company
by our annual shareholders meeting on May 14, 2008
for a three-year period. At our annual
125
shareholders meeting in 2011, the mandate of
Mr. Bozotti will expire. In each of the years 2006, 2007
and 2008, Mr. Bozotti was granted, pursuant to the
compensation policy approved by the shareholders meeting,
up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards. The vesting of such stock
awards is conditional upon certain performance criteria, fixed
by our Supervisory Board, being achieved as well as
Mr. Bozottis continued service with us.
In 2008, our Supervisory Board approved the terms of
Mr. Bozottis employment by us, which are consistent
with the compensation policy approved by our 2005 annual
shareholders meeting. Mr. Bozotti has two employment
agreements with us, the first with our Dutch parent company,
which relates to his activities as sole member of our Managing
Board and representative of the Dutch legal entity, and the
second in Switzerland, which relates to his activities as
President and CEO, EIP, Pension and other items covered by the
compensation policy approved by our shareholders.
Consistent with this compensation policy, the Supervisory Board,
upon the recommendation of its compensation committee, set in
July 2008 the criteria to be met for Mr. Bozotti for
attribution of his 2008 bonus (based on new product
introductions, market share and budget targets, corporate
governance initiatives). The Supervisory Board, however, has not
yet determined the amount of the CEO bonus for 2008.
With regard to Mr. Bozottis 2007 stock awards, the
Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its Compensation
Committee, concluded that only two of the three criteria
established by the Supervisory Board had been achieved in 2007.
Mr. Bozotti was, therefore, entitled to receive 83,333
stock awards originally granted in 2007, which vest as defined
by the Plan one year, two years and three years, respectively,
after the date of the grant, provided Mr. Bozotti is still
an employee at such time (subject to the acceleration provisions
in the event of a change in control).
With regard to Mr. Bozottis 2008 stock awards, the
Supervisory Board upon recommendation of the Compensation
Committee, set the criteria for the attribution of the 100,000
stock awards permitted. The Supervisory Board, however, has not
yet determined whether the performance criteria which condition
the vesting (and which, like for all employees benefiting from
nonvested share awards, are linked to sales, operations, income
and return on net assets) have been met.
During 2008, Mr. Bozotti did not exercise any stock options
granted to him, and did not sell any vested stock awards or
purchase or sell any of our shares.
Our Supervisory Board has approved the establishment of a
complementary pension plan for our top executive management,
comprising the CEO, COO and other key executives to be selected
by the CEO according to the general criteria of eligibility and
service set up by the Supervisory Board upon the proposal of its
Compensation Committee. In respect to such plan, we have set up
an independent foundation under Swiss law which manages the plan
and to which we make contributions. Pursuant to this plan, in
2008 we made a contribution of $0.3 million to the plan of
our current President and Chief Executive Officers,
$0.6 million to the plan of our Chief Operating Officer,
and $0.6 million to the plan for all other beneficiaries.
The amount of pension plan payments made for other
beneficiaries, such as former employees retired in 2008 and no
longer salaried in 2008 were $0.5 million.
We did not extend any loans, overdrafts or warranties to our
Supervisory Board members or to the sole member of our Managing
Board and President and CEO. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed
any debts or concluded any leases with our Supervisory Board
members or their families, or the sole member of the Managing
Board.
For information regarding stock options and other stock-based
compensation granted to members of our Supervisory Board, the
Managing Board and our executive officers, please refer to
Stock Awards and Options below.
The current members of our Executive Committee and the Managing
Board were covered in 2008 under certain group life and medical
insurance programs provided by us. The aggregate additional
amount set aside by us in 2008 to provide pension, retirement or
similar benefits for our Executive Committee and our Managing
Board as a group is in addition to the amounts allocated to the
complementary pension plan described above and is estimated to
have been approximately $3.81 million, which includes
statutory employer contributions for state-run retirement,
similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.
126
Share
Ownership
None of the members of our Supervisory Board and Managing Board
or our executive officers holds shares or options to acquire
shares representing more than 1% of our issued share capital.
Stock
Awards and Options
Our stock options and stock award plans are designed to
incentivize, attract and retain our executives and key employees
by aligning compensation with our performance and the evolution
of our share price. We have adopted stock-based compensation
plans comprising either stock options or nonvested stock awards
that benefit our President and CEO as well as key employees
(employee stock options
and/or
employee nonvested stock award plans) and stock options or
vested stock awards that benefit our Supervisory Board members
and professionals (Supervisory Board stock options
and/or stock
award plans).
Following changes in the accounting and tax treatment of stock
options, we have, since 2005, transitioned our stock-based
compensation plans from stock-option grants to vested or
nonvested stock awards. Pursuant to the shareholders
resolutions adopted by our 2006, 2007 and 2008 annual
shareholders meeting, our Supervisory Board, upon the
proposal of the Managing Board and the recommendation of the
Compensation Committee, took the following actions:
|
|
|
|
|
amended grants pursuant to the 2005 stock-based compensation
plan for Supervisory Board members and professionals at our 2007
annual shareholders meeting;
|
|
|
|
adopted our 2006 and 2007 nonvested Stock Award Plan for
Executives and Key Employees (the Employee USA Plan)
with the goal of enhancing our ability to retain key employees
and motivate them to work to create shareholder value and, in
addition, approved vesting conditions linked to our future
performance and continued service with us; and
|
|
|
|
approved our 2008 nonvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and
Key Employees, under which directors, managers and selected
employees may be granted stock awards upon the fulfillment of
restricted criteria, such as those linked to our performance and
continued service with us.
|
We use our treasury shares to cover the stock awards granted
under the Employee USA Plans in 2006, 2007 and 2008. As of
March 31, 2009, 6,940,689 stock awards granted in relation
to the 2006, 2007 and 2008 plans had vested, leaving 35,979,531
treasury shares outstanding as of March 31, 2009. The 2008
Employee nonvested stock award plan generated an additional
charge of $7 million in the consolidated statements of
income for 2008, which corresponds to the cost per service in
the year for all granted shares that are (or are expected to be)
vested pursuant to the financial performance criteria being met.
The exercise of stock options and the sale or purchase of shares
of our stock by the members of our Supervisory Board, the sole
member of our Managing Board and President and CEO, and all our
employees are subject to an internal policy which involves,
inter alia, certain blackout periods.
Employee
and Managing Board Stock-Based Compensation Plans
1995 Stock Option Plan. On October 20,
1995, our shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the
Supervisory Board, for a period of five years, to adopt and
administer a stock option plan that provided for the granting to
our managers and professionals of options to purchase up to a
maximum of 33 million common shares (the 1995 Stock
Option Plan). We granted options to acquire a total of
31,561,941 shares pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan as
indicated.
The description of our 1995 Stock Option Plan as indicated in
the following table, takes into consideration the 2:1 stock
split effected on June 16, 1999 and the 3:1 stock split
effected on May 5, 2000. The term options
outstanding means options existing as of December 31,
2008 not cancelled or exercised by their respective
beneficiaries (employees and members or professionals of our
Supervisory Board). Options are cancelled either because the
beneficiary waives them or because the beneficiary loses the
right to exercise them when leaving the
127
company (with the exception of retirement or termination of
employment pursuant to collective plans or restructurings).
As of March 31, 2009 the total number of options exercised
pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan was 14,523,601. The
number of options, which can no longer be exercised, because
they have expired or been cancelled, was 17,038,340, and there
are no options outstanding, which can still be exercised.
2001 Stock Option Plan. At the annual
shareholders meeting on April 25, 2001, our
shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the Supervisory
Board, for a period of five years, to adopt and administer a
stock option plan (in the form of five annual tranches) that
provided for the granting to our managers and professionals of
options to purchase up to a maximum of 60 million common
shares (the 2001 Stock Option Plan). The amount of
options granted to the sole member of our Managing Board and
President and CEO is determined by our Compensation Committee,
upon delegation from our Supervisory Board and, since 2005, has
been submitted for approval by our annual shareholders
meeting. The amount of stock options granted to other employees
was made by our Compensation Committee on delegation by our
Supervisory Board and following the recommendation of the sole
member of our Managing Board and President and CEO. In addition,
the Supervisory Board delegated to the sole member of our
Managing Board and President and CEO the flexibility to grant,
each year, up to a determined number of share awards to our
employees pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan in special
cases or in connection with an acquisition.
In 2005, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting adopted a modification to our 2001 Stock Option Plan so
as to provide the grant of up to four million nonvested stock
awards instead of stock options to our senior executives and
certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to
100,000 nonvested Stock Awards instead of stock options to our
President and CEO. A total of 4,159,915 shares have been
awarded pursuant to the modification of such Plan, which include
shares that were awarded to employees who subsequently left our
Company thereby forfeiting their awards. Certain forfeited share
awards were subsequently awarded to other employees.
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon
delegation from our Supervisory Board, approved the conditions
that apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions
related to both our financial performance, pursuant to certain
defined criteria in 2005 and during the first quarter of 2006,
and the continued presence the beneficiaries of the nonvested
stock awards at the defined vesting dates in 2006, 2007 and 2008.
1995 Plan
(Employees)
October 20, 1995
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Grant
|
|
Tranche 5
|
|
Special Grant
|
|
Tranche 6
|
|
Special Grant
|
|
Tranche 7
|
|
Date of Supervisory Board Meeting
|
|
24-Jan-00
|
|
16-Jun-00
|
|
18-Sep-00
|
|
11-Dec-00
|
|
18-Dec-00
|
|
1-Mar-01
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
150,000
|
|
5,331,250
|
|
70,000
|
|
2,019,640
|
|
26,501
|
|
113,350
|
Vesting Date
|
|
24-Jan-03
|
|
16-Jun-02
|
|
18-Sep-02
|
|
11-Dec-02
|
|
18-Dec-02
|
|
1-Mar-03
|
Expiration Date
|
|
24-Jan-08
|
|
16-Jun-08
|
|
18-Sep-08
|
|
11-Dec-08
|
|
18-Dec-08
|
|
1-Mar-09
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$55.25
|
|
$62.01
|
|
$52.88
|
|
$50.69
|
|
$44.00
|
|
$31.65
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
24-Jan-03
|
|
16-Jun-02
|
|
18-Sep-02
|
|
11-Dec-02
|
|
18-Dec-02
|
|
1-Mar-03
|
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
24-Jan-04
|
|
16-Jun-03
|
|
18-Sep-03
|
|
11-Dec-03
|
|
18-Dec-03
|
|
1-Mar-04
|
|
|
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
|
|
|
16-Jun-04
|
|
18-Sep-04
|
|
11-Dec-04
|
|
18-Dec-04
|
|
1-Mar-05
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
March 31, 2009
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
128
2001 Plan
(Employees)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche 1
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Tranche 4
|
|
Tranche 5
|
|
Tranche 6
|
|
Tranche 7
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
27-Apr-01
|
|
4-Sep-01
|
|
1-Nov-01
|
|
2-Jan-02
|
|
25-Jan-02
|
|
25-Apr-02
|
|
26-Jun-02
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
9,521,100
|
|
16,000
|
|
61,900
|
|
29,400
|
|
3,656,103
|
|
9,708,390
|
|
318,600
|
Vesting Date
|
|
27-Apr-03
|
|
4-Sep-03
|
|
1-Nov-03
|
|
2-Jan-04
|
|
25-Jan-03
|
|
25-Apr-04
|
|
26-Jun-04
|
Expiration Date
|
|
27-Apr-11
|
|
4-Sep-11
|
|
1-Nov-11
|
|
2-Jan-12
|
|
25-Jan-12
|
|
25-Apr-12
|
|
26-Jun-12
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$39.00
|
|
$29.70
|
|
$29.61
|
|
$33.70
|
|
$31.09
|
|
$31.11
|
|
$22.30
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
27-Apr-03
|
|
4-Sep-03
|
|
1-Nov-03
|
|
2-Jan-04
|
|
25-Jan-03
|
|
25-Apr-04
|
|
26-Jun-04
|
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
27-Apr-04
|
|
4-Sep-04
|
|
1-Nov-04
|
|
2-Jan-05
|
|
25-Jan-04
|
|
25-Apr-05
|
|
26-Jun-05
|
|
|
36% on
27-Apr-05
|
|
36% on
4-Sep-05
|
|
36% on
1-Nov-05
|
|
36% on
2-Jan-06
|
|
|
|
36% on
25-Apr-06
|
|
36% on
26-Jun-06
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
March 31, 2009
|
|
7,517,820
|
|
7,000
|
|
43,750
|
|
19,900
|
|
2,793,151
|
|
7,888,398
|
|
135,606
|
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers
|
|
339,500
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
133,225
|
|
351,030
|
|
0
|
2001 Plan
(Employees) (continued)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche 8
|
|
Tranche 9
|
|
Tranche 10
|
|
Tranche 11
|
|
Tranche 12
|
|
Tranche 13
|
|
Tranche 14
|
|
Tranche 15
|
|
Tranche 16
|
|
Tranche 17
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
1-Aug-02
|
|
17-Dec-02
|
|
14-Mar-03
|
|
3-Jun-03
|
|
24-Oct-03
|
|
2-Jan-04
|
|
26-Apr-04
|
|
1-Sep-04
|
|
31-Jan-05
|
|
17-Mar-05
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
24,500
|
|
14,400
|
|
11,533,960
|
|
306,850
|
|
135,500
|
|
86,400
|
|
12,103,490
|
|
175,390
|
|
29,200
|
|
13,000
|
Vesting Date
|
|
1-Aug-04
|
|
17-Dec-04
|
|
14-Mar-05
|
|
3-Jun-05
|
|
24-Oct-05
|
|
2-Jan-06
|
|
26-Apr-06
|
|
1-Sep-06
|
|
31-Jan-07
|
|
17-Mar-07
|
Expiration Date
|
|
1-Aug-12
|
|
17-Dec-12
|
|
14-Mar-13
|
|
3-Jun-13
|
|
24-Oct-13
|
|
2-Jan-14
|
|
26-Apr-14
|
|
1-Sep-14
|
|
31-Jan-15
|
|
17-Mar-15
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$20.02
|
|
$21.59
|
|
$19.18
|
|
$22.83
|
|
$25.90
|
|
$27.21
|
|
$22.71
|
|
$17.08
|
|
$16.73
|
|
$17.31
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
1-Aug-04
|
|
17-Dec-04
|
|
14-Mar-05
|
|
3-Jun-05
|
|
24-Oct-05
|
|
2-Jan-06
|
|
26-Apr-06
|
|
1-Sep-06
|
|
31-Jan-07
|
|
17-Mar-07
|
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
1-Aug-05
|
|
17-Dec-05
|
|
14-Mar-06
|
|
3-Jun-06
|
|
24-Oct-06
|
|
2-Jan-07
|
|
26-Apr-07
|
|
1-Sep-07
|
|
31-Jan-08
|
|
17-Mar-08
|
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
|
1-Aug-06
|
|
17-Dec-06
|
|
14-Mar-07
|
|
3-Jun-07
|
|
24-Oct-07
|
|
2-Jan-08
|
|
14-Mar-08
|
|
1-Sep-08
|
|
31-Jan-09
|
|
17-Mar-09
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
March 31, 2009
|
|
13,100
|
|
14,400
|
|
9,542,571
|
|
173,650
|
|
119,150
|
|
15,200
|
|
10,168,310
|
|
112,466
|
|
17,300
|
|
13,100
|
Held by Managing Board/ Executive Officers
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
419,700
|
|
0
|
|
31,000
|
|
0
|
|
507,000
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
2006
nonvested Stock Award Plan
In 2006, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting approved the grant of up to five million nonvested stock
awards to our senior executives and certain of our key
employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock
Awards to our President and CEO. 5,131,640 shares have been
awarded under such plan as of March 31, 2009, out of which
up to 1,651,644 remain outstanding but nonvested as of
March 31, 2009.
2007
nonvested Stock Award Plan
In 2007, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting approved the grant of up to six million nonvested stock
awards to our senior executives and certain of our key
employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock
Awards to our President and CEO. 5,911,840 shares have been
awarded under such plan as of March 31, 2009, out of which
up to 3,529,864 remain outstanding but nonvested as of
March 31, 2009.
129
2008
nonvested Stock Award Plan
In 2008, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting approved the grant of up to six million nonvested stock
awards to our senior executives and certain of our key
employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock
Awards to our President and CEO. 5,773,705 shares have been
awarded under such Plan as of March 31, 2009, out of which
up to 5,684,455 remain outstanding but nonvested as of
March 31, 2009.
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon
delegation from our Supervisory Board has approved the
conditions which shall apply to the vesting of such awards.
These conditions relate both to our financial performance
meeting certain defined criteria in 2008, and to the continued
presence at the defined vesting dates in 2009, 2010 and 2011 of
the beneficiaries of the nonvested stock awards.
Furthermore, the Compensation Committee approved the list of
beneficiaries of the unvested stock awards and delegated to our
President and Chief Executive Officer the right to grant certain
additional unvested stock awards to key employees, in
exceptional cases, provided that the total number of unvested
stock awards granted to executives and key employees shall not
exceed for 2008 six million shares.
The implementation of our Stock-Based Compensation Plan for
Employees is subject to periodic proposals from our Managing
Board to our Supervisory Board, and recommendations by the
Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board.
Supervisory
Board Stock Option Plans
1999 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of our
Supervisory Board. A plan was adopted in 1999 for
a three-year period expiring on December 31, 2001 (the
1999 Stock Option Plan), providing for the grant of
at least the same number of options as were granted during the
period from 1996 to 1999.
2002 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of our
Supervisory Board. A 2002 plan was adopted on
March 27, 2002 (the 2002 Stock Option Plan).
Pursuant to this 2002 Plan, the annual shareholders
meeting authorized the grant of 12,000 options per year to each
member of our Supervisory Board during the course of his
three-year tenure (during the three-year period from
2002-2005),
and 6,000 options per year to all of the professionals. Pursuant
to the 1999 and 2002 Plans, stock options for the subscription
of 1,219,500 shares were granted to the members of the
Supervisory Board and professionals. Options were granted to
members and professionals of our Supervisory Board under the
1999, and 2002 Stock Option Plans as shown in the table below:
1999 and
2002 Plans
(for Supervisory Board Members and Professionals)
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Annual
|
|
May 31, 1999
|
|
March 27, 2002
|
Shareholders Meeting
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Tranche 1
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
16-Jun-00
|
|
27-Apr-01
|
|
25-Apr-02
|
|
14-Mar-03
|
|
26-Apr-04
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
103,500
|
|
112,500
|
|
132,000
|
|
132,000
|
|
132,000
|
Vesting Date
|
|
16-Jun-01
|
|
27-Apr-02
|
|
25-May-02
|
|
14-Apr-03
|
|
26-May-04
|
Expiration Date
|
|
16-Jun-08
|
|
27-Apr-11
|
|
25-Apr-12
|
|
14-Mar-13
|
|
26-Apr-14
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$62.01
|
|
$39.00
|
|
$31.11
|
|
$19.18
|
|
$22.71
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
March 31, 2009
|
|
0
|
|
90,000
|
|
108,000
|
|
108,000
|
|
132,000
|
At March 31, 2009, options to purchase a total of 90,000
common shares were outstanding under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
and options to purchase 348,000 common shares were outstanding
under the 2002 Supervisory Board Stock Option Plan.
2005, 2006 and 2007 Stock-based Compensation for members and
professionals of the Supervisory Board. Our 2005
Annual Shareholders meeting approved the adoption of a
three year stock based compensation plan for
130
Supervisory Board members and Professionals. The plan provided
for the grant of a maximum number of 6,000 newly issued shares
per year for each member of the Supervisory Board and 3,000
newly issued shares for each of the Professionals of the
Supervisory Board at a price of 1.04 per share,
corresponding to the nominal value of our share. Pursuant to our
2007 annual shareholders meeting, the 2005 plan was
modified as the maximum number was increased to 15,000 newly
issued shares per year for each member of the Supervisory Board
and 7,500 newly issued shares per year for each professional of
the Supervisory Board for the remaining year of the plan.
In 2005, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries
under such plan, which had completely vested as of
December 31, 2008. In 2006, 66,000 shares were granted
to the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which 14,000 were
outstanding as of March 31, 2009. In 2007,
165,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such
plan, out of which 90,000 were outstanding as of March 31,
2009.
The table below reflects the grants to the Supervisory Board
members and professionals under the 2005 Stock-Based
Compensation Plan as of March 31, 2009. See Note 18 to
our Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Total number of Shares outstanding
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
Expiration date
|
|
|
25-Oct-15
|
|
|
|
29-Apr-16
|
|
|
|
28-Apr-17
|
|
2008, 2009 and 2010 Stock-based Compensation for members and
professionals of the Supervisory Board. Our 2008
annual shareholders meeting approved the adoption of a new
three-year stock-based compensation plan for Supervisory Board
members and professionals. This plan provides for the grant of a
maximum number of 15,000 newly issued shares per year for each
member of the Supervisory Board and 7,500 newly issued shares
for each of the professionals of the Supervisory Board at a
price of 1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal
value of our share. At March 31, 2009, 165,000 shares
had been awarded under this plan, out of which up to 142,500
remain outstanding but unvested. The expiration date for the
outstanding shares is May 14, 2018.
Employees
The tables below set forth the breakdown of employees by main
category of activity and geographic area for the past three
years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
France
|
|
|
8,920
|
|
|
|
10,560
|
|
|
|
10,660
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
8,120
|
|
|
|
10,090
|
|
|
|
10,320
|
|
Rest of Europe
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
1,730
|
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
United States
|
|
|
3,020
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
Malta and Morocco
|
|
|
5,760
|
|
|
|
6,990
|
|
|
|
7,330
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
17,640
|
|
|
|
19,690
|
|
|
|
18,600
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless
|
|
|
7,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
51,810
|
|
|
|
52,180
|
|
|
|
51,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
11,900
|
|
|
|
10,570
|
|
|
|
10,300
|
|
Marketing and Sales
|
|
|
2,670
|
|
|
|
2,870
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
32,290
|
|
|
|
33,520
|
|
|
|
33,420
|
|
Administration and General Services
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
|
|
2,570
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
Divisional Functions
|
|
|
2,480
|
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
51,810
|
|
|
|
52,180
|
|
|
|
51,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131
Our future success, in particular in a period of strong
increased demand, will partly depend on our ability to continue
to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical,
marketing, engineering and management personnel. Unions are
represented at several of our manufacturing facilities. We use
temporary employees, if required, during production spikes and,
in Europe, during summer vacations. We have not experienced any
significant strikes or work stoppages in recent years, other
than in Rennes, France in connection with the closure of this
plant. Management believes that our relations with employees are
good.
As part of our commitment to the principles of PSE, we founded
ST University in 1994 to develop an internal education
organization, responsible for organizing training courses to
executives, engineers, technicians and sales personnel within
STMicroelectronics and coordinating all training for our
employees.
|
|
Item 7.
|
Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
|
Major
Shareholders
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the ownership of our issued common shares based on
information available to us as of February 13, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares Owned
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (ST Holding
II)
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
Public
|
|
|
494,721,710
|
|
|
|
54.3
|
|
Brandes Investment Partners(1)
|
|
|
79,686,369
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
Capital World Investors
|
|
|
49,164,000
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Treasury shares
|
|
|
36,030,472
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Total
|
|
|
910,307,305
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
According to information filed February 12, 2009 on
Schedule 13G, Brandes Investment Partners shares in
our company are beneficially owned by the following group of
entities: Brandes Investment Partners, L.P., Brandes Investment
Partners, Inc., Brandes Worldwide Holdings, L.P., Charles H.
Brandes, Glenn R. Carlson and Jeffrey A. Busby. |
Our principal shareholders do not have different voting rights
from those of our other shareholders.
ST Holding II is a wholly owned subsidiary of
STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (ST Holding). As of
December 31, 2008, FT1CI (the French
Shareholder), controlled by Areva and CEA, and a
consortium of Italian shareholders (the Italian
Shareholders) made up of CDP and Finmeccanica directly
held 50% each in ST Holding. CDP held 30% in ST Holding and
Finmeccanica held 20% in ST Holding. FT1CI and the Italian
Shareholders indirect interest in us is split on a 50%-50%
basis. Through a structured tracking stock system implemented in
the articles of association of ST Holding and ST Holding II,
FT1CI indirectly held 125,352,377 of our common shares,
representing 13.75% of our issued share capital as of
December 31, 2008, CDP indirectly held 91,644,941 of our
common shares, representing 10.05% of our issued share capital
as of December 31, 2008 and Finmeccanica indirectly held
33,707,436 of our common shares, representing 3.7% of our issued
share capital as of December 31, 2008. Any disposals or, as
the case may be, acquisitions by ST Holding II on behalf of
respectively FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica, will decrease or, as
the case may be, increase the indirect interest of respectively
FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica in our issued share capital. FT1CI
was formerly a jointly held company set up by Areva and France
Telecom to control the interest of the French Shareholders in ST
Holding. Following the transactions described below, Areva and
CEA are, as of December 31, 2008, the sole shareholders of
FT1CI. Areva (formerly known as CEA-Industrie) is a corporation
controlled by CEA. Areva is listed on Euronext Paris in the form
of Investment Certificates. CEA is a French government funded
technological research organization. CDP is an Italian
corporation 70% owned by the Italian Ministero
dellEconomia e delle Finanze (the Ministry of
Economy and Finance) and 30% owned by a consortium of 66
Italian banking foundations. Finmeccanica is a listed Italian
holding company majority owned by the Italian Ministry of
Economy and Finance and the public. Finmeccanica is listed on
the Italian Mercato Telematico Azionario (MTA) and
is included in the S&P/MIB 30 stock index.
132
ST Holding II owned 90% of our shares before our initial
public offering in 1994, and has since then gradually reduced
its participation, going below the 66% threshold in 1997 and
below the 50% threshold in 1999. ST Holding may further dispose
of its shares as provided below in
Shareholders Agreements STH
Shareholders Agreement and
Disposals of our Common Shares and
pursuant to the eventual conversion of our outstanding
convertible instruments. Set forth below is a table of ST
Holding IIs holdings in us as of the end of each of the
past three financial years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares Owned
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
Announcements about additional disposals of our shares by ST
Holding II on behalf of one or more of its indirect
shareholders, Areva, CEA, CDP, FT1CI or Finmeccanica may come at
any time.
The chart below illustrates the shareholding structure as of
February 24, 2009:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
FT1CI owns 50% of ST Holding and indirectly holds 125,352,377 of
the Companys common shares. |
|
(2) |
|
CDP and Finmeccanica own 50% of ST Holding and indirectly hold
91,644,941 and 33,707,436 of the Companys common shares,
respectively. CDP owns 30% of ST Holding, while Finmeccanica
owns 20% of ST Holding based on voting rights. |
|
(3) |
|
ST Holding II owns 27.5% of the Companys shares, the
Public owns 54.3% of the Companys shares and the Company
holds 4.0% as Treasury Shares. |
On August 12, 2003, Finmeccanica Finance, a subsidiary of
Finmeccanica, issued 438,725,000 aggregate principal
amount of 0.375% senior unsecured exchangeable notes due
2010, guaranteed by Finmeccanica (the Finmeccanica
Notes). On September 1, 2003, Finmeccanica Finance
issued an additional 62,675,000 aggregate principal amount
of Finmeccanica Notes, raising the issue size to
501,400,000. The Finmeccanica Notes have been exchangeable
at the option of the holder since January 2, 2004 into up
to 20 million of our existing common shares held by ST
Holding II, or 2.3% of our then-outstanding share capital. The
Finmeccanica Notes have an initial
133
exchange ratio of 39.8883 shares per note, which remains
unchanged as of December 31, 2008, and is equivalent to an
ST share price of 25.07. As of December 31, 2008,
none of the Finmeccanica Notes had been exchanged for our common
shares.
On February 26, 2008, Finmeccanica agreed to sell
26,034,141 of our common shares to FT1CI. FT1CIs
acquisition of the shares was financed by CEA, the parent
company of Areva, and, hence, CEA has become a shareholder of
FT1CI and now adheres to the STH Shareholders Agreement.
Announcements about additional disposals by ST Holding II
or our indirect shareholders may come at any time. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Our direct or indirect shareholders may sell our
existing common shares or issue financial instruments
exchangeable into our common shares at any time while at the
same time seeking to retain their rights regarding our
preference shares. In addition, substantial sales by us of new
common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common share
price to drop significantly.
Shareholders
Agreements
STH
Shareholders Agreement
We were formed in 1987 as a result of the decision by
Thomson-CSF (now called Thales) and STET (now called Telecom
Italia S.p.A.) to combine their semiconductor businesses and to
enter into a shareholders agreement on April 30,
1987, which was amended on December 10, 2001 and restated
on March 17, 2004. On February 26, 2008, the
shareholders agreement was further amended (as amended,
the STH Shareholders Agreement) concerning:
|
|
|
|
|
the decision of our French Shareholder and Italian Shareholders
to equally align their respective equity participation in our
Company, held through STH, through an agreed sale by
Finmeccanica to FT1CI of 26,034,141 of our common shares or
approximately 2.85% of our share capital;
|
|
|
|
the fact that CEA, a company owned and controlled by the French
State and the controlling shareholder of Areva financed the
acquisition of the shares being purchased by FT1CI from
Finmeccanica and, upon such acquisition, also became a party to
the STH Shareholders Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the decision to extend for a further three year period until
March 17, 2011 the balancing period as defined under the
STH Shareholders Agreement (see below under
Corporate Governance); and
|
|
|
|
the decision to increase from 9.5% to 10.5% the minimum voting
stakes to be held respectively by our French Shareholder and
Italian Shareholders (see below under Corporate
Governance).
|
The current parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement are
Areva, CEA, CDP, Finmeccanica and FT1CI. The February 26,
2008 amended and restated agreement supercedes and replaces all
previous agreements. CDP and Finmeccanica entered into an
agreement that provides for the transfer of certain of the
rights of Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders
Agreement to CDP. See Other Shareholders
Agreements Italian Shareholders Pact
below.
Pursuant to the terms of the STH Shareholders Agreement
and for the duration of such agreement, FT1CI, on the one hand,
and the Italian Shareholders, on the other hand, have agreed to
maintain equal interests in our share capital. See further
details below.
Restructuring
of the Holding Companies
If necessary, the parties agreed to restructure the two holding
companies (ST Holding and ST Holding II) to simplify the
structure to the extent possible or desirable. In any case, at
least one holding company will continue to exist to hold our
common shares. The Company that now holds or may hold our common
shares in the future for indirect shareholders is referred to
below as the holding company.
134
Standstill
The STH Shareholders Agreement contains a standstill
provision that precludes any of the parties and the
parties affiliates from acquiring, directly or indirectly,
any of our common shares or any instrument providing for the
right to acquire any of our common shares other than through the
holding company. The standstill is in effect for as long as such
party holds our common shares through ST Holding. The parties
agreed to continue to hold their stakes in us at all times
through the current holding structure of ST Holding and ST
Holding II, subject to exercising the preference share option
granted to ST Holding if ST Holding were to choose not to
exercise such rights directly.
Corporate
Governance
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for a balanced
corporate governance of the indirect interests in us between
FT1CI and Finmeccanica/CDP (FT1CI and Finmeccanica/CDP are
collectively defined as STH Shareholders and
individually defined as STH Shareholder) for the
duration of the Balance Period, despite actual
differences in indirect economic interest in us. The
Balance Period is defined as (i) a period
through March 17, 2011, provided that each STH Shareholder
owns at all times a voting stake at least equal to 10.5% of our
issued and outstanding shares, and (ii) subject to the
aforementioned condition, thereafter as long as each STH
Shareholder owns at any time, including as a result of the
exercise of the Re-balancing Option (as defined
below), a voting stake equal to at least 47.5% of the total
voting stakes. During the Balance Period, each of FT1CI and
Finmeccanica (together with CDP) has an option to rebalance
their shareholdings, referred to as the Rebalancing
Option, as further described below.
During the Balance Period, the STH Shareholders agree that the
holding company will have a managing board comprised of two
members (one member designated by FT1CI, and one designated by
common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP pursuant to the Italian
Shareholders Pact as described below) and a Supervisory
Board comprised of eight members (four designated by FT1CI and
four designated by common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP
pursuant to the Italian Shareholders Pact as described
below). In November 2006, FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica decided to
reduce the number of members of the Supervisory Board from eight
to six (three designated by FT1CI and three designated by common
agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP). The chairman of the
Supervisory Board of the holding company shall be designated for
a three-year term by one shareholder (with the other shareholder
entitled to designate the Vice Chairman), such designation to
alternate between Finmeccanica and CDP on the one hand and FT1CI
on the other hand. The current Chairman is Mr. Matteo del
Fante (following the resignation of Mr. Gilbert Lehmann in
2008).
During the Balance Period, any other decision, to the extent
that a resolution of the holding company is required, must be
pursuant to the unanimous approval of the shareholders,
including but not limited to the following: (i) the
definition of the role and structure of our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company;
(ii) the powers of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman of
our Supervisory Board, and that of the holding company;
(iii) information by our Managing Board and by our
Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company;
(iv) treatment of confidential information;
(v) appointment of any additional members of our Managing
Board and those of the holding company; (vi) remuneration
of the members of our Managing Board and those of the holding
company; (vii) internal audit of STMicroelectronics N.V.
and of the holding company; (viii) industrial and
commercial relationships between STMicroelectronics N.V. and
either or both Italian Shareholders or STMicroelectronics N.V.
and either or both FT1CI shareholders, or any of their
affiliates; and (ix) any of the decisions listed in
article 16.1 of our Articles of Association including our
budget and pluri-annual plans.
As regards STMicroelectronics N.V. during the Balance Period:
(i) each of the STH Shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand,
and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other hand) shall have the right
to insert on a list prepared for proposal by the holding company
to our annual shareholders meeting the same number of
members for election to the Supervisory Board, and the holding
company shall vote in favor of such members; (ii) the STH
Shareholders will cause the holding company to submit to our
annual shareholders meeting and to vote in favor of a
common proposal for the appointment of the Managing Board; and
(iii) any decision relating to the voting rights of the
holding company in us shall require the unanimous approval of
the holding company shareholders and shall be submitted by the
holding company to our annual shareholders meeting. The
STH Shareholders also agreed that the Chairman of our
Supervisory Board will be designated upon proposal of an STH
Shareholder for a three-year term,
135
and the Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board will be
designated upon proposal of the other STH Shareholder for the
same period, and vice-versa for the following three-year term.
The STH Shareholders further agreed that the STH Shareholder
proposing the appointment of the Chairman be entitled to propose
the appointment of the Assistant Secretary of our Supervisory
Board, and the STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of the
Vice Chairman be entitled to propose the appointment of the
Secretary of our Supervisory Board. Finally, each STH
Shareholder is entitled to appoint a Financial Controller to the
Supervisory Board. Our Secretary, Assistant Secretary and two
Financial Controllers are referred to as professionals (not
members) of our Supervisory Board.
In addition, the following resolutions, to the extent that a
resolution of the holding company is required, must be resolved
upon by a shareholders resolution of the holding company,
which shall require the unanimous approval of the STH
Shareholders: (i) any alteration in the holding
companys articles of association; (ii) any issue,
acquisition or disposal by the holding company of its shares or
change in share rights; (iii) any alteration in our
authorized share capital or issue by us of new shares
and/or of
any financial instrument giving rights to subscribe for our
common shares; any acquisition or disposal by the holding
company of our shares
and/or any
right to subscribe for our common shares; any modification to
the rights attached to our common shares; any merger,
acquisition or joint venture agreement to which we are or are
proposed to be a party; and any other items on the agenda of our
general shareholders meeting; (iv) the liquidation or
dissolution of the holding company; (v) any legal merger,
legal de-merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which
the holding company is proposed to be a party; and (vi) the
adoption or approval of our annual accounts or those of the
holding company or a resolution concerning a dividend
distribution by us.
At the end of the Balance Period, the members of our Supervisory
Board and those of the holding company designated by the
minority shareholder of the holding company will immediately
resign upon request of the holding companys majority
shareholder, subject to the rights described in the previous
paragraph.
After the end of the Balance Period, unanimous approval by the
shareholders of the holding company remains required to approve:
(i) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at
least equal to the lesser of 3% of our issued and outstanding
share capital or 10% of the remaining STH Shareholders
stake in us at such time, with respect to the holding company,
any changes to the articles of association, any issue,
acquisition or disposal of shares in the holding company or
change in the rights of its shares, its liquidation or
dissolution and any legal merger,
de-merger,
acquisition or joint venture agreement to which the holding
company is proposed to be a party.
(ii) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at
least 33% of the holding company, certain changes to our
Articles of Association (including any alteration in our
authorized share capital, or any issue of share capital
and/or
financial instrument giving the right to subscribe for our
common shares, changes to the rights attached to our shares,
changes to the preemptive rights, issues relating to the form,
rights and transfer mechanics of the shares, the composition and
operation of the Managing and Supervisory Boards, matters
subject to the Supervisory Boards approval, the
Supervisory Boards voting procedures, extraordinary
meetings of shareholders and quorums for voting at
shareholders meetings).
(iii) any decision to vote our shares held by the holding
company at any shareholders meeting of our shareholders
with respect to any substantial and material merger decision. In
the event of a failure by the shareholders to reach a common
decision on the relevant merger proposal, our shares
attributable to the minority shareholder and held by the holding
company will be counted as present for purposes of a quorum of
shareholders at one of our shareholders meetings, but will
not be voted (i.e., will be abstained from the vote in a way
that they will not be counted as a negative vote or as a
positive vote).
(iv) in addition, the minority shareholder will have the
right to designate at least one member of the list of candidates
for our Supervisory Board to be proposed by the holding company
if that shareholder indirectly owns at least 3% of our total
issued and outstanding share capital, with the majority STH
Shareholder retaining the right to appoint that number of
members to our Supervisory Board that is at least proportional
to such majority STH Shareholders voting stake.
136
Finally, at the end of the Balance Period, the unanimous
approval required for other decisions taken at the
STMicroelectronics N.V. level shall only be compulsory to the
extent possible, taking into account the actual power attached
to the direct and indirect shareholding jointly held by the STH
Shareholders in our company.
Disposals
of our Common Shares
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that each STH
Shareholder retains the right to cause the holding company to
dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion, provided it
is pursuant to either (i) the issuance of financial
instruments, (ii) an equity swap, (iii) a structured
finance deal or (iv) a straight sale. ST Holding II
may enter into escrow arrangements with STH Shareholders with
respect to our shares, whether this be pursuant to exchangeable
notes, securities lending or other financial instruments. STH
Shareholders that issue exchangeable instruments may include in
their voting stake the voting rights of the underlying shares
provided they remain freely and continuously held by the holding
company as if the holding company were still holding the full
ownership of the shares. STH Shareholders that issue financial
instruments with respect to our underlying shares may have a
call option over those shares upon exchange of exchangeable
notes for common shares.
As long as any of the parties to the STH Shareholders
Agreement has a direct or indirect interest in us, except in the
case of a public offer, no sales by a party may be made of any
of our shares or of FT1CI, ST Holding or ST Holding II
to any of our top ten competitors, or any company that controls
such competitor.
Re-adjusting
and Re-balancing options
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that the parties
have the right, subject to certain conditions, to
re-balance
their indirect holdings in our shares to achieve parity between
FT1CI on the one hand and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other
hand. If at any time prior to March 17, 2011, the voting
stake in us of one of the STH Shareholders (FT1CI on the one
hand, and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other hand) falls below
10.5% due either to (a) the exchange by a third party of
any exchangeable instruments issued by an STH Shareholder or
(b) to an issuance by us of new shares subscribed to by a
third party, such STH Shareholder will have the right to notify
the other STH Shareholder of its intention to exercise a
Re-adjusting Option. In such case, the STH
Shareholders will cause the holding company to purchase the
number of our common shares necessary to increase the voting
stake of such STH Shareholder to 10.5% of our issued and
outstanding share capital.
If by December 17, 2010, the Balance Period has not already
expired and if on such date the voting stake of one of the STH
Shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, and Finmeccanica and CDP on
the other hand) has fallen below 47.5% of our issued and
outstanding share capital, such STH Shareholder will have the
right to notify the other STH Shareholder of its intention to
exercise a Re-balance Option no later than 30
Business Days prior to March 17, 2011. In such case, the
STH Shareholders will cause the holding company to purchase
before March 17, 2011 the number of our common shares
necessary to re-balance at
50/50%
the respective voting stakes of the STH Shareholders.
Change of
Control Provision
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for tag-along
rights, preemptive rights, and provisions with respect to a
change of control of any of the shareholders or any controlling
shareholder of FT1CI, on the one hand, and the Italian
Shareholders, on the other hand. The shareholders may transfer
shares of the holding company or FT1CI to any of the
shareholders affiliates, which would include the Italian
state or the French state with respect to entities controlled by
a state. The shareholders and their ultimate shareholders will
be prohibited from launching any takeover process on any of the
other shareholders.
Non-competition
Pursuant to the terms of STH Shareholders Agreement,
neither we nor ST Holding are permitted, as a matter of
principle, to operate outside the field of semiconductor
products. The parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement
also undertake to refrain directly or indirectly from competing
with us in the area of semiconductor products, subject to
certain exceptions, and to offer us opportunities to
commercialize or invest in any semiconductor product
developments by them.
137
Deadlock
In the event of a disagreement that cannot be resolved between
the parties as to the conduct of the business and actions
contemplated by the STH Shareholders Agreement, each party
has the right to offer its interest in ST Holding to the other,
which then has the right to acquire, or to have a third party
acquire, such interest. If neither party agrees to acquire or
have acquired the other partys interest, then together the
parties are obligated to try to find a third party to acquire
their collective interests, or such part thereof as is suitable
to change the decision to terminate the agreement. The STH
Shareholders Agreement otherwise terminates in the event
that one of the parties thereto ceases to hold shares in ST
Holding.
Preference
Shares
On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to
authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an
independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the
Stichting). Our Managing Board and our Supervisory
Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that
they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is legally
independent of our Company and our major shareholders. Our
Supervisory Board approved this option agreement, dated
February 7, 2007, to reflect changes in Dutch legal
requirements, not in response to any hostile takeover attempt.
It provides for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000
preference shares. The Stichting would have the option, which it
shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference
shares. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of
actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory
Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer
for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing
Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting
determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company,
our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting
exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it
must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference
shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no
longer than two years.
The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in
its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The
preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions
considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board,
such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our
common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting
determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company,
our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting
exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it
must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference
shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no
longer than two years.
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the
preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from
effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of
control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our
Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance
of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share
capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the
requirements of our Articles of Association.
Other
Shareholders Agreements
Italian
Shareholders Pact
In connection with the transfer of an interest in ST Holding
from Finmeccanica to CDP, Finmeccanica and CDP entered into a
shareholders pact (the Italian Shareholders
Pact) on November 26, 2004 setting forth the rights
and obligations of their respective interests as shareholders of
ST Holding. Pursuant to the terms of the Italian
Shareholders Pact, CDP became a party to the STH
Shareholders Agreement. Under the Italian
Shareholders Pact, CDP will have the right to exercise
certain corporate governance rights in us previously exercised
by Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders Agreement.
The Italian Shareholders Pact provides that CDP has the
right to appoint one of the two members of the ST Holdings
Managing Board. Moreover, CDP will have the right to nominate a
number of representatives to the Supervisory Board of ST
Holding, ST Holding II and STMicroelectronics N.V. In
particular, CDP has the right to propose two members for
membership on our Supervisory Board, while one member will be
proposed by Finmeccanica for so long as Finmeccanica owns
indirectly at least 3% of our capital. If and when its indirect
interest in us is reduced below such threshold, Finmeccanica
will cause its appointed director to resign and be replaced by a
director appointed by CDP.
138
French
Shareholders Pact
Following FT1CIs acquisition of approximately
26 million of our shares representing approximately 2.85%
of our share capital, which was financed by CEA, CEA has become
a minority shareholder of FT1CI and now adheres to the STH
Shareholders Agreement.
Statutory
Considerations
As is the case with other companies controlled by the French
government, the French government has appointed a Commissaire
du Gouvernement and a Contrôleur dEtat for
FT1CI. Pursuant to Decree
No. 94-214,
dated March 10, 1994, these government representatives have
the right (i) to attend any board meeting of FT1CI, and
(ii) to veto any board resolution or any decision of the
president of FT1CI within ten days of such board meeting (or, if
they have not attended the meeting, within ten days of the
receipt of the board minutes or the notification of such
presidents decision); such veto lapses if not confirmed
within one month by the Ministry of the Economy or the Ministry
of the Industry. FT1CI is subject to certain points of the
Decree of August 9, 1953 pursuant to which the Ministry of
the Economy and any other relevant ministries have the authority
to approve decisions of FT1CI relating to budgets or forecasts
of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures. The
effect of these provisions may be that the decisions taken by us
and our subsidiaries that, by the terms of the STH
Shareholders Agreement, require prior approval by FT1CI,
may be adversely affected by these veto rights under French law.
Pursuant to the principal Italian privatization law, certain
special government powers may be introduced into the bylaws of
firms considered strategic by the Italian government. In the
case of Finmeccanica, these powers were established by decrees
adopted by the Minister of the Treasury on November 8,
1999, and Finmeccanicas bylaws were subsequently amended
on November 23, 1999. The aforementioned decrees were
amended by the Law Decree 350 enacted on December 24, 2003,
and Finmeccanica has modified its bylaws accordingly. The
special powers of the Minister of the Treasury (who will act in
agreement with the Minister of Industry) include: (i) the
power to object to the acquisition of material interests in
Finmeccanicas share capital; (ii) the power to object
to material shareholders agreements relating to
Finmeccanicas share capital; (iii) the power to
appoint one member of Finmeccanicas board of directors
without voting rights; and (iv) the power to veto
resolutions to dissolve Finmeccanica, transfer its business,
merge, conduct spin-offs, transfer its registered office outside
of Italy, change its corporate purposes, or amend or modify any
of the Minister of the Treasurys special powers.
Pursuant to Law Decree 269 of September 30, 2003 (as
subsequently amended) and Decree of the Ministry of the Economy
and Finance of December 5, 2003, CDP was transformed from a
public entity into a joint stock limited liability company
(società per azioni). While transforming itself into
a holding company, CDP maintained its public interest purpose.
CDPs core business is to finance public investments and
more specifically infrastructure and other major public works
sponsored by the Republic of Italy, regions, local authorities,
public agencies and other public bodies. By virtue of a special
provision of Law Decree 269, the Ministry of Economy and Finance
will always be able to exercise its control over CDP.
Related
Party Transactions
One of the members of our Supervisory Board is managing director
of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary of CEA, one of the
members of our Supervisory Board is the Chairman and CEO of
France Telecom and a member of the Board of Directors of
Thomson, another is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of
Directors of ARM Holdings PLC (ARM), two of our
Supervisory Board members are non-executive directors of Soitec,
one of our Supervisory Board members is the CEO of Groupe Bull,
one of the members of the Supervisory Board is also a member of
the Supervisory Board of BESI and one of the members of our
Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle Corporation
(Oracle) and Flextronics International. France
Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well as
Oracles new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain services
to our Company. We have a long-term joint R&D partnership
agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CEA. We have
certain licensing agreements with ARM, and have conducted
transactions with Soitec and BESI as well as with Thomson,
Flextronics and a subsidiary of Groupe Bull. Each of the
aforementioned arrangements and transactions are negotiated
without the personal involvement of our Supervisory Board
members and we believe that they are made on an arms-length
basis in line with market practices and conditions.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31,
2007 and December 31, 2006, our related party transactions
were primarily with our significant shareholders, or their
subsidiaries and companies in which our
139
management perform similar policymaking functions. These
include, but are not limited to: Areva, France Telecom, Equant,
Orange, Finmeccanica, CDP, Flextronics, Oracle and Thomson. In
addition, our CEO, Carlo Bozotti is Chairman of the Supervisory
Board of Numonyx, the flash memory joint venture we set up with
Intel and Francisco Partners effective March 30, 2008.
Mr. Turicchi also serves on the Supervisory Board of
Numonyx. Transactions with significant shareholders, their
affiliates and other related parties, which also include
transactions between us and our equity investments as listed in
Note 4, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Sales & other services
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
Other purchases
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
Other income and expenses
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31,
2007 and 2006, the related party transactions were primarily
with our significant shareholders, or their subsidiaries and
companies in which management perform similar policymaking
functions. These include, but are not limited to: Areva, France
Telecom, Equant, Orange, Finmeccanica, CDP, Flextronics, Oracle
and Thomson.
Upon FMG deconsolidation and the creation of Numonyx, performs
certain purchasing, service and revenue on-behalf of Numonyx. We
had a net payable balance of $7 million as at
December 31, 2008 as the result of these transactions,
which is reported in the table above. These services ended in
November 2008 when Numonyx was in a position to run the business
by itself on a standalone basis. Additionally, as reported in
Note 8, we recorded in 2007 costs amounting to
$26 million to create the infrastructure necessary to
prepare Numonyx to operate immediately following the FMG
deconsolidation. These costs were reimbursed by Numonyx in 2008
following the closing of the transaction. Upon creation, Numonyx
also entered into financing arrangements for a $450 million
term loan and a $100 million committed revolving credit
facility from two primary financial institutions. Intel and we
have each granted in favor of Numonyx a 50% debt guarantee not
joint and several. This debt guarantee is described in details
in Note 4. The final terms at the closing date of the
agreements on assets to be contributed included rights granted
to Numonyx by us to use certain assets retained by us. We
recorded as at December 31, 2008 a provision amounting to
$87 million to reflect the value of such rights granted to
our equity investment. The parties also retained the obligation
to fund the severance payment (trattamento di fine
rapporto) due to certain transferred employees by the
defined amount of about $35 million which qualifies as a
defined benefit plan and was classified on the line Other
non-current liabilities as at December 31, 2008.
Finally, we recorded a net long-term receivable amounted to
$6 million corresponding to a tax credit Numonyx will pay
back to us once cashed-in from the relevant taxing authorities.
Additionally we incurred in 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounts on
transactions with Hynix Semiconductor Inc., with which we had
until March 30, 2008 a significant equity investment, Hynix
ST joint venture, described in detail in Note 4. In 2007
and 2006, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. increased its business
transactions with us in order to supply products on behalf of
the joint venture, which was not ready to fully produce and
supply the volumes of specific products as requested by us. The
amount of purchases and other expenses from Hynix Semiconductor
Inc. was $161 million in 2007 and in 2006. The amount of
sales and other services made in 2007 was $2 million. These
transactions significantly decreased in 2008 upon the transfer
of the joint venture to Numonyx, as described in Note 4.
The amount of purchases and other expenses and the amount of
sales and other services from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was
$2 million and $5 million in 2008, respectively. We
had no significant payable or receivable balance as at
December 31, 2008, while we had a payable amount of
$18 million as at December 31, 2007 and
$13 million as at December 31, 2006 towards Hynix
Semiconductor Inc.
Additionally, upon integration of the wireless business acquired
from NXP, as detailed in Note 3, certain purchasing and
revenue transactions continue to be performed by the minority
interest holder on-behalf of ST-NXP Wireless. These services
will continue until such time that the needed systems are
finalized and can be run by the joint venture. We also have
services agreements for R&D, manufacturing and transitional
services in place. The net expense for those services amounted
to $71 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
In addition, we
140
purchased wafers from NXP in the amount of $85 million for
the year ended December 31, 2008. We had a net payable
balance of $2 million as at December 31, 2008 as the
result of these transactions. The terms of the agreement for the
integration of NXPs wireless business also included rights
granted to NXP to obtain products from us at preferential
pricing. We recorded as at December 31, 2008 a provision
amounting to $8 million to reflect the value of such rights.
In addition, we participate in an Economic Interest Group
(E.I.G.) in France with Areva and France Telecom to
share the costs of certain R&D activities, which are not
included in the table above. The share of income (expense)
recorded by us as R&D expenses incurred by E.I.G amounted
to $9 million income in 2008 and $1 million expense in
2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had
no receivable or payable amount.
We contributed cash amounts totalling $1 million, for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 to the ST
Foundation, a non-profit organization established to deliver and
coordinate independent programs in line with its mission.
Certain members of the Foundations Board are senior
members of our management.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Information
|
Financial
Statements
Please see Item 18. Financial Statements for a
list of the financial statements filed with this
Form 20-F.
Legal
Proceedings
As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor
industry, we have from time to time received, and may in the
future receive, communications from other semiconductor
companies or third parties alleging possible infringement of
patents. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly
litigation brought against us regarding patents, copyrights,
trademarks, trade secrets or mask works. In the event that the
outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may be
required to take a license to the underlying intellectual
property right upon economically unfavorable terms and
conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
ability to compete. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology.
We record a provision when it is probable that a liability has
been incurred and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims to determine
whether they need to be adjusted based on the current
information available to us. Legal costs associated with claims
are expensed as incurred. We are in discussion with several
parties with respect to claims against us relating to possible
infringements of patents and similar intellectual property
rights of others.
We are currently a party to legal proceedings with SanDisk
Corporation.
On October 15, 2004, SanDisk filed a complaint for patent
infringement and a declaratory judgment of non-infringement and
patent invalidity against us with the United States District
Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint
alleged that our products infringed on a single SanDisk
U.S. patent (Civil Case No. C
04-04379JF).
By an order dated January 4, 2005, the court stayed
SanDisks patent infringement claim, pending final
determination in an action filed contemporaneously by SanDisk
with the U.S. International Trade Commission
(ITC), which covered the same patent claim asserted
in Civil Case No. C
04-04379JF.
The ITC action was subsequently resolved in our favor. On
August 2, 2007, SanDisk filed an amended complaint in the
United States District Court for the Northern District of
California adding allegations of infringement with respect to a
second SanDisk U.S. patent which had been the subject of a
second ITC action and which was also resolved in our favor. On
September 6, 2007, we filed an answer and a counterclaim
alleging various federal and state antitrust and unfair
competition claims. SanDisk filed a motion to dismiss our
antitrust counterclaim, which was denied on January 25,
2008. On October 17, 2008, the Court issued an order
granting in part and denying in part a summary judgment motion
filed by SanDisk with respect to our antitrust counterclaims.
Discovery is ongoing. SanDisk recently moved to add two
additional related patents to the case. Such motion is
currently pending. The trial date has not yet been set.
On October 14, 2005, we filed a complaint against SanDisk
and its current CEO, Dr. Eli Harari, before the Superior
Court of California, County of Alameda. The complaint seeks,
among other relief, the assignment or co-ownership of certain
SanDisk patents that resulted from inventive activity on the
part of Dr. Harari that took place while he was an
employee, officer
and/or
director of Waferscale Integration, Inc. and actual, incidental,
141
consequential, exemplary and punitive damages in an amount to be
proven at trial. We are the successor to Waferscale Integration,
Inc. by merger. SanDisk removed the matter to the United States
District Court for the Northern District of California which
remanded the matter to the Superior Court of California, County
of Alameda in July 2006. SanDisk moved to transfer the case to
the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara and
to strike our claim for unfair competition, which were both
denied by the trial court. SanDisk appealed these rulings and
also moved to stay the case pending resolution of the appeal. On
January 12, 2007, the California Court of Appeals ordered
that the case be transferred to the Superior Court of
California, County of Santa Clara. On August 7, 2007,
the California Court of Appeals affirmed the Superior
Courts decision denying SanDisks motion to strike
our claim for unfair competition. SanDisk appealed this ruling
to the California Supreme Court, which refused to hear it. On
August 26, 2008, the federal court granted our motion to
remand the case back to Santa Clara County and,
subsequently, on September 9, 2008 SanDisks motion
for reconsideration. The case has now been re-certified in the
state court and a trial date of September 8, 2009 has been
set. Discovery is ongoing. In April 2009, the Court denied
Sandisks motion for summary judgement on SanDisks
affirmative defense of statute of limitations.
With respect to the lawsuits with SanDisk as described above,
and following two prior decisions in our favor taken by the ITC,
we have not identified any risk of probable loss that is likely
to arise out of the outstanding proceedings.
We are also a party to legal proceedings with Tessera, Inc.
On January 31, 2006, Tessera added our Company as a
co-defendant, along with several other semiconductor and
packaging companies, to a lawsuit filed by Tessera on
October 7, 2005 against Advanced Micro Devices Inc. and
Spansion in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California. Tessera is claiming that certain of our
small format BGA packages infringe certain patents owned by
Tessera, and that we are liable for damages. Tessera is also
claiming that various ST entities breached a 1997 License
Agreement and that we are liable for unpaid royalties as a
result. In April and May 2007, the United States Patent and
Trademark Office (PTO) initiated reexaminations in
response to the reexamination requests. A final decision
regarding the reexamination requests is pending.
On April 17, 2007, Tessera filed a complaint against us,
Spansion, ATI Technologies, Inc., Qualcomm, Motorola and
Freescale with the ITC with respect to certain small format ball
grid array packages and products containing the same, alleging
patent infringement claims of two of the Tessera patents
previously asserted in the District Court action described above
and seeking an order excluding importation of such products into
the United States. On May 15, 2007, the ITC instituted an
investigation pursuant to 19 U.S.C. § 1337,
entitled In the Matter of Certain Semiconductor Chips with
Minimized Chip Package Size and Products Containing Same,
Inv.
No. 337-TA-605.
The PTOs Central Reexamination Unit has issued office
actions rejecting all of the asserted patent claims on the
grounds that they are invalid in view of certain prior art.
Tessera is contesting these rejections, and the PTO has not made
a final decision. On February 25, 2008, the administrative
law judge issued an initial determination staying the ITC
proceeding pending completion of these reexamination
proceedings. On March 28, 2008, the ITC reversed the
administrative law judge and ordered him to reinstate the ITC
proceeding. Trial proceedings took place from July 14, 2008
to July 18, 2008. On December 1, 2008, the ITC
Administration Law Judge issued this initial determination
finding the 326 and 419 patents valid
but not infringed. Tessera has appealed this ruling to the ITC
which, on March 26, 2009 decided to extend the deadline for
completing its review and rendering its final determination
until May 20, 2009. Pursuant to its review, the ITC can
affirm, modify or reverse the initial determination, in whole or
in part. The two Tessera patents asserted in the proceedings
will expire in 2010.
In addition, in April 2008, we, along with several other
companies such as Freescale, NXP Semiconductor, Grace
Semiconductor, National Semiconductor, Spansion and Elpida, were
sued by LSI Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Agere Systems,
Inc. (collectively LSI) before the ITC in
Washington, D.C.. The lawsuit follows LSI Corp.s
purchase of Agere Systems Inc. and alleges infringement of a
single Agere U.S. process patent (US 5,227,335). LSI
is seeking an exclusion order preventing the importation into
the United States of semiconductor integrated devices and
products made by the methods alleged to infringe the asserted
patent. The Administrative Law Judge assigned to the case set a
July 2009 trial date with an initial determination on the merits
due September 21, 2009. The ITCs final determination
is currently scheduled for January 21, 2010. The LSI patent
in suit expires July 13, 2010. A
142
claim for patent infringement was also made by LSI in the United
States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas
regarding the same patent. The action in the United States
District Court for the Eastern District of Texas has been stayed
pending completion of the ITC case. Fact discovery is closed in
this case and the plaintiffs expert report contains no
mention of ST. We have filed a motion for summary determination
with the ITC based upon our affirmative defense of license and
LSIs failure to offer expert testimony regarding
infringement of the asserted patent by any ST product.
Other
Matters
In February 2008, we instituted arbitration proceedings against
Credit Suisse Securities (Credit Suisse) in
connection with the unauthorized purchase by Credit Suisse of
collateralized debt obligations and credit-linked notes (the
Unauthorized Securities) instead of the federally
guaranteed student loan securities that we had instructed Credit
Suisse to purchase. On February 12, 2009 an arbitration
panel of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
(FINRA) awarded us approximately $401.5 million
in compensatory and consequential damages, in addition to
approximately $27 million in interest and $3 million
in attorneys fees, in exchange for the transfer of all of
the Unauthorized Securities back to Credit Suisse. On
February 17, 2009, we filed a petition in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York (the
Court) seeking confirmation and enforcement of the
FINRA award. Credit Suisse has responded by seeking to vacate
the FINRA award. All required written submissions have to date
been filed with the Court by us and Credit Suisse, and the Court
may rule at any time.
In October 2008, we learned that the European Commission had
commenced an investigation involving the Smartcard business for
alleged violations of antitrust laws. This investigation is in
the very early stages. We are monitoring the investigation
carefully and have expressed our willingness to the European
Commission to cooperate to the full extent possible in the
management of the case and our availability to provide any
additional information or documentation as may be requested.
Risk
Management and Insurance
We cover our industrial and business risks through insurance
contracts with top ranking insurance carriers, to the extent
reasonably permissible by the insurance market which does not
provide insurance coverage for certain risks and imposes certain
limits, terms and conditions on coverage that it does provide.
Risks may be covered either through local policies or through
corporate policies negotiated on a worldwide level for the ST
Group of Companies. Corporate policies are negotiated when the
risks are recurrent in various of our affiliated companies.
Currently we have four corporate policies covering the following
risks:
|
|
|
|
|
Property damage and business interruption;
|
|
|
|
General liability and product liability;
|
|
|
|
Directors and officers liability; and
|
|
|
|
Transportation risks.
|
Our policies generally cover a twelve-month period although may
be subscribed for a longer period if conditions for a longer
term arrangement are deemed beneficial to us. Such policies are
subject to certain terms and conditions, exclusions and
limitations, generally in line with prevailing conditions,
exclusions and limitations, in the insurance market. Pursuant to
such conditions, risks such as terrorism, earthquake, fire,
floods and loss of production, may not be fully insured and we
may not, in the event of a claim under a policy, receive an
indemnification from our insurers commensurate with the full
amount of the damage we have incurred. Furthermore, our product
liability insurance covers physical and direct damages, which
may be caused by our products, however, immaterial,
non-consequential damages resulting from failure to deliver or
delivery of defective products are generally not covered because
such risks are considered to occur in the ordinary course of
business and cannot be insured. We may decide to subscribe for
excess coverage in addition to the coverage provided by our
standard policies. If we suffer damage or incur a claim, which
is not covered by one of our corporate insurance policies, this
may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
We also perform annual assessments through an external
consultant of our risk exposure in the field of property
damage/business interruption in our production sites, to assess
potential losses, and actual risk exposure. Such
143
assessments are provided to our underwriters. We do not own or
operate any insurance captive, which acts an insurer for our own
risks, although we may consider such an option in the future.
Reporting
Obligations in International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS)
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed
on Euronext Paris and Borsa Italiana. Consequently we are
subject to an EU regulation issued on September 29, 2003
requiring us to report our results of operations and
Consolidated Financial Statements using IFRS (previously known
as International Accounting Standards or IAS). As
from January 1, 2009 we are also required to prepare a
semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS reporting standards.
We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards,
as U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our
creation in 1987. Until last year, when the SEC adopted rules
allowing foreign private issuers to file financial statements
prepared in accordance with IFRS without reconciliation to
U.S. GAAP., U.S. GAAP was the sole admitted reporting
standard for companies like us whose shares are listed on the
NYSE.
The obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements
under IFRS requires us to prepare our results of operations
using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP
and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual
reporting could materially increase the complexity of our
investor communications. Given this risk, and the complexity of
maintaining and reviewing two sets of accounts, we may consider
reporting primarily under IFRS at some point in the future.
Dividend
Policy
We seek to use our available cash in order to develop and
enhance our position in the very capital-intensive semiconductor
market while at the same time managing our cash resources to
reward our shareholders for their investment and trust in us.
Based on our annual results, projected capital requirements as
well as business conditions and prospects, the Managing Board
proposes each year to the Supervisory Board the allocation of
our earnings involving, whenever deemed possible and desirable
in line with our objectives and financial situation, the
distribution of a cash dividend.
The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board,
decides each year, in accordance with this policy, which portion
of the profits shall be retained in reserves to fund future
growth or for other purposes and makes a proposal to the
shareholders concerning the amount, if any, of the annual cash
dividend. This policy was discussed at our 2005 annual
shareholders meeting. See Item 10. Additional
Information Memorandum and Articles of Association
Articles of Association Distribution of
Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40).
At our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held on
May 20, 2009, our shareholders are expected to approve the
distribution of a cash dividend of $0.12 per common share, to be
paid in four equal installments on May 25, 2009,
August 24, 2009, November 23, 2009 and
February 22, 2010. Payment of an installment will be made
to those deriving their rights from our common shares at the
aforementioned dates.
In the past five years, we have paid the following dividends:
|
|
|
|
|
On May 14, 2008, our shareholders adopted the payment of a
quarterly cash dividend with respect to the year ended
December 31, 2007 of $0.36, which was paid in four equal
installments to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on
May 19, 2008, August 18, 2008, November 26, 2008
and February 25, 2009 and New York Registry Shareholders of
record on May 21, 2008, August 20, 2008,
November 26, 2008 and February 25, 2009.
|
|
|
|
On April 26, 2007, our shareholders adopted the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2006 of $0.30 payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record
on May 21, 2007 and New York Registry Shareholders of
record on May 23, 2007. This dividend was approximately 34%
of our earnings in 2006.
|
|
|
|
On April 27, 2006, our shareholders adopted the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2005 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders
of record on May 22, 2006
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
and New York Registry Shareholders of record on May 24,
2006. This dividend was approximately 40% of our earnings in
2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
On March 18, 2005, our shareholders adopted the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2004 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders
of record on May 23, 2005 and New York registry
shareholders of record on May 25, 2005. This dividend was
approximately 18% of our earnings in 2004.
|
|
|
|
On April 23, 2004, our shareholders adopted the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2003 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry shareholders
of record on May 21, 2004 and New York registry
shareholders of record on May 26, 2004. This dividend was
approximately 42% of our earnings for 2003.
|
Future dividends will depend on our capacity to generate
profitable results, our profit situation, our financial
situation, the general economic situation and prospects and any
other factors that the Supervisory Board deems important.
Trading
History of the Companys Shares
Since 1994, our common shares have been traded on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol
STM and on Euronext Paris (formerly known as
ParisBourse) and were quoted on SEAQ International. On
June 5, 1998, our common shares were also listed for the
first time on the Borsa Italiana (Italian Stock Exchange), where
they have been traded since that date.
Since November 12, 1997, our common shares have been
included in the CAC 40, the main benchmark for Euronext Paris
which tracks a sample of 40 stocks selected from among the top
100 market capitalization and the most active stocks listed on
Euronext Paris, and which is the underlying asset for options
and futures contracts. The base value was 1,000 at
December 31, 1987.
On December 1, 2003, the CAC 40 index shifted to free-float
weightings. As of this date, the CAC 40 weightings are based on
free-float capitalization instead of total market
capitalization. On February 21, 2005, Euronext Paris
created a new range of indices; along with four existing indices
including the CAC 40, six new indices have been created.
On March 18, 2002, we were admitted into the S&P/MIB
(formerly the MIB 30 Index), which is comprised of the 40
leading stocks, based upon their industry, market capitalization
and liquidity, listed on the Borsa Italiana. It features
free-float adjustment, high liquidity and broad, accurate
representation of market performance based on the leading
companies in leading industries.
On June 23, 2003, we were admitted into the Semiconductor
Sector Index (or SOX) of the Philadelphia Stock
Exchange. The SOX is a widely followed, price-weighted index
composed of 18 companies that are primarily involved in the
design, distribution, manufacturing and sale of semiconductors.
The tables below indicate the range of the high and low prices
in U.S. dollars for the common shares on the NYSE, and the
high and low prices in Euros for the common shares on Euronext
Paris, and the Borsa Italiana annually for the past five years,
during each quarter in 2007 and 2008, and monthly for the past
18 months. In December 1994, we completed our Initial
Public Offering of 21,000,000 common shares at an initial price
to the public of $22.25 per share. On June 16, 1999, we
effected a 2-to-1 stock split and on May 5, 2000, we
effected a 3-to-1 stock split. The tables below have been
adjusted to reflect the split. Each range is based on the
highest or lowest rate within each day for common share price
ranges for the relevant exchange.
145
Euronext
Paris
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
Annual Information for the Past Five Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
5,368,569
|
|
|
|
92,993,241
|
|
|
|
23.81
|
|
|
|
13.25
|
|
2005
|
|
|
5,367,485
|
|
|
|
72,641,065
|
|
|
|
15.81
|
|
|
|
10.83
|
|
2006
|
|
|
5,748,008
|
|
|
|
78,944,778
|
|
|
|
16.56
|
|
|
|
11.34
|
|
2007
|
|
|
5,430,551
|
|
|
|
71,352,748
|
|
|
|
15.61
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7,490,827
|
|
|
|
54,414,076
|
|
|
|
9.89
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
Quarterly Information for the Past Two Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
5,449,082
|
|
|
|
79,245,186
|
|
|
|
15.31
|
|
|
|
13.57
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
5,431,749
|
|
|
|
76,484,553
|
|
|
|
15.61
|
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
5,350,203
|
|
|
|
69,229,782
|
|
|
|
14.64
|
|
|
|
11.58
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
5,492,462
|
|
|
|
60,666,271
|
|
|
|
12.19
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
7,813,598
|
|
|
|
62,410,156
|
|
|
|
9.89
|
|
|
|
6.21
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
8,068,187
|
|
|
|
61,286,480
|
|
|
|
8.70
|
|
|
|
6.55
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
8,051,382
|
|
|
|
62,656,909
|
|
|
|
9.49
|
|
|
|
6.17
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
6,036,775
|
|
|
|
35,239,921
|
|
|
|
7.66
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
4,304,943
|
|
|
|
17,004,198
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
Monthly Information for the Past 18 Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
4,488,617
|
|
|
|
46,194,961
|
|
|
|
10.83
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
8,385,124
|
|
|
|
71,620,389
|
|
|
|
9.89
|
|
|
|
7.55
|
|
February
|
|
|
7,788,533
|
|
|
|
64,644,823
|
|
|
|
8.73
|
|
|
|
7.74
|
|
March
|
|
|
7,222,249
|
|
|
|
49,966,560
|
|
|
|
7.92
|
|
|
|
6.21
|
|
April
|
|
|
8,119,723
|
|
|
|
57,849,334
|
|
|
|
7.77
|
|
|
|
6.59
|
|
May
|
|
|
7,483,465
|
|
|
|
61,189,803
|
|
|
|
8.70
|
|
|
|
7.64
|
|
June
|
|
|
8,540,402
|
|
|
|
63,441,764
|
|
|
|
8.43
|
|
|
|
6.55
|
|
July
|
|
|
6,991,035
|
|
|
|
47,517,154
|
|
|
|
7.34
|
|
|
|
6.17
|
|
August
|
|
|
7,035,147
|
|
|
|
58,166,264
|
|
|
|
9.10
|
|
|
|
7.07
|
|
September
|
|
|
10,130,095
|
|
|
|
83,418,569
|
|
|
|
9.49
|
|
|
|
6.80
|
|
October
|
|
|
9,212,472
|
|
|
|
60,384,547
|
|
|
|
7.66
|
|
|
|
5.71
|
|
November
|
|
|
4,842,241
|
|
|
|
28,511,117
|
|
|
|
6.97
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
December
|
|
|
3,733,636
|
|
|
|
18,051,773
|
|
|
|
5.23
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
4,296,645
|
|
|
|
19,242,628
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
3.92
|
|
February
|
|
|
3,893,448
|
|
|
|
15,709,089
|
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
3.40
|
|
March
|
|
|
4,724,735
|
|
|
|
16,060,879
|
|
|
|
3.96
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
April
|
|
|
5,582,074
|
|
|
|
26,027,536
|
|
|
|
5.24
|
|
|
|
3.67
|
|
May (through
May 4th,
2009)
|
|
|
4,540,241
|
|
|
|
4,540,241
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
4.97
|
|
Source: Bloomberg
146
Borsa
Italiana (Milan)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
Annual Information for the past five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
15,563,346
|
|
|
|
269,570,814
|
|
|
|
23.81
|
|
|
|
13.25
|
|
2005
|
|
|
15,530,038
|
|
|
|
210,190,100
|
|
|
|
15.82
|
|
|
|
10.82
|
|
2006
|
|
|
10,316,084
|
|
|
|
141,689,828
|
|
|
|
16.55
|
|
|
|
11.33
|
|
2007
|
|
|
7,485,654
|
|
|
|
98,885,773
|
|
|
|
15.60
|
|
|
|
9.80
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7,194,358
|
|
|
|
52,370,415
|
|
|
|
9.90
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
Quarterly Information for the past two years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
9,719,941
|
|
|
|
140,442,674
|
|
|
|
15.32
|
|
|
|
13.63
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
7,925,067
|
|
|
|
115,156,104
|
|
|
|
15.60
|
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
6,479,636
|
|
|
|
83,424,814
|
|
|
|
14.64
|
|
|
|
11.57
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
5,785,437
|
|
|
|
63,752,010
|
|
|
|
12.16
|
|
|
|
9.80
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
8,127,085
|
|
|
|
64,600,327
|
|
|
|
9.90
|
|
|
|
6.21
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
8,238,711
|
|
|
|
62,326,503
|
|
|
|
8.69
|
|
|
|
6.55
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
8,080,320
|
|
|
|
62,475,791
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
|
|
6.17
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
4,271,603
|
|
|
|
24,830,416
|
|
|
|
7.66
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
4,684,540
|
|
|
|
18,251,262
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
4,887,232
|
|
|
|
50,380,846
|
|
|
|
10.81
|
|
|
|
9.80
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
10,071,980
|
|
|
|
86,256,895
|
|
|
|
9.90
|
|
|
|
7.65
|
|
February
|
|
|
6,982,043
|
|
|
|
57,925,024
|
|
|
|
8.73
|
|
|
|
7.75
|
|
March
|
|
|
7,140,553
|
|
|
|
49,413,382
|
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
|
|
6.21
|
|
April
|
|
|
8,308,719
|
|
|
|
59,132,772
|
|
|
|
7.77
|
|
|
|
6.56
|
|
May
|
|
|
8,253,457
|
|
|
|
67,468,476
|
|
|
|
8.70
|
|
|
|
7.64
|
|
June
|
|
|
8,137,962
|
|
|
|
60,473,973
|
|
|
|
8.44
|
|
|
|
6.55
|
|
July
|
|
|
7,589,829
|
|
|
|
51,635,916
|
|
|
|
7.35
|
|
|
|
6.17
|
|
August
|
|
|
7,898,607
|
|
|
|
65,185,228
|
|
|
|
9.11
|
|
|
|
7.08
|
|
September
|
|
|
8,758,459
|
|
|
|
72,107,600
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
|
|
6.70
|
|
October
|
|
|
6,327,113
|
|
|
|
41,402,428
|
|
|
|
7.66
|
|
|
|
5.68
|
|
November
|
|
|
3,411,346
|
|
|
|
19,925,492
|
|
|
|
6.95
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
December
|
|
|
2,761,473
|
|
|
|
13,391,689
|
|
|
|
5.59
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
3,902,013
|
|
|
|
17,479,162
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
3.92
|
|
February
|
|
|
4,308,788
|
|
|
|
17,383,807
|
|
|
|
4.51
|
|
|
|
3.42
|
|
March
|
|
|
5,842,820
|
|
|
|
19,890,819
|
|
|
|
3.96
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
April
|
|
|
7,841,101
|
|
|
|
36,474,844
|
|
|
|
5.26
|
|
|
|
3.67
|
|
May (through
May 4th,
2009)
|
|
|
6,328,552
|
|
|
|
6,328,552
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
4.99
|
|
Source: Bloomberg
147
New York
Stock Exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(US$)
|
|
|
(US$)
|
|
|
(US$)
|
|
|
Annual Information for the past five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
1,573,811
|
|
|
|
33,794,900
|
|
|
|
29.90
|
|
|
|
16.36
|
|
2005
|
|
|
1,087,913
|
|
|
|
18,288,128
|
|
|
|
19.47
|
|
|
|
13.96
|
|
2006
|
|
|
1,069,476
|
|
|
|
18,428,607
|
|
|
|
19.90
|
|
|
|
14.55
|
|
2007
|
|
|
1,823,514
|
|
|
|
32,857,113
|
|
|
|
20.84
|
|
|
|
14.22
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2,615,829
|
|
|
|
28,015,734
|
|
|
|
14.35
|
|
|
|
5.90
|
|
Quarterly Information for the past two years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
1,749,667
|
|
|
|
33,161,930
|
|
|
|
20.18
|
|
|
|
17.97
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
2,131,057
|
|
|
|
41,749,439
|
|
|
|
20.84
|
|
|
|
18.55
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
1,954,249
|
|
|
|
34,467,683
|
|
|
|
20.17
|
|
|
|
15.85
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
1,462,470
|
|
|
|
23,333,942
|
|
|
|
17.36
|
|
|
|
14.22
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
2,820,620
|
|
|
|
33,477,056
|
|
|
|
14.35
|
|
|
|
9.88
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
2,644,859
|
|
|
|
31,194,168
|
|
|
|
13.56
|
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
2,836,136
|
|
|
|
32,884,996
|
|
|
|
13.74
|
|
|
|
9.75
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
2,171,570
|
|
|
|
16,580,957
|
|
|
|
10.46
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
1,766,603
|
|
|
|
9,078,223
|
|
|
|
7.15
|
|
|
|
3.73
|
|
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
1,314,994
|
|
|
|
19,640,756
|
|
|
|
15.78
|
|
|
|
14.22
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
2,171,989
|
|
|
|
27,444,626
|
|
|
|
14.35
|
|
|
|
11.42
|
|
February
|
|
|
2,773,272
|
|
|
|
33,843,628
|
|
|
|
12.97
|
|
|
|
11.39
|
|
March
|
|
|
3,549,012
|
|
|
|
38,075,570
|
|
|
|
11.91
|
|
|
|
9.88
|
|
April
|
|
|
2,680,234
|
|
|
|
29,986,950
|
|
|
|
11.93
|
|
|
|
10.39
|
|
May
|
|
|
2,926,867
|
|
|
|
37,098,732
|
|
|
|
13.56
|
|
|
|
11.41
|
|
June
|
|
|
2,324,903
|
|
|
|
26,857,054
|
|
|
|
12.86
|
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
July
|
|
|
3,002,264
|
|
|
|
32,229,307
|
|
|
|
11.63
|
|
|
|
10.02
|
|
Source: Bloomberg
Of the 874,276,833 common shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2008, 65,100,373, or 7.4%, were registered in
the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York
and 558,471,706, or 63.9%, of our common shares outstanding were
listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext Paris SA and
on the Borsa Italiana in Milan. At December 31, 2007, there
were 899,760,539 common shares outstanding, of which 89,372,713,
or 9.9%, were registered in the common share registry maintained
on our behalf in New York and 582,683,072, or 64.8%, of our
common shares outstanding were listed on Euroclear France and
traded on Euronext Paris S.A. and on the Borsa Italiana in Milan.
148
Market
Information
Euronext
General
On September 22, 2000, upon successful completion of an
exchange offer, the Paris-Bourse (SBF) SA, or the
SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the Brussels
Stock Exchange merged to create Euronext, the first pan-European
stock exchange. Through the exchange offer, all the shareholders
of SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the Brussels Stock
Exchange contributed their shares to Euronext N.V.
(Euronext), a Dutch holding company, and the
Portugal Exchange was included in Euronext in January 2002.
Following the creation of Euronext, the SBF changed its name to
Euronext Paris SA (Euronext Paris). Securities
quoted on exchanges participating in Euronext cash markets are
traded and cleared over common Euronext platforms but remain
listed on their local exchanges. NSC is the common
Euronext platform for trading and Clearing 21 for
clearing. In addition, Euronext, through Euroclear has a central
settlement and custody structure over a common system. In
January 2002, Euronext acquired the London International
Financial Futures and Options Exchange (LIFFE),
Londons derivatives market and created Euronext.liffe.
Euronext.liffe is the international derivatives business of
Euronext, comprising the Amsterdam, Brussels, Lisbon, London and
Paris derivatives markets. Euronext.liffe creates a single
market for derivatives, by bringing all its derivatives products
together on the one electronic trading platform, LIFFE
CONNECTtm.
NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext combined in April 2007 to create
NYSE Euronext, the worlds largest and first transatlantic
stock exchange operator, with six cash equities exchanges in
five countries and six derivatives exchange. NYSE Euronext is
the group holding company, and NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext are
its subsidiaries.
Euronext
Paris
In 2005, Euronext overhauled its listing arrangements, creating
a single list, Eurolist by Euronext (Eurolist), that
encompassed all of its regulated markets. In Paris, the markets
operated by Euronext Premier Marché, Second
Marché and Nouveau Marché were
amalgamated in February 2005, becoming Euronext Paris. Euronext
Paris retains responsibility for the admission of shares on, and
regulation of, the Paris market.
Our shares have been listed on the Premier Marché of
Euronext Paris since July 2001 and are now listed on compartment
A of Eurolist. In accordance with Euronext Paris rules, the
shares issued by domestic and other companies listed on Eurolist
are classified in capitalization compartments. The shares of
listed companies are distributed between the following three
market capitalization compartments:
|
|
|
|
|
compartment A comprises the companies with market
capitalizations above 1 billion;
|
|
|
|
compartment B comprises the companies with market
capitalizations from 150 million and up to and
including 1 billion; and
|
|
|
|
compartment C comprises the companies with market
capitalizations below 150 million.
|
Our common shares are listed on the compartment A under the ISIN
Code NL0000226223.
Securities listed on Euronext Paris are placed in one of two
categories (Continu or Fixing) depending on the
volume of transactions. Our common shares are listed in the
category known as Continu, which includes the most
actively traded securities. The minimum yearly trading volume
required for a security of a listed company on a regulated
market of Euronext Paris in the Continu category is 2,500
trades.
Securities listed on Euronext Paris are traded through providers
of investment services (investment companies and other financial
institutions). The trading of our common shares takes place
continuously on each business day from 9:00 a.m. to
5:30 p.m. (Paris time), with a pre-opening session from
7:15 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. (Paris time) and a pre-closing
session from 5:30 p.m. to 5:35 p.m. (Paris time)
during which transactions are recorded but not executed and a
closing auction at 5:35 p.m. (Paris time). From
5:35 p.m. to 5:40 p.m. (Paris time) (trading at
last phase), transactions are executed at the closing
price. Any trade effected after the close of a stock exchange
session will be recorded, on the next Euronext Paris trading
day, at the closing price for the relevant security at the end
of the previous days session. Euronext Paris publishes a
daily official price list that includes price information on
each
149
listed security. Euronext Paris has introduced continuous
electronic trading during trading hours for most actively traded
securities. Any trade of a security that occurs outside trading
hours is effected at a price within a range of 1% of the closing
price for that security.
Trading in the listed securities of an issuer may be suspended
by Euronext Paris if a quoted price exceeds certain price limits
defined by the regulations of Euronext Paris. In particular, if
the quoted price of a Continu security varies by more
than 5% from a reference price, Euronext Paris may suspend
trading for up to two minutes. The reference price is usually
the opening price, or, with respect to the first quoted price of
the given trading day, the last traded price of the previous
trading day, as adjusted if necessary by Euronext Paris to take
into account available information. Further suspensions are also
possible if the price again varies by more than 5% from a new
reference price equal to the price which caused the first
trading suspension. If the quoted price of a Continu
security varies by more than 2% from the last quoted price,
trading may be suspended for up to two minutes. Euronext Paris
may also suspend trading of a listed security in certain other
limited circumstances, including, for example, the occurrence of
unusual trading activity in such security. In addition, in
exceptional cases, the Autorité des marchés
financiers (the AMF) (the regulatory authority
over French stock exchanges) may also suspend trading.
All trades of securities listed on Euronext Paris are performed
on a cash-settlement basis on the third trading day after the
trade. Market intermediaries are also permitted to offer
investors a deferred settlement service (Service à
Réglement Différé or SRD) for a
fee. The SRD allows investors who elect this service to benefit
from leverage and other special features of the monthly
settlement market. The SRD is reserved for securities which have
both a total market capitalization of at least
1 billion and represent a minimum daily trading
volume of 1 million and which are normally cited on a
list published by Euronext Paris. Investors in securities
eligible for the SRD can elect on the determination date
(date de liquidation), which is, at the latest, the fifth
trading day before the end of the month, either to settle the
trade by the last trading day of the month or to pay an
additional fee and postpone the settlement decision to the
determination date of the following month. Our common shares are
eligible for the SRD.
Ownership of securities traded on a deferred settlement basis
belongs to the market intermediary (in whose account they are
registered at the date set by market rules) pending registration
in the buyers account. According to the rules of Euronext
Paris, the market intermediary is entitled to the dividends and
coupons pertaining to the securities he has full title, provided
he is responsible for paying the buyer, when the settlement
matured, the exact cash equivalent of the rights received.
Prior to any transfer of securities held in registered form on
Eurolist, the securities must be converted into bearer form and
accordingly inscribed in an account maintained by an accredited
intermediary with Euroclear France SA (Euroclear), a
registered clearing agency. Transactions in securities are
initiated by the owner giving instructions (through an agent, if
appropriate) to the relevant accredited intermediary. Trades of
securities listed on Eurolist are cleared through Clearing 21, a
common Euronext platform, and settled through Euroclear using a
continuous net settlement system. A fee or a commission is
payable to the broker-dealer or other agent involved in the
transaction.
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40, the
principal index published by Euronext Paris, since
November 12, 1997. The CAC 40 is derived daily by comparing
the total market capitalization of 40 stocks included in the
monthly settlement market of Euronext Paris to a baseline
established on December 31, 1987. Adjustments are made to
allow for expansion of the sample due to new issues. The CAC 40
indicates the trends in the French stock market as a whole and
is one of the most widely followed stock price indices in France.
Our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40 at any time,
and the exclusion or the announcement thereof could cause the
market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
Securities
Trading in Italy
The Mercato Telematico Azionario (the MTA), the
Italian automated screen-based quotation system on which our
common shares are listed, is organized and administered by Borsa
Italiana S.p.A. (Borsa Italiana) subject to the
supervision of the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e
la Borsa (CONSOB) the public authority charged,
inter alia, with regulating investment companies, securities
markets and public offerings of securities in Italy to ensure
the transparency and regularity of dealings and protect
investors. Borsa Italiana was
150
established to manage the Italian regulated financial markets
(including the MTA) as part of the implementation in Italy of
the EU Investment Services Directive pursuant to Legislative
Decree No. 415 of July 23, 1996 (the Eurosim
Decree) and as modified by Legislative Decree No. 58
of February 24, 1998, as amended (the Financial
Act). Borsa Italiana became operative in January 1998,
replacing the administrative body Consiglio di Borsa, and has
issued rules governing the organization and the administration
of the Italian stock exchange, futures and options markets as
well as the admission to listing on and trading in these
markets. As of October 1, 2007, upon a merger with the
London Stock Exchange, 99.9% of the share capital of Borsa
Italiana is held by the London Stock Exchange Group plc.
A cash settlement period of three business days applies to all
trades of equity securities in Italy effected on a regulated
market. Any person, through an authorized intermediary, may
purchase or sell listed securities following (i) in the
case of sales, deposit of the securities; and (ii) in the
case of purchases, deposit of 100% of such securities
value in cash, or deposit of listed securities or government
bonds of an equivalent amount. No closing price is
reported for the electronic trading system, which requires the
daily publication of: (i) an official price for
each security calculated as a weighted average price of all
trades effected during the trading day; and (ii) a
reference price for each security calculated as the
closing-auction price or, in the event that no closing-auction
price is available, as a weighted average of the trades effected
during a ten-minute interval of the continuous trading phase.
If the opening price of an equity security contained in the
S&P/MIB index (established each trading day prior to the
commencement of trading based on bids received) differs by more
than 7.5% or such other amount established by Borsa Italiana
from the previous days reference price, trading in that
security will not be permitted until Borsa Italiana authorizes
it. (For equity securities other than those contained in the
S&P/MIB index, trading will not be permitted if the opening
price differs by more than 10% from the previous days
reference price). If in the course of a trading day the price of
a security fluctuates by more than 3.5% from the last reported
sale price,an automatic five minute suspension in the trading of
that security will be declared by the Borsa Italiana. (For
equity securities other than those contained in the S&P/MIB
index, this suspension will apply upon a 5% fluctuation from the
last reported sale price). In the event of such a suspension,
orders already placed may not be modified or cancelled and new
orders may not be processed. Borsa Italiana has the authority to
suspend trading in any security, among other things, in response
to extreme price fluctuations. In urgent circumstances, CONSOB
may, where necessary, adopt measures required to ensure the
transparency of the market, orderly trading and protection of
investors.
Italian law requires that trading of equity securities, as well
as any other investment services, may be carried out
vis-à-vis the public on a professional basis by
financial intermediaries, banks and certain types of finance
companies. In addition, banks and investment firms organized in
any member state of the EU are permitted to operate in Italy
either on a branch or on a cross-border basis provided that the
intent of such bank or investment firm is communicated to CONSOB
and the Bank of Italy by the competent authorities of the member
state according to specific procedures. Non-EU banks and non-EU
investment firms may operate in Italy subject to the specific
authorization of CONSOB and the Bank of Italy.
The settlement of Italian stock exchange transactions is
facilitated by Monte Titoli S.p.A., a centralized securities
clearing system owned by Borsa Italiana. Most Italian banks and
certain Italian securities dealers have securities accounts with
Monte Titoli and act as depositories for investors. Beneficial
owners of shares may hold their interests through custody
accounts with any such institution. Beneficial owners of shares
held with Monte Titoli may transfer their shares, collect
dividends, create liens and exercise other rights with respect
to those shares through such accounts.
Participants in Euroclear and Clearstream may hold their
interests in shares and transfer the shares, collect dividends,
create liens and exercise their shareholders rights
through Euroclear and Clearstream. A holder may require
Euroclear and Clearstream to transfer its shares to an account
of such holder with an Italian bank or any authorized broker.
Our common shares are included in the S&P/MIB Index. Our
common shares could be removed from the S&P/MIB Index at
any time, and the exclusion or announcement thereof could cause
the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
151
|
|
Item 10.
|
Additional
Information
|
Memorandum
and Articles of Association
Applicable
non-U.S.
Regulations
Applicable
Dutch Legislation
We were incorporated under the law of the Netherlands by deed of
May 21, 1987, and we are governed by Book 2 of the Dutch
Civil Code. Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions
of our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.
The summary below does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of
Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.
The summary below sets forth our current Articles of Association
as most recently amended on May 15, 2007.
We are subject to various provisions of the Dutch Financial
Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel
toezicht) (the FMSA) and, in particular,
to the provisions summarized below.
Unless an exemption applies, we are subject to (i) a
prohibition from offering securities in the Netherlands without
the publication of an approved prospectus (and the same
prohibition applies for such offers in other jurisdictions of
the European Economic Area (the EEA)); (ii) a
prohibition of proceeding with any transaction in our financial
instruments admitted to trading on a regulated market in the EEA
or in any other financial instrument the value of which depends
in part on these instruments, in the event where we would
possess inside information; and (iii) certain restrictions
(related to market manipulation) in repurchasing our shares.
Furthermore we are required to inform the Dutch Authority for
the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële
Markten) (the AFM) immediately if our
issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights change by
1% or more since our previous notification. Other changes in our
share capital or voting rights need to be notified periodically.
Also, the sole member of our Managing Board and the members of
our Supervisory Board (unless they have already notified
pursuant to the requirements described below in
Disclosure of Holdings), certain of
their relatives, entities closely related with them and (under
certain circumstances) members of senior management must notify
the AFM of all transactions conducted on their own account
relating to our financial instruments admitted to trading on a
regulated market in the EEA or in any other financial instrument
the value of which depends in part on these instruments. The AFM
keeps a public register of all notifications made pursuant to
the FMSA. The provisions of the FMSA regarding statements of
holdings in our share capital and voting rights are described
below in Disclosure of Holdings.
On October 28, 2007, the Dutch legislation implementing
Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids (the Takeover
Directive) entered into force. This legislation requires a
shareholder who (individually or jointly) obtains control to
launch an offer to all of our other shareholders. Such control
is deemed present if a (legal) person is able to exercise, alone
or acting in concert, at least 30% of the voting rights in our
shareholders meeting. The acquisition of control does not
require an act of the person who obtains control (e.g., if we
repurchase shares as a consequence of which the relative stake
of a major shareholder increases (and may result in control
having been obtained)).
In the event control is acquired, whether or not by acting in
concert, two options exist: (i) either a mandatory offer is
launched or (ii) within 30 days the relevant stake is
decreased below the 30% voting rights threshold, provided the
voting rights have not been exercised during this period and our
shares are not sold to a controlling shareholder. The Enterprise
Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal
(Ondernemingskamer) may extend this period by an
additional 60 days.
The Dutch legislation contains a substantial number of
exemptions to the obligation to launch a (mandatory) offer. One
of those exemptions is that Stichting Continuïteit ST, an
independent foundation, is allowed to cross the 30% voting
rights threshold when obtaining our preference shares after the
announcement of a public offer, but only for a maximum period of
2 years.
152
Applicable
French Legislation
As our registered offices are based in the Netherlands, the AMF
is not the competent market authority to control our disclosure
obligations. The AMF General Regulation only requires that the
periodic and ongoing information to be disclosed pursuant to the
EU Transparency Directive and which content is controlled by the
AFM (for instance the annual, half-yearly and quarterly
financial reports or any inside information) be also disclosed
at the same time in France and made available on our Internet
website.
In addition, as our shares are listed on Euronext Paris, in
France, we must (i) disclose the amount of the fees paid to
our statutory auditors (pursuant to
Article 222-8
of the AMF General Regulation), (ii) disclose a report on
internal control procedures (pursuant to
Article 222-9
of the AMF General Regulation and (iii) inform the AMF of
any modification of our bylaws and articles of incorporation
(pursuant to
Article 223-20
of the AMF General Regulation).
The AMF can also ask our company to disclose information
relating to threshold crossings as well as information on the
total number of shares and voting rights composing our capital
(pursuant to
Article 223-14
seq. of the AMF General Regulation). This information is then
disclosed to the public by the AMF.
Articles 241-1
to 241-6 of
the AMF General Regulation on buyback programs for equity
securities admitted to trading on a regulated market and
transaction reporting requirements are also applicable to our
company as well as
Articles 611-1
to 632-1 of
the AMF General Regulation on market abuse (insider dealing and
market manipulation).
As a general rule, the information disclosed to the public must
be accurate, precise and fairly presented.
Following the opening of Euronext Paris, all financial
instruments formerly traded on the Premier, the Second
and the Nouveau Marché are now distributed
between three capitalization compartments, A, B, and C, whose
regulations are generally applicable to us. See
Item 9. Listing.
Other provisions of French securities regulations are not
applicable to us.
Regarding the regulation of public tender offers,
articles 231-1
to 237-13 of
the AMF General Regulations shall apply to our shares, except
for the provisions concerning the standing offer, the mandatory
filing of a tender offer and the squeeze out.
Applicable
Italian Legislation
Because our common shares are listed on the MTA, as described in
Item 9. Listing above, we are required to
publish certain information in order to comply with (i) the
Financial Act and related regulations promulgated by the CONSOB
and (ii) certain rules of the Borsa Italiana. These
requirements are related to: (i) disclosure of
price-sensitive information (such as capital increases, mergers,
creation of joint subsidiaries, major acquisitions);
(ii) periodic information (such as financial statements to
be provided in compliance with the jurisdiction of the country
of incorporation) or information on the exercise of
shareholders rights (such as the calling of the
shareholders meeting or the exercise of pre-emptive
rights); and (iii) the publication of research, budgets and
projections.
As a result of our admission to the S&P/MIB Index, we now
must comply with certain additional stock market rules. These
additional provisions require that we announce through a press
release, within one month from our year-end closing (i) the
month in which the payment of the dividend for the year ended,
where applicable, is planned to take place (if different from
the month when the previous dividend was distributed), and
(ii) our intent, if any, of adopting a policy of
distributing interim dividends for the current year, mentioning
the months when the distribution of dividends and interim
dividends will take place. In the event of a modification of the
policy of distributing dividends, we shall be required to
promptly update such information in another press release. In
addition, stock splits and certain other transactions must be
carried out in accordance with the Borsa Italianas
calendar. We must notify the Italian stock market of any
modification to the amount and distribution of our share
capital. The notification must be made no later than one day
after the modification has become effective under the rules to
which we are subject.
153
We are required to communicate to the CONSOB and the Borsa
Italiana the same information that we are required to disclose
to the AMF and the AFM regarding transactions in our securities
and any exercise of stock options by our Supervisory Board
members and executive officers, as described below.
Articles
of Association
Purposes
of the Company (Article 2)
Article 2 of our Articles of Association sets forth the
purposes of our company. According to Article 2, our
purposes shall be to participate in or take, in any manner, any
interests in other business enterprises; to manage such
enterprises; to carry on business in semiconductors and
electronic devices; to take and grant licenses and other
industrial property interests; to assume commitments in the name
of any enterprises with which we may be associated within a
group of companies; and to take any other action, such as but
not limited to the granting of securities or the undertaking of
obligations on behalf of third parties, which in the broadest
sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the
aforementioned objects.
Company
and Trade Registry
We are registered with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry in
Amsterdam (Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken voor Amsterdam)
under no. 33194537.
Supervisory
Board and Managing Board
Our Articles of Association do not include any provisions
related to a Supervisory Board members:
|
|
|
|
|
power to vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which
such member is directly interested;
|
|
|
|
power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on
compensation to themselves or any members of the Supervisory
Board; or
|
|
|
|
borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such
borrowing powers can be varied.
|
Our Supervisory Board Charter, however, explicitly prohibits
members of our Supervisory Board from participating in voting on
matters where any such member has a conflict of interest. Our
Articles of Association provide that our shareholders
meeting must adopt the compensation of our Supervisory Board
members.
Neither our Articles of Association nor our Supervisory Board
Charter have a requirement or policy that Supervisory Board
members hold a minimum number of our common shares.
Compensation
of our Managing Board (Article 12)
Our Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the sole
member of our Managing Board, within the scope of the
compensation policy adopted by our shareholders meeting
upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board. Our Supervisory
Board will submit for approval by the shareholders meeting
a proposal regarding the compensation in the form of shares or
rights to acquire shares. This proposal sets forth at least how
many shares or rights to acquire shares may be awarded to our
Managing Board and which criteria apply to an award or a
modification.
Compensation
of our Supervisory Board (Article 23)
Our shareholders meeting determines the compensation of
our Supervisory Board members. Our shareholders meeting
shall have the authority to decide whether such compensation
will consist of a fixed amount
and/or an
amount that is variable in proportion to profits or any other
factor.
Information
from our Managing Board to our Supervisory Board
(Article 18)
At least once per year our Managing Board shall inform our
Supervisory Board in writing of the main features of our
strategic policy, our general and financial risks and our
management and control systems.
154
Our Managing Board shall then submit to our Supervisory Board
for approval:
|
|
|
|
|
our operational and financial objectives;
|
|
|
|
our strategy designed to achieve the objectives; and
|
|
|
|
the parameters to be applied in relation to our strategy,
inter alia, regarding financial ratios.
|
For more information on our Supervisory Board and our Managing
Board, see Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and
Employees.
Adoption
of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management and Supervision
Liability (Article 25)
Each year, within four months after the end of our financial
year, our Managing Board must prepare our statutory annual
accounts, certified by one or several auditors appointed by our
shareholders meeting and submit them to our
shareholders meeting for adoption. Within this period and
in accordance with the statutory obligations to which we are
subject, our Managing Board must make generally available:
(i) our statutory annual accounts, (ii) our annual
report, (iii) the auditors statement, as well as
(iv) other annual financial accounting documents which we,
under or pursuant to the law, must make generally available
together with our statutory annual accounts.
Each year, our shareholders meeting votes whether or not
to discharge the members of our Supervisory Board and of our
Managing Board for their supervision and management,
respectively, during the previous financial year. In accordance
with the applicable Dutch legislation, the discharge of the
members of our Managing Board and the Supervisory Board must, in
order to be effective, be the subject of a specific resolution
on the agenda of our shareholders meeting. Under Dutch
law, this discharge does not extend to matters not disclosed to
our shareholders meeting.
Distribution
of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40)
Subject to certain exceptions, dividends may only be paid out of
the profits as shown in our adopted annual accounts. Our profits
must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by
Dutch law and our Articles of Association. Subsequently, if any
of our preference shares are issued and outstanding, preference
shareholders shall be paid a dividend, which will be a
percentage of the paid up part of the par value of their
preference shares. Our Supervisory Board may then, upon proposal
of our Managing Board, also establish reserves out of our annual
profits. The portion of our annual profits that remains after
the establishment or maintenance of reserves and the payment of
a dividend to our preference shareholders is at the disposal of
our shareholders meeting. No distribution may be made to
our shareholders when the equity after such distribution is or
becomes inferior to the fully-paid share capital, increased by
the legal reserves.
Our shareholders meeting may, upon the proposal of our
Supervisory Board, declare distributions out of our share
premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder
distributions under Dutch law. Pursuant to a resolution of our
Supervisory Board, distributions adopted by the
shareholders meeting may be fully or partially made in the
form of our new shares to be issued. Our Supervisory Board may,
subject to certain statutory provisions, make one or more
interim distributions in respect of any year before the accounts
for such year have been adopted at a shareholders meeting.
Rights to cash dividends and distributions that have not been
collected within five years after the date on which they became
due and payable shall revert to us.
For the history of dividends paid by us to our shareholders in
the past five years, see Item 8. Financial
Information Dividend Policy.
Shareholders
Meetings, Attendance at Shareholders Meetings and Voting
Rights
Notice
Convening the Shareholders Meeting (Articles 25, 26,
27, 28 and 29)
Our ordinary shareholders meetings are held at least
annually, within six months after the close of each financial
year, in Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam
or The Hague, the Netherlands. Extraordinary shareholders
meetings may be held as often as our Supervisory Board deems
necessary, and must be held upon the written request of
registered shareholders or other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings of
155
at least 10% of the total outstanding share capital to our
Managing Board or our Supervisory Board specifying in detail the
business to be dealt with. Such written requests may not be
submitted electronically. In the event that the Managing Board
or the Supervisory Board does not convene the shareholders
meeting within six weeks of such a request, the aforementioned
shareholders or individuals may be authorized by a competent
judicial authority.
We will give notice by mail to registered holders of shares of
each shareholders meeting, and will publish notice thereof
in a national daily newspaper distributed throughout the
Netherlands and in at least one daily newspaper in France and
Italy, where our shares are also admitted for official
quotation. Such notice shall be given no later than eight days
prior to the registration date (as described below) though in
any event no later than the twenty-first day prior to the day of
the meeting and shall either state the business to be considered
or state that the agenda is open to inspection by our
shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings at our offices.
The notice of the shareholders meeting must include
details on the agenda of the meeting and must indicate that the
agenda may be consulted at our registered office,
notwithstanding the provisions of Dutch law. The agenda is fixed
by the author of the notice of the meeting; however, one or more
shareholders or other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings representing at least one-tenth of
our issued share capital may, provided that the request was made
at least five days prior to the date of convocation of the
meeting, request that proposals be included on the agenda.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, proposals of persons who
are entitled to attend shareholders meetings will be
included on the agenda, if such proposals are made in writing to
our Managing Board within a period of sixty days before that
meeting by persons who are entitled to attend our
shareholders meetings who, solely or jointly, represent at
least 1% of our issued share capital or a market value of at
least 50,000,000 unless we determine that such proposal
would conflict with our substantial interests. The requests
referred to in the previous two sentences may not be submitted
electronically.
We are exempt from the proxy rules under the United States
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Euroclear France will provide
notice of shareholders meetings to, and compile voting
instructions from, holders of shares held directly or indirectly
through Euroclear France at the request of the Company, the
Registrar or the voting Collection Agent. A voting collection
agent must be appointed; Netherlands Management Company B.V.
acts as our voting collection agent. DTC will provide notice of
shareholders meetings to holders of shares held directly
or indirectly through DTC and the New York Transfer Agent and
Registrar will compile voting instructions. In order for holders
of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France
to attend shareholders meetings in person, such holders
must withdraw their shares from Euroclear France and have such
shares registered directly in their name or in the name of their
nominee. In order for holders of shares held directly or
indirectly through DTC to attend shareholders meetings of
shareholders in person, such holders need not withdraw such
shares from DTC but must follow rules and procedures established
by the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Attendance
at Shareholders Meetings and Voting Rights
(Articles 32, 33 and 34)
Each share is entitled to one vote.
All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend and to
vote at shareholders meetings are entitled to attend the
shareholders meeting either in person or represented by a
person holding a written proxy, to address the
shareholders meeting and, as for shareholders and other
persons entitled to vote, to vote, subject to our Articles of
Association. Subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board,
our Managing Board may resolve that shareholders and other
persons entitled to attend the shareholders meetings are
authorized to directly take note of the business transactions at
the meeting via an electronic means of communication. Our
shareholders meeting may set forth rules regulating,
inter alia, the length of time during which shareholders
may speak in the shareholders meeting. If there are no
such applicable rules, the chairman of the meeting may regulate
the time during which shareholders are entitled to speak if
desirable for the orderly conduct of the meeting.
Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our
Supervisory Board, resolve that each person entitled to attend
and vote at shareholders meetings is authorized to vote
via an electronic means of communication, either in person or by
a person authorized in writing, provided that such person can be
identified via the electronic means of communication and
furthermore provided that such person can directly take note of
the business transacted at the meeting. Our Managing Board may,
subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, attach
conditions to the use of
156
the electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be
announced in the notice convening the shareholders meeting
and must be posted on our website.
Unless our Managing
and/or
Supervisory Board has determined a registration date (as
described below), in order to exercise the aforementioned voting
rights, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings must notify us in writing of their
intention to do so by the date mentioned on the notice of the
annual shareholders meeting and at the place mentioned on
the notice of the shareholders meeting. In addition,
holders of type II shares must notify us of the number of
shares they hold. Type II shares are common shares in the
form of an entry in our shareholders register with issue of a
share certificate consisting of a main part without dividend
coupon. In addition to type II shares, type I shares are
available. Type I shares are common shares in the form of an
entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share
certificate. Type II shares are only available should our
Supervisory Board decide. Our preference shares are in the form
of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a
share certificate. Shareholders and other persons entitled to
attend shareholders meetings may only exercise their
rights at the shareholders meeting for shares from which
they can derive said rights both on the day referred to above
and on the day of the meeting (as described above).
Our Managing or Supervisory Board may determine that
shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings are those persons who have such
rights at a determined date and as such are registered in a
register designated by our Managing or Supervisory Board,
regardless of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person
entitled to attend shareholders meetings at the time of
the meeting if a registration date as referred to in our
Articles of Association had not been determined. The
registration date cannot be set earlier than on the thirtieth
day prior to the meeting. In the notice convening the
shareholders meeting the time of registration must be
mentioned as well as the manner in which shareholders and other
persons entitled to attend shareholders meetings can
register themselves and the manner in which they can exercise
their rights.
If and to the extent that our Managing or Supervisory Board
determine a registration date (as described above), it may also
resolve that persons entitled to attend and vote at
shareholders meetings may vote via an electronic means of
communication determined by our Managing or Supervisory Board
within a period to be set by our Managing or Supervisory Board
prior to our shareholders meeting, which period cannot
commence earlier than the registration date (as described
above). Votes cast in accordance with the provisions of the
preceding sentence are equal to votes cast at our
shareholders meeting.
We shall send a card of admission to the meeting to shareholders
and other persons entitled to attend shareholders meetings
who have notified us of their intention to attend or, if
applicable, we will provide access to the electronic means of
communication for the purpose of directly taking note of the
business transacted at the meeting. Shareholders and other
persons entitled to attend meetings of shareholders may be
represented by proxies with written authorization, which must be
shown for admittance to the meeting. All matters regarding
admittance to the shareholders meeting, the exercise of
voting rights and the result of voting, as well as any other
matters regarding the business of the shareholders
meeting, shall be decided upon by the chairman of that meeting,
in accordance with the requirements of Section 13 of the
Dutch Civil Code.
Our Articles of Association allow for separate meetings for
holders of common shares and for holders of preference shares.
At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire
issued capital of shares of such class is represented, valid
resolutions may be adopted even if the requirements in respect
of the place of the meeting and the giving of notice have not
been observed, provided that such resolutions are adopted by
unanimous vote. Also, valid resolutions of preference
shareholder meetings may be adopted outside a meeting if all
persons entitled to vote on our preference shares indicate in
writing that they vote in favor of the proposed resolution,
provided that no depositary receipts for preference shares have
been issued with our cooperation. Our managing board may,
subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, resolve that
written resolutions may be adopted via an electronic means of
communication. Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval
of our Supervisory Board, attach conditions to the use of the
electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be
notified in writing to all holders of preference shares and
other persons entitled to vote on our preference shares.
157
Authority
of our Shareholders Meeting (Articles 12, 16, 19, 25,
28 and 41)
Our shareholders meeting decides upon (i) the
discharge of the members of our Managing Board for their
management during the past financial year and the discharge of
the members of our Supervisory Board for their supervision
during the past financial year; (ii) the adoption of our
statutory annual accounts and the distribution of dividends;
(iii) the appointment of the members of our Supervisory
Board and our Managing Board; and (iv) any other
resolutions listed on the agenda by our Supervisory Board, our
Managing Board or our shareholders and other persons entitled to
attend shareholders meetings.
Furthermore, our shareholders meeting has to approve
resolutions of our Managing Board regarding a significant change
in the identity or nature of us or our enterprise, including in
any event (i) transferring our enterprise or practically
our entire enterprise to a third party, (ii) entering into
or canceling any long-term cooperation between us or a
subsidiary (dochtermaatschappij) of us and
any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general
partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership,
provided that such cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of
essential importance to us, and (iii) us or a subsidiary
(dochtermaatschappij) of us acquiring or
disposing of a participating interest in the capital of a
company with a value of at least one-third of our total assets
according to our consolidated balance sheet and notes thereto in
our most recently adopted annual accounts.
Our Articles of Association may only be amended (and our
liquidation can only be decided on) if amendments are proposed
by our Supervisory Board and approved by a simple majority of
the votes cast at a shareholders meeting at which at least
15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or
represented. The complete proposal for the amendment (or
liquidation) must be made available for inspection by the
shareholders and the other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings at our offices as from the day of
the notice convening such meeting until the end of the meeting.
Any amendment of our Articles of Association that negatively
affects the rights of the holders of a certain class of shares
requires the prior approval of the meeting of holders of such
class of shares.
Quorum
and Majority (Articles 4, 13 and 32)
Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or
Dutch law, resolutions of shareholders meetings of
shareholders require the approval of a majority of the votes
cast at a meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and
outstanding share capital is present or represented, subject to
the provisions explained below. We may not vote our common
shares held in treasury. Blank and invalid votes shall not be
counted.
A quorum of shareholders, present or represented, holding at
least half of our issued share capital, is required to dismiss a
member of our Managing Board, unless the dismissal is proposed
by our Supervisory Board. In the event of the lack of a quorum,
a second shareholders meeting must be held within four
weeks, with no applicable quorum requirement. Any decision or
authorization by the shareholders meeting which has or
could have the effect of excluding or limiting preferential
subscription rights must be taken by a majority of at least
two-thirds of the votes cast, if at the shareholders
meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share
capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution
can be taken by a simple majority at a meeting at which at least
15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is represented.
Disclosure
of Holdings under Dutch Law
Holders of our shares or rights to acquire shares (which
includes options and convertible bonds) may be subject to
notification obligations under Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA.
Under Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA any person whose direct or
indirect interest (including potential interest, such as options
and convertible bonds) in our share capital or voting rights
reaches or crosses a threshold percentage must notify the AFM
either (a) immediately, if this is the result of an
acquisition or disposal by it; or (b) within 4 trading days
after such reporting, if this is the result of a change in our
share capital or votes reported in the AFMs public
register. The threshold percentages are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
40, 50, 60, 75 and 95 percent. The 5% threshold may be
reduced to 3% in the course of 2009.
Furthermore, persons holding 5% or more in our voting rights or
capital interest must within four weeks after December 31 notify
the AFM of any changes in the composition of their interest
since their last notification.
158
The following instruments qualify as shares:
(i) shares, (ii) depositary receipts for shares (or
negotiable instruments similar to such receipts),
(iii) negotiable instruments for acquiring the instruments
under (i) or (ii) (such as convertible bonds), and
(iv) options for acquiring the instruments under
(i) or (ii). Among others the following shares and votes
qualify as shares and votes held by a person:
(i) those directly held by him; (ii) those held by his
subsidiaries; (iii) shares held by a third party for such
persons account and the votes such third party may
exercise; (iv) the votes held by a third party if such
person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such
party which provides for a lasting common policy on voting;
(v) the votes held by a third party if such person has
concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which
provides for a temporary and paid transfer of the shares; and
(vi) the votes which a person may exercise as a proxy but
in his own discretion. Special rules apply to the attribution of
the ordinary shares which are part of the property of a
partnership or other community of property. A holder of a pledge
or right of usufruct in respect of our shares can also be
subject to a notification obligation if such person has, or can
acquire, the right to vote on our shares. If a pledgor or
usufructuary acquires such voting rights, this may trigger a
notification obligation for the holder of our shares.
Under Section 5.48 of the FMSA, the sole member of our
Managing Board and each of the members of our Supervisory Board
must without delay notify the AFM of any changes in his interest
or potential interest in our share capital or voting rights.
The AFM will publish all notifications on its public website
(www.afm.nl).
Non-compliance with the notification obligations of
Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA can lead to imprisonment or
criminal fines, or administrative fines or other administrative
sanctions. In addition, non-compliance with these notification
obligations may lead to civil sanctions, including, without
limitation, suspension of the voting rights attaching to our
shares held by the offender for a maximum of three years,
(suspension and) nullification of a resolution adopted by our
shareholders meeting (if it is likely that such resolution
would not have been adopted if the offender had not voted) and a
prohibition for the offender to acquire our shares or votes for
a period of not more than five years.
Share
Capital as of December 31, 2008
Our authorized share capital amounts to 1,809,600,000,
allowing the issuance of 1,200,000,000 common shares and
540,000,000 preference shares, with a nominal value of
1.04 per share. The shares may not be issued at less than
their par value; our common shares must be fully paid up at the
time of their issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up
for at least 25% of their par value at the time of their
issuance.
As of December 31, 2008, we had issued 910,307,305 of our
common shares, representing issued share capital of
approximately 947 million.
At December 31, 2008, there were 874,276,833 common shares
outstanding, not including (i) common shares issuable under
our various employee stock option plans or employee share
purchase plans, (ii) common shares issuable upon conversion
of our outstanding convertible debt securities and
(iii) 36,030,472 common shares repurchased as at
December 31, 2008, as compared to 899,760,539 common shares
outstanding as of December 31, 2007. As of
December 31, 2008, the book value of our common shares held
by us or our subsidiaries was approximately $482 million
and the face value was approximately 37 million. As
of December 31, 2008 options to acquire approximately
39,431,433 million common shares were outstanding. In
addition, there were approximately 10,922,605 million of
non-vested shares. No preference shares have been issued to date.
All of our issued common shares are fully paid up. Our
authorized share capital is not restricted by redemption
provisions, sinking fund provisions or liability to further
capital calls by the company. There are no conditions imposed by
our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing changes in
capital which are more stringent than is required by law.
Shares can be issued in registered form only. Share registers
are maintained in New York by The Bank of New York, the New York
Transfer Agent and Registrar (the New York
Registry), and in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, by
Netherlands Management Company B.V., the Dutch Transfer Agent
and Registrar (the Dutch Registry). Shares of New
York Registry held through DTC are registered in the name of
Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and shares of Dutch
Registry held through the French clearance and settlement
system, Euroclear France, are registered in the name of
Euroclear France or its nominee.
159
Non-issued
Authorized Share Capital as of December 31, 2008
Non-issued authorized share capital, which is different from
issued share capital, allows us to proceed with capital
increases excluding the preemptive rights, upon our Supervisory
Boards decision, within the limits of the authorization
granted by our shareholders meeting of April 26,
2007. Such a decision can be taken to allow us to benefit from
the best conditions offered by the international capital markets
in our interest and that of all of our shareholders. In the
past, particularly in 1994, 1995, and 1998, we proceeded with
capital increases, upon the single decision of our Supervisory
Board, to accompany sales of our shares made by our
shareholders. However, it is not possible to predict if we will
request such an authorization again and at what time and under
what conditions. The impact of any future capital increases
within the limit of our authorized share capital, upon the
decision of our Supervisory Board acting on the delegation
granted to it by our shareholders meeting, cannot
therefore be evaluated.
Other
Securities Giving Access to Our Share Capital as of
December 31, 2008
Other securities in circulation which give access to our share
capital include (i) the options giving the right to
subscribe to our shares granted to our employees, including the
sole member of our Managing Board and our executive officers;
(ii) the options giving the right to subscribe to our
shares granted to the members of our Supervisory Board, its
secretaries and controllers, as described in Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees; (iii) the
exchangeable bonds convertible into our shares issued by
Finmeccanica Finance in August and September 2003, which are
described above in Item 7. Major Shareholders and
Related Party Transactions Major Shareholders;
(iv) our 2013 Convertible Bonds as described above; and
(v) our 2016 Convertible Bonds.
Securities
Not Representing Our Share Capital
None.
Issuance
of Shares, Preemptive Rights and Preference Shares
(Article 4)
Unless excluded or limited by the shareholders meeting or
our Supervisory Board according to the conditions described
below, each holder of common shares has a pro rata preemptive
right to subscribe to an offering of common shares issued for
cash in proportion to the number of common shares which he owns.
There is no preemptive right with respect to an offering of
shares for non-cash consideration, with respect to an offering
of shares to our employees or to the employees of one of our
subsidiaries, or with respect to preference shares.
Our shareholders meeting, upon proposal and on the terms
and conditions set by our Supervisory Board, has the power to
issue shares. The shareholders meeting may also authorize
our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years,
to issue shares and to determine the terms and conditions of
share issuances. Our shares cannot be issued at below par and as
for our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their
issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25%
of their par value.
Our shareholders meeting, upon proposal by our Supervisory
Board, also has the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights
in connection with new issuances of shares. Such a resolution of
the shareholders meeting must be taken with a majority of
at least two-thirds of the votes cast if at such
shareholders meeting less than 50% of the issued and
outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise
such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority of the votes
cast at a shareholders meeting at which at least 15% of
our issued and outstanding share capital is present or
represented. Our shareholders meeting may authorize our
Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to
limit or exclude preemptive rights.
Pursuant to a shareholders resolution adopted at our
annual shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2007,
our Supervisory Board has been authorized for a period of five
years to resolve to (i) issue any number of common shares
and/or
preference shares as comprised in our authorized share capital
from time to time; (ii) to fix the terms and conditions of
share issuance; (iii) to exclude or to limit preemptive
rights of existing shareholders; and (iv) to grant rights
to subscribe for common shares
and/or
preference shares, all for a period of five years from the date
of such annual shareholders meeting.
Except as stated below, our Supervisory Board has not yet acted
on its authorization to increase the registered capital to the
limits of the authorized registered capital.
160
Upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, our
shareholders meeting may, in accordance with the legal
provisions, reduce our issued capital by canceling the shares
that we hold in treasury, by reducing the par value of the
shares or by canceling our preference shares.
See Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions for details on changes in the distribution of
our share capital over the past three years.
We may issue preference shares in certain circumstances. On
November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to
authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an
independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the
Stichting), and to terminate a substantially similar
option agreement dated May 31, 1999, as amended, between us
and ST Holding II. On February 7, 2007, the May 31,
1999 option agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual
consent by ST Holding II and us and the new option
agreement with the Stichting became effective on the same date.
The new option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a
maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares, the same number as the
May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended. The preference
shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered
hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a
creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common
shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting
determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company,
our shareholders and our other stakeholders. See
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions Major Shareholders
Shareholders Agreements Preference
Shares.
The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential
acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in
a change of control or otherwise taking action as considered
hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a
change of control.
No preference shares have been issued to date and therefore none
are currently outstanding.
Changes
to Our Share Capital and Stock Option Grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal Value
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
of Increase/
|
|
|
Issue
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Reduction in
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
|
Issue Premium
|
|
Year
|
|
Transaction
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
March 29, 2003
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
91,146
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
937,055,288
|
|
|
|
901,014,700
|
|
|
|
94,792
|
|
|
|
404,011
|
|
|
|
1,676,187,762
|
|
June 28, 2003
|
|
Exercise of options
and employee stock
purchases
|
|
|
217,490
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
937,281,478
|
|
|
|
901,232,190
|
|
|
|
226,190
|
|
|
|
2,075,922
|
|
|
|
1,678,263,684
|
|
September 27, 2003
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
903,283
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
938,220,892
|
|
|
|
902,135,473
|
|
|
|
939,414
|
|
|
|
10,857,587
|
|
|
|
1,689,121,271
|
|
December 31, 2003
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
634,261
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
938,880,523
|
|
|
|
902,769,734
|
|
|
|
659,631
|
|
|
|
4,458,391
|
|
|
|
1,693,579,662
|
|
March 27, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
1,964,551
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
940,923,656
|
|
|
|
904,734,285
|
|
|
|
2,043,133
|
|
|
|
9,048,811
|
|
|
|
1,702,628,473
|
|
June 26, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
84,740
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,011,786
|
|
|
|
904,819,025
|
|
|
|
88,130
|
|
|
|
1,640,712
|
|
|
|
1,704,269,185
|
|
September 25, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
65,990
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,080,416
|
|
|
|
904,885,015
|
|
|
|
68,630
|
|
|
|
605,542
|
|
|
|
1,704,874,727
|
|
September 25, 2004
|
|
Bonds conversion
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,080,521
|
|
|
|
904,885,116
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
7,006
|
|
|
|
1,704,881,733
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
422,120
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,519,525
|
|
|
|
905,307,236
|
|
|
|
439,005
|
|
|
|
4,021,536
|
|
|
|
1,708,903,269
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
LYONs conversion
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,521,357
|
|
|
|
905,308,997
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
46,225
|
|
|
|
1,708,949,494
|
|
April 2, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
63,270
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,587,158
|
|
|
|
905,372,267
|
|
|
|
65,801
|
|
|
|
571,525
|
|
|
|
1,709,521,019
|
|
April 2, 2005
|
|
LYONs conversion
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,587,219
|
|
|
|
905,372,326
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
1,448
|
|
|
|
1,709,522,467
|
|
June 2, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
145,454
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,738,491
|
|
|
|
905,517,780
|
|
|
|
151,272
|
|
|
|
1,436,236
|
|
|
|
1,710,958,703
|
|
October 1, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
2,079,369
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
943,901,035
|
|
|
|
907,597,149
|
|
|
|
2,162,544
|
|
|
|
21,629,617
|
|
|
|
1,732,651,320
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
227,130
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
944,137,250
|
|
|
|
907,824,279
|
|
|
|
236,215
|
|
|
|
2,062,234
|
|
|
|
1,734,713,554
|
|
April 1, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
201,340
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
944,346,644
|
|
|
|
908,025,619
|
|
|
|
209,394
|
|
|
|
2,360,525
|
|
|
|
1,737,074,079
|
|
July 1, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
1,398,210
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
945,800,782
|
|
|
|
909,423,829
|
|
|
|
1,454,138
|
|
|
|
9,009,053
|
|
|
|
1,746,083,132
|
|
September 30, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
731,904
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,561,962
|
|
|
|
910,155,733
|
|
|
|
761,180
|
|
|
|
8,447,102
|
|
|
|
1,754,530,234
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,564,250
|
|
|
|
910,157,933
|
|
|
|
2,288
|
|
|
|
2,420
|
|
|
|
1,754,532,654
|
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
26,050
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,591,342
|
|
|
|
910,183,983
|
|
|
|
27,092
|
|
|
|
352,478
|
|
|
|
1,754,885,132
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
105,117
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,700,664
|
|
|
|
910,289,100
|
|
|
|
109,322
|
|
|
|
1,315,306
|
|
|
|
1,756,200,438
|
|
September 29, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
4,320
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,705,157
|
|
|
|
910,293,420
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
54,544
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,705,157
|
|
|
|
910,293,420
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
March 30, 2008
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
4,885
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,710,237
|
|
|
|
910,298,305
|
|
|
|
5,080
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
June 28, 2008
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,719,597
|
|
|
|
910,307,305
|
|
|
|
9,360
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
September 27, 2008
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,719,597
|
|
|
|
910,307,305
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,719,597
|
|
|
|
910,307,305
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
161
Liquidation
Rights (Articles 42 and 43)
In the event of our dissolution and liquidation, after payment
of all debts and liquidation expenses, the holders of preference
shares if issued, would receive the paid up portion of the par
value of their preference shares. Any assets then remaining
shall be distributed among the registered holders of common
shares in proportion to the par value of their shareholdings.
Acquisition
of Shares in Our Own Share Capital (Article 5)
We may acquire our own shares, subject to certain provisions of
Dutch law and of our Articles of Association, if and to the
extent that (i) the shareholders equity less the
payment required to make the acquisition does not fall below the
sum of the
paid-up and
called-up
portion of the share capital and any reserves required by Dutch
law and (ii) the aggregate nominal value of shares that we
or our subsidiaries acquire, hold or hold in pledge would not
exceed one-tenth of our issued share capital. Share acquisitions
may be effected by our Managing Board, subject to the approval
of our Supervisory Board, only if the shareholders meeting
has authorized our Managing Board to effect such repurchases,
which authorization may apply for a maximum period of
18 months. We may not vote shares we hold in treasury. Our
purchases of our own shares are not subject to any acquisition
price conditions, except as described below.
Our Articles of Association have been amended effective as of
May 5, 2000, implementing a resolution of our
shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2000, to
provide that we shall be able to acquire shares in our own share
capital in order to transfer these shares under employee stock
option or stock purchase plans, without an authorization of our
shareholders meeting.
In 2001, we acquired 9.4 million of our common shares, and
in May 2002, we acquired an additional 4.0 million of our
common shares to fund attributions of stock options to managers
and employees pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan, which was
adopted by our shareholders meeting on April 25,
2001. Following the authorization of our Supervisory Board on
April 2, 2008 to repurchase up to 30 million of our
issued share capital, we acquired 29,520,220 shares as at
December 31, 2008, As a result of these three repurchases
and disposals after these repurchases, as of December 31,
2008, we held 36,030,472 million of our common shares in
treasury. We may in the future proceed with additional
repurchases of our common shares to fund further attributions of
stock-based compensation pursuant to the 2001 plan.
Pursuant to a shareholders resolution adopted at our
annual shareholders meeting held on May 14, 2008, and
a Supervisory Board decision taken on April 1, 2008, our
Managing Board was authorized to acquire for a consideration on
a stock exchange or otherwise up to 30 million fully
paid-up
common shares in our share capital to fund our stock award plan
for key employees over a five-year period for a total maximum
price of $500 million.
Changes
to Our Share Capital, Stock Option Grants and Other
Matters
The following table sets forth changes to our share capital as
of March 28, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
Issue
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
|
Issue Premium
|
|
Year
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
in Capital
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Conversion of bonds
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,521,418
|
|
|
|
905,309,056
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
1,448
|
|
|
|
1,708,950,942
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
2,515,223
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
944,137,250
|
|
|
|
907,824,279
|
|
|
|
2,615,832
|
|
|
|
25,762,612
|
|
|
|
1,734,713,554
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
2,333,654
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,564,250
|
|
|
|
910,157,933
|
|
|
|
2,427,000
|
|
|
|
19,819,100
|
|
|
|
1,754,532,654
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
135,487
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,705,147
|
|
|
|
910,293,420
|
|
|
|
140,907
|
|
|
|
1,722,328
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
13,885
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,719,597
|
|
|
|
910,307,305
|
|
|
|
14,440
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
March 28, 2009
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,719,597
|
|
|
|
910,307,305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
162
The following table summarizes the amount of stock options and
awards authorized to be granted, exercised, cancelled and
expired and outstanding as of March 31, 2009:
Employees
Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1995 Plan
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Amount exercised
|
|
|
14,523,601
|
|
|
|
141,537
|
|
|
|
14,665,138
|
|
Amount cancelled and expired
|
|
|
17,038,340
|
|
|
|
8,997,874
|
|
|
|
26,036,214
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
38,594,772
|
|
|
|
38,594,772
|
|
Employees
Unvested Share Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Plan
|
|
|
2006 Plan
|
|
|
2007 Plan
|
|
|
2008 Plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
326,295
|
|
|
|
326,295
|
|
Amount vested
|
|
|
2,580,034
|
|
|
|
3,171,320
|
|
|
|
1,189,335
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
6,940,689
|
|
Amount cancelled
|
|
|
1,579,881
|
|
|
|
308,676
|
|
|
|
1,192,641
|
|
|
|
89,250
|
|
|
|
3,170,448
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,651,644
|
|
|
|
3,529,864
|
|
|
|
5,684,455
|
|
|
|
10,865,963
|
|
Supervisory
Board and Professionals Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board and Professionals
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Amount exercised
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Amount cancelled and expired
|
|
|
315,000
|
|
|
|
48,000
|
|
|
|
363,000
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
348,000
|
|
|
|
438,000
|
|
Supervisory
Board and Professionals Unvested Share Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board and Professionals
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Amount vested and/or exercised
|
|
|
51,000
|
|
|
|
37,000
|
|
|
|
52,500
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
140,500
|
|
Amount cancelled
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
142,500
|
|
|
|
246,500
|
|
No options were granted in 2008.
In line with the resolutions of our 2005 annual
shareholders meeting, we have transitioned our stock-based
compensation plans from stock-option grants to non-vested stock
awards. Pursuant to the shareholders resolutions adopted
by our 2008 annual shareholders meeting, our Supervisory
Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee,
approved the terms and conditions of the 2008 Supervisory Board
Stock-Based Compensation Plan for members and professionals,
which resulted in a $7 million charge in 2008.
We intend to use 6 million of our shares held by us in
treasury (out of the approximately 36 million currently
available) to cover the six million non-vested stock awards
granted to our employees in 2008 as well as the granting of up
to 100,000 non-vested shares to the sole member of our Managing
Board that was also approved by shareholders at the 2008 annual
shareholders meeting.
Following these decisions, and the grant in 2008 of additional
nonvested shares as part of the 2007 Employee plan, the
share-based compensation plans generated a total additional
charge in our consolidated statements of income of 2008 of
$8 million pre-tax. This charge corresponded to the
compensation expense to be recognized for the non-vested stock
awards from the grant date over the vesting period. The vesting
of the awards depends on the
163
following performance achievement: (i) one-third if the
evolution of our sales for 2008 compared to 2007 is equal to or
greater than the evolution of the sales of top ten semiconductor
companies; (ii) one-third if our actual return on net
assets achieved in 2008 is equal to or higher than our target as
per 2008 budget and (iii) one-third if the evolution of our
operating profit excluding restructuring charges as expressed as
a percentage of sales for 2008 compared to 2007 is equal to or
greater than the evolution of operating income excluding
restructuring charges as expressed as a percentage of sales of
the top ten semiconductor companies.
Limitations
on Right to Hold or Vote Shares
There are currently no limitations imposed by Dutch law or by
our Articles of Association on the right of non-resident holders
to hold or vote the shares.
Material
Contracts
Numonyx
On May 22, 2007, we entered into a Master Agreement with
Intel Corporation, Redwood Blocker S.A.R.L. and Francisco
Partners II (Cayman) L.P. in which we agreed to create
Numony, a joint venture in the Flash memory market. At the
closing, we contributed our flash memory assets and businesses
in NOR and NAND, including our Phase Change Memory
(PCM) resources and NAND joint venture interest, to
Numonyx in exchange for a 48.6% equity ownership stake in common
stock and $155.6 million in long-term subordinated notes.
Intel contributed its NOR assets and certain assets related to
PCM resources, while Francisco Partners L.P., a private equity
firm, invested $150 million in cash. Intel and Francisco
Partners equity ownership interests in Numonyx are 45.1%
in common shares and 6.3% in convertible preferred stock,
respectively. The convertible stock of Francisco Partners
includes preferential payout rights. In addition, Intel and
Francisco Partners received long-term subordinated notes of
$144.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively. In
liquidation events in which proceeds are insufficient to pay off
the term loan, revolving credit facility and the Francisco
Partners preferential payout rights, the subordinated
notes will be deemed to have been retired.
ST-NXP
On April 10, 2008, we entered into an agreement with NXP
B.V. to combine our respective key wireless operations to form a
joint venture company, ST-NXP Wireless, which started operations
on August 2, 2008. The agreement governs the terms on which
we received an 80% stake in the joint venture and paid NXP
$1,518 million net of cash received, including a control
premium that was funded from outstanding cash. The consideration
also included a contribution in kind, measured at fair value,
corresponding to a 20% interest in our wireless business.
Coincidently with the closing of our agreement with Ericsson to
combine ST-NXP with EMP, we purchased NXPs 20% stake in
ST-NXP in the first quarter of 2009 for $92 million.
ST-Ericsson
On August 19, 2008, we entered into a Framework Agreement
with Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson to create ST-Ericsson,
which began operations on February 1, 2009. The agreement
governs the terms on which Ericsson contributed certain
businesses and $1.1 billion net to the 50/50 joint venture,
out of which $0.7 billion was paid to us, and we
contributed ST-NXP Wireless, following our purchase of
NXPs 20% stake.
Exchange
Controls
None.
Taxation
Dutch
Taxation
The following is a general summary and the tax consequences
as described here may not apply to a holder of common shares.
Any potential investor should consult his own tax adviser for
more information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning
and disposing of common shares in his particular
circumstances.
164
This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of
common shares. It does not consider every aspect of taxation
that may be relevant to a particular holder of common shares
under special circumstances or who is subject to special
treatment under applicable law. Where in this summary English
terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the
meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be
the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts
under Dutch tax law. This summary also assumes that we are
organized, and that our business will be conducted, in the
manner outlined in this
Form 20-F.
A change to such organizational structure or to the manner in
which we conduct our business may invalidate the contents of
this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such
change.
This summary is based on the tax law of the Netherlands
(unpublished case law not included) as it stands on the date of
this
Form 20-F.
The law upon which this summary is based is subject to change,
perhaps with retroactive effect. Any such change may invalidate
the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to
reflect such change.
Taxes
on income and capital gains
The summary set out in this section Dutch taxation
only applies to a holder of common shares who is a Non-resident
holder of common shares.
For the purpose of this section, you are a Non-resident
holder of common shares if you satisfy the following tests:
(a) you are neither resident, nor deemed to be resident, in
the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax or corporation
tax, as the case may be, and, if you are an individual, you have
not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands for
Dutch income tax purposes;
(b) your common shares and any benefits derived or deemed
to be derived therefrom have no connection with your past,
present or future employment or membership of a management board
(bestuurder) or a Supervisory Board (commissaris);
(c) your common shares do not form part of a substantial
interest or a deemed substantial interest in us within the
meaning of Chapter 4 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001
(Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001), unless such interest forms
part of the assets of an enterprise;
(d) if you are not an individual, no part of the benefits
derived from your common shares is exempt from Dutch corporation
tax under the participation exemption as laid down in the Dutch
Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de Vennootschapsbelasting
1969); and
(e) you are not an entity that is resident in a Member
State of the European Union and that is not subject to a tax on
profits levied there.
Generally, if a person holds an interest in us, such interest
forms part of a substantial interest or a deemed substantial
interest in us if any one or more of the following circumstances
is present:
1. Such person alone or, if he is an individual, together
with his partner (partner, as defined in Article 1.2
of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting
2001)), if any, owns, directly or indirectly, a number of
shares in us representing 5% or more of our total issued and
outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of
any class of our shares), or rights to acquire, directly or
indirectly, shares, whether or not already issued, representing
5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the
issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or
profit participating certificates (winstbewijzen)
relating to 5% or more of our annual profit or to 5% or more
of our liquidation proceeds.
2. Such persons shares, profit participating
certificates or rights to acquire shares or profit participating
certificates in us have been acquired by him or are deemed to
have been acquired by him under a non-recognition provision.
3. Such persons partner or any of his relatives by
blood or by marriage in the direct line (including
foster-children) or of those of his partner has a substantial
interest (as described under 1. and 2. above) in us.
165
A person who is entitled to the benefits from shares or profit
participating certificates (for instance a holder of a right of
usufruct) is deemed to be a holder of shares or profit
participating certificates, as the case may be, and his
entitlement to benefits is considered a share or profit
participating certificate, as the case may be.
If you are a holder of common shares and you satisfy test a.,
but do not satisfy any one or more of tests b., c., d. and e.,
your Dutch income tax position or corporation tax position, as
the case may be, is not discussed in this
Form 20-F.
If you are a Non-resident holder of common shares you will not
be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains (other
than the dividend withholding tax described below) in respect of
any benefits derived or deemed to be derived by you from common
shares, including any capital gain realized on the disposal
thereof, except if
1. (i) you derive profits from an enterprise as an
entrepreneur (ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement
to the net value of such enterprise, other than as a
shareholder, if you are an individual, or other than as a holder
of securities, if you are not an individual; (ii) such
enterprise is either managed in the Netherlands or carried on,
in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a
permanent representative in the Netherlands; and (iii) your
common shares are attributable to such enterprise; or
2. you are an individual and you derive benefits from
common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous
activities in the Netherlands. You may, inter alia,
derive, or be deemed to have derived, benefits from common
shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous
activities in the following circumstances:
a. if your investment activities go beyond the activities
of an active portfolio investor, for instance in the case of the
use of insider knowledge (voorkennis) or comparable forms
of special knowledge, on the understanding that such benefits
will be taxable in the Netherlands only if such activities are
performed or deemed to be performed in the Netherlands; or
b. if you hold common shares, whether directly or
indirectly, and any benefits to be derived from such common
shares are intended, in whole or in part, as remuneration for
activities performed or deemed to be performed in the
Netherlands by you or by a person who is a connected person to
you as meant by article 3.92b, paragraph 5, of the
Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001).
Attribution
rule
Benefits derived or deemed to be derived from certain
miscellaneous activities by a child or a foster child who is
under eighteen years of age, even if the child is resident in
the Netherlands, are attributed to the parent who exercises, or
the parents who exercise, the authority over the child,
regardless of whether the child is resident in the Netherlands
or abroad.
Dividend
withholding tax
Dividends distributed by us are generally subject to a
withholding tax imposed by the Netherlands at a rate of 15%.
The concept dividends distributed by us as used in
this section Dutch Taxation includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive
distributions and repayments of capital not recognized as
paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
liquidation proceeds and proceeds of repurchase or redemption of
shares in excess of the average capital recognized as paid-in
for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
the par value of shares issued by us to a holder of common
shares or an increase of the par value of shares, as the case
may be, to the extent that it does not appear that a
contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax
purposes, has been made or will be made; and
|
|
|
|
partial repayment of capital, recognized as paid-in for Dutch
dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that
there are net profits (zuivere winst), unless
(a) the general meeting of our shareholders has
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
resolved in advance to make such repayment and (b) the par
value of the shares concerned has been reduced by an equal
amount by way of an amendment to our articles of association.
|
If a Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in the
Netherlands Antilles or Aruba or in a country that has concluded
a double taxation treaty with the Netherlands, such holder may
be eligible for a full or partial relief from the dividend
withholding tax, provided such relief is timely and duly
claimed. Pursuant to domestic rules to avoid dividend stripping,
dividend withholding tax relief will only be available to the
beneficial owner of dividends distributed by us. The Dutch tax
authorities have taken the position that this
beneficial-ownership test can also be applied to deny relief
from dividend withholding tax under double tax treaties and the
Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom (Belastingregeling voor het
Koninkrijk). A holder of common shares who receives proceeds
therefrom shall not be recognized as the beneficial owner of
such proceeds if, in connection with the receipt of the
proceeds, it has given a consideration, in the framework of a
composite transaction including, without limitation, the mere
acquisition of one or more dividend coupons or the creation of
short-term rights of enjoyment of shares (kortlopende
genotsrechten op aandelen), whereas it may be presumed that
(i) such proceeds in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, inure to a person who would not have been entitled
to an exemption from, reduction or refund of, or credit for,
dividend withholding tax, or who would have been entitled to a
smaller reduction or refund of, or credit for, dividend
withholding tax than the actual recipient of the proceeds; and
(ii) such person acquires or retains, directly or
indirectly, an interest in common shares or similar instruments,
comparable to its interest in common shares prior to the time
the composite transaction was first initiated.
In addition, a Non-resident holder of common shares that is not
an individual and that is resident in a Member State of the
European Union is entitled to an exemption from dividend
withholding tax, provided that the following tests are satisfied:
1. it takes one of the legal forms listed in the Annex to
the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive
90/435/EEC, as amended) or a legal form designated by
ministerial decree;
2. any one or more of the following threshold conditions
are satisfied:
a. at the time the dividend is distributed by us, it holds
shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up
capital; or
b. it has held shares representing at least 5% of our
nominal paid up capital for a continuous period of more than one
year at any time during the four years preceding the time the
dividend is distributed by us, provided that such period ended
after December 31, 2006; or
c. it is connected with us within the meaning of
article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax
Act; or
d. an entity connected with it within the meaning of
article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax
Act holds at the time the dividend is distributed by us, common
shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital;
3. it is subject to the tax levied in its country of
residence as meant by article 2, paragraph 1, letter c
of the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive 90/435/EEC, as
amended) without the possibility of an option or of being
exempt; and
4. it is not considered to be resident outside the Member
States of the European Union under the terms of a double
taxation treaty concluded with a third State.
The exemption from dividend withholding tax is not available if
pursuant to a provision for the prevention of fraud or abuse
included in a double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and
the country of residence of the Non-resident holder of common
shares, such holder would not be entitled to the reduction of
tax on dividends provided for by such treaty. Furthermore, the
exemption from dividend withholding tax will only be available
to the beneficial owner of dividends distributed by us. If a
Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in a Member
State of the European Union with which the Netherlands has
concluded a double taxation treaty that provides for a reduction
of tax on dividends based on the ownership of the number of
voting rights, the test under 2.a. above is also satisfied if
such holder owns 5% of the voting rights in us.
167
The convention of December 18, 1992, between the Kingdom of
the Netherlands and the United States of America for the
Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal
Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the U.S./NL
Income Tax Treaty) provides for an exemption for dividends
received by exempt pension trusts and exempt organizations, as
defined therein. In such case, a refund may be obtained of the
difference between the amount withheld and the amount that the
Netherlands was entitled to levy in accordance with the
U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty by filing the appropriate forms
with the Dutch tax authorities within the term set therefor.
Reduction. If we receive a profit distribution
from a qualifying foreign entity, or a repatriation of
qualifying foreign branch profit, that is exempt from Dutch
corporate income tax and that has been subject to a foreign
withholding tax of at least 5%, we may be entitled to a
reduction of the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that
must be paid to the Dutch tax authorities in respect of
dividends distributed by us. Such reduction is the lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
3% of the dividends paid by us in respect of which Dutch
dividend withholding tax is withheld; and
|
|
|
|
3% of the qualifying profit distributions grossed up by the
foreign tax withheld on such distributions received from foreign
subsidiaries and branches prior to the distribution of the
dividend by us during the current calendar year and the two
preceding calendar years (to the extent such distributions have
not been taken into account previously when applying this test).
|
Non-resident holders of common shares are urged to consult their
tax advisers regarding the general creditability or
deductibility of Dutch dividend withholding tax and, in
particular, the impact on such investors of our potential
ability to receive a reduction as described in the previous
paragraph.
See the section Taxes on income and capital gains
for a description of the term Non-resident holder of common
shares.
Gift
and inheritance taxes
If you acquire common shares as a gift (in form or in substance)
or if you acquire or are deemed to acquire common shares on the
death of an individual, you will not be subject to Dutch gift
tax or to Dutch inheritance tax, as the case may be, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the donor is, or the deceased was, resident or deemed to be
resident in the Netherlands for purposes of gift or inheritance
tax (as the case may be); or
|
|
|
|
the common shares are or were attributable to an enterprise or
part of an enterprise that the donor or deceased carried on
through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative
in the Netherlands at the time of the gift or of the death of
the deceased; or
|
|
|
|
the donor made a gift of common shares, then became a resident
or deemed resident of the Netherlands, and died as a resident or
deemed resident of the Netherlands within 180 days of the
date of the gift.
|
Other
taxes and duties
No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other
similar documentary tax or duty, other than court fees, is
payable in the Netherlands by the holder of common shares in
respect of or in connection with: i) the subscription,
issue, placement, allotment, delivery of common shares;
ii) the delivery
and/or
enforcement by way of legal proceedings (including the
enforcement of any foreign judgment in the courts of the
Netherlands) of the documents relating to the issue of common
shares or the performance by us of our obligations under such
documents; or iii) the transfer of common shares.
United
States Federal Income Taxation
The following discussion is a general summary of the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder
(as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our
common shares. You are a U.S. holder only if you are a
beneficial owner of common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) a
citizen or individual resident of the United States, (b) a
U.S. domestic corporation or a domestic entity taxable as a
corporation, (c) an estate the income of which is
|
168
|
|
|
|
|
subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its
source, or (d) a trust if a court within the United States
can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the
trust and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to
control all substantial decisions of the trust;
|
|
|
|
|
|
that owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10%
of our voting power or outstanding share capital;
|
|
|
|
that holds the common shares as capital assets;
|
|
|
|
whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax
purposes is the U.S. dollar;
|
|
|
|
that is a resident of the United States and not also a resident
of the Netherlands for purposes of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty;
|
|
|
|
that is entitled, under the limitation on benefits
provisions contained in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, to the
benefits of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty; and
|
|
|
|
that does not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in
the Netherlands.
|
This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that
may be relevant to you in light of your particular
circumstances. Also, it does not address holders that may be
subject to special rules including, but not limited to,
U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, persons subject
to the alternative minimum tax, banks, securities
broker-dealers, financial institutions, regulated investment
companies, insurance companies, traders in securities who elect
to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, persons holding
our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion
transaction, or persons who acquired common shares pursuant to
the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as
compensation. Because this is a general summary, you are advised
to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the
U.S. federal, state, local and applicable foreign tax
consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common
shares. In addition, you are advised to consult your own tax
advisor concerning whether you are entitled to benefits under
the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty.
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated
as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes)
holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally
will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of
the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that
holds common shares, you are urged to consult your own tax
advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership
and the disposition of common shares.
This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty,
judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing,
temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date of
this
Form 20-F,
all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation,
possibly with retroactive effect.
Dividends
In general, you must include the gross amount of distributions
paid (including the amount of any Dutch taxes withheld from
those distributions) to you by us with respect to the common
shares in your gross income as foreign-source taxable dividend
income. A dividends-received deduction will not be allowed with
respect to dividends paid by us. The amount of any distribution
paid in foreign currency (including the amount of any Dutch
withholding tax thereon) will be equal to the U.S. dollar
value of the foreign currency on the date of actual or
constructive receipt by you regardless of whether the payment is
in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Gain or
loss, if any, realized on a subsequent sale or other disposition
of such foreign currency will be
U.S.-source
ordinary income or loss. Special rules govern and specific
elections are available to accrual method taxpayers to determine
the U.S. dollar amount includible in income in the case of
taxes withheld in a foreign currency. Accrual basis taxpayers
are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the
requirements and elections applicable in this regard.
Subject to applicable limitations, Dutch taxes withheld from a
distribution paid to you at a rate not exceeding the rate
provided in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty will be eligible for
credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. As
described in Taxation Dutch
Taxation above, under limited circumstances we may be
permitted to deduct and retain from the withholding a portion of
the amount that otherwise would be required
169
to be remitted to the taxing authorities in the Netherlands. If
we withhold an amount from dividends paid to you that we then
are not required to remit to any taxing authority in the
Netherlands, the amount in all likelihood would not qualify as a
creditable tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We
will endeavor to provide you with information concerning the
extent to which we have applied the reduction described above to
dividends paid to you. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible
for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific
classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us
with respect to the common shares generally will constitute
passive category income or in the case of certain
U.S. holders, general category income. The use
of foreign tax credits is subject to complex rules and
limitations. In lieu of a credit, a U.S. holder who
itemizes deductions may elect to deduct all of such
holders foreign taxes in the taxable year. A deduction
does not reduce tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a credit,
but the deduction for foreign taxes is not subject to the same
limitations applicable to foreign tax credits. You should
consult your own tax advisor to determine whether and to what
extent a credit would be available to you.
Certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals)
are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax
(currently at a maximum of 15%) in respect of qualified
dividend income received in taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2011. For this purpose, qualified dividend
income generally includes dividends paid by a
non-U.S. corporation
if, among other things, the U.S. holders meet certain
minimum holding period and other requirements and the
non-U.S. corporation
satisfies certain requirements, including either that
(i) the shares of the
non-U.S. corporation
are readily tradable on an established securities market in the
United States, or (ii) the
non-U.S. corporation
is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax
treaty with the United States (such as the U.S./NL Income Tax
Treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. We
currently believe that dividends paid by us with respect to our
common shares should constitute qualified dividend
income for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however,
this is a factual matter and subject to change. You are urged to
consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability to you
of a reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular
situation.
Sale,
Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, you
generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal
to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis
in the common shares, as determined in U.S. dollars. This
gain or loss generally will be
U.S.-source
gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or
loss if you have held the common shares for more than one year.
If you are an individual, capital gains generally will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if
specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to significant limitations.
Passive
Foreign Investment Company Status
We believe that we will not be classified as a passive foreign
investment company (a PFIC) for U.S. federal
income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 2008
and do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future.
This conclusion is a factual determination that must be made
annually at the close of each taxable year and therefore we can
provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in our current
or any future taxable year. If we were to be characterized as a
PFIC for any taxable year, the tax on certain distributions on
our common shares and on any gains realized upon the disposition
of common shares may be materially less favorable than as
described herein. In addition, if we were a PFIC in a taxable
year in which we pay dividends or the prior taxable year, such
dividends would not be qualified dividend income (as
described above) and would be taxed at the higher rates
applicable to other items of ordinary income. You should consult
your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules
to your ownership of our common shares.
U.S.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to common shares and proceeds
from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of our
common shares may be subject to information reporting to the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) and
possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%.
Backup withholding will not apply to you, however, if you
furnish a correct taxpayer identification number or certificate
of foreign status and make any other required certification or
if you are otherwise exempt from backup withholding.
U.S. persons required to establish
170
their exempt status generally must provide certification on IRS
Form W-9.
Non-U.S. holders
generally will not be subject to U.S. information reporting
or backup withholding. However, these holders may be required to
provide certification of
non-U.S. status
(generally on
Form W-8BEN)
in connection with payments received in the United States or
through certain
U.S.-related
financial intermediaries. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be
credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability,
and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under
the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate
claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required
information.
Documents
on Display
Any statement in this
Form 20-F
about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily
complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to
this
Form 20-F
the contract or document is deemed to modify the description
contained in this
Form 20-F.
You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete
description of the contract or document.
Our Articles of Association, the minutes of our annual
shareholders meetings, reports of the auditors and other
corporate documentation may be consulted by the shareholders and
any other individual authorized to attend the meetings at our
registered office at Schiphol Airport Amsterdam, the
Netherlands, at the registered offices of the Supervisory Board
in Geneva, Switzerland and at Crédit Agricole-Indosuez, 9,
Quai du Président Paul-Doumer, 92400 Courbevoie, France.
You may review a copy of our filings with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC), including exhibits and schedules filed with
it, at the SECs public reference facilities in
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information. In addition, the SEC maintains an
Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains reports and other information regarding issuers
that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are
also available to the public from commercial document retrieval
services.
WE ARE REQUIRED TO FILE REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE
SEC UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. REPORTS AND OTHER
INFORMATION FILED BY U.S. WITH THE SEC MAY BE INSPECTED AND
COPIED AT THE SECS PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES DESCRIBED
ABOVE OR THROUGH THE INTERNET AT HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV. AS A
FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE EXEMPT FROM THE RULES UNDER
THE EXCHANGE ACT PRESCRIBING THE FURNISHING AND CONTENT OF PROXY
STATEMENTS AND OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REPORTING AND SHORT- SWING
PROFIT RECOVERY PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SECTION 16 OF THE
EXCHANGE ACT. UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE
ISSUER, WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PUBLISH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS
FREQUENTLY OR AS PROMPTLY AS UNITED STATES COMPANIES.
In addition, material filed by us with the SEC can be inspected
at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad
Street, New York, NY 10005 and at the offices of The Bank of New
York, as New York Share Registrar, at One Wall Street, New York,
NY 10286 (telephone: 1-888-269-2377).
|
|
Item 11.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
We are exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the
normal course of business due to our operations in different
foreign currencies and our ongoing investing and financing
activities. Market risk is the uncertainty to which future
earnings or asset/liability values are exposed due to operating
cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and various
financial instruments used in the normal course of operations.
The major risks to which we are exposed are related to the
fluctuations of the U.S. dollar exchange rate compared to
the Euro and the other major currencies, the coverage of our
foreign currency exposures, the variation of the interest rates
and the risks associated to the investments of our available
cash. We have established policies, procedures and internal
processes governing our management of market risks and the use
of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.
171
Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated
statements of income, is the balance between interest income
received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable
securities investments and interest expense paid on our
long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent on the
fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the
U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we are investing on a
short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term
market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or
decrease in our interest income. Our interest expenses are
associated with our long-term convertible bonds (with a fixed
rate) and floating rate senior bonds whose rate is fixing
quarterly at LIBOR + 40bps. To manage the interest rate
mismatch, in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into
cancelable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed rate
obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with floating rate
derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016
Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we
entered into cancelable swaps for $200 million of the
principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield
equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%. Due
to the high volatility in the interest rates generated by the
recent financial turmoil, in 2008 we determined that the swaps
had not been effective since November 1, 2008 and the fair
value hedge relationship was discontinued. Consequently, the
swaps were designated as held-for-trading financial assets and
reported at fair value as a component of Other receivables
and current assets in the consolidated balance sheet as at
December 31, 2008 for $34 million, since we intend to
hold the derivative instruments for a short period of time that
will not exceed twelve months. An unrealized gain was recognized
in earnings from discontinuance date totaling $15 million
and was reported on the line Unrealized gain on financial
assets of the consolidated statement of income for the
year ended December 31, 2008. We also have
$250 million of restricted cash at fixed rate (Hynix
Semiconductor-ST JV) partially offsetting the interest rate
mismatch of the 2016 Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy is not
intended to cover the full exposure and all risks associated
with these instruments.
We place our cash and cash equivalents, or a part of it, with
high credit quality financial institutions with at least single
A long-term rating from two of the major rating
agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moodys Investor Service
and A- from Standard & Poors and Fitch Ratings,
invested as term deposits and FRN marketable securities and, as
such we are exposed to the fluctuations of the market interest
rates on our placement and our cash, which can have an impact on
our accounts. We manage the credit risks associated with
financial instruments through credit approvals, investment
limits and centralized monitoring procedures but do not normally
require collateral or other security from the parties to the
financial instruments. These FRN have a par value of
$678 million, are classified as available-for-sale and are
reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as
a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive
income in the consolidated statement of changes in
shareholders equity except if deemed to be other-than
temporary. For that reason, as at December 31, 2008, after
recent economic events and given our exposure to Lehman
Brothers senior unsecured bonds for a purchase price of
nearly 15 million, we recorded an
other-than-temporary charge of $11 million, which
represents 50% of the face value of these Floating Rate Notes,
according to recovery rate calculated from a major credit rating
company. The change in fair value of these instruments
(excluding Lehman Brothers FRN) amounting to approximately
$14 million after tax for the year ended December 31,
2008. The estimated value of these securities could further
decrease in the future as a result of credit market
deterioration
and/or other
downgrading.
As of December 31, 2008, we had Auction Rate Securities,
representing interests in collateralized obligations and credit
linked notes, with a par value of $415 million that were
carried on our balance sheet as available-for-sale financial
assets at an amount of $242 million, as more fully
discussed in Item 5. Liquidity & Capital
Resources.
We do not anticipate any material adverse effect on our
financial position, result of operations or cash flows resulting
from the use of our instruments in the future. There can be no
assurance that these strategies will be effective or that
transaction losses can be minimized or forecasted accurately.
The information below summarizes our market risks associated
with cash equivalents, marketable securities, debt obligations,
and other significant financial instruments as of
December 31, 2008. The information below should be read in
conjunction with Note 27 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
172
The table below presents principal amounts and related
weighted-average interest rates by year of maturity for our
investment portfolio and debt obligations (in millions of
U.S. dollars, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,009
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
1.23
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current marketable securities
|
|
$
|
651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
651
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
3.97
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non current marketable securities
|
|
$
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
242
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
4.46
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Cash
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
6.06
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
$
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
1,153
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
$
|
2,435
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
2.38
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in Millions
|
|
|
|
of U.S. Dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,139
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
1,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total in U.S. dollars
|
|
$
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in Millions
|
|
|
|
of U.S. Dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total in U.S. dollars
|
|
$
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173
The following table provides information about our FX forward
contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2008 (in
millions of U.S. dollars):
FORWARD
CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Buy
|
|
EUR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1,031
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CAD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
120.7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
INR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
JPY
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
90.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SGD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Buy
|
|
MYR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
GBP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Buy
|
|
SEK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CZK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CHF
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CHF
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CNY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides information about our FX forward
contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2007 (in
millions of U.S. dollars):
FORWARD
CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Buy
|
|
EUR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CAD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
163.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
INR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
39.7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
JPY
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
112.7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
112.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SGD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
MYR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
GBP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SEK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CZK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
TND
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 12.
|
Description
of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
|
Not applicable.
174
PART II
|
|
Item 13.
|
Defaults,
Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
|
None.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Material
Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of
Proceeds
|
None.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design
and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures (Disclosure Controls) as of the end of the
period covered by this
Form 20-F.
The controls evaluation was conducted under the supervision and
with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO.
Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to
reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in
our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this
Form 20-F,
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SECs rules and forms. Disclosure
Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such
information is accumulated and communicated to our management,
including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure. Our quarterly
evaluation of Disclosure Controls includes an evaluation of some
components of our internal control over financial reporting, and
internal control over financial reporting is also separately
evaluated on an annual basis for purposes of providing the
management report which is set forth below.
The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of
the controls objectives and design, the companys
implementation of the controls and their effect on the
information generated for use in this
Form 20-F.
In the course of the controls evaluation, we reviewed identified
data errors, control problems or acts of fraud and sought to
confirm that appropriate corrective actions, including process
improvements, were being undertaken. This type of evaluation is
performed at least on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions
of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning the
effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls can be reported in our
periodic reports on
Form 6-K
and
Form 20-F.
The components of our Disclosure Controls are also evaluated on
an ongoing basis by our Internal Audit Department, which, as of
January 2008, reports to our Chief Compliance Officer. The
overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to
monitor our Disclosure Controls, and to modify them as
necessary. Our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls as
dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant.
Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have
concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this
Form 20-F,
our Disclosure Controls were effective to provide reasonable
assurance that information required to be disclosed in our
Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified by the SEC, and that
material information related to STMicroelectronics and its
consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including
the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our
periodic reports are being prepared.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
Internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of
175
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, the end
of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). Managements
assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design
and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls,
process documentation, accounting policies and our overall
control environment. Based on this assessment management
concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, our internal
control over financial reporting was effective.
Management excluded activities associated with the acquisition
of NXP B.V.s wireless business from our assessment of
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008 because the business was acquired in a
purchase business combination on August 2, 2008. NXP
B.V.s wireless business, whose total assets and total
revenues represent 6% and 5% percent, respectively, of the
related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for
the year ended December 31, 2008, is a component of our
Wireless Products Sector reporting segment.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers SA, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
in Item 18 of this
Form 20-F.
Attestation
Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
Please see the Report of Independent Registered Accounting
Firm included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
Form 20-F
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
Item 16A.
|
Audit
Committee Financial Expert
|
Our Supervisory Board has concluded that Tom de Waard, a member
of our Audit Committee, qualified as an audit committee
financial expert as defined in Item 16A and is
independent as defined in the listing standards applicable to us
as a listed issuer as required by Item 16A(2) of
Form 20-F.
Policy on
Business Conduct and Ethics
Since 1987, we have had a corporate policy on Business Conduct
and Ethics (the Policy) for all of our employees,
including our chief executive officer and chief financial
officer. We have adapted this Policy to reflect recent
regulatory changes. The Policy is designed to promote honest and
ethical business conduct, to deter wrongdoing and to provide
principles to which our employees are expected to adhere and
which they are expected to advocate.
The Policy provides that if any officer to whom it applies acts
in contravention of its principles, we will take appropriate
steps in terms of the procedures in place for fair disciplinary
action. This action may, in cases of severe breaches, include
dismissal.
176
Our Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our
internet website at
http://www.st.com.
There have been no amendments or waivers, express or implicit,
to our Policy since its inception.
|
|
Item 16C.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers has served as our independent registered
public accounting firm for each of the fiscal years since 1996.
The auditors are elected by the shareholders meeting once
every three years. PricewaterhouseCoopers was reelected for a
three-year term by our May 2008 shareholders meeting
to expire at our shareholders meeting in 2011.
The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional
audit services and other services rendered by
PricewaterhouseCoopers to us in 2007 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Total Fees
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Total Fees
|
|
|
Audit Fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory audit, certification, audit of individual and
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
$
|
5,384,962
|
|
|
|
99
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,758,230
|
|
|
|
97
|
%
|
Audit-related fees
|
|
$
|
15,360
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
194,940
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Non-audit Fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax compliance fees
|
|
$
|
40,880
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,441,202
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,953,170
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of our
companys Consolidated Financial Statements, the statutory
audit of the financial statements of the Companys
subsidiaries and consultations on complex accounting issues
relating to the annual audit. Audit Fees also include services
that only our independent auditor can reasonably provide, such
as comfort letters and carve-out audits in connection with
strategic transactions, certain regulatory-required attest and
certifications letters, consents and the review of documents
filed with U.S., French and Italian stock exchanges.
Audit-related services are assurance and related fees consisting
of the audit of employee benefit plans, due diligence services
related to acquisitions and certain
agreed-upon
procedures.
Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services,
including the preparation of original and amended tax returns
and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance in
connection with tax audits and expatriate tax compliance.
Audit
Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
Our Audit Committee is responsible for selecting the independent
registered public accounting firm to be employed by us to audit
our financial statements, subject to ratification by the
Supervisory Board and approval by our shareholders for
appointment. Our Audit Committee also assumes responsibility (in
accordance with Dutch law) for the retention, compensation,
oversight and termination of any independent auditor employed by
us. We adopted a policy (the Policy), which was
approved in advance by our Audit Committee, for the pre-approval
of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our
independent auditors (PricewaterhouseCoopers). The Policy
defines those audit-related services eligible to be approved by
the Audit Committee.
All engagements with the external auditors, regardless of
amount, must be authorized in advance by our Audit Committee,
pursuant to the Policy and its pre-approval authorization or
otherwise.
The independent auditors submit a proposal for audit-related
services to our Audit Committee on a quarterly basis in order to
obtain prior authorization for the amount and scope of the
services. The independent auditors must state in the proposal
that none of the proposed services affect their independence.
The proposal must be endorsed by the office of our CFO with an
explanation of why the service is needed and the reason for
sourcing it to the audit firm and validation of the amount of
fees requested.
177
We do not intend to retain our independent auditors for
permissible non-audit services other than by exception and
within a limited amount of fees, and the Policy provides that
such services must be explicitly authorized by the Audit
Committee.
The Corporate Audit Vice-President is responsible for monitoring
that the actual fees are complying with the pre-approval amount
and scope authorized by the Audit Committee. During 2008, all
services provided to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved
by the Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) of
Rule 2-01
of
Regulation S-X.
|
|
Item 16D.
|
Exemptions
from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 16E.
|
Purchases
of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated
Purchasers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
of Securities that
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities Purchased
|
|
|
May yet be
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Average Price Paid
|
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Purchased Under
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
per Security
|
|
|
Announced Programs
|
|
|
the Programs
|
|
|
2008-01-01
to 2008-01-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-01
to 2008-02-29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-01
to 2008-03-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-01
to 2008-04-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-01
to 2008-05-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-01
to 2008-06-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-01
to 2008-07-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-01
to 2008-08-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-01
to 2008-09-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-01
to 2008-10-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-01
to 2008-11-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-01
to 2008-12-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008 we held 36,030,472 of our common
shares in treasury pursuant to repurchases made in prior years,
and we currently hold 35,984,975 of such shares. We repurchased
29,520,220 of our common shares in 2008. We have not announced
any additional repurchase programs.
We note that on November 16, 2000, we issued
$2,146 million initial aggregate principal amount of Zero
Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2010 (the 2010
Bonds), for net proceeds of $1,458 million. The 2010
Bonds are not equity securities, as they were not
registered in the United States. As previously disclosed, while
not noted in the table above, in 2003 we repurchased on the
market approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal
amount at maturity of 2010 Bonds and in 2004, we completed the
repurchase of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market
approximately $472 million aggregate principal amount at
maturity of a total amount paid of $375 million.
|
|
Item 16F.
|
Change
in Registrants Certifying Accountant
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 16G.
|
Corporate
Governance
|
Our consistent commitment to the principles of good corporate
governance is evidenced by:
|
|
|
|
|
Our corporate organization under Dutch law that entrusts our
management to a Managing Board acting under the supervision and
control of a Supervisory Board totally independent from the
Managing Board.
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
Members of our Managing Board and of our Supervisory Board are
appointed and dismissed by our shareholders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our early adoption of policies on important issues such as
business ethics and conflicts of
interest and strict policies to comply with applicable
regulatory requirements concerning financial reporting, insider
trading and public disclosures.
|
|
|
|
Our compliance with Dutch securities laws, because we are a
company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as well
as our compliance with American, French and Italian securities
laws, because our shares are listed in these jurisdictions, in
addition to our compliance with the corporate, social and
financial laws applicable to our subsidiaries in the countries
in which we do business.
|
|
|
|
Our broad-based activities in the field of corporate social
responsibility, encompassing environmental, social, health,
safety, educational and other related issues.
|
|
|
|
Our implementation of a non-compliance reporting channel
(managed by a third party) for issues regarding accounting,
internal controls or auditing. A special ombudsperson has been
appointed by the ST Supervisory Board, following the proposal of
its Audit Committee, to collect all complaints, whatever their
source, regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or
auditing matters, as well as the confidential, anonymous
submission by ST employees of concerns regarding questionable
accounting or auditing matters.
|
|
|
|
Our Principles for Sustainable Excellence (PSE),
which we distributed to all employees in 2007 and which require
us to integrate and execute all of our business activities,
focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders and global
business partners;
|
|
|
|
Our Ethics Committee, also set up in 2007, whose mandate is to
provide advice to management and employees about our PSE and
other ethical issues; and
|
|
|
|
Our Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the
Managing Board, acts as Executive Secretary to our Supervisory
Board and chairs our Ethics Committee.
|
As a Dutch company, we have been subject to the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code dated December 9, 2003 (the 2003
Code) since January 1, 2004. As we are listed on the
NYSE, Euronext Paris, the Borsa Italiana in Milan, but not in
the Netherlands, our policies and practices cannot be in every
respect consistent with all Dutch Best Practice
recommendations contained in the 2003 Code. We have summarized
our policies and practices in the field of corporate governance
in the ST Corporate Governance Charter, including our corporate
organization, the remuneration principles which apply to our
Managing and Supervisory Boards, our information policy and our
corporate policies relating to business ethics and conflicts of
interests. Our Charter was discussed with and approved by our
shareholders at our 2004 annual shareholders meeting. The
ST Corporate Governance Charter was updated in 2005 and will be
further updated and expanded whenever necessary or advisable. We
are committed to informing our shareholders of any significant
changes in our corporate governance policies and practices at
our annual shareholders meeting. Along with our
Supervisory Board Charter (which includes the charters of our
Supervisory Board Committees) and our Code of Business Conduct
and Ethics, the current version of our ST Corporate Governance
Charter is posted on our website, at
http:/www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm, and
these documents are available in print to any shareholder who
may request them. On December 10, 2008, the Dutch
Monitoring Committee presented a revised Dutch Corporate
Governance Code (the 2008 Code). It is envisaged
that the 2008 Code will, in due course, be designated by
governmental decree as code of conduct as referred to in
section 2:391 subsection 1 of the Dutch Civil Code (like
the 2003 Code) and it shall apply to financial years starting on
or after January 1, 2009. As recommended by the Dutch
Monitoring Committee, we anticipate including a chapter in our
statutory annual report on the broad outline of our corporate
governance structure and our compliance with the 2008 Code and
present this chapter to our 2010 annual shareholders
meeting for discussion as a separate agenda item.
Our Supervisory Board is carefully selected based upon the
combined experience and expertise of its members. Certain of our
Supervisory Board members, as disclosed in their biographies set
forth above, have existing relationships or past relationships
with Areva, CEA, CDP
and/or
Finmeccanica, who are currently parties to the STH
Shareholders Agreement as well as with ST Holding or ST
Holding II, our major shareholder. See Item 7.
179
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Shareholders Agreements STH Shareholders
Agreement. Such relationships may give rise to potential
conflicts of interest. However, in fulfilling their duties under
Dutch law, Supervisory Board members serve the best interests of
all of our stakeholders and of our business and must act
independently in their supervision of our management. Our
Supervisory Board has adopted criteria to assess the
independence of its members in accordance with corporate
governance listing standards of the NYSE.
We were informed in February 2008 that FT1CI and Finmeccanica
entered into an agreement pursuant to which Finmeccanica sold
26,034,141 of our common shares to FT1CI. The acquisition by
FT1CI was financed by the Commissariat à
lÉnergie Atomique (CEA), an entity
controlled by the French state and the controlling shareholder
of Areva, and, hence, CEA has become a shareholder of FT1CI and
now adheres to the STH Shareholders Agreement. Under the
STH Shareholders Agreement, Finmeccanica, CDP and FT1CI
have provided for their right, subject to certain conditions, to
insert on a list, prepared for proposal by ST Holding II to
our shareholders meeting, certain members for appointment
to our Supervisory Board. This agreement also contains other
corporate governance provisions, including decisions to be taken
by our Supervisory Board which are subject to certain prior
approvals, and which are described in Item 7. Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions. See also
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
The interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn
controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments,
may conflict with investors interests.
Our Supervisory Board has on various occasions discussed the
2003 Code, the implementing rules and corporate governance
standards of the SEC and of the NYSE, as well as other corporate
governance standards.
In 2005, the Supervisory Board, based on the evaluations by an
ad hoc committee, established the following independence
criteria for its members: Supervisory Board members must not
have any material relationship with STMicroelectronics N.V., or
any of our consolidated subsidiaries, or our management. A
material relationship can include commercial,
industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable
and familial relationships, among others, but does not include a
relationship with direct or indirect shareholders.
We believe we are fully compliant with all material NYSE
corporate governance standards, to the extent possible for a
Dutch company listed on Euronext Paris, Borsa Italiana, as well
as the NYSE. Because we are a Dutch company, the Audit Committee
is an advisory committee to the Supervisory Board, which reports
to the Supervisory Board, and our shareholders must approve the
selection of our statutory auditors. Our Audit Committee has
established a charter outlining its duties and responsibilities
with respect to the monitoring of our accounting, auditing,
financial reporting and the appointment, retention and oversight
of our external auditors. In 2005, in compliance with NYSE
requirements, our Audit Committee established procedures for the
receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding
accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters,
and the confidential anonymous submission by our employees
regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. These
procedures were approved by our Supervisory Board and
implemented under the responsibility of our Managing Board.
Thereupon, our chief executive officer provided a written
affirmation of our compliance with NYSE standards as applicable
to
non-U.S. companies
like us.
No member of the Supervisory Board or Managing Board has been
(i) subject to any convictions in relation to fraudulent
offenses during the five years preceding the date of this
Form 20-F,
(ii) no member has been associated with any company in
bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation in the capacity of
member of the administrative, management or supervisory body,
partner with unlimited liability, founder or senior manager in
the five years preceding the date of this
Form 20-F
or (iii) subject to any official public incrimination
and/or
sanction by statutory or regulatory authorities (including
professional bodies) or disqualified by a court from acting as a
member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies
of any issuer or from acting in the management or conduct of the
affairs of any issuer during the five years preceding the date
of this
Form 20-F.
We have demonstrated a consistent commitment to the principles
of good corporate governance evidenced by our early adoption of
policies on important issues such as conflicts of
interest. Pursuant to our Supervisory Board Charter, the
Supervisory Board is responsible for handling and deciding on
potential reported conflicts of interests between the Company on
the one hand and members of the Supervisory Board and Managing
Board on the other hand.
180
For example, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is
managing director of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary
of CEA, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is the
Chairman and CEO of France Telecom and a member of the Board of
Directors of Thomson, another is the non-executive Chairman of
the Board of Directors of ARM, two of our Supervisory Board
members are non-executive directors of Soitec, one of our
Supervisory Board members is the CEO of Groupe Bull, one of the
members of the Supervisory Board is also a member of the
Supervisory Board of BESI and one of the members of our
Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle and Flextronics
International. France Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and
Orange, as well as Oracles new subsidiary PeopleSoft
supply certain services to our Company. We have a long-term
joint R&D partnership agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of CEA. We have certain licensing agreements with
ARM, and have conducted transactions with Soitec and BESI as
well as with Thomson, Flextronics and a subsidiary of Groupe
Bull. We believe that each of these arrangements and
transactions are made on an arms-length basis in line with
market practices and conditions. Please see Item 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.
181
PART III
|
|
Item 17.
|
Financial
Statements
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 18.
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
F-88
|
|
Financial Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-1
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Amended and Related Articles of Associations of
STMicroelectronics N.V., dated May 15, 2007, as approved by
the annual general meeting of Shareholders on April 26,
2007 (incorporated by reference to
Form 20-F
of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on March 3, 2008).
|
4.1
|
|
The master agreement by and between STMicroelectronics N.V.,
Intel Corporation, Redwood Blocker S.A.R.L., and Francisco
Partners II (Cayman) L.P. dated May 22, 2007
(incorporated by reference to
Form 6-K
of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).
|
4.2
|
|
Form of ST Asset Contribution Agreement (incorporated by
reference to
Form 6-K
of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).
|
4.3
|
|
Sale and Contribution Agreement between STMicroelectronics N.V.
and NXP B.V. dated April 10, 2008.
|
4.4
|
|
Framework Agreement by and between STMicroelectronics N.V. and
Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson dated August 19, 2008.
|
8.1
|
|
Subsidiaries and Equity Investments of the Company.
|
12.1
|
|
Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive
Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
12.2
|
|
Certification of Carlo Ferro, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
13.1
|
|
Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive
Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., and Carlo Ferro, Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics
N.V., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted by
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
15.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
15.2
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for
Numonyx Holdings B.V.
|
182
CERTAIN
TERMS
|
|
|
ADSL |
|
Asymmetrical digital subscriber line |
|
ASD |
|
application-specific discrete technology |
|
ASIC |
|
application-specific integrated circuit |
|
ASSP |
|
application-specific standard product |
|
BCD |
|
bipolar, CMOS and DMOS process technology |
|
BiCMOS |
|
bipolar and CMOS process technology |
|
CAD |
|
computer aided design |
|
CMOS |
|
complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
CODEC |
|
audio coding and decoding functions |
|
CPE |
|
customer premises equipment |
|
DMOS |
|
diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
DRAMs |
|
dynamic random access memory |
|
DSL |
|
digital subscriber line |
|
DSP |
|
digital signal processor |
|
EMAS |
|
Eco-Management and Audit Scheme, the voluntary European
Community scheme for companies performing industrial activities
for the evaluation and improvement of environmental performance |
|
EEPROM |
|
electrically erasable programmable read-only memory |
|
EPROM |
|
erasable programmable read-only memory |
|
EWS |
|
electrical wafer sorting |
|
G-bit |
|
gigabit |
|
GPRS |
|
global packet radio service |
|
GPS |
|
global positioning system |
|
GSM |
|
global system for mobile communications |
|
GSM/GPRS |
|
European standard for mobile phones |
|
HCMOS |
|
high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
IC |
|
integrated circuit |
|
IGBT |
|
insulated gate bipolar transistors |
|
IPAD |
|
integrated passive and active devices |
|
ISO |
|
International Organization for Standardization |
|
K-bit |
|
kilobit |
|
LAN |
|
local area network |
|
M-bit |
|
megabit |
|
MEMS |
|
micro-electro-mechanical system |
|
MOS |
|
metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology |
183
|
|
|
MOSFET |
|
metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor field effect transistor |
|
MPEG |
|
motion picture experts group |
|
ODM |
|
original design manufacturer |
|
OEM |
|
original equipment manufacturer |
|
OTP |
|
one-time programmable |
|
PDA |
|
personal digital assistant |
|
PFC |
|
power factor corrector |
|
PROM |
|
programmable read-only memory |
|
PSM |
|
programmable system memories |
|
RAM |
|
random access memory |
|
RF |
|
radio frequency |
|
RISC |
|
reduced instruction set computing |
|
ROM |
|
read-only memory |
|
SAM |
|
serviceable available market |
|
SCR |
|
silicon controlled rectifier |
|
SLIC |
|
subscriber line interface card |
|
SMPS |
|
switch-mode power supply |
|
SoC |
|
system-on-chip |
|
SRAM |
|
static random access memory |
|
SNVM |
|
serial nonvolatile memories |
|
TAM |
|
total available market |
|
USB |
|
universal serial bus |
|
VIPpowertm |
|
vertical integration power |
|
VLSI |
|
very large scale integration |
|
XDSL |
|
digital subscriber line |
184
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on
Form 20-F
and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to
sign this annual report on its behalf.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: May 13, 2009
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Carlo
Bozotti
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carlo Bozotti
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
185
CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Index to
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
F-88
|
|
Financial Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-1
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the
Supervisory Board and Shareholders of STMicroelectronics N.V.:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements of
STMicroelectronics N.V. listed in the index appearing under
Item 18 of this 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders on
Form 20-F
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule of STMicroelectronics N.V. listed
in the index appearing under Item 18 presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein when
read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial
statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these financial
statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in Managements Report
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing
under Item 15 of this 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders on
Form 20-
F. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based
on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance
with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement and
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial
statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
F-2
As described in Managements Report on Internal
Control over Financial Reporting appearing under
Item 15, management has excluded the activities associated
with the acquisition of NXP B.V.s wireless business from
its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2008 because it was acquired by the Company
in a purchase business combination during 2008. Therefore, we
have also excluded these activities of NXP B.V.s wireless
business from our audit of internal control over financial
reporting. The NXP B.V.s wireless business is a component
of the Companys Wireless Products Sector reporting segment
whose total assets and total revenues represent 6% and 5%,
respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement
amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
|
|
|
/s/ Travis Randolph
|
|
/s/ Felix Roth
|
Travis Randolph
|
|
Felix Roth
|
Geneva, May 13, 2009
F-3
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
In
million of U.S. dollars except per share amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
9,792
|
|
|
|
9,966
|
|
|
|
9,838
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(6,282
|
)
|
|
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,560
|
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
3,523
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(1,187
|
)
|
|
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
|
(1,067
|
)
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(2,152
|
)
|
|
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
(1,667
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
Other -than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on financial assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
764
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority interests
|
|
|
(780
|
)
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
784
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (Basic)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
|
0.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (Diluted)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
|
0.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-4
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
In
million of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,064
|
|
|
|
1,605
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
1,840
|
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
5,501
|
|
|
|
7,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
4,739
|
|
|
|
5,044
|
|
Long-term deferred tax assets
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
Equity investments
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Non-current marketable securities
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
Other investments and other non-current assets
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,412
|
|
|
|
6,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
13,913
|
|
|
|
14,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank overdrafts
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
1,065
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
|
744
|
|
Dividends payable to shareholders
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Accrued income tax
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,218
|
|
|
|
2,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
2,554
|
|
|
|
2,117
|
|
Reserve for pension and termination indemnities
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,263
|
|
|
|
2,569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
5,481
|
|
|
|
4,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares
authorized, not issued; common stock: Euro 1.04 nominal value,
1,200,000,000 shares authorized, 910,307,305 shares
issued, 874,276,833 shares outstanding)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
Capital surplus
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
2,097
|
|
Accumulated result
|
|
|
4,064
|
|
|
|
5,274
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
1,094
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
(482
|
)
|
|
|
(274
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
8,156
|
|
|
|
9,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
13,913
|
|
|
|
14,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-5
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
In
million of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
Items to reconcile net income and cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
Amortization of discount on convertible debt
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on financial assets
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-cash items
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
(Earnings) loss on equity investments
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, net of cash payments
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
1,173
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables, net
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Other assets and liabilities, net
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
|
|
2,188
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment for purchase of tangible assets
|
|
|
(983
|
)
|
|
|
(1,140
|
)
|
|
|
(1,533
|
)
|
Payment for purchase of marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(708
|
)
|
|
|
(864
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Investment in short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
Proceeds from matured short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(218
|
)
|
Investment in intangible and financial assets
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(208
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of Accent subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Capital contributions to equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(213
|
)
|
Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash and cash
equivalents acquired
|
|
|
(1,694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(2,417
|
)
|
|
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
|
(3,057
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
Repayment of long-term debt
|
|
|
(187
|
)
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
Increase (decrease) in short-term facilities
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Capital increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(269
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
Dividends paid to minority interests
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(296
|
)
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of changes in exchange rates
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash increase (decrease)
|
|
|
(846
|
)
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
(368
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Income tax paid
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-6
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
In
million of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Surplus
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Result
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
1,153
|
|
|
|
1,967
|
|
|
|
(348
|
)
|
|
|
5,427
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
8,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital increase
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,317
|
|
Dividends, $0.12 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
(332
|
)
|
|
|
6,086
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Capital increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Dividends, $0.30 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,097
|
|
|
|
(274
|
)
|
|
|
5,274
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
9,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
Issuance of shares by subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,012
|
)
|
Dividends, $0.36 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
(482
|
)
|
|
|
4,064
|
|
|
|
1,094
|
|
|
|
8,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-7
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
STMicroelectronics N.V. (the Company) is registered
in The Netherlands with its statutory domicile in Amsterdam, and
its corporate headquarters located in Geneva, Switzerland.
The Company is a global independent semiconductor company that
designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
semiconductor integrated circuits (ICs) and discrete
devices. The Company offers a diversified product portfolio and
develops products for a wide range of market applications,
including automotive products, computer peripherals,
telecommunications systems, consumer products, industrial
automation and control systems. Within its diversified
portfolio, the Company has focused on developing products that
leverage its technological strengths in creating customized,
system-level solutions with high-growth digital and mixed-signal
content.
The accounting policies of the Company conform to generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States
(U.S. GAAP). All balances and values in the
current and prior periods are in millions of dollars, except
share and per-share amounts. Under Article 35 of the
Companys Articles of Association, the financial year
extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the
period-end of each fiscal year.
2.1
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been
prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The Companys
consolidated financial statements include the assets,
liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of its
majority-owned subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated
from the date on which control is transferred to the Company.
They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.
Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial
Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an
Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (revised 2003) and
the related FASB Staff Positions (collectively
FIN 46R), the Company assesses for
consolidation any entity identified as a Variable Interest
Entity (VIE) and consolidates VIEs, if any, for
which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary,
as described in Note 2.19.
When the Company acquires some, but not all, of the voting stock
of an entity, the shares held by third parties represent a
minority interest in the acquired business. The consolidated
financial statements are prepared based on the full amount of
assets and liabilities and income and expenses of the
consolidated subsidiaries. However, offsetting amounts are shown
for the portion of these items that does not belong to the
Company and are reported on the line Minority
interests in the consolidated financial statements.
2.2
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. The primary areas that require significant
estimates and judgments by management include, but are not
limited to, sales returns and allowances, allowances for
doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and normal manufacturing
capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory,
accruals for warranty costs, litigation and claims, assumptions
used to discount monetary assets expected to be recovered beyond
one-year, valuation at fair value of acquired assets including
intangibles and amounts of in-process research and development
(IP R&D) and assumed liabilities in a business
combination, goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well
as the impairment of their related carrying values, the
assessment in each reporting period of events, which could
trigger interim impairment testing, estimated value of the
consideration to be received and used as fair value for asset
groups classified as assets to be disposed of by sale and the
assessment of probability to realize the sale, measurement of
the fair value of debt and equity securities classified as
available-for- sale, including debt securities, for which no
observable market price is
F-8
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
obtainable, the valuation of equity investments under the equity
method, assessment of other-than-temporary impairment charges on
financial assets,, the valuation of minority interests,
particularly in case of contribution in kind as part of a
business combination, restructuring charges, assumptions used in
calculating pension obligations and share-based compensation
including assessment of the number of awards expected to vest
upon the satisfaction of certain conditions of future
performance, assumptions used to measure and recognize a
liability for the fair value of the obligation the Company
assumes at the inception of a guarantee, measurement of hedge
effectiveness of derivative instruments, deferred income tax
assets including required valuation allowances and liabilities
as well as provisions for specifically identified income tax
exposures and income tax uncertainties. The Company bases the
estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on
various other factors such as market trends and latest available
business plans that it believes to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
While the Company regularly evaluates its estimates and
assumptions, the actual results experienced by the Company could
differ materially and adversely from managements
estimates. To the extent there are material differences between
the estimates and the actual results, future results of
operations, cash flows and financial position could be
significantly affected.
2.3
Foreign currency
The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency for the Company.
The US dollar is the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide
semiconductor industry uses the U.S. dollar as a currency
of reference for actual pricing in the market. Furthermore, the
majority of the Companys transactions are denominated in
U.S. dollars, and revenues from external sales in
U.S. dollars largely exceed revenues in any other currency.
However, labor costs are concentrated primarily in the countries
of the Euro zone.
The functional currency of each subsidiary throughout the group
is either the local currency or the US dollar, determined on the
basis of the economical environment in which each subsidiary
operates. For consolidation purposes, assets and liabilities of
these subsidiaries having the local currency as functional
currency are translated at current rates of exchange at the
balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at
the monthly average exchange rate of the period. The currency
translation adjustments (CTA) generated by the
conversion of the financial position and results of operations
from local functional currencies are reported as a component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statements of changes in shareholders equity.
Assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, gains or losses arising
from transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded
in the functional currency of the recording entity at the
exchange rate in effect during the month of the transaction. At
each balance sheet date, recorded balances denominated in a
currency other than the recording entitys functional
currency are measured into the functional currency at the
exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. The related
exchange gains and losses are recorded in the consolidated
statements of income as Other income and expenses,
net.
2.4
Financial assets
The Company classifies its financial assets in the following
categories: held-for-trading financial assets and
available-for-sale financial assets. The Company did not hold at
December 31, 2008 any investment classified as
held-to-maturity financial assets. Additionally, upon the
adoption on January 1, 2008 of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including
an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(FAS 159), as detailed in Note 2.25,
the Company did not elect to apply the fair value option to any
financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for
which the investments were acquired. Management determines the
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition
and reassesses the appropriateness of the classification at each
reporting date. Unlisted equity securities with no readily
determinable fair value are carried at cost, as described in
Note 2.19. They are neither classified as held-for-trading
nor as available-for-sale.
F-9
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized
on the trade date the date on which the Company
commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are
initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are
expensed in the consolidated statements of income.
Available-for-sale financial assets and held-for-trading
financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value.
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive
cash flows from the investments have expired or have been
transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all
risks and rewards of ownership. The gain (loss) on the sale of
the financial assets is reported as a non-operating element on
the consolidated statements of income.
The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based
on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is
not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the
Company measures fair value by using assumptions and estimates.
These assumptions and estimates include the use of recent
arms length transactions; for debt securities without
available observable market price, the Company establishes fair
value by reference to publicly available indexes of securities
with same rating and comparable or similar underlying
collaterals or industries exposure, which the Company
believes approximates the orderly exit value in the current
market. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use
of market inputs and relies as little as possible on
entity-specific inputs.
Held-for-trading
financial assets
A financial asset is classified in this category if it is a
security acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the
short term or if it is a derivative instrument not designated as
a hedge. Assets in this category are classified as current
assets when they are expected to be realized within twelve
months of the balance sheet date. As described in Note 2.5,
the Company enters into derivative transactions to hedge
currency exposures resulting from its operating activities. For
mark-to-market gains or losses on its trading derivatives that
do not qualify as hedging instruments under Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
(FAS 133), gains and losses arising from
changes in the fair value of the derivatives are reported in the
consolidated statements of income within Other income and
expenses, net in the period in which they arise, since the
transactions for such instruments would only occur within the
Companys operating activities and, as such, should be
included in operating income. Gains and losses arising from
changes in the fair value of financial assets not related to the
operating activities of the Company, such as discontinued fair
value hedge on interest rate risk exposure or discontinued cash
flow hedge for which the hedged forecasted transaction is not
probable of occurrence anymore, are presented in the
consolidated statements of income as a non-operating element
within Unrealized gain on financial assets in the
period in which they arise.
Available-for-sale
financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial
assets that are either designated in this category or not
classified as held-for-trading. They are included in non-current
assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment
within twelve months of the balance sheet date.
Changes in the fair value, including declines determined to be
temporary, of securities classified as available-for-sale are
recognized as a separate component of Accumulated other
comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of
changes in shareholders equity. For the declines in value
deemed to be permanent, the Company ceases to defer losses in
the consolidated shareholders equity and reports an
impairment charge in the consolidated statement of income as a
non-operating element. The Company assesses at each balance
sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial
asset or group of financial assets classified as
available-for-sale is impaired. A significant or prolonged
decline in the fair value of the security below its cost or a
significant drop in the number of the transactions of the
security which are becoming illiquid are considered as an
indicator that the securities are impaired. If any such evidence
exists, the cumulative loss measured as the
difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair
value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset
previously recognized in profit or loss- is removed from equity
and recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the
line Other-than-
F-10
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
temporary impairment charge on financial assets.
Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statements of
income are not reversed through earnings.
When securities classified as available for sale are sold, the
accumulated fair value adjustments previously recognized in
equity is reported as a non-operating element on the
consolidated statements of income as gains and losses from
financial assets. The cost of securities sold and the amount
reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into
earnings is determined based on the specific identification of
the securities sold.
2.5
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
activities
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at
fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and
are subsequently measured at their fair value. The method of
recognizing the gain or loss resulting from the derivative
instrument depends on whether the derivative is designated as a
hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being
hedged. The Company designates certain derivatives as either:
(a) hedges of the fair value of recognized liabilities
(fair value hedge); or
(b) hedges of a particular risk associated with a highly
probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge)
The Company documents, at inception of the transaction, the
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for
undertaking various hedging transactions. The Company also
documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an
ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. Derivative
instruments that are not designated as hedges are classified as
held-for-trading financial assets, as described in Note 2.4.
Derivative
financial instruments classified as held for trading
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various
major international currencies. As a result, the Company is
exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates.
The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and
currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange
rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of
certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the
Companys subsidiaries. These instruments do not qualify as
hedging instruments under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities (FAS 133) and are
marked-to-market at each period-end with the associated changes
in fair value recognized in Other income and expenses,
net in the consolidated statements of income, as described
in Note 2.4.
Cash Flow
Hedges
To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate
fluctuations, the Company also hedges certain Euro-denominated
forecasted transactions that cover a large part of its projected
research and development, selling, general and administrative
expenses as well as a portion of its projected front-end
manufacturing production costs of semi-finished goods. The
foreign currency forward contracts and currency options used to
hedge foreign currency exposures are reflected at their fair
value in the consolidated balance sheet and meet the criteria
for designation as cash flow hedge. The criteria for designating
a derivative as a hedge include the instruments
effectiveness in risk reduction and, in most cases, a one-to-one
matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying
transaction, which enables the Company to conclude, based on the
fact that, at inception, the critical terms of the hedging
instrument and the hedged forecasted transaction are the same,
that changes in cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged
are expected to be completely offset by the hedging derivative.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options used as
hedges are effective at reducing the Euro/U.S. dollar
currency fluctuation risk and are designated as a hedge at the
inception of the contract and on an on-going basis over the
duration of the hedge relationship.
F-11
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge, the
gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge is reported
as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive
income in the consolidated statements of changes in
shareholders equity and is reclassified into earnings in
the same period in which the hedged transaction affects
earnings, and within the same consolidated statements of income
line item as the impact of the hedged transaction. For these
derivatives, ineffectiveness appears if the hedge relationship
is not perfectly effective or if the cumulative gain or loss on
the derivative hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change
in the expected future cash flows on the hedged transactions.
Effectiveness on transactions hedged through purchased currency
options is measured on the full fair value of the option,
including the time value of the option.
When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur,
the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated changes in shareholders equity is immediately
transferred to the consolidated statements of income within
Other income and expenses, net. If the de-designated
derivative is still related to operating activities, the changes
in fair value subsequent to the discontinuance continue to be
reported within Other income and expenses, net in
the consolidated statements of income, as described in
Note 2.4. If upon de-designation, the derivative instrument
is held in view to be sold with no direct relation with current
operating activities, changes in the fair value of the
derivative instrument following de-designation are reported as a
non-operating element on the line Unrealized gain (loss)
on financial assets in the consolidated statements of
income. When a designated hedging instrument is either
terminated early or an improbable or ineffective portion of the
hedge is identified, the gain or loss deferred in
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statements of changes in shareholders equity
is recognized immediately in Other income and expenses,
net in the consolidated statements of income when it is
probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the
end of the originally specified time period. When a hedging
instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets
the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss
existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is
recognized when the forecasted transaction is ultimately
recognized in the consolidated statements of income.
In order to optimize its hedging strategy, the Company can be
required to cease the designation of certain cash flow hedge
transactions and enter into a new designated cash flow hedge
transaction with the same hedged forecasted transaction but with
a new hedging instrument. De-designation and re-designation are
formally authorized and limited to the de-designation of
purchased currency options with re-designation of the cash flow
hedge through subsequent forward contract when the Euro/US
dollar exchange rate is decreasing, the intrinsic value of the
option is nil, the hedged transaction is still probable of
occurrence and meets at re-designation date all criteria for
hedge accounting. At de-designation date, the net derivative
gain or loss related to the de-designated cash flow hedge
deferred in Accumulated other comprehensive income
in the consolidated changes in shareholders equity
continues to be reported in net equity. From de-designation
date, the change in fair value of the de-designated hedging item
is recognized each period in the consolidated statement of
income on the line Other income and expenses, net,
as described in Note 2.4. The net derivative gain or loss
related to the de-designated cash flow hedge deferred in net
equity since de-designation date is reclassified to earnings in
the same period in which the hedged transaction affects
earnings, and within the same consolidated statements of income
line item as the impact of the hedged transaction.
Fair
Value Hedges
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a
combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair
value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a
fixed interest rate. These financial instruments correspond to
interest rate swaps with a cancellation feature depending on the
Companys bonds convertibility. They convert the fixed rate
interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016 to a
variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of December
2007 and 2006, the cancelable swaps met the criteria for
designation as a fair value hedge and, as such, both the
interest rate swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds were
reflected at their fair values in the consolidated balance
sheets. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge
include evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at
offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged
F-12
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
item attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness is
assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each
reporting period. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the
cancellable swaps were highly effective at hedging the change in
fair value of the hedged bonds attributable to changes in
interest rates. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship
was recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of
Other income and expenses, net, in the consolidated
statements of income. In 2008, the hedge became no longer
effective and the fair value hedge relationship between the
bonds and the cancellable swaps was discontinued. The swaps
continued to be marked to fair value as at December 31,
2008, however the changes in the fair value of the derivative
instruments following the determination of their ineffectiveness
is recorded as Unrealized gain (loss) on financial
assets in the consolidated statements of income.
Similarly, from discontinuance date, the Company ceased
adjusting the carrying amount of the convertible bonds for
changes in the risk that was being hedged and amortizes to
earnings as a component of interest expense the adjustment of
the carrying amount of the formerly hedged bonds for the
difference between fair value and amortized cost.
2.6
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized as follows:
Net
sales
Revenue from products sold to customers is recognized, pursuant
to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition (SAB 104), when all the
following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred;
(c) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and
(d) collection is reasonably assured. This usually occurs
at the time of shipment.
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor
industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers
on their existing inventory of the Companys products to
compensate them for declines in market prices. The ultimate
decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within
the control of the Company. The Company accrues a provision for
price protection based on a rolling historical price trend
computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor
sales. This historical price trend represents differences in
recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to
the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a
significant move in the current market price. The short
outstanding inventory time period, visibility into the standard
inventory product pricing (as opposed to certain customized
products) and long distributor pricing history have enabled the
Company to reliably estimate price protection provisions at
period-end. The Company records the accrued amounts as a
deduction of revenue at the time of the sale.
The Companys customers occasionally return the
Companys products for technical reasons. The
Companys standard terms and conditions of sale provide
that if the Company determines that products are non-conforming,
the Company will repair or replace the non-conforming products,
or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. Quality
returns are not related to any technological obsolescence issues
and are identified shortly after sale in customer quality
control testing. Quality returns are usually associated with
end-user customers, not with distribution channels. The Company
provides for such returns when they are considered as probable
and can be reasonably estimated. The Company records the accrued
amounts as a reduction of revenue.
The Companys insurance policy relating to product
liability only covers physical damage and other direct damages
caused by defective products. The Company does not carry
insurance against immaterial non consequential damages. The
Company records a provision for warranty costs as a charge
against cost of sales, based on historical trends of warranty
costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management has
determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to
be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential
warranty claims are subject to the Companys determination
that the Company is at fault for damages, and such claims
usually must be submitted within a short period following the
date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other
warranties, conditions or terms express or implied by statute or
common law. The Companys contractual terms and conditions
limit its liability to the sales value of the products which
gave rise to the claims.
F-13
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
While the majority of the Companys sales agreements
contain standard terms and conditions, the Company may, from
time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple
elements or non-standard terms and conditions, which require
revenue recognition judgments. Where multiple elements exist in
an arrangement, the arrangement is allocated to the different
elements based upon verifiable objective evidence of the fair
value of the elements, as governed under Emerging Issues Task
Force Issue
No. 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables
(EITF 00-21).
These arrangements generally do not include performance-,
cancellation-, termination- or refund-type provisions.
Other
revenues
Other revenues primarily consist of license revenue and patent
royalty income, which are recognized ratably over the term of
the agreements.
Funding
Funding received by the Company is mainly from governmental
agencies and income is recorded as recognized when all
contractually required conditions are fulfilled. The
Companys primary sources for government funding are
French, Italian, other European Union (EU)
governmental entities and Singapore agencies. Such funding is
generally provided to encourage research and development
activities, industrialization and local economic development.
The EU has developed model contracts for research and
development funding that require beneficiaries to disclose the
results to third parties on reasonable terms. The conditions for
receipt of government funding may include eligibility
restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget
appropriations, compliance with European Commission regulations,
as well as specifications regarding objectives and results.
Certain specific contracts contain obligations to maintain a
minimum level of employment and investment during a certain
period of time. There could be penalties if these objectives are
not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late
deliveries or for breach of contract, which may result in
repayment obligations. In accordance with SAB 104 and the
Companys revenue recognition policy, funding related to
these contracts is recorded when the conditions required by the
contracts are met. The Companys funding programs are
classified under three general categories: funding for research
and development activities, capital investment, and loans.
Funding for research and development activities is the most
common form of funding that the Company receives. Public funding
for research and development is recorded as Other income
and expenses, net in the Companys consolidated
statements of income. Public funding for research and
development is recognized ratably as the related costs are
incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental
agency has been signed and all applicable conditions are met.
Following the enactment of the French Finance Act for 2008,
which included several changes to the research tax credit regime
(Crédit Impôt Recherche), French research
tax credits that in prior years were recorded as a reduction of
tax expense were deemed to be grants in substance. Unlike other
research and development fundings, the amounts to be received
are determinable in advance and accruable as the funded research
expenditures are made. They are thus reported, starting from
January 1, 2008, as a reduction of research and development
expenses. The 2008 French research tax credits are classified as
long-term receivables in the consolidated balance sheet as at
December 31, 2008. The research tax credits are to be
reimbursed in cash by the French tax authorities within three
years in case they are not deducted from income tax payable
during this period of time. The Company considers such cash
settlement features of the French research tax credits to
income-tax settlement. As such, they are excluded from the scope
of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 21, Interest
on Receivables and Payables (APB 21) and the
Company does not discount these long-term receivables at their
net present value.
Capital investment funding is recorded as a reduction of
Property, plant and equipment, net and is recognized
in the Companys consolidated statements of income
according to the depreciation charges of the funded assets
during their useful lives. The Company also receives capital
funding in Italy, which is recovered through the reduction of
various governmental liabilities, including income taxes,
value-added tax and employee-related social charges. The funding
has been classified as long-term receivable and is reflected in
the balance sheet at its
F-14
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
discounted net present value. The subsequent accretion of the
discount is recorded as non-operating income in Interest
income (expense), net.
The Company receives certain loans, mainly related to large
capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates. The
Company records these loans as debt in its consolidated balance
sheet.
2.7
Advertising costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as
selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising
expenses for 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $10 million,
$12 million and $14 million respectively.
2.8
Research and development
Research and development expenses include costs incurred by the
Company, the Companys share of costs incurred by other
research and development interest groups, and costs associated
with co-development contracts. Research and development expenses
do not include marketing design center costs, which are
accounted for as selling expenses and process engineering,
pre-production or process transfer costs which are recorded as
cost of sales. Research and development costs are charged to
expense as incurred. The amortization expense recognized on
technologies and licenses purchased by the Company from third
parties to facilitate the Companys research is recorded as
research and development expenses. Research and development
expenses also include charges originated from purchase
accounting on business combinations, such as amortization of
acquired intangible assets and in-process research and
development. Starting January 1, 2008 the research and
development expenses are reported net of research tax credits
received in the French jurisdiction, as described in
Note 2.6.
2.9
Start-up
costs
Start-up
costs represent costs incurred in the
start-up and
testing of the Companys new manufacturing facilities,
before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or
6-months
after the fabrication lines quality qualification.
Start-up
costs are included in Other income and expenses, net
in the consolidated statements of income. Similarly, phase-out
costs for facilities during the closing stage are also included
in Other income and expenses, net in the
consolidated statements of income. The costs of phase-outs are
associated with the latest stages of facilities closure when the
relevant production volumes become immaterial.
2.10
Income taxes
The provision for current taxes represents the income taxes
expected to be paid or the benefit expected to be received
related to the current year income or loss in each individual
tax jurisdiction. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recorded for all temporary differences arising between the tax
and book bases of assets and liabilities and for the benefits of
tax credits and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred income
tax is determined using tax rates and laws that are enacted by
the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the
related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred
income tax liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities from changes in tax law is recognized in
the period of enactment. Deferred income tax assets are
recognized in full but the Company assesses whether it is
probable that future taxable profit will be available against
which the temporary differences can be utilized. A valuation
allowance is provided where necessary to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amount for which management considers the
possibility of recovery to be more likely than not. The Company
utilizes the flow-through method to account for its investment
credits, reflecting the credits as a reduction of tax expense in
the year they are recognized. Similarly, research and
development tax credits are classified as a reduction of tax
expense in the year they are recognized. As described in
Note 2.6, French research tax credits are recorded as
grants starting from January 1, 2008 and reported as a
reduction of research and development expenses. French research
tax credits prior to January 1, 2008 were recorded as a
reduction of tax expense in earlier periods and are reported as
deferred tax assets as at December 31, 2008.
F-15
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Deferred taxes on the undistributed earnings of the
Companys foreign subsidiaries are provided for unless the
Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the earnings in the
subsidiaries. In case the Company does not have this intention,
a distribution of the related earnings would not have any
material tax impact. Thus, the Company did not provide for
deferred taxes on the earnings of those subsidiaries.
A deferred tax is recognized on compensation for the grant of
stock awards to the extent that such charge constitutes a
temporary difference in the Companys local tax
jurisdictions. The measurement of the deferred tax asset is
based on an estimate of the future tax deduction, for the amount
of the compensation cost recognized for book purposes. Changes
in the stock price do not thus impact the deferred tax asset or
do not result in any adjustments prior to vesting. When the
actual tax deduction is determined, generally upon vesting, it
is compared to the estimated tax benefit as recognized over the
vesting period. When a windfall tax benefit is determined (as
the excess tax benefit of the actual tax deduction over the
deferred tax asset) the excess tax benefit is recorded in equity
on the line Capital surplus on the consolidated
statement of changes in shareholders equity. In case of
shortfall, only the actual tax benefit is to be recognized in
the consolidated statement of income. The Company writes-off the
deferred tax asset at the level of the actual tax deduction by
charging first capital surplus to the extent of the pool of
windfall benefits from prior years and then earnings. When the
settlement of an award results in a net operating loss
(NOL) carryforward, or increase existing NOLs, the
excess tax benefit and the corresponding credit to capital
surplus is not recorded until the deduction reduces income tax
payable.
On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial
Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). At each reporting date, the
Company assesses all material open income tax positions in all
tax jurisdictions to determine the appropriate amount of tax
benefits that are recognizable under FIN 48. In compliance
with FIN 48, the Company uses a two-step process for the
evaluation of uncertain tax positions. The recognition threshold
in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain tax position
to be recognized only if it is more likely than not, or
50 percent assured, that the tax position will be sustained
upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement
methodology in step two is based on a cumulative
probability approach, resulting in the recognition of the
largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of
being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The
Company classifies accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in
its consolidated statements of income. Uncertain tax positions,
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and
penalties are further described in Note 23.
2.11
Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the
treasury stock method by dividing net income (adding-back
interest expense, net of tax effects, related to convertible
debt if determined to be dilutive) by the weighted average
number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
during the period. The weighted average number of shares used to
compute diluted earnings per share include the incremental
shares of common stock relating to stock-options granted,
nonvested shares and convertible debt to the extent such
incremental shares are dilutive. Nonvested shares with
performance or market conditions are included in the computation
of diluted earnings per share if their conditions have been
satisfied at the balance sheet date and if the awards are
dilutive. If all necessary conditions have not been satisfied by
the end of the period, the number of nonvested shares included
in the computation of the diluted EPS shall be based on the
number of shares, if any that would be issuable if the end of
the reporting period were the end of the contingency period and
if the result were dilutive.
2.12
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and deposits at
call with external financial institutions with an original
maturity of ninety days or less that are readily convertible in
cash. Bank overdrafts are not netted against cash and cash
equivalents and are shown as part of current liabilities on the
consolidated balance sheets.
F-16
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.13 Restricted
cash
Restricted cash include collateral deposits used as security
under arrangements for financing of certain entities.
2.14
Trade accounts receivable
Trade accounts receivable are recognized at their sales value,
net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential estimated
losses resulting from its customers inability to make
required payments. The Company bases its estimates on historical
collection trends and records a provision accordingly. In
addition, the Company is required to evaluate its
customers financial condition periodically and records an
additional provision for any specific account the Company
estimates as doubtful. The carrying amount of the receivable is
thus reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the
amount of the loss is recognized on the line Selling,
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statements of income. When a trade receivable is uncollectible,
it is written-off against the allowance account for trade
receivables. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of amounts
previously written-off are credited against Selling,
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statements of income.
2.15
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable
value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting
standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a
quarterly basis; the cost is therefore dependent on the
Companys manufacturing performance. In the case of
underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs
associated with the excess capacity are not included in the
valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales.
Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the
ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling
expenses and cost of completion.
The Company performs on a continuous basis inventory write-off
of products, which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old
production date and technical obsolescence. Additionally, the
Company evaluates its product inventory to identify obsolete or
slow-selling stock and records a specific provision if the
Company estimates the inventory will eventually become obsolete.
Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted
inventory based on the previous quarter sales, orders
backlog and production plans.
2.16
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition
over the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the
acquired business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is
carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is
not amortized but is tested annually for impairment, or more
frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill subject
to potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level,
which represents a component of an operating segment for which
discrete financial information is available and is subject to
regular review by segment management. This impairment test
determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for
which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying
amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit,
including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair
value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the
carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is
recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a
reporting unit, the Company usually estimates the expected
discounted future cash flows associated with the reporting unit.
Significant management judgments and estimates are used in
forecasting the future discounted cash flows, including: the
applicable industrys sales volume forecast and selling
price evolution, the reporting units market penetration
and its revenues evolution, the market acceptance of certain new
technologies and products, the relevant cost structure, the
discount rates applied using a weighted average cost of capital
and the perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal
values.
F-17
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.17
Intangible assets
Intangible assets subject to amortization include the intangible
assets purchased from third parties recorded at cost and the
intangible assets acquired in business combinations recorded at
fair value, which include trademarks, technologies and licenses,
contractual customer relationships and computer software.
Trademarks
and technology licenses
Separately acquired trademarks and licenses are recorded at
historical cost. Trademarks and licenses acquired in a business
combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition
date. Trademarks and licenses have a finite useful life and are
carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is
calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost
of trademarks and licenses over the estimated useful lives. The
estimate useful lives on licenses range from 3 to 7 years
while trademarks have a useful life ranging from 2 to
3 years.
Contractual
customer relationships
Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business
combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition
date. Contractual customer relationships have a finite useful
life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization.
Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over
the expected life of the customer relationships, which ranges
from 4 to 12 years.
Computer
software
Separately acquired computer software is recorded at historical
cost. Costs associated with maintaining computer software
programmes are recognized as expenses as incurred. The
capitalization of costs for internally generated software
developed by the Company for its internal use begins when
preliminary project stage is completed and when the Company,
implicitly or explicitly, authorizes and commits to funding a
computer software project. It must be probable that the project
will be completed and will be used to perform the function
intended. Computer software recognized as assets are amortised
over their estimated useful lives, which does not exceed
4 years.
Intangible assets subject to amortization are reflected net of
any impairment losses. The carrying value of intangible assets
subject to amortization is evaluated whenever changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized in the
consolidated statements of income for the amount by which the
assets carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The Company
evaluates the remaining useful life of an intangible asset at
each reporting period to determine whether events and
circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of
amortization.
2.18
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net
of government funding and any impairment losses. Major additions
and improvements are capitalized, minor replacements and repairs
are charged to current operations.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets is
computed using the straight-line method over their estimated
useful lives, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
33 years
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
5-10 years
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3-10 years
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
3-6 years
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2-5 years
|
|
F-18
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
In 2008, the Company launched its first
300-mm
production facility. Consequently, the Company assessed the
useful life of its
300-mm
manufacturing equipment, based on relevant economic and
technical factors. The conclusion was that the appropriate
depreciation period for such
300-mm
equipment was 10 years. This policy was applied starting
January 1, 2008.
The Company evaluates each period whether there is reason to
suspect that tangible assets or groups of assets might not be
recoverable. Several impairment indicators exist for making this
assessment, such as: significant changes in the technological,
market, economic or legal environment in which the Company
operates or in the market to which the asset is dedicated, or
available evidence of obsolescence of the asset, or indication
that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than
expected. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held
and used, the Company initially assesses whether the carrying
value of the tangible assets or group of assets exceeds the
undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets. If
exceeded, the Company then evaluates whether an impairment
charge is required by determining if the assets carrying
value also exceeds its fair value. This fair value is normally
estimated by the Company based on independent market appraisals
or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market
assumptions such as the utilization of the Companys
fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such
facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new
technologies. The Company also evaluates, and adjusts if
appropriate, the assets useful lives, at each balance
sheet date or when impairment indicators exist.
Assets are classified as assets held for sale when the following
conditions have been met for the assets to be disposed of by
sale: management has approved the plan to sell; assets are
available for immediate sale; assets are actively being
marketed; sale is probable within one year; price is reasonable
in the market and it is unlikely to be significant changes in
the assets to be sold or a withdrawal to the plan to sell.
Assets classified as held for sale are reported as current
assets at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less
selling costs and are not depreciated during the selling period.
Costs to sell include incremental direct costs to transact the
sale that would not have been incurred except for the decision
to sell. When the held-for-sale accounting treatment requires an
impairment charge for the difference between the carrying amount
and the fair value, such impairment is reflected on the
consolidated statements of income on the line Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs. If
the long-lived assets no longer meet the held-for-sale model,
they are reported as assets held for use and thus reclassified
from current assets to the line Property, plant and
equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheet. The
assets are measured at the lower of their fair value at the date
of the subsequent decision not to sell and their carrying amount
prior to their classification as assets held for sale, adjusted
for any depreciation that would have been recognized if the
long-lived assets had not been classified as assets held for
sale. The fair value at the date of the decision not to sell is
based on the discounted cash flows expected from the use of the
assets. Any required adjustment to the carrying value of the
asset that is reclassified as held and used is recorded in the
income statement at the time of the reclassification and
reported in the same income statement caption that was used to
report adjustments to the carrying value of the asset during the
time it was held for sale. (line Impairment, restructuring
charges and other related closure costs. ) When property,
plant and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the
net book value of the assets is removed from the Companys
books and the net gain or loss is included in Other income
and expenses, net in the consolidated statements of income.
Leasing arrangements in which a significant portion of the risks
and rewards of ownership are retained by the Company are
classified as capital leases. Capital leases are included in
Property, plant and equipment, net and depreciated
over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term.
Leasing arrangements classified as operating leases are
arrangements in which the lessor retains a significant portion
of the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset.
Payments made under operating leases are charged to the
consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over
the period of the lease.
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying
asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required
to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. Other
borrowing costs are expensed.
F-19
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.19
Investments
For investments in public companies that have readily
determinable fair values and for which the Company does not
exercise significant influence, the Company classifies these
investments as held-for-trading or available-for-sale as
described in Note 2.4. Investments in equity securities
without readily determinable fair values and for which the
Company does not have the ability to exercise significant
influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under the
cost method of accounting, investments are carried at historical
cost and are adjusted only for declines in fair value. The fair
value of a cost method investment is estimated on a
non-recurring basis when there are identified events or changes
in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on
the fair value of the investment. Other-than-temporary
impairment losses are immediately recorded in the consolidated
statements of income and are based on the Companys
assessment of any significant and sustained reductions in the
investments fair value.For unquoted equity securities,
assumptions and estimates used in measuring fair value include
the use of recent arms length transactions when they
reflect the orderly exit price of the investments. Gains and
losses on investments sold are determined on the specific
identification method and are recorded as a non-operating
element on the line Gain (loss) on financial assets
in the consolidated statements of income.
Equity investments are all entities over which the Company has
the ability to exercise significant influence but not control,
generally representing a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of
the voting rights. Equity investments also include entities
which the Company determines to be variable interest entities,
as described below, if the Company has the ability to exercise
significant influence over the entitys operations even if
the Company owns less than 20% and is not the primary
beneficiary. These investments are accounted for by the equity
method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost when
FIN46 is not applicable. They are presented on the face of the
consolidated balance sheet on the line Equity
investments, except if they meet the criteria for
classification as assets held for sale. The Companys share
in its equity investments profit and loss is recognized in
the consolidated statements of income as Earnings (loss)
on equity investments and in the consolidated balance
sheet as an adjustment against the carrying amount of the
investments. When the Companys share of losses in an
equity investment equals or exceeds its interest in the
investee, including any unsecured receivable, the Company does
not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations
or made payments on behalf of the investee. At each period-end,
the Company assesses whether there is objective evidence that
its interests in the equity investments are impaired. Once a
determination is made that an other-then-temporary impairment
exists, the Company writes down the carrying value of the equity
investment to its fair value at the balance sheet date, which
establishes a new cost basis. The fair value of an equity
investment is measured on a non-recurring basis using a
combination of an income approach, based on discounted cash
flows, and a market approach with financial metrics of
comparable public companies.
Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial Accounting Standards
Board Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable
Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51
(revised 2003) and the related FASB Staff Positions
(collectively FIN 46R), the Company assesses
for consolidation entities identified as a Variable Interest
Entity (VIE) and consolidates the VIEs, if any, for
which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary.
The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs the
majority of the entitys expected losses, receives the
majority of its expected residual returns, or both as a result
of holding variable interests. Assets, liabilities, and the
non-controlling interest of newly consolidated VIEs are
initially measured at fair value in the same manner as if the
consolidation resulted from a business combination.
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for a
business combination if the acquired entity meets the definition
of a business. If the acquired entity is a development stage
entity and has not commenced planned principal operations, it is
presumed not to be a business, and the individual assets and
liabilities are recognized at their relative fair values with no
goodwill recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. In case
of acquisition of a business, the cost of the acquisition is
measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity
instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed, plus
costs directly attributable to the acquisition. If part of the
consideration is contingent on a future event, the additional
cost is not generally recognized until the contingency is
resolved, the amount is determinable, or beyond a reasonable
doubt. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and
contingent
F-20
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured
initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. Any
acquired in-process research and development
(IPR&D) is expensed immediately in the
consolidated statements of income since it has no alternative
future use. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair
value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as
goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is lower than the fair
value of the net assets of the entity acquired, the difference
is used to reduce proportionately the fair value assigned and
allocated on a pro-rata basis to all assets other than current
and financial assets, assets to be sold, prepaid pension assets
and deferred taxes. Any negative goodwill remaining is
recognized as an extraordinary gain. Goodwill arising from a
purchase of less than 100% of a business is valued as the
difference between the purchase price paid by the Company and
its proportionate share of the fair values of the identifiable
net assets acquired, while the minority interest is reported
based on the book value of net assets acquired. Consequently,
there is no step up for the minority interests share of
the excess of the fair value of net assets over book value. When
the Company acquires a business and a portion of the
consideration is a minority interest in one or more of the
Companys businesses, the Company values the net assets of
the subsidiaries in which the interest is being given at fair
value and records the difference between fair value and book
value related to the interest on the line Issuance of
shares by subsidiary in the consolidated statement of
changes in shareholders equity.
2.20
Employee benefits
The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees.
These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the
countries in which the Company operates. They are generally
funded through payments to insurance companies,
trustee-administered funds or state institutions, determined by
periodic actuarial calculations. Such plans include both defined
benefit and defined contribution plans. A defined benefit plan
is a pension plan that defines the amount of pension benefit
that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent
on one or more factors such as age, years of service and
compensation. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan
under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate
entity for which the Company has no legal or constructive
obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not
hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits
relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
With the adoption in 2006 of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 158, Employers Accounting for
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement
Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87,
88, 106 and 132(R) (FAS 158), the liability
recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of
defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the
defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the
fair value of plan assets. The Company accounted thus for the
overfunded and underfunded status of defined benefit plans and
other post retirement plans in its financial statements as at
December 31, 2006, with offsetting entries made at adoption
to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in
the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders
equity, as described in Note 18.7. The overfunded or
underfunded status of the defined benefit plans are calculated
as the difference between plan assets and the projected benefit
obligations. Overfunded plans are not netted against underfunded
plans and are shown separately in the financial statements.
Significant estimates are used in determining the assumptions
incorporated in the calculation of the pension obligations,
which is supported by input from independent actuaries.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments
and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to
income over the employees expected average remaining
working lives. Past-service costs are recognized immediately in
earnings, unless the changes to the pension scheme are
conditional on the employees remaining in service for a
specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the
past-service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the vesting period. The net periodic benefit cost of the year is
determined based on the assumptions used at the end of the
previous year.
For defined contribution plans, the Company pays contributions
to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on
a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Company has no
further payment obligations once the contributions have been
paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit
expense when they are
F-21
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the
extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments
is available.
|
|
(b)
|
Other
post-employment obligations
|
The Company provides post-retirement benefits to some of its
retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually
conditional on the employee remaining in service up to
retirement age and to the completion of a minimum service
period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over
the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar
to that for defined benefit pension plans. Actuarial gains and
losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in
actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to income over
the expected average remaining working lives of the related
employees. These obligations are valued annually by independent
qualified actuaries.
Termination benefits are payable when employment is
involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts
voluntary termination in exchange for these benefits. For the
accounting treatment and timing recognition of the involuntarily
termination benefits, the Company distinguishes between one-time
termination benefit arrangements and on-going termination
benefit arrangements. A one-time termination benefit arrangement
is one that is established by a termination plan that applies to
a specified termination event or for a specified future period.
These one-time involuntary termination benefits are recognized
as a liability when the termination plan meets certain criteria
and has been communicated to employees. If employees are
required to render future service in order to receive these
one-time termination benefits, the liability is recognized
ratably over the future service period. Termination benefits
other than one-time termination benefits are termination
benefits for which criteria for communication are not met but
that are committed to by management, or termination obligations
that are not specifically determined in a new and single plan.
These termination benefits are all legal, contractual and past
practice termination obligations to be paid to employees in case
of involuntary termination. These termination benefits are
accrued for at commitment date when it is probable that
employees will be entitled to the benefits and the amount can be
reasonably estimated.
In the case of special termination benefits proposed to
encourage voluntary termination, the Company recognizes a
provision for voluntary termination benefits at the date on
which the employee irrevocably accepts the offer and the amount
can be reasonably estimated.
|
|
(d)
|
Profit-sharing
and bonus plans
|
The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses
and profit-sharing plans when it is contractually obliged or
where there is a past practice that has created a constructive
obligation.
|
|
(e)
|
Other
long-term employee benefits
|
The Company provides long-term employee benefits such as
seniority awards in certain subsidiaries. The entitlement to
these benefits is usually conditional on the employee completing
a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits
are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting
methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments,
and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to
earnings in the period of change. These obligations are valued
annually by independent qualified actuaries.
F-22
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
(f)
|
Share-based
compensation
|
Stock
options
At December 31, 2008, the Company had five employee and
Supervisory Board stock-option plans, which are described in
detail in Note 18. In 2005, the Company redefined its
equity-based compensation strategy by no longer granting options
but rather issuing nonvested shares.
Nonvested
shares
In 2005, the Company began to grant nonvested shares to senior
executives, selected employees and members of the Supervisory
Board. The shares are granted for free to employees and at their
nominal value for the members of the Supervisory Board. The
awards granted to employees will contingently vest upon
achieving certain market or performance conditions and upon
completion of an average three-year service period. Shares
granted to the Supervisory Board vest unconditionally along the
same vesting period as employees and are not forfeited even if
the service period is not completed. The Company measures the
cost of share-based service awards based on the grant- date fair
value of the award. That cost is recognized over the period
during which an employee is required to provide service in
exchange for the award or the requisite service period, usually
the vesting period. Compensation is recognized only for the
awards that ultimately vest. The compensation cost is recorded
through earnings over the vesting period against equity, on the
line Capital surplus in the consolidated statement
of changes in shareholders equity. The compensation cost
is calculated based on the number of awards expected to vest,
which includes assumptions on the number of awards to be
forfeited due to the employees failing in providing the
service condition, and forfeitures following the non-completion
of one or more performance conditions. When the stock-award plan
contains a market condition feature, the market condition is
reflected in the estimated fair value of the award at grant date.
Liabilities for the Companys portion of payroll taxes are
not accrued for over the vesting period but are recognized at
vesting, which is the event triggering the measurement of
employee-related social charges, based on the intrinsic value of
the share at vesting date, and payment of the social
contributions in most of the Companys local tax
jurisdictions.
Furthermore the Company created in 2006 a local subplan for the
stock award plan granted in 2005, as described in Note 18.
The Company elected to apply the pool approach, as set forth in
FAS 123R to account for the modification of the original
plan. Under the pool approach, the Company determined as at the
modification date the unrecognized compensation expense related
to the number of nonvested shares subject to the vesting
modifications and incremental cost, if any, to be recognized
ratably over the modified vesting period. Nonvested share grants
and the related compensation cost are further explained in
details in Note 18.
2.21
Long-term debt
Zero-coupon convertible bonds are recorded at principal amount
in long-term debt and are subsequently stated at amortized cost.
Debt issuance costs are reported as non-current assets on the
line Other investments and other non-current assets
of the consolidated balance sheets. They are subsequently
amortized through earnings on the line Interest income,
net of the consolidated statements of income until the
first redemption right of the holder. Outstanding bonds amounts
are classified in the consolidated balance sheet as
Current portion of long term debt in the year of the
redemption right of the holder.
F-23
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
(b)
|
Bank
loans and senior bonds
|
Bank loans, including non-convertible senior bonds, are
recognized at historical cost, net of transaction costs
incurred. They are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and
the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated
statements of income over the period of the borrowings using the
effective interest rate method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the
Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the
liability for at least twelve months after the balance sheet
date. The Company may from time to time enter into
repurchase agreements with certain financial
institutions and may give as collateral certain
available-for-sale debt securities. The Company retains control
over the pledged debt securities and consequently does not
de-recognize the financial assets from its consolidated balance
sheet upon transfer of the collateral. The Company accounts for
such transactions as secured borrowings and recognizes the cash
received upon transfer by recording a liability for the
obligation to return the cash to the lending financial
institution within a term which does not exceed three months.
Such obligation is extinguished when the Company repurchases the
pledged securities in accordance with the terms of the
repurchase agreements.
2.22
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs
directly attributable to the issuance of new shares or options
are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the
proceeds.
Where any subsidiary purchases the Companys equity share
capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any
directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes),
is deducted from equity attributable to the Companys
shareholders until the shares are cancelled, reissued or
disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or
reissued, any consideration received net of directly
attributable incremental transaction costs and the related
income tax effect is included in equity.
2.23
Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity
of a business during a period except those changes resulting
from investment by shareholders and distributions to
shareholders. In the accompanying consolidated financial
statements, Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) consists of temporary unrealized gains or losses on
securities classified as available-for-sale, the unrealized gain
(loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge and the
impact of recognizing the overfunded and underfunded status of
defined benefit plans upon FAS 158, all net of tax, as well
as foreign currency translation adjustments.
2.24
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when: the Company has a present legal
or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle
the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated.
Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses. Where
there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that
an outflow will be required in settlements is determined by
considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is
recognized even if the likelihood of the outflow with respect to
any one item included in the same class of obligations may be
small.
The Company, when acting as a guarantor, recognizes, at the
inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the
obligation the Company assumes under the guarantee, in
compliance with FASB Interpretation No. 45,
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for
Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and
107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34
(FIN 45). When the guarantee is issued in
conjunction with the formation of a partially owned business or
a venture accounted for under the equity method, the recognition
of the liability for the guarantee results in an increase to the
carrying amount of the investment. The liabilities recognized
for the obligations of the guarantees
F-24
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
undertaken by the Company are measured subsequently on each
reporting date, the initial liability being reduced as the
Company, as a guarantor, is released from the risk underlying
the guarantee.
2.25
Recent accounting pronouncements
|
|
(a)
|
Accounting
pronouncements effective in 2008
|
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157). This
statement defines fair value as the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. Additionally, the statement defines a
fair value hierarchy which should be used when determining fair
values, except as specifically excluded. FAS 157 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007. However, in February 2008, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued an FASB Staff Position (FSP)
that partially deferred the effective date of FAS 157 for
one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities
that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on
a nonrecurring basis. However, the FSP did not defer recognition
and disclosure requirements for financial assets and financial
liabilities or for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial
liabilities that are measured at least annually, which do not
include goodwill. The Company adopted FAS 157 on
January 1, 2008. FAS 157 adoption is prospective, with
no cumulative effect of the change in the accounting guidance
for fair value measurement to be recorded as an adjustment to
retained earnings, except for specified categories of
instruments. The Company did not record, upon adoption, any
adjustment to retained earnings since it does not hold any of
these categories of instruments. In the first quarter of 2008,
the Company reassessed fair value on financial assets and
liabilities in compliance with FAS 157, including the
valuation of available-for-sale securities for which no
observable market price is obtainable. The adoption of
FAS 157 did not have any impact on the derivative
instruments held by the Company and either designated as hedge
or classified as held-for-trading, and on the Companys
investments in equity securities and floating-rate notes
classified as available-for-sale since quoted prices for similar
or identical instruments are available for these instruments.
For the auction-rate securities held by the Company for which no
observable market price is obtainable, as described in
Note 12, the Company estimates that the measure of fair
value of these financial assets, even if using certain
entity-specific assumptions, is in line with a FAS 157
level 3 fair value hierarchy. The Company has also assessed
the future impact of FAS 157 when adopted in 2009 for
nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair
value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, such
as impaired long-lived assets or goodwill. For goodwill
impairment testing and the use of fair value of tested reporting
units, the Company is currently reviewing its goodwill
impairment model to measure fair value relying on external
inputs and market participants assumptions rather than
exclusively using discounted cash flows generated by each
reporting entity. Based on the Companys preliminary
assessment, management estimates that the new fair value
measurement basis, if applied in a comparable market environment
as in the last impairment campaigns, would not have a
significant material impact on the results of the goodwill
impairment tests. However, as a result of the continuing
downturn in market conditions and the general business
environment, this new measurement of the fair value of the
reporting units, when used in future goodwill and impairment
testing, could generate higher impairment charges as the fair
value will be estimated on business indicators that could
reflect a distressed market.
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115 (FAS 159). This statement
permits companies to choose to measure eligible items at fair
value at specified election dates and report unrealized gains
and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date on
items for which the fair value option has been elected.
FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal
year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. The
Company adopted FAS 159 on January 1, 2008 and has not
elected to apply the fair value option to any of its assets and
liabilities as permitted by FAS 159.
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 06-11,
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on
Share-Based Payment Awards
(EITF 06-11).
This issue states that a realized
F-25
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
tax benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are
charged to retained earnings and paid to employees for
equity-classified nonvested shares, nonvested equity share
units, and outstanding share options should be recognized as an
increase to additional
paid-in-capital.
Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits
(windfall) under FAS 123R.
EITF 06-11
must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods
within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for the
income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are
declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet
been issued. The Company adopted
EITF 06-11
in the first quarter of 2008 and
EITF 06-11
did not have any impact on its financial position and results of
operations.
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-3,
Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be
Used in Future Research and Development Activities
(EITF 07-3).
The issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for
goods or services that will be used or rendered for research and
development activities should be expensed when the advance
payments are made or when the research and development
activities have been performed.
EITF 07-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company
adopted
EITF 07-3
in the first quarter of 2008 and
EITF 07-3
did not have a material effect on its financial position and
results of operations.
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-6,
Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement
Includes a Buy-Sell Clause
(EITF 07-6).
The issue addresses whether the existence of a buy-sell
arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real
estate is sold to a jointly owned entity.
EITF 07-6
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered
into after the effective date. The Company adopted
EITF 07-6
in the first quarter of 2008 and
EITF 07-6
did not have a material effect on its financial position and
results of operations.
In November 2007, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded
at Fair Value Through Earnings (SAB 109).
SAB 109 provides the Staffs views regarding written
loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through
earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 is effective for all written
loan commitments recorded at fair value that are entered into,
or substantially modified, in fiscal quarters beginning after
December 15, 2007. The Company adopted SAB 109 in the
first quarter of 2008 and has no written loan commitments to
which the standard applies.
In January 2008, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 110, Year-End Help for Expensing
Employee Stock Options (SAB 110).
SAB 110 expresses the views of the Staff regarding the use
of a simplified method, in developing an estimate of
expected term of plain vanilla share options in
accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance
under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the
simplified method for stock option grants after
December 31, 2007. SAB 110 is not relevant to the
Companys operations since the Company redefined in 2005
its compensation policy by no longer granting stock options but
rather issuing nonvested shares.
|
|
(b)
|
Accounting
pronouncements expected to impact the Companys operations
that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by
the Company
|
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141
(Revised 2007), Business Combinations
(FAS 141R) and No. 160, Noncontrolling
Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of
ARB No. 51 (FAS 160). These new
standards will initiate substantive and pervasive changes that
will impact both the accounting for future acquisition deals and
the measurement and presentation of previous acquisitions in
consolidated financial statements. The standards continue the
movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial
reporting. FAS 141R will significantly change how business
acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial
statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent
periods. FAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting
for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as
noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of
equity. The significant changes from current practice resulting
from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a
business combination have been
F-26
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
expanded, resulting in an increased number of transactions or
other events that will qualify as business combinations; for all
business combinations (whether partial, full, or step
acquisitions), the entity that acquires the business (the
acquirer) will record 100% of all assets and
liabilities of the acquired business, including goodwill,
generally at their fair values; certain contingent assets and
liabilities acquired will be recognized at their fair values on
the acquisition date; contingent consideration will be
recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date and, for
certain arrangements, changes in fair value will be recognized
in earnings until settled; acquisition-related transaction and
restructuring costs will be expensed rather than treated as part
of the cost of the acquisition and included in the amount
recorded for assets acquired; in-process research and
development will be recorded at fair value as an
indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date and
not expensed upon consideration allocation; in step
acquisitions, previous equity interests in an acquiree held
prior to obtaining control will be remeasured to their
acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss recognized
in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize initial
accounting, companies will revise any previously issued
post-acquisition financial information in future financial
statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had been
recorded on the acquisition date; reversals of valuation
allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes
to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in
earnings, except for qualified measurement period adjustments
(the measurement period is a period of up to one year during
which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be
adjusted; this treatment is similar to how changes in other
assets and liabilities in a business combination will be
treated, and different from current accounting under which such
changes are treated as an adjustment of the cost of the
acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when
acquisitions result in a bargain purchase, instead
the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in
earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting
from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are
now considered as equity, transactions between the parent
company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as
equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a
change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective
for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception
of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired
deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax
positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires
adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for
existing minority interests. All other requirements of
FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is
prohibited for both standards. The Company has evaluated the
effect the adoption of these statements will have on its
financial position and results of operations and determined
that, in view of the recent merger and acquisition transactions
concluded by the Company, FAS 141R and FAS 160
adoption will have a significant impact on its financial
statements. Acquisition-related costs, which amounted to
$7 million and were capitalized as at December 31,
2008 will be immediately recorded in earnings in the first
quarter of 2009. Furthermore, past business combinations often
included, and future business combinations may include,
significant IP R&D in the allocation of the consideration
and committed restructuring actions aiming at optimizing
synergies with the newly integrated businesses. With the
adoption of FAS 141R, any IP R&D will be recorded as
intangible assets subject to annual impairment testing while
future restructuring initiatives, which in compliance with the
current practice are accrued for against goodwill, will impact
earnings. Additionally, the adoption of FAS 160 for the
presentation and disclosures of noncontrolling interests will
generate a reclassification as at January 1, 2009 from the
mezzanine line Minority interests in the
consolidated balance sheet to shareholders equity for a
total amount of $276 million. However no significant
changes are expected in valuation allowance for acquired
deferred tax assets and the resolution of assumed uncertain tax
positions on past business combinations, which would require
impacting earnings instead of an adjustment to goodwill as in
current practice.
In March 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161,
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities (FAS 161). The new standard is
intended to improve financial reporting about derivative
instruments and hedging activities and to enable investors to
better understand how these instruments and activities affect an
entitys financial position, financial performance and cash
flows through enhanced disclosure requirements. FAS 161 is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and
interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with
early application
F-27
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
permitted. The Company will adopt FAS 161 in the first
quarter of 2009 and is currently reviewing the new disclosure
requirements and their impact on its financial statements.
In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 162, The
Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(FAS 162). The new standard identifies the
sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting
the principles used in the preparation of financial statements
of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity
with US generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP). FAS 162 is effective 60 days
following the SECs approval of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) amendments to AU
Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity
With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for financial
statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning
after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted.
The Company will adopt FAS 162 when effective and
management does not expect that FAS 162 will have a
material effect on its financial position and results of
operations.
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 08-6,
Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations
(EITF 08-6).
This issue addresses a certain number of matters associated with
the impact that FAS 141R and FAS 160 might have on the
accounting for equity method investments.
EITF 08-6
retains the current cost accumulation approach for determining
the initial carrying value of an equity method investment. It
also addresses other-than-temporary impairment testing, which
must be performed at the overall investment level.
EITF 08-6 states
that share issuance by an equity method investee should be
accounted for as if the equity method investor had sold a
proportionate share of its investment, with any resulting gain
or loss recognized in earnings, with no policy election possible
anymore. However, the final consensus reaffirms that no gain
(loss) should be recognized when significant influence is lost.
EITF 08-6
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or
after December 15, 2008, with no early application
permitted.
EITF 08-6
must be applied prospectively to new investments acquired after
the effective date. The Company will adopt
EITF 08-6
in 2009 and has assessed that such adoption will not represent a
significant change to current practice.
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 08-7,
Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets
(EITF 08-7).
This issue applies to all defensive assets, either acquired to a
third party or through a business combination. However,
EITF 08-7
excludes from its scope in-process research and development
acquired in a business combination.
EITF 08-7 states
that a defensive asset should be considered a separate unit of
accounting and should not be combined with the existing asset
whose value it may enhance. A useful life should be assigned
that reflects the acquiring entity consumption of the
defensive assets expected benefits.
EITF 08-7
also observes that a defensive intangible asset may not be
considered immediately abandoned following its acquisition and
that it would be rare for a defensive asset to have an
indefinite life.
EITF 08-7
is effective prospectively to intangible assets acquired on or
after the beginning of the first annual reporting period
beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early
application permitted. The Company will adopt
EITF 08-6
in 2009 and has assessed that in view of the recent merger and
acquisition transactions concluded by the Company,
EITF 08-7
could be applicable to future business combinations. However,
the Company did not acquire in the past significant defensive
intangible assets and even if future business combinations
involve the acquisition of defensive assets, the application of
EITF 08-7
would not represent a significant change to current practice.
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
Accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective and are
not expected to impact the Companys operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
EITF 07-1,
Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements
|
|
|
|
EITF 07-4,
Application of the Two-Class Method under FAS 128
to Master Limited Partnerships
|
|
|
|
FAS 163, Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance
Contracts
|
|
|
|
EITF 07-5,
Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) Is
Indexed to an Entitys Own Stock
|
F-28
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
EITF 08-3,
Accounting by Lessees for Maintenance Deposits under Lease
Agreements
|
|
|
|
EITF 08-5,
Issuers Accounting for Liabilities Measured at Fair
Value with a Third-Party Credit Enhancement.
|
|
|
|
EITF 08-8,
Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a
Settlement Amount that is Based on the Stock of an Entitys
Consolidated Subsidiary
|
On January 17, 2008, the Company acquired effective control
of Genesis Microchip Inc. (Genesis Microchip) under
the terms of a tender offer announced on December 11, 2007.
On January 25, 2008, the Company acquired the remaining
common shares of Genesis Microchip that had not been acquired
through the original tender by offering the right to receive the
same $8.65 per share price paid in the original tender offer.
Payment of approximately $340 million for the acquired
shares was made through a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
that was merged with and into Genesis Microchip promptly
thereafter and received $170 million of cash and cash
equivalents from Genesis Microchip. Additional direct costs
associated with the acquisition amounting to approximately
$6 million were paid in 2008. On closing, Genesis Microchip
became part of the Companys Home Entertainment &
Displays business activity which is part of the Automotive
Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product
Groups segment. The acquisition of Genesis Microchip was
performed to expand the Companys leadership in the digital
TV market. Genesis Microchip will enhance the Companys
technological capabilities for the transition to fully digital
solutions in the segment and strengthen its product intellectual
property portfolio.
Purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of
$11 million in marketable securities, $14 million in
property, plant and equipment, $44 million of deferred tax
assets while intangible assets included $44 million of core
technologies, $27 million related to customer
relationships, $2 million of trademarks, $15 million
of goodwill primarily related to the workforce, and not
deductible for tax purposes and $2 million of liabilities
net of other assets. During the year, the company reduced its
estimate of direct cost associated with the acquisition and made
a corresponding reduction in the amount of purchase goodwill.
The Company also recorded in 2008 $21 million of acquired
IP R&D with no alternative future use that the Company
immediately wrote-off. Such IP R&D charge was recorded on
the line Research and development expenses in the
consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The core technologies have an average
useful life of approximately four years, the customers
relationship of seven years and the trademarks of approximately
two years. The purchase price allocation is based on a third
party independent appraisal.
On August 2, 2008, ST-NXP Wireless, a joint venture owned
80% by the Company, began operations based on contributions of
the wireless businesses of the Company and NXP, as the minority
interest holder. The Company paid to NXP $1.55 billion for
the 80% stake, which included a control premium that was the
principal driver for the goodwill arising in the transaction,
and received cash from the NXP businesses of $33 million.
The consideration also included a contribution in kind, measured
at fair value, corresponding to a 20% interest in the
Companys wireless business. Additional direct costs
associated with the acquisition are estimated to be
approximately $20 million and were accrued as at
December 31, 2008. On closing, ST-NXP Wireless was
determined to be included in the reportable segment
Wireless Product Sector.
Purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of
$302 million in property, plant and equipment,
$65 million of tax receivables net of valuation allowances,
inventory of $282 million which includes $88 million
of step-up
in value that increased charges against earnings in 2008 as the
inventory was sold, deferred tax liabilities of
$14 million, restructuring reserves of $44 million and
net other assets and liabilities of $41 million in
liabilities. In addition, intangible assets recognized included
core technologies of $223 million, customer relationships
of $405 million, and acquired IP R&D of
$76 million. Such IP R&D did not have any alternative
future use and was written-off immediately in the consolidated
statement of income in 2008 to the line Research and
development. The resulting goodwill in the transaction is
$669 million which is expected to be fully deductible for
tax purposes.
F-29
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The core technologies have useful lives ranging from
approximately three and a half to six and a half years. The
purchase price allocation for the contribution from the minority
interest holder is based on a third party independent appraisal.
The contribution by the Company was carried over at its book
value The restructuring reserves represent estimated redundancy
costs that will be incurred to achieve the rationalization of
the combined organization as anticipated as part of the
transaction and cover approximately 500 people including
sub-contractors. The plan will affect mainly employees in
Belgium, China, Germany, India, the Netherlands, Switzerland and
the United States. These actions, and the resulting termination
benefits, will be finalized and completed within one year of the
acquisition date, which could result in changes to the liability
and goodwill amounts in the purchase price allocations above.
Although not anticipated, the purchase price accounting remains
subject to minor adjustments.
The Company and NXP had in the past pre-existing relationships
before the business combination described above through the
alliance the Company operated jointly with Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc. for certain research and development
activities and the operation of a 300mm wafer pilot line fab in
Crolles (France) (Crolles2 alliance). In January
2007, NXP Semiconductors B.V. announced that it would withdraw
from the alliance. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. has also
notified the Company that the Crolles2 alliance would terminate
as of such date. Therefore, the Crolles2 alliance expired on
December 31, 2007. Following the termination of the Crolles
2 alliance, the Company entered into agreements to acquire all
equipment in Crolles from NXP and Freescale according to the
following schedule: (i) the acquisition of equipment
amounting to $128 million from NXP on December 31,
2007; (ii) the acquisition of equipment amounting to
$140 million from Freescale on March 14, 2008;
(iii) the acquisition of equipment amounting to
$135 million from Freescale on April 18, 2008 and
(iv) the acquisition of equipment amounting to
$129 million from NXP on June 30, 2008. The
March 14, 2008 installment has been executed by a
combination of direct purchase amounting $40 million and an
operating lease for the remainder of the equipment. The
termination of the Crolles 2 alliance did not result in other
settlements, which could have generated gain or losses in the
consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
The unaudited proforma information below assumes that Genesis
Microchip was acquired and the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture was
created on January 1, 2008 and incorporates the results of
Genesis Microchip and ST-NXP Wireless beginning on that date.
The unaudited twelve months ended December 31, 2007
information has been adjusted to incorporate the results of
Genesis Microchip and ST-NXP Wireless on January 1, 2007.
Such results are presented for information purposes only and are
not indicative of the results of operations that would have been
achieved had the acquisition taken place as of January 1,
2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Pro Forma Statements of Income (Unaudited)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars,
|
|
|
|
except per share amounts
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
10,650
|
|
|
|
11,654
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,880
|
|
|
|
4,109
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
(4,185
|
)
|
|
|
(4,891
|
)
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
(782
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(896
|
)
|
|
|
(737
|
)
|
Loss per share (basic)
|
|
|
(1.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.82
|
)
|
Loss per share (diluted)
|
|
|
(1.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.82
|
)
|
F-30
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Statements of Income, as Reported
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars,
|
|
|
|
except per share amounts
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,560
|
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
(3,758
|
)
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
Loss per share (basic)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
Loss per share (diluted)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
The unaudited pro forma information above includes material
non-recurring items such as the write-off of IP R&D, as
well additional expense for cost of goods sold due to increases
to the fair value of inventory received in the business
combinations. The historical results for the year ended
December 31, 2008 included the write-off of IP R&D
acquired in the formation of ST-NXP Wireless and the additional
cost of goods sold due to the fair value increase of the portion
of inventory sold. The pro forma for the prior years
twelve months ended December 31, 2007 have been adjusted
for $21 million of IP R&D for Genesis Microchip and
$76 million for ST-NXP Wireless.
Numonyx
In 2007, the Company announced that it had entered into an
agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to
create a new independent semiconductor company from the key
assets of the Companys Flash Memory Group and Intels
flash memory business (FMG deconsolidation). Under
the terms of the agreement, the Company would sell its flash
memory assets, including its NAND joint venture interest with
Hynix as described above and other NOR resources, to the new
company, which was called Numonyx Holdings B.V.
(Numonyx), while Intel would sell its NOR assets and
resources. Pursuant to the signature of the agreement for the
FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting criteria for assets held
for sale as set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 144, Accounting for the impairment or
disposal of long-term assets (FAS 144), the
Company reclassified in 2007 the assets to be transferred to
Numonyx from their original balance sheet classification to the
line Assets held for sale. Coincident with this
classification, the Company reported an impairment charge of
$1,106 million to adjust the value of these assets to fair
value less costs to sell, on the line Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs of
the consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2007. The total loss calculation also included
a provision of $139 million to reflect the value of rights
granted to Numonyx to use certain assets retained by the
Company. No remaining amounts related to the FMG deconsolidation
was reported as current assets on the line Assets held for
sale of the consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2008.
The Numonyx transaction closed on March 30, 2008. At
closing, through a series of steps, the Company contributed its
flash memory assets and businesses as previously announced, for
109,254,191 common shares of Numonyx, representing a 48.6%
equity ownership stake valued at $966 million, and
$156 million in long-term subordinated notes, as described
in Note 12. As a consequence of the final terms and balance
sheet at the closing date and additional agreements on assets to
be contributed, coupled with changes in valuation for comparable
Flash memory companies, the Company incurred an additional
pre-tax loss of $190 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008, which was reported on the line
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs of the consolidated statement of income.
Upon creation, Numonyx entered into financing arrangements for a
$450 million term loan and a $100 million committed
revolving credit facility from two primary financial
institutions. The loans have a four-year term. Intel and the
Company have each granted in favor of Numonyx a 50% debt
guarantee not joint and several. In the event of
F-31
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
default and failure to repay the loans from Numonyx, the banks
will exercise the Companys rights, subordinated to the
repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under
the guarantee through the sale of Numonyxs assets. The
debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted in
the recognition of a $69 million liability, corresponding
to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the
transaction. The same amount was also added to the value of the
equity investment. The debt guarantee obligation was reported on
the line Other non-current liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008.
The Company accounts for its share in Numonyx under the equity
method based on the actual results of the venture. In the
valuation of Numonyx investment under the equity method, the
Company applies a one-quarter lag reporting. Consequently,
equity loss related to Numonyx for the second and third quarters
of 2008 have been reported by the Company in the third and
fourth quarters of 2008, respectively. For the year ended
December 31, 2008 the Company reported on the line
Earnings (loss) on equity investments on the
Companys consolidated statement of income $65 million
of equity loss in Numonyx equity investment, including
$4 million related to interest expense on the Subordinated
notes and corresponding to the Companys equity interest in
the financial expense of Numonyx, as described in Note 22
and $2 million of compensation on stock awards granted to
employees subsequently transferred to Numonyx. Additionally, due
to deterioration of both the global economic situation and the
Memory market segment, as well as Numonyxs current and
projected results, the Company re-assessed the fair value of its
equity investment and recorded a $480 million
other-than-temporary impairment charge on the line
Earnings (loss) on equity investments in the 2008
consolidated statement of income. The calculation of the
impairment was based upon a combination of an income approach,
using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using
metrics of comparable public companies. The Companys share
of the actual results of Numonyx is adjusted for basis
differences which arise principally due to the impairments
recorded by the Company. The basis difference of
$240 million at December 31, 2008 has been allocated
to long-lived assets and is being amortized over their remaining
useful lives. At December 31, 2008 the Companys
investment in Numonyx, including the amount of the debt
guarantee, amounted to $496 million. The Companys
current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement
with Numonyx is limited to its equity investment, its investment
in subordinated notes and its debt guarantee obligation.
Summarized unaudited financial information for Numonyx, as of
September 27, 2008 and for the six months then ended that,
because of the one-quarter lag discussed above, correspond to
the amounts included in the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements as of December 31, 2008 and for the
twelve months then ended, are as follows :
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Income Information:
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
1,165
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
266
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
Financial Position Information:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
1,614
|
|
Noncurrent assets
|
|
|
1,412
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
512
|
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
860
|
|
Net worth
|
|
|
1,654
|
|
Hynix ST
Joint Venture
In 2004, the Company signed a joint venture agreement with Hynix
Semiconductor Inc. to build a front-end memory manufacturing
facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Under the
agreement, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. contributed
$500 million for a 67% equity interest and the Company
contributed $250 million for a 33% equity interest.
Additionally, the Company originally committed to grant
$250 million in long-term financing to the new
F-32
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
joint venture guaranteed by the subordinated collateral of the
joint ventures assets. The Company made the total
$250 million capital contribution as previously planned in
the joint venture agreement in 2006. In 2007, Hynix
Semiconductor Inc. invested an additional $750 million in
additional shares of the joint venture to fund a facility
expansion. As a result of this investment, the Companys
equity interest in the joint venture declined from approximately
33% to 17%. At December 31, 2007 the investment in the
joint venture amounted to $276 million and was included in
assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet. It was
transferred to Numonyx upon the formation of that company, as
described below. The Company accounted for its share in the
Hynix ST joint venture under the equity method based on the
actual results of the joint venture through the first quarter of
2008. The Companys share in 2008 result of the joint
venture, reported on the line Earnings (loss) on equity
investments of the consolidated statement of income for
the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.
Due to regulatory and withholding tax issues the Company could
not directly provide the joint venture with the
$250 million long-term financing as originally planned. As
a result, in 2006, the Company entered into a ten-year term debt
guarantee agreement with an external financial institution
through which the Company guaranteed the repayment of the loan
by the joint venture to the bank. The guarantee agreement
includes the Company placing up to $250 million in cash on
a deposit account. The guarantee deposit will be used by the
bank in case of repayment failure from the joint venture, with
$250 million as the maximum potential amount of future
payments the Company, as the guarantor, could be required to
make. In the event of default and failure to repay the loan from
the joint venture, the bank will exercise the Companys
rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to
recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of
the joint ventures assets. In 2006, the Company placed
$218 million of cash on the guarantee deposit account. In
2007, the Company placed the remaining $32 million of cash,
which totaled $250 million as at December 31, 2008 and
was reported as Restricted cash on the consolidated
balance sheet. The debt guarantee was evaluated under
FIN 45. It resulted in the recognition of a
$17 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of
the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The liability was
recorded against the value of the equity investment. The debt
guarantee obligation was reported on the line Other
non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet
as at December 31, 2008, and the Company reported the debt
guarantee on the line Other investments and other
non-current assets since the terms of the transfer of the
equity investment to Numonyx do not include the transfer of the
guarantee. The Companys current maximum exposure to loss
as a result of its involvement with the joint venture is limited
to its indirect investment through Numonyx and its debt
guarantee obligation.
Veredus
In 2008, the Company acquired 41.2% of ownership interest in
Veredus Laboratories Pte. Ltd (Veredus), a company
located in Singapore which sells diagnostic solutions to the
medical market. The acquisition amounted to $11 million and
was fully paid in 2008. The investment is aimed at joining
forces with established and growing players in the medical
diagnostic market, accelerating thus market adoption of the
Companys LabOnCHip technology and products. The Company
accounted for its interest in Veredus under the equity method.
The Companys share in 2008 result of the joint venture,
reported on the line Earnings (loss) on equity
investments of the consolidated statement of income for
the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.
ATLab
In 2008, the Company acquired 8.1% of ownership interest in
ATLab Inc. (ATLab), a Korean company which sells
semiconductor devices to the optical mouse, touch screen and
touch pad markets. With this investment, the Company intends to
secure partnership in product development for the growing touch
screen market. The acquisition, which totaled $4 million,
was fully paid in 2008.
The Company has identified ATLab as a Variable Interest
Entity (VIE) but has determined that it is not
the primary beneficiary of the entity. The Company has the
ability to exercise significant influence on certain decisions
of the entity. Consequently, the Company accounted for its
interest in ATLab under the equity method. The
F-33
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Companys share in 2008 result of the joint venture,
reported on the line Earnings (loss) on equity
investments of the consolidated statement of income for
the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.
|
|
5.
|
TRADE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
|
Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,089
|
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,064
|
|
|
|
1,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bad debt expense in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1 million,
$1 million and $7 million respectively. In 2008, 2007
and 2006, one customer, the Nokia group of companies,
represented 17.5% 21.1% and 21.8% of consolidated net revenues,
respectively.
Inventories, net of reserve consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
Finished products
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,840
|
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2008, inventories included
$203 million related to the consolidation of the NXP
wireless business. The fair value adjustment arising from the
purchase accounting for the acquisition as discussed in
Note 3 was totally expensed in cost of goods sold as at
December 31, 2008.
As at December 31, 2007 inventories amounting to
$329 million were reported as a component of the line
Assets held for sale on the consolidated balance
sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx.
As described in Note 4, the Company announced in 2007 that
it had entered into an agreement with Intel Corporation and
Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new independent
semiconductor company, Numonyx, from the key assets of the
Companys Flash Memory Group and Intels flash memory
business. In exchange of its flash memory assets, including its
NAND joint venture interest and other NOR resources, the Company
was expected to receive, at closing, a combination of cash and a
48.6% equity ownership stake in Numoyx; Intel was expected to
receive cash and a 45.1% equity ownership stake; and Francisco
Partners L.P. was to invest $150 million in cash to
purchase participating convertible preferred stock with certain
liquidation preferences and convertible into a 6.3% ownership
interest, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances. As a
result of the signing of the definitive agreement for the FMG
deconsolidation and upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for
assets held for sale, the Company reclassified the assets to be
transferred to Numonyx from their original balance sheet
classification to the line Assets held for sale in
the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007.
Coincident with this classification, the Company recorded an
impairment charge of $1,106 million, as described in
Note 21, to adjust the value of these assets to fair value
less costs to sell, reporting the loss on the line
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs of the consolidated statement of income for
the year ended December 31, 2007. Fair value less costs to
sell was based on the net consideration provided for in the
agreement and significant estimates.
F-34
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
In 2008, the terms of the transaction were further refined.
Among other things, the Company and Intel agreed to guarantee
the term debt and revolving credit agreement of Numonyx, as
described in Note 4. The Company and Intel also agreed to a
reduction in the amount of subordinated notes they would receive
and it was agreed that Francisco Partners would receive 6.3% of
the total subordinated notes to be issued by Numonyx in addition
to its convertible preferred stock in exchange for its initial
investment of $150 million. The Numonyx transaction closed
on March 30, 2008. At closing, through a series of steps,
the Company contributed its flash memory assets and businesses
as previously announced. As a consequence of the final terms of
the transaction, the balance sheet at the closing date and
additional agreements on assets to be contributed, coupled with
changes in valuation for comparable Flash memory companies, the
Company incurred an additional pre-tax loss of $190 million
for the year, consisting of a $164 million impairment
charge recorded upon disposal and an additional loss of
$26 million, as a consequence of additional charges borne
by the Company in relation to the contributed assets. The loss
was reported on the line Impairment, restructuring charges
and other related closure costs of the consolidated
statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008
and is further detailed in Note 21.
|
|
8.
|
OTHER
RECEIVABLES AND ASSETS
|
Other receivables and assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Receivables from government agencies
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Taxes and other government receivables
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
Advances to suppliers
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Advances to employees
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Advances to State and government agencies
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Insurance prepayments
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Rental prepayments
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
License and technology agreement prepayments
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Other prepaid expenses
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Loans and deposits
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Accrued income
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Interest receivable
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Receivables for sale of long-lived assets
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Purchased currency options
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Held-for-trading cancellable swaps
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sundry debtors within cooperation agreements
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Receivables for payments on behalf of Numonyx
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a
combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair
value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a
fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed
rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bonds due 2016
to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. Until
November 1 2008, the cancellable swaps met the criteria for
designation as a fair value hedge, as further detailed in
Note 27, and were reflected at their fair value in the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 on the
line Other investments and other non-current assets, as
described in Note 14. Due to the high volatility in the
interest rates generated by the recent financial turmoil, the
Company assessed in 2008 that the
F-35
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
swaps had been no longer effective since November 1, 2008
and the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued.
Consequently, the swaps were classified as held-for-trading
financial assets and reported at fair value as a component of
Other receivables and current assets in the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008 since
the Company intends to hold the derivative instruments for a
short period of time which will not exceed twelve months. An
unrealised gain was recognized in earnings from discontinuance
date totaling $15 million and was reported on the line
Unrealized gain on financial assets of the
consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Amounts shown in the table above on the line Receivables
for payments on behalf of Numonyx represented costs to
create the infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to
operate immediately following FMG deconsolidation, for which the
Company paid in 2007 and were reimbursed by Numonyx following
its inception.
Following the segment reorganization as described in
Note 29, the Company has restated its results in prior
periods for illustrative comparisons of its allocation of
goodwill by product segment. Management believes that the
restated 2007 and 2006 presentation is consistent with 2008.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure
|
|
|
Wireless
|
|
|
Multisegment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Products
|
|
|
Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groups
|
|
|
Sector
|
|
|
Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ACCI)
|
|
|
(WPS)
|
|
|
(IMS)
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
Business Combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business Combination
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
PGI goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incard goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2008, the Company acquired 100% of Genesis Microchip Inc. and
80% of the NXP wireless business. Amounts of $15 million
and $669 million, respectively, of the purchase price for
these two transactions were allocated to goodwill. These
business combinations are discussed in details in Note 3.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company performed the
annual review of impairment of goodwill and based on this test,
impairment charges totaling $13 million were recorded on
the line Impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs of the consolidated statement of
income for the year ended December 31, 2008. These
impairment charges are further described in Note 21. Since
the Companys impairment campaign, the Companys
market capitalization declined to a level below its book value,
the Company also performed further analyses during the fourth
quarter using the most current long term financial plan
available. While the Company recorded specific impairment
charges related to the carrying value of certain marketable
securities and equity investments during the period, no
impairment was indicated by such analyses on the net value of
its assets subject to testing. However, many of the factors used
in assessing fair values for such assets are outside of the
Companys control and the estimates used in such analyses
are subject to change. Due to the ongoing uncertainty of the
current
F-36
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
market conditions, which may continue to negatively impact the
Companys market value, the Company will continue to
monitor the carrying value of its assets. If market and economic
conditions deteriorate further, this could result in future
non-cash impairment charges against income. Further impairment
charges could also result from new valuations triggered by
changes in the Companys product portfolio or strategic
transactions, including the recently announced joint venture
with Ericsson for the Companys wireless business and
possible further impairment charges relating to the
Companys investment in Numonyx.
On November 1, 2007 the Company acquired a portion of the
integrated circuit operations of one the significant wireless
customers of its new WPS product segment. An amount of
$58 million of the purchase price for this transaction was
allocated to goodwill.
|
|
10.
|
OTHER
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
|
Other intangible assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Technologies & licences
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
(365
|
)
|
|
|
342
|
|
Contractual customer relationships
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
414
|
|
Purchased software
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
(200
|
)
|
|
|
53
|
|
Internally developed software
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,521
|
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Technologies & licences
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
128
|
|
Contractual customer relationships
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased software
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
(179
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
Internally developed software
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|
|
238
|
|
As described in Note 3, purchase price allocation on the
integration of NXP wireless business resulted in the recognition
of core technologies of $223 million and customer
relationships of $405 million. The core technologies have
useful lives ranging from approximately three and a half to six
and a half years and the customer relationships average
useful lives were estimated at 12 years. Purchase price
allocation on the acquisition of Genesis resulted in
$44 million of core technologies, $27 million related
to customer relationships and $2 million of trademarks. The
core technologies have an average useful life of approximately
four years, the customers relationship of seven years and
the trademarks of approximately two years.
As at December 31, 2007 other intangible assets amounting
to $12 million were reported as a component of the line
Assets held for sale on the consolidated balance
sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx.
As at December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a
$2 million impairment charge on certain technologies
without any alternative future use based on the Companys
products roadmap.
The aggregate amortization expense in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
$141 million, $82 million and $93 million,
respectively.
F-37
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The estimated amortization expense of the existing intangible
assets for the following years is:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
231
|
|
2010
|
|
|
208
|
|
2011
|
|
|
185
|
|
2012
|
|
|
123
|
|
2013
|
|
|
65
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
PROPERTY,
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
|
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
1,001
|
|
|
|
(264
|
)
|
|
|
737
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
15
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,153
|
|
|
|
(2,115
|
)
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
(11,037
|
)
|
|
|
2,663
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
(440
|
)
|
|
|
88
|
|
Other tangible assets
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
60
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
18,775
|
|
|
|
(14,036
|
)
|
|
|
4,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
(344
|
)
|
|
|
692
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,205
|
|
|
|
(1,975
|
)
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
13,938
|
|
|
|
(11,183
|
)
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
|
(458
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
Other tangible assets
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
57
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
19,181
|
|
|
|
(14,137
|
)
|
|
|
5,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upon the acquisition of Genesis, the Company recorded in January
2008 property, plant and equipment totaling $14 million.
The integration of NXP wireless business in 2008 resulted in the
consolidation of long-lived assets totaling $302 million,
of which $25 million corresponded to fair value
step-up on
the Companys 80% interest.
In 2008, as described in Note 21, the Company recorded
$77 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of the
Companys manufacturing sites in Carrollton, Texas and in
Phoenix, Arizona, of which $75 million on Phoenix site
which had previously been designated for closure as part of the
2007 restructuring plan.
F-38
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The depreciation charge in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
$1,225 million, $1,331 million and
$1,673 million, respectively.
Capital investment funding has totaled $4 million,
$9 million and $15 million in the years ended December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Public funding reduced
depreciation charges by $25 million, $33 million and
$54 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 the
Company made equipment sales for cash proceeds of
$8 million, $4 million and $22 million
respectively.
As at December 31, 2007 property, plant and equipment
amounting to $394 million were reported as a component of
the line Assets held for sale on the consolidated
balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to
Numonyx, the newly created flash memory company upon FMG
deconsolidation.
|
|
12.
|
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
FINANCIAL ASSETS
|
As at December 31, 2008, the Company had financial assets
classified as available-for-sale corresponding to equity and
debt securities.
The amount invested in equity securities was $5 million at
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These investments
primarily correspond to financial assets held as part of a
long-term incentive plan in one of the Companys
subsidiaries. They are reported on the line Other
investments and other non-current assets on the
consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2008 and
2007. The Company recognized in 2008 a temporary decline on the
fair value of one of these equity securities. Such deferred
loss, which amounted to $3 million after-tax, was recorded
as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive
income in the consolidated statement of changes in
shareholders equity as of December 31, 2008. The
Company did not record any significant change in fair value on
the equity securities classified as available-for-sale in 2007.
As detailed in Notes 4 and 7, the Company received upon the
creation of Numonyx long-term subordinated notes amounting to
$156 million at inception, bearing interest at market rates
and with a maturity as at March 30, 2038. These notes are
reported on the line Other investments and other
non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet as at
December 31, 2008. The nominal value of the notes was
incremented in 2008 by $11 million of paid in kind
interests receivable. The aggregate fair value of Numonyx
long-term notes was $168 million. Changes in fair value
were recognized as a separate component of Accumulated
other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement
of changes in shareholders equity and corresponded to a
$1 million deferred gain as of December 31, 2008. Fair
value measurement, which corresponds to a FAS 157
level 3 fair value hierarchy, is based on publicly
available fixed interest swap rates for instruments with similar
maturities. Fair value measurement information is further
detailed in Note 27.
As at December 31, 2008, the Company had investments in
marketable debt securities with an aggregate fair value of
$893 million, composed of $651 million invested in
senior debt floating rate notes issued by primary financial
institutions with an average rating excluding impaired debt
securities as detailed below of Aa2/A+ and $242 million
invested in auction rate securities, representing interest in
collateralized obligations and credit linked notes. The floating
rate notes are reported as current assets on the line
Marketable Securities on the consolidated balance
sheet as at December 31, 2008, since they represent
investments of funds available for current operations. The
auction-rate securities, which have a final maturity between 10
and 40 years, were purchased in the Companys account
by Credit Suisse Securities LLC contrary to the Companys
instructions; they are classified as non-current assets on the
line Non-current marketable securities on the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008. All
these debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and
recorded at fair value as at December 31, 2008, with
changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statement of changes in shareholders equity,
except for those changes deemed to be other than temporary
impairment.
F-39
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
As at December 31, 2008, given the Companys exposure
to Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds for a maximum amount
of 15 million, the Company recorded an
other-than-temporary charge of $11 million on floating rate
notes issued by Lehman Brothers following its Chapter 11
filing on September 15, 2008. This impairment charge, which
represented 50% of the face value of these debt securities, was
reported on the line Other-than-temporary impairment
charge on financial assets in the consolidated statement
of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. Fair value
measurement, which corresponds to a FAS 157 Level 3
fair value hierarchy, relies on an information received from a
major credit rating entity based on historical recovery rates.
Fair value measurement information is further detailed in
Note 27. Except for the Lehman Brothers floating rate notes
as described above, the Company reported as of December 31,
2008 an after-tax decline in fair value on its floating rate
note portfolio totaling $14 million due to the general
widening of credit spreads associated to the financial market
turmoil. Out of the 20 investment positions in floating-rate
notes whose changes in fair value have been considered as
temporary, 12 positions are in an unrealized loss position;
the aggregate related fair value of these investments amounted
to $412 million, of which $200 million have been in a
continuous loss position for 12 months or longer. The
Company estimated the fair value of these financial assets based
on publicly quoted market prices, which corresponds to a
FAS 157 level 1 fair value hierarchy. This change in
fair value was recognized as a separate component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statement of changes in shareholders equity
since the Company assessed that this decline in fair value was
temporary and that the Company was in a position to recover the
total carrying amount of these investments on subsequent
periods. Since the duration of the floating-rate note portfolio
is only 2.45 years on average and the securities have a
minimum Moodys rating of A2/A, the Company
expects the value of the securities to return to par as the
final maturity is approaching.
On the auction-rate securities, the Company reported an
other-than-temporary decline in fair value amounting to
$127 million and $46 million in 2008 and 2007,
respectively, which were immediately recorded in the
consolidated statements of income on the line
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial
assets. Until December 31, 2007, the fair value of
these debt securities, for which there is no observable
secondary market trades, was measured: (i) based on the
weighted average of available information from public indexes as
described above and (ii) using mark to market
bids and mark to model valuations received from the
structuring financial institutions of the outstanding auction
rate securities, weighting the different information at 80% and
20% respectively. In 2008, no information regarding
mark-to-market bids and mark-to-model
valuations from the structuring financial institutions for these
securities was available. Consequently, the fair value measure
of these securities was based on a theoretical model using
yields obtainable for comparable assets. The value inputs for
the evaluation of these securities were publicly available
indexes of securities with same rating, similar duration and
comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure
(such as ABX for the collateralized debt obligation, ITraxx and
IBoxx for the credit-linked notes), which the Company believes
approximates the orderly exit value in the current market. The
additional other-than-temporary impairment charge recorded in
2008 reflected downgrading events on the collateral debt
obligations comparing the relevant ABX indexes at a lower rating
category and a general negative trend of the corporate debt
market. The estimated value of the collateralized debt
obligation could further decrease in the future as a result of
credit market deterioration
and/or other
downgrading. The estimated value of the corporate debt
securities could also further decrease in the future due to a
deterioration of the corporate industry indexes used for the
evaluation. Fair value measurement, which corresponds to a
FAS 157 level 3 fair value hierarchy, is further
detailed in Note 27.
The Company sold $351 million of floating rate notes in
2008. The purpose of these sales was primarily to generate cash
to fund the payment for NXP wireless business integration, as
described in Note 3. In 2007, the Company invested
$536 million in floating-rate notes and $172 million
in auction-rate securities, and sold $101 million of these
debt securities, of which $40 million for sale of floating
rate notes and $61 million for sale of auction-rate
securities. No significant gain or loss was included in earnings
as a result of these sales, as reported in the consolidated
statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2008
and 2007. In 2006, the Company entered into a basis asset swap
for one floating rate note for a notional amount of
$50 million in order to purchase it at par. Even if
strictly related to the underlying note, the swap is
contractually transferable independently from the marketable
security to which it is attached. As such, the asset swap was
recorded separately from the underlying
F-40
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
financial asset and was classified as
held-for-trading. It is reflected at fair value in
the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2008 and
2007 on the line Other receivables and assets, with
changes in fair value, which did not exceed $1 million for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, recorded
in the consolidated statements of income on the line Other
income and expenses, net.
In 2006, the Company invested $903 million of existing cash
in short-term deposits with a maturity between three months and
one year. These deposits were held at various banks with
A3/A- minimum long-term rating from at least two
major rating agencies. Interest on these deposits is paid at
maturity with interest rates fixed at inception for the duration
of the deposits. The principal will be repaid at final maturity.
In 2006, the Company did not roll over $653 million of
these short-term deposits, primarily pursuant to the early
redemption in cash of 2013 convertible bonds at the option of
the holders which occurred on August 7, 2006.
In 2007, the Company did not roll over the remaining
$250 million of short term deposits. Consequently, no
amount of existing cash was held in short term deposits as at
December 31, 2007.
|
|
14.
|
OTHER
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
|
Investments and other non-current assets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Investments carried at cost
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Available-for-sale equity securities
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Long-term notes from equity investment
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held-for-trading equity securities
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Long-term receivables related to funding
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Long-term receivables related to tax refund
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Cancellable swaps designated as fair value hedge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Deposits and other non-current assets
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments carried at cost are equity securities with no
readily determinable fair value. In 2008, the Company incurred
other-than-temporary impairment charges on two of its
investments, which totaled $6 million and were recorded on
the line Impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs in the consolidated statement of
income for the year ended December 31, 2008. For one
investment the impairment charge was based on the valuation for
the underlying investment of a new round of third party
financing. For the other one, the valuation at fair value was
based on the valuation of the entity upon liquidation. The
aggregate carrying amount of cost method investments that the
investor did not evaluate for impairment in 2008 because there
was no triggering event is $32 million.
Long-term receivables related to funding are mainly public
grants to be received from governmental agencies in Italy and
France as part of long-term research and development,
industrialization and capital investment projects.
Long-term receivables related to tax refund correspond to tax
benefits claimed by the Company in certain of its local tax
jurisdictions, for which collection is expected beyond one year.
It also includes as at December 31, 2008 $165 million
receivables from French tax authorities for research tax credits
recognized in 2008, which were deemed to be grants in substance,
following the enactment of the French Finance Act for 2008,
which included several changes to the research tax credit regime
(Crédit Impôt Recherche),
F-41
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
As detailed in Note 8, the Company entered in 2006, into
cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of
$200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the
convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. The
cancellable swaps met the criteria for designation as a fair
value hedge until November 1, 2008, as further detailed in
Note 27. As hedging instruments, the swaps were reflected
at their fair value on the line Other investments and
other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheet
as at December 31, 2007, which was positive for
approximately $8 million. From discontinuance, they were
reported as current assets as described in Note 8.
As described in Notes 4 and 7, the Company and its partners
completed on March 30, 2008 the creation of Numonyx. At
closing, as part of the consideration for its contribution, the
Company received $156 million in long-term subordinated
notes, due in 2038. The notes, which include accrued paid-in
kind interest, were classified as available-for-sale financial
assets and were recorded at fair value of $168 million as
at December 31, 2008, as described in details in
Note 12. Fair value measurement on Numonyx Subordinated
notes is further described in Note 27. These long-term
notes yield 9.5% interest, payable in kind for seven years and
in cash thereafter. In liquidation events in which proceeds are
insufficient to pay off the term loan, revolving credit
facilities and the Francisco Partners preferential payout
rights, the subordinated notes will be deemed to have been
retired.
The Company entered into a joint venture agreement in 2002 with
Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd for the development and production
of Photomask in which the Company holds a 19% equity interest.
The joint venture, DNP Photomask Europe S.p.A, was initially
capitalized with the Companys contribution of
2 million of cash. Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd
contributed 8 million of cash for an 81% equity
interest. In the event of the liquidation of the joint-venture,
the Company is required to repurchase the land at cost, and the
facility at 10% of its net book value, if no suitable buyer is
identified. No provision for this obligation has been recorded
to date. At December 31, 2008, the Companys total
contribution to the joint venture is $10 million. The
Company continues to maintain its 19% ownership of the joint
venture, and therefore continues to account for this investment
under the cost method. The Company has identified the joint
venture as a Variable Interest Entity (VIE), but has determined
that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The
Companys current maximum exposure to loss as a result of
its involvement with the joint venture is limited to its equity
investment.
F-42
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
15.
|
OTHER
PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Taxes other than income taxes
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Accrued payroll
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Accrued social charges
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Advances received on government funding
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Advances from customers
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Accounts payable from Numonyx, net
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations for capacity rights granted to third parties
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Purchased currency options
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of provision for restructuring
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Pension and termination benefits
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Warranty and product guarantee provisions
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Royalties
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Acquisition-related expenses
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The terms of the agreement for the inception of Numonyx included
rights granted to Numonyx to use certain assets retained by the
Company. As at December 31, 2008 the value of such rights
totaled $87 million, of which $24 million was reported
as a current liability. Additionally, amounts shown in the table
above on the line Accounts payable from Numonyx, net
represent the net balance of receivables and payables as at
December 31, 2008 generated by activities performed by the
Company on behalf of its equity investment, as agreed between
the parties upon Numonyx inception to enable the new entity to
start operations immediately after FMG deconsolidation.
The terms of the agreement for the integration of NXP wireless
business included rights granted to NXP to obtain products from
the Company at preferential pricing. As at December 31,
2008 the value of such rights totaled $8 million, of which
$5 million was reported as a current liability.
Other payables and accrued liabilities also include individually
insignificant amounts as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007.
|
|
16.
|
POST-RETIREMENT
AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEES BENEFITS
|
The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of both funded
and unfunded defined benefit pension plans and other long-term
employees benefits covering employees in various
countries. The defined benefits plans provide for pension
benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on factors
such as years of service and employee compensation levels. The
other long-term employees plans provide for benefits due
during the employees period of service after certain
seniority levels. The Company uses a December 31 measurement
date for the majority of its plans. Eligibility is generally
determined in accordance with local statutory requirements. For
Italian termination indemnity plan (TFR), the
Company continues to measure the vested benefits to which
Italian employees are entitled as if they retired immediately as
of December 31, 2008, in compliance with the Emerging
Issues Task Force Issue
No. 88-1,
Determination of Vested Benefit Obligation for a Defined Benefit
Pension Plan
(EITF 88-1).
The TFR was reported according to FAS 132(R), as any other
defined benefit plan until the new
F-43
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Italian regulation concerning employee retirement schemes
enacted on July 1, 2007. Since that date, the future TFR
has been accounted for as a defined contribution plan, the
accruals being maintained as a Defined Benefit plan in the
company books. Major changes as compared to previous periods are
related to FMG divestiture and NXP wireless business combination.
As at December 31, 2008 the Company reports all its defined
benefit pension plan information according to FAS 132(R),
and all its other long-term employees benefits information
according to APB 12.
The changes in benefit obligation and plan assets were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Benefits
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of curtailment
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Transfer in
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer out
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Plan amendment
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gain (loss)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer in
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer out
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
(325
|
)
|
|
|
(312
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized in the balance sheet consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non current assets
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Non Current liabilities
|
|
|
(321
|
)
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
(325
|
)
|
|
|
(312
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
and related tax effects were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
Net of tax
|
|
|
|
amount as at
|
|
|
|
|
|
currency
|
|
|
amount as at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Tax (expense or
|
|
|
translation
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
benefit)
|
|
|
adjustment
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss generated in current year
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
Amortization of actuarial loss
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Net prior service cost arising during period
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2009, we expect to amortize $5 million of actuarial
losses and $2 million of past service cost.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
Net of tax
|
|
|
|
amount as at
|
|
|
|
|
|
currency
|
|
|
amount as at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Tax (expense or
|
|
|
translation
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
benefit)
|
|
|
adjustment
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net actuarial gain generated in year
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
37
|
|
Amortization of actuarial gain
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Effect of curtailment, net
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Net prior service cost arising during period
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the net periodic benefit cost included the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-term Benefits
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of actuarial net loss (gain)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of curtailment
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of
the benefit obligation and the plan asset for the pension plans
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Assumptions
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.23
|
%
|
|
|
5.43
|
%
|
|
|
4.86
|
%
|
Salary increase rate
|
|
|
3.46
|
%
|
|
|
3.24
|
%
|
|
|
2.95
|
%
|
Expected long-term rate of return on funds for the pension
expense of the year
|
|
|
5.69
|
%
|
|
|
6.34
|
%
|
|
|
6.05
|
%
|
The discount rate was determined by comparison against long-term
corporate bond rates applicable to the respective country of
each plan. In developing the expected long-term rate of return
on assets, the Company modelled the expected long-term rates of
return for broad categories of investments held by the plan
against a number of various potential economic scenarios.
The Company pension plan asset allocation at December 31,
2008 and 2007 and target allocation for 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Plan Assets at
|
|
|
|
Target allocation
|
|
|
December
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
Bonds securities remunerating regular interest
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
Real estate
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys investment strategy for its pension plans is
to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets with an
acceptable level of risk in order to minimize the cost of
providing pension benefits while maintaining adequate funding
levels. The Companys practice is to periodically conduct a
review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy. A
portion of the fixed income allocation is reserved in short-term
cash to provide for expected benefits to be paid. The
Companys equity portfolios are managed in such a way as to
achieve optimal diversity. The Company does not manage any
assets internally.
After considering the funded status of the Companys
defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate,
investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company
may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any
given year in excess of required amounts. The Company
contributions to plan assets were $16 million both in 2008
and 2007 respectively and the Company expects to contribute cash
of $19 million in 2009.
The Companys estimated future benefit payments as of
December 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-term Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2010
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2011
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2012
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2013
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From 2014 to 2018
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has certain defined contribution plans, which accrue
benefits for employees on a pro-rata basis during their
employment period based on their individual salaries. The
Company accrued benefits related to defined
F-46
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
contribution pension plans of $15 million and
$7 million, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
respectively. The annual cost of these plans amounted to
approximately $55 million, $69 million and
$28 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Major
changes as compared to previous periods are mainly related to
FMG divestiture. The benefits accrued to the employees on a
pro-rata basis, during their employment period are based on the
individuals salaries.
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Bank loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.21% due 2008, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
4.42% due 2009, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40%
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
4.09% due 2010, floating interest rate at Libor + 1.0%
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funding program loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.47% (weighted average), due 2009, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
0.89% (weighted average), due 2010, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
2.77% (weighted average), due 2012, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
0.50% (weighted average), due 2013, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.50% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
3.24% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
1.54% due 2014, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.017%
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
3.56% due 2015, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.026%
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.24% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.052%
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.74% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.277%
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.20% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.173%
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital leases:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.08% (weighted average), due 2011, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Senior Bonds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.64%, due 2013, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.40%
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
736
|
|
Convertible debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-0.50% convertible bonds due 2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.5% convertible bonds due 2016
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
1,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
2,554
|
|
|
|
2,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-47
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Long-term debt is denominated in the following currencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,139
|
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
1,538
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate future maturities of total long-term debt outstanding
(including current portion) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
123
|
|
2010
|
|
|
173
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,153
|
|
2012
|
|
|
116
|
|
2013
|
|
|
816
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In August 2003, the Company issued $1,332 million principal
amount at issuance of zero coupon unsubordinated convertible
bonds due 2013. The bonds were issued with a negative yield of
0.5% that resulted in a higher principal amount at issuance of
$1,400 million and net proceeds of $1,386 million. The
negative yield through the first redemption right of the holder
totals $21 million and was recorded in capital surplus. The
bonds are convertible at any time by the holders at the rate of
29.9144 shares of the Companys common stock for each
one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. The holders may
redeem their convertible bonds on August 5, 2006 at a price
of $985.09, on August 5, 2008 at $975.28 and on
August 5, 2010 at $965.56 per one thousand dollar face
value of the bonds. As a result of this holders option,
the redemption occurred in 2006. Pursuant to the terms of the
convertible bonds due 2013, the Company was required to
purchase, at the option of the holders, 1,397,493 convertible
bonds, at a price of $985.09 each between August 7 and
August 9, 2006. This resulted in a cash payment of
$1,377 million. On August 5, 2008, the Company was
required to repurchase 2,317 convertible bonds, at a price of
$975.28 each. This resulted in a cash payment of
$2 million. The outstanding long-term debt corresponding to
the 2013 convertible debt was not material as at
December 31, 2008 corresponding to the remaining 188 bonds
valued at August 5, 2010 redemption price. At any time the
Company may redeem for cash at their negative accreted value all
or a portion of the remaining convertible bonds subject to the
level of the Companys share price.
In February 2006, the Company issued $1,131 million
principal amount at maturity of zero coupon senior convertible
bonds due in February 2016. The bonds were issued at 100% of
principal with a yield to maturity of 1.5% and resulted in net
proceeds to the Company of $974 million less transaction
fees. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior
to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.833898 shares per
one thousand dollar face value of the bonds corresponding to
42,694,216 equivalent shares. This conversion rate has been
adjusted from 43.363087 shares per one thousand dollar face
value of the bonds as at May 21, 2007, as the result of the
extraordinary cash dividend approved by the Annual General
Meeting of Shareholders held on May 14, 2008. This new
conversion has been effective since May 19, 2008. The
holders can also redeem the convertible bonds on
February 23, 2011 at a price of $1,077.58, on
February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on
February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand
dollar face value of the bonds. The Company can call the bonds
at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to the
Companys share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value
divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive
trading days. The Company may redeem for cash at the principal
amount at issuance plus accumulated gross yield all, but not a
portion, of the convertible bonds at any time if 10% or
F-48
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
less of the aggregate principal amount at issuance of the
convertible bonds remain outstanding in certain circumstances or
in the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or
any successor jurisdiction. In 2006, the Company entered into
cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of
$200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of these
convertible bonds. As a result of these cancellable swap hedging
transactions, which are described further in Note 27, the
yield on the $200 million principal amount of the hedged
convertible bonds has changed from a nominal interest rate of
1.50% to an effective yield of -0.27% as at November 1,
2008, date on which the fair value hedge relationship was
discontinued, as described in Note 8.
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (ST
BV), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued
floating rate senior bonds with a principal amount of
500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes,
which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the
three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June,
September, December and March of each year through maturity. In
the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any
successor jurisdiction, ST BV or the Company may redeem the full
amount of senior bonds for cash. In the event of certain change
in control triggering events, the holders can cause ST BV or the
Company to repurchase all or a portion of the bonds outstanding.
The Company entered in 2008 into repurchase agreements with
certain financial institutions and gave as collateral
$262 million principal amount of floating rate notes
classified as available-for-sale. The Company retained control
over the pledged debt securities and consequently did not
de-recognize the financial assets from its consolidated balance
sheet upon transfer of the collateral. The Company accounted for
such transactions as secured borrowings and recognized the cash
received upon transfer by recording a liability for the
obligation to return the cash to the lending financial
institution within a term which did not exceed 57 days.
Such obligation, with a weighted average interest rate of 2.94%,
amounted to $249 million and was extinguished during 2008
when the Company repurchased the pledged securities in
accordance with the terms of the repurchase agreements.
Credit
facilities
The company had unutilized committed medium term credit
facilities with core relationship banks totalling
$275 million. In addition aggregate amount of the
Companys and its subsidiaries total available
short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign exchange credit
facilities, was approximately $816 million as at
December 31, 2008. The Company also had two committed
credit facilities with the European Investment Bank as part of a
R&D funding program. The first one, for a total of
245 million for R&D in France was fully drawn in
U.S. dollars for a total amount of $341 million, of
which $20 million were paid back as at December 31,
2008. The second one, signed on July 21, 2008, for a total
amount of 250 million for R&D projects in Italy,
was fully drawn in U.S. dollars for $380 million as at
December 31, 2008. The Company maintains also uncommitted
foreign exchange facilities totalling $773 million at
December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008 and 2007,
amounts available under the short-term lines of credit were not
reduced by any borrowing. At December 31, 2008, the Company
had a technical temporary overdraft on a current bank account of
$20 million resulting from a delayed funding of year-end
settlements of transactions done on behalf of an affiliate.
18.1
Outstanding shares
The authorized share capital of the Company is
EUR 1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common
shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal
value of EUR 1.04. As at December 31, 2008 the number
of shares of common stock issued was 910,307,305 shares
(910,293,420 at December 31, 2007).
As of December 31, 2008 the number of shares of common
stock outstanding was 874,276,833 (899,760,539 at
December 31, 2007).
F-49
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
18.2
Preference shares
The 540,000,000 preference shares, when issued, will entitle a
holder to full voting rights and to a preferential right to
dividends and distributions upon liquidation. On May 31,
1999, the Company entered into an option agreement with
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. in order to protect the
Company from a hostile takeover or other similar action. The
option agreement provided for 540,000,000 preference shares to
be issued to STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. upon their
request based on approval by the Companys Supervisory
Board. STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. would be required
to pay at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to
be issued, and to retain ownership of at least 30% of the
Companys issued share capital. An amendment was signed in
November 2004 which reduced the threshold required for
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. to exercise its right to
subscribe preference shares of the Company, down to 19% issued
share capital compared to the previous requirement of at least
30%.
On January 22, 2008, following the termination of the
existing option agreement between the Company and
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. and the constitution an
independent Dutch Foundation, Stichting Continuïteit
ST, a new option agreement of substantially similar terms
was concluded between the Company and Stichting
Continuïteit ST. This new option agreement provides for the
issuance of 540,000,000 preference shares. Any such shares
should be issued by the Company to the Foundation, upon its
request and in its sole discretion, upon payment of at least 25%
of the par value of the preference shares to be issued. The
issuing of the preference shares is conditional upon
(i) the Company receiving an unsolicited offer or there
being the threat of such an offer; (ii) the Companys
Managing and Supervisory Boards deciding not to support such an
offer and; (iii) the Board of the Foundation determining
that such an offer or acquisition would be contrary to the
interests of the Company and its stakeholders. The preference
shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.
There were no preference shares issued as of December 31,
2008.
18.3
Treasury stock
Following the authorization by the Supervisory Board, announced
on April 2, 2008, to repurchase up to 30 million
shares of its common stock, the Company acquired
29,520,220 shares as at December 31, 2008, for a total
amount of approximately $313 million, also reflected at
cost as a reduction of the shareholders equity. This
repurchase intends to cover the transfer of shares to employees
upon vesting of future share based remuneration programs.
The treasury shares have been designated for allocation under
the Companys share based remuneration programs of
non-vested shares including such plans as approved by the 2005,
2006, 2007 and 2008 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. As
of December 31, 2008, 6,889,748 of these treasury shares
were transferred to employees under the Companys share
based remuneration programs of which 4,022,629 in the year ended
December 31, 2008, following the full vesting of the 2005
stock-award plan, the vesting of the first and second tranches
of the 2006 stock-award plan, the vesting of the first tranche
of the 2007 stock-award plan together with the acceleration of
the vesting of a limited number of stock-awards.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company owned a number of
treasury shares equivalent to 36,030,472.
18.4
Stock option plans
In 1995, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 1995 Employee Stock
Option Plan (the 1995 Plan) whereby options for up
to 33,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a
five-year period. Under the 1995 Plan, the options may be
granted to purchase shares of common stock at a price not lower
than the market price of the shares on the date of grant. At
December 31 2008, under the 1995 plan, 42,300 of the granted
options originally vested 32% after two years, 32% after three
years and 36% after four years following the date of the grant.
The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. During
2005, the vesting periods for all options under the plan were
accelerated with no impact on the consolidated statements of
income.
F-50
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
In 1996, the Shareholders voted to adopt the Supervisory Board
Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board was
eligible to receive, during the three-year period
1996-1998,
18,000 options for 1996 and 9,000 options for both 1997 and
1998, to purchase shares of common stock at the closing market
price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same
three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory
Board were eligible to receive 9,000 options for 1996 and 4,500
options for both 1997 and 1998. Under the Plan, the options vest
over one year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight
years from the date of grant.
In 1999, the Shareholders voted to renew the Supervisory Board
Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board may
receive, during the three-year period
1999-2001,
18,000 options for 1999 and 9,000 options for both 2000 and
2001, to purchase shares of capital stock at the closing market
price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same
three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory
Board may receive 9,000 options for 1999 and 4,500 options for
both 2000 and 2001. Under the Plan, the options vest over one
year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight years from
the date of grant.
In 2001, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 2001 Employee Stock
Option Plan (the 2001 Plan) whereby options for up
to 60,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a
five-year period. The options may be granted to purchase shares
of common stock at a price not lower than the market price of
the shares on the date of grant. In connection with a revision
of its equity-based compensation policy, the Company decided in
2005 to accelerate the vesting period of all outstanding
unvested stock options. The options expire ten years after the
date of grant.
In 2002, the Shareholders voted to adopt a Stock Option Plan for
Supervisory Board Members and Professionals of the Supervisory
Board. Under this plan, 12,000 options can be granted per year
to each member of the Supervisory Board and 6,000 options per
year to each professional advisor to the Supervisory Board.
Options would vest 30 days after the date of grant. The
options expire ten years after the date of grant.
A summary of the stock option activity for the plans for the
three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Range
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
60,558,567
|
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
29.80
|
|
Options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(16,832
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(1,912,584
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
30.66
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(2,303,899
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $17.08
|
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
56,325,252
|
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
30.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(7,566,170
|
)
|
|
$
|
24.88
|
|
|
$
|
24.88
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(1,861,960
|
)
|
|
$
|
16.73- $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
31.19
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(131,487
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.08 - $19.18
|
|
|
$
|
18.90
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
46,765,635
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
31.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(5,923,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
44.00 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
59.1
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(1,410,650
|
)
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
27.9
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
39,431,433
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $39.00
|
|
|
$
|
27.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Stock options exercisable following acceleration in 2005 of
vesting for all outstanding unvested stock options were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Options exercisable
|
|
|
39,431,433
|
|
|
|
46,765,635
|
|
|
|
56,325,252
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
$
|
27.35
|
|
|
$
|
31,42
|
|
|
$
|
30.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options
outstanding as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 3.9,
4.3 and 4.7 years, respectively.
The range of exercise prices, the weighted average exercise
price and the weighted average remaining contractual life of
options exercisable as of December 31, 2008 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
Option price
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
remaining
|
|
Number of shares
|
|
range
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
contractual life
|
|
|
|
142,766
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $17.31
|
|
|
$
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
20,453,245
|
|
|
$
|
19.18 - $24.88
|
|
|
$
|
21.0
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
194,750
|
|
|
$
|
25.90 - $29.70
|
|
|
$
|
27.2
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
18,640,672
|
|
|
$
|
31.09 - $44.00
|
|
|
$
|
34.4
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
18.5
Employee share purchase plans
No employee share purchase plan was offered in 2008, 2007 or
2006.
18.6
Nonvested share awards
In 2005, the Company redefined its equity-based compensation
strategy by no longer granting options but rather issuing
nonvested shares to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock.
In July 2005, the Company amended its latest Stock Option Plans
for employees, Supervisory Board and Professionals of the
Supervisory Board accordingly.
As part of this revised stock-based compensation policy, the
Company granted on October 25, 2005 3,940,065 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees (The
2005 Employee Plan). The Compensation Committee also
authorized the future grant of 219,850 additional shares to
selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the
Company. These additional shares were granted in 2006. The
shares were granted for free to employees and would vest upon
completion of market and internal performance conditions. Under
the program, if the defined market condition was met in the
first quarter of 2006, each employee would receive 100% of the
nonvested shares granted. If the market condition was not
achieved, the employee could earn one third of the grant for
each of the two performance conditions. If neither the market or
performance conditions were met, the employee would receive none
of the grant. In addition to the market and performance
conditions, the nonvested shares vested over the following
requisite service period: 32% after 6 months, 32% after
18 months and 36% after 30 months following the date
of the grant. In 2006, the Company failed to meet the market
condition while the performance conditions were reached.
Consequently, one third of the shares granted, amounting to
1,364,902 shares, was lost for vesting. In March 2006 the
Company decided to modify the original plan to create a subplan
for the employees in one of its European subsidiaries for
statutory payroll tax purposes. The original plan terms and
conditions were modified to extend for these employees the
requisite service period as follows: 64% of the granted stock
awards vest as at October 26, 2007 and 36% as at
April 27, 2008 following the date of the grant. In
addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is
restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not
considered as an extension of the requisite service period. In
compliance with the graded vesting of the grant and pursuant to
the acceleration of a limited number of stock awards, the first
tranche of the original plan,
F-52
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
representing 637,109 shares, vested as at April 27,
2006. In 2007, the second tranche of the original plan,
representing 598,649 shares, vested as at April 27,
2007, and the first tranche of the subplan, representing
434,592 shares, vested as at October 26, 2007. On
April 27, 2008, the last tranche of the original plan,
representing 651,025 shares and the last tranche of the
sub-plan, representing 237,206 shares, vested. In addition,
15,150 additional shares were accelerated during 2008, of which
4,147 were under the subplan. These shares were transferred to
employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. At
December 31, 2008, there were no shares outstanding under
the 2005 Employee Plan. The Company registered a total
pre-payroll tax and social contribution compensation charge of
$32 million for the 2005 Employee Plan.
On October 25 2005, the Compensation Committee granted 66,000
stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and
professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2005
Supervisory Board Plan) of which 15,000 awards were
immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 6 months, one third after
18 months and one third after 30 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
In 2006, in compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the
first tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares,
vested as at April 27, 2006. In 2007, the second tranche of
the plan, representing 17,000 shares vested as at
April 27, 2007. In 2008, the last tranche of the plan,
representing 17,000 shares, vested as at April 27,
2008. At December 31, 2008, there were no shares
outstanding under the 2005 Supervisory Board Plan.
On April 29 2006, the Compensation Committee granted 66,000
stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and
professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2006
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 15,000 awards were
immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
In 2007, the first tranche of the plan, representing
17,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2007. In 2008,
the second tranche of the plan, representing 16,000 shares
vested as at April 27, 2008. Furthermore, following the end
of mandate of one of the members of the Board, 4,000 shares
were accelerated in 2008. As of December 31 2008, 14,000 awards
were outstanding under the 2006 Supervisory Board Plan.
On September 29, 2006 the Company granted 4,854,280
nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to
be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2006
Employee Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized
on September 29, 2006 the future grant of additional shares
to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of
the Company. These additional shares were granted in 2006 and
2007, as detailed below. The shares were granted for free to
employees, and vested upon completion of three internal
performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the
total number of awards granted. Except for employees in one of
the Companys European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was
simultaneously created on September 29, 2006, the nonvested
shares vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as
at April 27, 2007, 32% as at April 27, 2008 and 36% as
at April 27, 2009. The following requisite service period
is required for the nonvested shares granted under the local
subplan: 64% of the granted stock awards vest two years from
grant date and 36% as at April 27, 2009. In addition, the
sale by the employees of the shares included in the subplan,
once vested, is restricted over an additional two-year period
which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service
period. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the
first tranche of the original plan, representing
1,120,234 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007. In
2008, the second tranche of the original plan, representing
1,079,952 shares, vested as at April 27, 2008, and the
first tranche of the subplan, representing 748,394 shares
vested as at September 30, 2008. In addition,
30,590 shares were accelerated during the year, of which
5,941 under the subplan. These shares were transferred to
employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. At
December 31, 2008, 1,571,364 nonvested shares were
outstanding, of which 404,684 under the subplan.
On December 19, 2006, the Compensation Committee granted
additional 62,360 shares to selected employees designated
by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2006
Employee Plan. This additional grant has the
F-53
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
same terms and conditions as the original plan. In compliance
with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this
plan, representing 8,885 shares, vested as at
April 27, 2007, and the first tranche of the subplan,
representing 21,648 shares vested as at December 20,
2008. In 2008, the second tranche of the plan, representing
8,885 shares, vested as at April 27, 2008. At
December 31, 2008, 21,411 nonvested shares were outstanding
as part of this additional grant, of which 12,147 under the
local subplan.
On February 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee granted
additional 215,000 shares to selected employees designated
by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2006
Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and
conditions as the original plan. In compliance with the graded
vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan,
representing 50,031 shares, vested as at April 27,
2007. In 2008, the second tranche of the plan, representing
47,551 shares vested as at April 27, 2008. In
addition, 598 additional shares were accelerated during the
year. At December 31, 2008, 109,894 nonvested shares were
outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 56,840
under the local subplan.
On April 29 2007, the Compensation Committee granted 165,000
stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and
professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2007
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 22,500 awards were
immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first
tranche of this plan, representing 45,000 shares, vested as
at April 26, 2008. Furthermore, following the end of
mandate of one of the members of the Board, 7,500 shares
were accelerated in 2008. As of December 31 2008, 90,000 awards
were outstanding under the 2007 Supervisory Board Plan.
On June 18, 2007, the Company granted 5,691,840 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2007 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized the
future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon
nomination by the Managing Board of the Company as detailed
below. The shares were granted for free to employees, and will
vest upon completion of three internal performance conditions,
each weighting for one third of the total number of awards
granted. Except for employees in two of the Companys
European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was simultaneously
created, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite
service period: 32% as at April 26, 2008, 32% as at
April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. The
following requisite service period is required for the nonvested
shares granted under the two local subplans: for the first one,
64% of the granted stock awards vest as at June 19, 2009
and 36% as at June 19, 2010. In addition, the sale by the
employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an
additional two-year period, which is not considered as an
extension of the requisite service period. For the second
subplan, 32% vest as at June 19, 2008, 32% as at
April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. In 2008,
the Company failed to meet one performance condition during one
semester. Consequently, one sixth of the shares granted,
totaling 926,121 shares, of which 242,233 on the first
sub-plan and 2,634 on the second subplan, was lost for vesting.
In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first
tranche of the original plan, representing
1,097,124 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. The
first tranche of one of the local subplans, representing
4,248 shares, vested as at June 19, 2008. In addition,
31,786 shares were accelerated during the year, of which
2,999 under the subplans. These shares were transferred to
employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. At
December 31, 2008, 3,444,111 nonvested shares were
outstanding, of which 1,187,829 under the first subplan and
8,706 under the second one.
On December 6, 2007, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation
Committee, granted additional 84,450 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2007 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence
of the failed performance condition explained above,
14,023 shares were lost for vesting, of which 498 on the
subplan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the
first tranche of the original plan, representing
10,434 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. In
addition, 11,311 shares were accelerated
F-54
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
during the year. At December 31, 2008, 48,342 nonvested
shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of
which 2,502 under the first local subplan.
On February 19, 2008, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation
Committee, granted additional 135,550 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2007 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence
of the failed performance condition explained above,
22,559 shares were lost for vesting, of which 5,887 on the
subplan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the
first tranche of the original plan, representing
26,407 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. In
addition, 320 shares were accelerated during the year. At
December 31, 2008, 60,363 nonvested shares were outstanding
as part of this additional grant, of which 12,821 under the
first local subplan.
On May 14, 2008, the Compensation Committee granted 165,000
stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and
professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2008
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 22,500 awards were
immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
As of December 31 2008, 142,500 awards were outstanding under
the 2008 Supervisory Board Plan.
On July 22, 2008, the Company granted 5,723,305 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2008 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized the
future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon
nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were
granted for free to employees, and will vest upon completion of
three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one
third of the total number of awards granted. Except for
employees in two of the Companys European subsidiaries for
whom a subplan was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares
vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at
May 14, 2009, 32% as at May 14, 2010 and 36% as at
May 14, 2011. The following requisite service period is
required for the nonvested shares granted under the two local
subplans: for the first one, 64% of the granted stock awards
vest as at July 22, 2010 and 36% as at May 14, 2011.
In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested
is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not
considered as an extension of the requisite service period. For
the second one, 32% vest as at July 22, 2009, 32% as at
May 14, 2010 and 36% as at May 14, 2011. At
December 31, 2008, 5,667,120 nonvested shares were
outstanding, of which 1,540,370 under the first subplan and
55,300 under the second one.
F-55
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
A summary of the nonvested share activity for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 is presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested Shares
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise price
|
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
6,876,654
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
5,776,290
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards forfeited:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(42,619
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(120,295
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(73,490
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(22,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards vested:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,039,544
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2005 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(17,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,190,466
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(17,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
10,510,030
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
135,550
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
5,723,305
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards forfeited:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(7,900
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(62,162
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(141,201
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(56,185
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(22,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards cancelled on failed vesting conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(962,703
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Awards vested:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(903,381
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2005 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(17,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,937,618
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,181,630
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(52,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
11,169,105
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded compensation expense for the nonvested
share awards based on the fair value of the awards at the grant
date. The fair value of the awards granted in 2005 represents
the $16.61 share price at the date of the grant. On the
2005 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares
granted, since they are affected by a
F-56
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
market condition, reflects a discount of 49.50%, using a Monte
Carlo path-dependent pricing model to measure the probability of
achieving the market condition.
The following assumptions were incorporated into the Monte Carlo
pricing model to estimate the 49.50% discount:
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Employee Plan
|
|
Historical share price volatility
|
|
27.74%
|
Historical volatility of reference index
|
|
25.5%
|
Three-year average dividend yield
|
|
0.55%
|
Risk-free interest rates used
|
|
4.21%-4.33%
|
Consistent with fair value calculations of stock option grants
in prior years, the Company has determined the historical share
price volatility to be the most appropriate estimate of future
price activity. The weighted average grant-date fair value of
nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2005 Employee
Plan was $8.50.
In 2006, the Company accounted for the impact of the
modification of the 2005 Employee Plan with the creation of a
local subplan in compliance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment (FAS 123R) provisions related to
stock awards subject to a market condition and for which the
original vesting period was extended. Such modification did not
generate any incremental cost since, when measured as at the
modification date, the fair value was discounted at 100% due to
the nil probability as at March 2006 to achieve the market
condition.
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares
granted to employees under the 2006 Employee Plan was $17.35. On
the 2006 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares
granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected
by a market condition. On February 27, 2007, the
Compensation Committee approved the statement that the three
performance conditions were met (as per initial assumption).
Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 2006
Employee Plan reflects the statement that all of the awards
granted will vest, as far as the service condition is met.
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares
granted to employees under the 2007 Employee Plan was $19.35. On
the 2007 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares
granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected
by a market condition. On April 1, 2008, the Compensation
Committee approved the statement that two performance conditions
were fully met and that for one condition only one half of it
was achieved. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on
the 2007 Employee Plan reflects the statement that five sixths
of the awards granted will vest, as far as the service condition
is met.
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares
granted to employees under the 2008 Employee Plan was $10.64. On
the 2008 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares
granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected
by a market condition. On the contrary, the Company estimates
the number of awards expected to vest by assessing the
probability of achieving the performance conditions. At
December 31, 2008, a final determination of the achievement
of the performance conditions had not yet been made by the
Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board. However, the
Company has estimated that one third of awards are expected to
vest. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded for the
2008 Employee Plan reflects the vesting of one third of the
awards granted, subject to the service condition being met. The
assumption of the expected number of awards to be vested upon
achievement of the performance conditions is subject to changes
based on the final measurement of the conditions, which is
expected to occur in the first quarter of 2009.
The compensation expense recorded for nonvested shares in 2006
included a reduction for future forfeitures, estimated at a
pluri-annual rate of 4.99%, reflecting the historical trend of
forfeitures on past stock award plans. This estimate was
adjusted in 2007 at a pluri-annual rate of 4.40%, updated in
2008 at a rate of 4.10%. This change in estimates generated a
reverse in the recognized compensation of approximately
$1 million as at December 31, 2008. This estimate is
adjusted for actual forfeitures upon vesting. For employees
eligible for retirement during the
F-57
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
requisite service period, the Company records compensation
expense over the applicable shortened period. For awards for
which vesting was accelerated in 2008, the Company recorded
immediately the unrecognized compensation expense as at the
acceleration date.
The following table illustrates the classification of
pre-payroll tax and social contribution stock-based compensation
expense included in the consolidated statements of income for
the year ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007
and December 31, 2006, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Loss on equity investment
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pre-payroll tax and social contribution compensation
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation cost, excluding payroll tax and social
contribution, capitalized as part of inventory was
$3 million at December 31, 2008, $6 million at
December 31, 2007 whereas it amounted to $3 million at
December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2008 there was
$37 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related
to the grant of nonvested shares, which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of approximately
14.3 months.
The total deferred income tax benefit recognized in the
consolidated statements of income related to unvested
share-based compensation expense amounted to $3 million for
the year ended December 31, 2008, $9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007 and $7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006.
18.7
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
The accumulated balances related to each component of Other
comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
gain (loss) on
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
pension
|
|
|
FAS 158
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
currency
|
|
|
available-for-sale
|
|
|
gain (loss) on
|
|
|
liability
|
|
|
adoption
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
|
translation
|
|
|
financial assets,
|
|
|
derivatives,
|
|
|
adjustment,
|
|
|
adjustment,
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
816
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
1,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the net amount of
accumulated other comprehensive income reclassified as earnings
was approximately $12 million related to cash flow hedge
transactions outstanding as at December 31, 2007, for which
the forecasted hedged transaction occurred in 2008.
18.8
Dividends
At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on May 14,
2008 shareholders approved the distribution of $0.36 per
share in cash dividends, payable in four equal quarterly
installments. Through December 31, 2008, payments totaled
$0.27 per share or approximately $240 million. The
remaining $0.09 per share cash dividend to be
F-58
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
paid in the first quarter of 2009 totaled $79 million and
was reported as dividends payable to shareholders on
the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008.
In 2007 the cash dividend paid was of $0.30 for a total amount
of $269 million. In 2006, the cash dividend paid was $0.12
per share for a total amount of $107 million.
|
|
19.
|
EARNINGS
(LOSS) PER SHARE
|
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
earnings (loss) per share (EPS) was calculated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
891,955,940
|
|
|
|
898,731,154
|
|
|
|
896,136,969
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
|
0.87
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
Convertible debt interest, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) adjusted
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
799
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
891,955,940
|
|
|
|
898,731,154
|
|
|
|
896,136,969
|
|
Dilutive effect of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,770
|
|
Dilutive effect of nonvested shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,252,996
|
|
Dilutive effect of convertible debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,941,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating diluted EPS
|
|
|
891,955,940
|
|
|
|
898,731,154
|
|
|
|
958,543,730
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
|
0.83
|
|
At December 31, 2008, if the Company had reported an
income, outstanding stock options would have included
anti-dilutive shares totalling approximately
39,431,433 shares. At December 31, 2007 and 2006,
outstanding stock options included anti-dilutive shares
totalling approximately 46,722,255 and 56,113,482 shares,
respectively.
There was also the equivalent of 42,699,840 common shares
outstanding for convertible debt, out of which 5,624 for the
2013 bonds and 42,694,216 for the 2016 bonds. None of these
bonds have been converted to shares during 2008.
F-59
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
20. OTHER
INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET
Other income and expenses, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Start-up and
phase-out costs
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss), net
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Gain on sale of Accent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Gain on sale of long-lived assets, net
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company receives significant public funding from
governmental agencies in several jurisdictions. Public funding
for research and development is recognized ratably as the
related costs are incurred once the agreement with the
respective governmental agency has been signed and all
applicable conditions have been met.
Start-up
costs represent costs incurred in the
start-up and
testing of the Companys new manufacturing facilities,
before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or
six months after the fabrication lines quality
certification. Phase-out costs for facilities during the closing
stage are treated in the same manner.
Exchange gains and losses included in Other income and
expenses, net represent the portion of exchange rate
changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than an
entitys functional currency and the changes in fair value
of held-for-trading derivative instruments which are not
designated as hedge and which have a cash flow effect related to
operating transactions.
Patent litigation costs include legal and attorney fees and
payment of claims, and patent pre-litigation costs are composed
of consultancy fees and legal fees. Patent litigation costs are
costs incurred in respect of pending litigation. Patent
pre-litigation costs are costs incurred to prepare for licensing
discussions with third parties with a view to concluding an
agreement.
As at December 31, 2008 and 2007, the caption Other,
net included a $3 million and a $7 million
income respectively, net of attorney and consultancy fees that
the Company received in its ongoing pursuit to recover damages
related to the case with its former Treasurer as previously
disclosed.
On June 29, 2006, the Company sold to Sofinnova Capital V
its participation in Accent Srl, a subsidiary based in Italy.
Accent Srl, in which the Company held a 51% interest, was
jointly formed with Cadence Design Systems Inc. and is
specialized in hardware and software design and consulting
services for integrated circuit design and fabrication. The
total consideration amounting to $7 million was received in
cash on June 29, 2006. Net of consolidated carrying amount
and transactions related expenses, the divestiture resulted in a
net pre-tax gain of $6 million which was recorded in
Other income and expenses, net in the 2006
consolidated statements of income. In addition the Company
simultaneously entered into a license agreement with Accent by
which the Company granted to Accent, for a total agreed lump sum
amount of $3 million, the right to use as is
and with no right to future development certain specific
intellectual property of the Company that are currently used in
Accents business activities. The total consideration was
recognized immediately in 2006 and recorded as Other
revenues in the consolidated statements of income. The
Company was also granted warrants for 6,675 new shares of
Accent. Such warrants expire after 15 years and can only be
exercised in the event of a change of control or an Initial
Public Offering of Accent above a predetermined value.
F-60
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
21.
|
IMPAIRMENT,
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND OTHER RELATED CLOSURE COSTS
|
In 2008, the Company incurred impairment and restructuring
charges related to the following items: (i) additional
losses incurred on FMG deconsolidation; (ii) impairment and
restructuring charges related to the manufacturing plan
committed to by the Company in 2007 (the 2007
restructuring plan); (iii) impairment charges on
certain financial investments carried at cost and on goodwill
pursuant to the annual impairment test and (iv) other
restructuring charges related to restructuring plans undertaken
in the past years, such as the 150mm restructuring plan started
in 2003 (the 150mm fab plan) and the headcount
reduction plan announced in 2005 (the 2005 restructuring
initiatives), together with additional restructuring
initiatives incurred in 2008.
In 2003, the Company commenced a plan to restructure its 150mm
fab operations and part of its back-end operations in order to
improve cost competitiveness. The 150mm fab plan focused on cost
reduction by migrating a large part of European and
U.S. 150mm production to Singapore and by upgrading
production to finer geometry 200mm wafer fabs. The plan included
the discontinuation of the 150mm production of Rennes (France),
the closure as soon as operationally feasible of the 150mm wafer
pilot line in Castelletto (Italy) and the downsizing by
approximately one-half of the 150mm wafer fab in Carrollton,
Texas. Furthermore, the 150mm wafer fab productions in Agrate
(Italy) and Rousset (France) were gradually phased-out in favor
of 200mm wafer
ramp-ups at
existing facilities in these locations. The Company incurred the
balance of the restructuring charges related to this
manufacturing restructuring plan in 2007 and early 2008, later
than previously anticipated to accommodate unforeseen
qualification requirements of the Companys customers.
In 2005, the Company decided to reduce its Access technology
products for Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) modem
products. This decision was intended to eliminate certain low
volume, non-strategic product families whose returns in the
current environment did not meet internal targets. Additional
restructuring initiatives were also implemented in 2005 such as
the closure of a research and development design center in
Karlsruhe (Germany) and in Malvern (USA), and the
discontinuation of a development project in Singapore. In May
2005, the Company announced additional restructuring efforts to
improve profitability. These initiatives were aimed to reduce
the Companys workforce by 3,000 outside Asia by the second
half of 2006, of which 2,300 were planned for Europe. The
Company planned to reorganize its European activities by
optimizing on a global scale its EWS activities (wafer testing);
harmonizing its support functions; streamlining its activities
outside its manufacturing areas and by disengaging from certain
activities.
In 2007, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive
agreement with Intel to create a new independent semiconductor
company, Numonyx, from the key assets of the Companys and
Intels Flash memory business as described in details in
Note 7. Upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held
for sale, the Company reclassified as at December 31, 2007
the assets to be contributed from their original balance sheet
classification to the line Assets held for sale. On
March 30, 2008, the Company closed the deal for the
creation of Numonyx and deconsolidated FMG contributed assets
accordingly.
The Company also announced in 2007 that management committed to
a new restructuring plan. This plan was aimed at redefining the
Companys manufacturing strategy in order to be more
competitive in the semiconductor market. In addition to the
prior restructuring measures undertaken in the past years, this
new manufacturing plan would pursue, among other initiatives:
the transfer of 150mm production from Carrollton, Texas to Asia,
the transfer of 200mm production from Phoenix, Arizona, to
Europe and Asia and the restructuring of the manufacturing
operations in Morocco with a progressive phase out of the
activities in Ain Sebaa site synchronized with a significant
growth in Bouskoura site. In 2008, upon receipt of certain
offers by third parties, the Company planned to sell its Phoenix
facilities. Upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held
for sale in the first half of 2008, the Company reclassified the
assets to be sold as current assets and incurred impairment
charges related to their disposal. In the third quarter of 2008,
the planned sale of the Phoenix assets was suspended by the
potential buyer, pending a corporate restructuring. Since the
sale of the Phoenix assets was no longer deemed to be probable,
the assets were reclassified as assets held for use as at
December 31, 2008.
F-61
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs incurred in 2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
2007 restructuring plan
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
FMG deconsolidation
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
Goodwill annual impairment test
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Other restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(290
|
)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
2007 restructuring plan
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
FMG deconsolidation
|
|
|
(1,107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(1,112
|
)
|
Other restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
(1,123
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
150mm fab plan
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
2005 restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment charges and disposal loss
In 2008, the Company recorded impairment charges and disposal
loss as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$190 million loss on FMG deconsolidation, consisting of a
$164 million impairment charge recorded upon disposal in
the first quarter of 2008 and an additional loss of
$26 million, which was recorded after disposal as a
consequence of additional charges borne by the Company in
relation to the contributed assets. The total loss of the FMG
deconsolidation amounted to $1,296 million, of which
$1,106 million was recorded in the year ended
December 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
$77 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of the
Companys manufacturing sites in Carrollton, Texas and in
Phoenix, Arizona, of which $75 million on Phoenix site
which had previously been designated for closure as part of the
2007 restructuring plan and that the Company decided in the
second quarter of 2008 to sell as a going concern. The assets
are primarily property and other long-lived assets that
satisfied, as at June 28, 2008, all of the criteria
required for the held-for-sale status as set forth
in FAS 144. Consequently, the Company reclassified as
current assets on the consolidated balance sheet as at
June 28, 2008 these long-lived assets, which generated an
impairment charge of $114 million recorded in the first
half of 2008. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the
consideration to be received upon the sale, which was expected
to occur within one year. In the second half of 2008, pursuant
to a corporate restructuring of
|
F-62
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
the potential buyer, the sale was no longer deemed to be
probable. The Company ceased to apply the FAS 144
held-for-sale model to the Phoenix assets and reclassified the
assets as held for use as at December 31, 2008. Therefore
the assets were revalued based on the discounted cash flows
expected from their use, estimated at $99 million, which
was higher than the consideration to be received upon the sale.
An adjustment of $39 million was accordingly recorded in
the second half of 2008 as a credit to the original impairment
charge.
|
|
|
|
|
|
$13 million impairment on goodwill, pursuant to the
impairment test on goodwill and indefinite long-lived assets
performed annually by the Company. This impairment charge
includes $7 million on goodwill recorded in 2003 on Incard
smart card business acquisition and $6 million recorded on
goodwill related to Portland Group Inc. (PGI), an
entity the Company acquired in 2000 and dedicated to
compilers & tools for standalone or embedded
processing platforms;
|
|
|
|
$6 million other-than-temporary impairment charges on
certain equity investments carried at cost. For one investment
the impairment loss was based on the valuation for the
underlying investment of a new round of third party financing
and for the other the impairment loss was based on the value of
the investment upon liquidation.
|
|
|
|
$4 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment
with no alternative future use within the Company;
|
In 2007, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$1,106 million impairment as a result of the signing of the
definitive agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon
meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale, to adjust the
value of the to-be-contributed assets to fair value less costs
to sell. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net
consideration provided for in the agreement and significant
estimates.
|
|
|
|
$1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment
that could not be transferred as part of FMG deconsolidation and
for which no alternative future use could be found in the
Company;
|
|
|
|
$11 million impairment charge on certain tangible assets,
mainly equipment, that the Company identified without
alternative future use following its commitment to the closure
of two front-end sites and one back-end site as part of the 2007
restructuring plan;
|
|
|
|
$2 million impairment on technologies without any
alternative future use based on the Companys
products roadmap;
|
|
|
|
$3 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on an
equity investment carried at cost. The impairment loss was based
on the valuation for the underlying investment of a new round of
third party financing.
|
In 2006, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$6 million impairment of goodwill pursuant to the decision
of the Company to cease product development from technologies
inherited from Tioga business acquisition. The Company reported
Tioga business as part of the former Application Specific
Product Groups (ASG) product segment. Following this
decision, the Company recorded the full write-off of Tioga
goodwill carrying amount.
|
|
|
|
$4 million impairment on technologies purchased as part of
Tioga business acquisition, which were determined to be without
any alternative use;
|
|
|
|
$1 million impairment on equipment and machinery pursuant
to the decision of the Company to discontinue a production line
in one of its back-end sites;
|
|
|
|
$1 million impairment on equipment and machinery identified
without any alternative use in one of the Companys
European 150mm fab sites.
|
F-63
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The long-lived assets affected by the restructuring plans are
owned by the Company and were assessed for impairment using the
held-for-use model defined in FAS 144 when they did not
satisfy all of the criteria required for held-for-sale status.
In 2008 and 2007, apart from assets held for sale within FMG
deconsolidation and long-lived assets of the manufacturing site
in Phoenix, Arizona, the Company did not identify any
significant tangible asset to be disposed of by sale. In 2006,
the Company identified certain machinery and equipment to be
disposed of by sale in one of its back-end sites in Morocco,
following the decision of the Company to disengage from SPG
activities as part of its latest restructuring initiatives.
These assets did not generate any impairment charge and were
reflected at their carrying value on the line Other
receivables and assets of the consolidated balance sheet
as at December 31, 2006. These assets were sold in 2007,
which generated a gain amounting to $2 million reported on
the line Other income and expenses, net in the
consolidated statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
Changes to the related provisions in 2008 and 2007 are
summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
FMG
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
disposal
|
|
|
initiatives
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Charges incurred in 2007
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Reversal of provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges incurred in 2008
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
Provision on business combinations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
restructuring plan:
In 2008, the Company recorded the following charges related to
the 2007 restructuring plan:
|
|
|
|
|
$75 million primarily related to accrued one-time
termination benefits for employees who provide services beyond
the legal retention period until the complete closure of the
manufacturing sites of Carrollton, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona;
|
|
|
|
$10 million for the transfer of employees and equipment
from Ain Sebbaa back-end site to Bouskoura site in Morocco;
|
|
|
|
$3 million related to the closure of one of the
Companys design center in France.
|
The Company recorded in 2007 a total restructuring charge for
the 2007 restructuring plan amounting to $62 million,
mainly related to termination benefits for involuntary leaves.
This total charge includes the provision for contractual, legal
and past practice termination benefits to be paid for an
estimated number of employees primarily in the United States,
France and Morocco amounting to $37 million, and
$25 million corresponding to one-time termination benefits
established by the restructuring plan as communicated in the
United States, which specifies certain retention and completion
bonuses to be paid to employees who are required to render
service until full closure of the manufacturing sites.
FMG
disposal:
In 2008, the Company recorded $26 million of restructuring
charges related to FMG disposal consisting primarily in
phase-out costs.
F-64
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
In 2007, the Company recorded $5 million restructuring
charges mainly related to transfer, maintenance and
decontamination costs.
Other
restructuring initiatives
150mm fab plan:
In early 2008, the Company incurred restructuring charges on the
150mm fab plan totalling $2 million, primarily related to
transfer costs for the site of Rousset (France).
Restructuring charges incurred in 2007 on this plan amounted to
$31 million, primarily related to transfer, maintenance and
decontamination associated with the closure and transfer of
production for the sites of Rousset (France) and Agrate (Italy).
In 2007, the Company reversed a $2 million provision
recorded in 2003 to cover the Companys legal obligation to
pay penalties to the French governmental institutions related to
the closure of Rennes production site since the French
authorities decided in 2007 to waive the payment of such
penalties.
Restructuring charges incurred in 2006 amounted to
$7 million termination benefits, and $14 million of
other closure costs mainly related to maintenance and
decontamination incurred in Agrate (Italy) and Rousset (France)
sites.
2005
restructuring initiatives:
In 2008, the Company recorded $7 million related to the
2005 restructuring initiatives, primarily for termination
benefits paid within an early retirement arrangement in one of
the Companys subsidiaries in Europe.
In 2007, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge
amounting to $9 million, detailed as follows:
(i) $6 million corresponded to workforce reduction
initiatives in Europe; and (ii) $3 million was related
to reorganization actions aiming at optimizing the
Companys EWS activities.
In 2006, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge
amounting to $44 million, of which $37 million
corresponded to workforce reduction initiatives in Europe and
$7 million were related to reorganization of its EWS
activities as part of the plan of reorganization and
optimization of its activities as defined in 2005.
2008
restructuring initiatives:
In relation to the new 2008 restructuring actions, the Company
recorded $69 million of other restructuring initiatives,
consisting primarily in termination benefits for voluntary
leaves and early retirement arrangements in certain European
locations.
In connection with the integration of Genesis and of the
wireless business from NXP, the Company launched in 2008 new
restructuring initiatives aimed at rationalizing its operations
and its worldwide workforce. The restructuring provisions
related to the newly integrated businesses amounted to
$46 million at acquisition date, of which $44 million
recorded on the ST-NXP business combination. This latter
represented estimated redundancy costs that will be incurred to
achieve the rationalization of the combined organization as
anticipated as part of the transaction and cover approximately
500 people including sub-contractors. The plan will affect
mainly employees in Belgium, China, Germany, India, the
Netherlands, Switzerland and the United States. These actions,
and the resulting termination benefits, will be finalized and
completed within one year of the acquisition date, which could
result in changes to the liability and goodwill amounts in the
purchase price allocations as detailed in Note 3.
Total impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs:
The 150mm fab plan and related manufacturing initiatives were
fully completed in 2008. The expected pre-tax charges to be
incurred under the plan were estimated to total
$330 million, while $347 million were incurred as of
December 31, 2008 ($2 million in 2008,
$29 million in 2007, $22 in 2006, $13 million in 2005,
$76 million in 2004 and $205 million in 2003).
F-65
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The 2005 headcount reduction plan, which was fully completed as
at December 31, 2008, was originally expected to result in
pre-tax charges of $100 million, while $102 million
were incurred as at December 31, 2008 ($7 million in
2008, $9 million in 2007, $45 in 2006 and $41 million
in 2005).
The 2007 restructuring plan is expected to result in pre-tax
charges in the range of $270 to $300 million, of which
$149 million have been incurred as of December 31,
2008 ($87 million in 2008 and $62 million in 2007).
This plan is expected to be completed in the second half of 2010.
In 2008, total amounts paid for restructuring and related
closure costs amounted to $110 million. The total actual
costs that the Company will incur may differ from these
estimates based on the timing required to complete the
restructuring plan, the number of people involved, the final
agreed termination benefits and the costs associated with the
transfer of equipment, products and processes.
22. INTEREST
INCOME, NET
Interest income, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No borrowing cost was capitalized in 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Interest income on floating rate notes classified as
available-for-sale marketable securities amounted to
$37 million for the year ended December 31, 2008,
$41 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and
to $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Interest income on auction rate securities totaled
$14 million, $24 million and $9 million for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
Interest income on Numonyx long term notes classified as
available-for-sale amounted to $11 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008.
23. INCOME
TAX
Income (loss) before income tax expense is comprised of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Income (loss) recorded in The Netherlands
|
|
|
(1,232
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Income (loss) from foreign operations
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
|
(440
|
)
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries are individually
liable for income taxes in their jurisdictions. Tax losses can
only offset profits generated by the taxable entity incurring
such loss.
F-66
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Income tax benefit (expense) is comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
The Netherlands taxes current
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Foreign taxes current
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(121
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current taxes
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
Foreign deferred taxes
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal items comprising the differences in income taxes
computed at the Netherlands statutory rate, of 25.5% in 2008 and
2007, and 29.6% in 2006 and the effective income tax rate are
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense) computed at statutory rate
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
Non-deductible, non-taxable and other permanent differences, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Loss on equity investment
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance adjustments
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Impact of prior years adjustments
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
63
|
|
Effects of change in enacted tax rate on deferred taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Current year credits
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Other tax and credits
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Benefits from tax holidays
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
Current year tax risk
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of FMG deconsolidation
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The line Impact of prior years adjustments and
Current year tax risk include amounts that are
further disclosed in the uncertain tax position reconciliation
table included in this note.
As detailed in Note 2.6, following the passage of the
French Finance Act for 2008, which included several changes to
the research tax credit regime, beginning on January 1,
2008, French research tax credits that in prior years were
accounted for as a reduction in income tax expense were deemed
to be grants in substance. These tax credits, totaling
$161 million, were reported as a reduction of research and
development expenses in the statement of income for the year
ended December 31, 2008.
In 2008, the line Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at
different rates includes a decrease of $99 million
related to significant losses in countries subject to tax
holidays. In 2007, this line includes a $97 million
decrease related to the FMG deconsolidation for amounts that
were deductible in tax jurisdictions with statutory tax rates
substantially below the Netherlands statutory rate.
In 2006, as the result of favourable events that occurred in
that year, the Company recognized approximately $23 million
in tax benefits related to Research and Development Credits and
Extraterritorial Income Exclusions in the United States for
prior periods. In addition the Company reversed $90 million
in income tax provisions related to a previously received tax
assessment in the United States based on a final settlement upon
appeals.
The tax holidays represent a tax exemption period aimed to
attract foreign technological investment in certain tax
jurisdictions. The effect of the tax benefits on basic earnings
per share was $0.04, $0.14, and $0.15 for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. These
agreements are present in various countries and
F-67
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
include programs that reduce up to and including 100% of taxes
in years affected by the agreements. The Companys tax
holidays expire at various dates through the year ending
December 31, 2019.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Tax loss carryforwards and investment credits
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
Inventory valuation
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Impairment and restructuring charges
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Fixed asset depreciation in arrears
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Receivables for government funding
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Tax risk
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax allowances granted on past capital investments
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
Pension service costs
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Stock awards
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Commercial accruals
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Other temporary differences
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
2,049
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
Valuation allowances
|
|
|
(1,283
|
)
|
|
|
(1,123
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated fixed asset depreciation
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
Acquired intangible assets
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Advances of government funding
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Other temporary differences
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(196
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax asset
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For a particular tax-paying component of the Company and within
a particular tax jurisdiction, all current deferred tax
liabilities and assets are offset and presented as a single
amount, such as all non-current deferred tax liabilities and
assets. The Company does not offset deferred tax liabilities and
assets attributable to different tax-paying components or to
different tax jurisdictions.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company and its subsidiaries
have tax loss carryforwards and investment credits that expire
starting 2009, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
10
|
|
2010
|
|
|
7
|
|
2011
|
|
|
21
|
|
2012
|
|
|
53
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The valuation allowance for a particular tax jurisdiction is
allocated between current and non-current deferred tax assets
for that jurisdiction on a pro rata basis. The Tax
allowances granted on past capital investments mainly
related to a 2003 agreement granting the Company certain tax
credits for capital investments purchased through the
F-68
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
year ending December 31, 2006. Any unused tax credits
granted under the agreement will continue to increase yearly by
a legal inflationary index (currently 5.36% per annum). The
credits may be utilized through 2020 or later depending on the
Company meeting certain program criteria. In addition to this
agreement, starting in 2007 the Company continues to receive tax
credits on the yearly capital investments, which may be used to
offset that years tax liabilities and increases by the
legal inflationary rate. However, pursuant to the inability to
utilize these credits currently and in future years, the Company
did not recognize any deferred tax asset on such tax allowance.
As a result, there is no financial impact to the net deferred
tax assets of the Company.
Valuation allowances on tax loss carryforwards acquired in
business combinations are $172 million at December 31,
2008. Any eventual use of these tax loss carryforwards would
result in a reduction of the goodwill recorded in the original
business combination.
The amount of deferred tax benefit (expense) recorded as a
component of other comprehensive income (loss) was
$17 million and ($8) million in 2008 and 2007
respectively and related primarily to the tax effects of the
recognized unfunded status on defined benefits plans and
unrealized gains on derivatives. The amount of deferred tax
benefit recorded as a component of other comprehensive income
(loss) was $7 million in 2006.
With the adoption of FIN 48 in 2007, the Company applies a
two-step process for the evaluation of uncertain income tax
positions based on a more likely than not threshold
to determine if a tax position will be sustained upon
examination by the taxing authorities. The recognition threshold
in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain position to be
recognized only if it is more likely than not, or
50 percent assured that the tax position will be sustained
upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement
methodology in step two is based on cumulative
probability, resulting in the recognition of the largest
amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being
realized upon settlement with the taxing authority.
The Company recorded as of the adoption date an incremental tax
liability of $8 million for the difference between the
amounts recognized under its previous accounting policies and
the income tax benefits determined under the new guidance. Total
unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption amounted to
$82 million, of which $74 million correspond to tax
exposure provisions recorded under accounting principles
applicable prior to FIN 48 adoption. The cumulative effect
of the change in the accounting principle that the Company
applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded in the
first quarter of 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings.
A reconciliation of the 2008 beginning and ending amount of
unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
20
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
58
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-69
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits in 2007 was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
4
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
72
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of these unrecognized tax benefits would affect
the effective tax rate, if recognized. It is reasonably possible
that certain of the uncertain tax positions disclosed in the
table above could increase by up to $76 million based upon
tax examinations that are expected to be completed within the
next 12 months.
Additionally, the Company elected to classify accrued interest
and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components
of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of income.
Interest and penalties are not material for the year or on a
cumulative basis.
The tax years that remain open for review in the Companys
major tax jurisdictions are from 1997 to 2008.
24. COMMITMENTS
The Companys commitments as of December 31, 2008 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In million US$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
$
|
423
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment purchase
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foundry purchase
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, technology licenses and design
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other obligations
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,298
|
|
|
$
|
661
|
|
|
$
|
222
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a consequence of the Companys July 10, 2007
announcement concerning the planned closures of certain of its
manufacturing facilities, the future shutdown of its plants in
the United States will lead to negotiations with some of its
suppliers. As no final date has been set, none of the contracts
as reported above have been terminated nor do the reported
amounts take into account any termination fees.
Operating leases are mainly related to building leases and to
equipment leases as part of the Crolles2 equipment repurchase
which was finalized in 2008 as described in Note 3. The
amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments for future
leases from 2009 to 2013 and thereafter. The Company leases
land, buildings, plants and equipment under operating leases
that expire at various dates under non-cancellable lease
agreements. Operating lease expenses was $92 million,
$62 million and $56 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase
commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for
software licenses.
F-70
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual
commitments with respect to a cooperation agreement. In
addition, on January 17, 2008 the Company acquired
effective control of Genesis. There remains a commitment of
$5 million related to a retention program expected to be
paid in 2009, which is also included in Other obligations.
As part of the agreement with NXP, beginning three years
following the establishment of the venture, the Company has the
right to purchase NXPs 20% interest for cash and NXP has
the right to put its 20% interest to the Company for cash. The
pricing of the put and call are based upon certain multiples of
trailing twelve-month revenues and EBITDA through the end of the
month preceding the exercise. While there is a significant
spread between the multiples, it was intended that such
multiples represent the high and low end of a range of fair
market values. Under both the put and the call, 25% of the
exercise price is determined based upon revenues and 75% is
based upon EBITDA. The Company also had the right of an
accelerated call in the event that it agreed to a further
venture between the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture and EMP.
Following the agreement with Ericsson to set up a new joint
venture combing ST-NXP Wireless and EMP, and Ericssons
desire to limit the ownership of the new venture to the Company
and EMP, it was agreed that the Company would have a call on the
NXP interest at multiples of revenue and EBITDA that represent
the average of the multiples specified in the normal put and
call provisions described above. In August, the Company
announced that it had reached agreement with Ericsson for the
creation of the new venture and has advised NXP that, given
Ericssons preference to limit ownership of the new venture
to only the Company and EMP, it intends to exercise the
accelerated call provision. On February 1, 2009, the
Company exercised its option to buyout NXPs 20% ownership
stake of ST-NXP Wireless for a price of $92 million. This
amount has not been considered in the above table. On
February 3, 2009, the Company announced the closing of its
agreement to combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms
and ST-NXP Wireless into a joint venture. The deal was completed
on the terms originally announced on August 20, 2008.
Ericsson contributed $1,100 million net to the joint
venture, out of which $700 million was paid to the Company.
Other
commitments
The Company has issued guarantees totalling $731 million
related to its subsidiaries debt. Furthermore, the Company
has umbrella facilities for an amount of $480 million
extendable to its subsidiaries on a fully guaranteed basis. In
addition, the Company and Intel have each granted in favor of
Numonyx, in which the Company holds a 48.6% equity investment, a
50% guarantee not joint and several, for indebtedness related to
the financing arrangements entered into by Numonyx for a
$450 million term loan and a $100 million committed
revolving credit facility.
25. CONTINGENCIES
The Company is subject to the possibility of loss contingencies
arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but
are not limited to: warranty cost on the products of the
Company, breach of contract claims, claims for unauthorized use
of third-party intellectual property, tax claims beyond assessed
uncertain tax positions as well as claims for environmental
damages. In determining loss contingencies, the Company
considers the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence
of a liability as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the
amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded
when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and when
the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company
regularly reevaluates claims to determine whether provisions
need to be readjusted based on the most current information
available to the Company. Changes in these evaluations could
result in an adverse material impact on the Companys
results of operations, cash flows or its financial position for
the period in which they occur.
26. CLAIMS
AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company has received and may in the future receive
communications alleging possible infringements, in particular in
the case of patents and similar intellectual property rights of
others. Furthermore, the Company may become involved in costly
litigation brought against the Company regarding patents, mask
works, copy-rights, trade-marks or trade secrets. In the event
that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to the
Company,
F-71
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
the Company may be required to license the underlying
intellectual property right at economically unfavorable terms
and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use
and/or face
an injunction, all of which individually or in the aggregate
could have a material adverse effect on the Companys
results of operations, cash flows or financial position and
ability to compete.
The Company is otherwise also involved in various lawsuits,
claims, investigations and proceedings incidental to of its
business and operations. These matters mainly include the risks
associated with claims from customers or other parties. The
Company has accrued for these loss contingencies when the loss
is probable and can be estimated. The Company regularly
evaluates claims and legal proceedings together with their
related probable losses to determine whether they need to be
adjusted based on the current information available to the
Company. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as
incurred. In the event of litigation which is adversely
determined with respect to the Companys interests, or in
the event the Company needs to change its evaluation of a
potential third-party claim, based on new evidence or
communications, a material adverse effect could impact its
operations or financial condition at the time it were to
materialize.
The Company is currently a party to legal proceedings with the
International Trade Commission ( the ITC) with
Tessera Technologies, Inc (Tessera) and LSI Corp
(LSI) as well as in litigation with SanDisk
Corporation (SanDisk) regarding same patents as
previously and unsuccessfully asserted against the Company by
SanDisk in the ITC. Based on managements current
assumptions made with support of the Companys outside
attorneys, the Company has not identified any probable loss,
which may arise out of such litigation.
27. FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
27.1
Financial risk factors
The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions
in the normal course of business due to its operations in
different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and
financing activities. The Companys activities expose it to
a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency
risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate
risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The
Companys overall risk management program focuses on the
unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize
potential adverse effects on the Companys financial
performance. The Company uses derivative financial instruments
to hedge certain risk exposures.
Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department
(Corporate Treasury) reporting to the Chief Financial Officer.
Simultaneously, a Treasury Committee steers treasury activities
and ensures compliance with corporate policies approved by the
Board of Directors. Treasury activities are thus regulated by
the Companys policies, which define procedures, objectives
and controls. The policies focus on the management of financial
risk in terms of exposure to market risk, credit risk and
liquidity risk. Treasury controls are subject to internal
audits. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local
treasury activities subject to oversight from head treasury
office. Corporate Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges
financial risks in close cooperation with the Companys
operating units. It provides written principles for overall risk
management, as well as written policies covering specific areas,
such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk,
use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative
financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity. The
majority of cash and cash equivalent is held in
U.S. dollars and Euro and is placed with financial
institutions rated at least a single A long term
rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least
A3 from Moodys Investor Service and A- from
Standard & Poors and Fitch Ratings. Marginal
amounts are held in other currencies. Foreign currency
operations and hedging transactions are performed only to hedge
exposures deriving from industrial and commercial activities.
F-72
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Market
risk
Foreign
exchange risk
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various
major international currencies. As a result, the Company is
exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates,
primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreign exchange risk mainly
arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets
and liabilities at the Companys subsidiaries.
Management has set up a policy to require the Companys
subsidiaries to hedge their entire foreign exchange risk
exposure with the Company through financial instruments
transacted by Corporate Treasury. To manage their foreign
exchange risk arising from foreign-currency-denominated assets
and liabilities, entities in the Company use forward contracts
and purchased currency options, transacted by Corporate
Treasury. Foreign exchange risk arises when recognized assets
and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the
entitys functional currency. These instruments do not
qualify as hedging instruments. In addition, forward contracts
and currency options are also used by the Company to reduce its
exposure to U.S. dollar fluctuations in Euro-denominated
forecasted intercompany transactions that cover a large part of
its research and development, selling general and administrative
expenses as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing
production costs of semi-finished goods. The derivative
instruments used to hedge these forecasted transactions meet the
criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The hedged
forecasted transactions are all highly probable of occurrence
for hedge accounting purposes.
It is the Companys policy to keep the foreign exchange
exposures in all the currency pairs hedged month by month
against the monthly standard rate. Each month end, the
forecasted flows for the coming month are hedged together with
the fixing of the new standard rate. For this reason the hedging
transactions will have an exchange rate very close to the
standard rate at which the forecasted flows will be recorded on
the following month. As such, the foreign exchange exposure of
the Company, which consists in the balance sheet positions and
other contractually agreed transactions, is always equivalent to
zero and any movement of the foreign exchange rates will not
therefore influence the exchange effect on consolidated
statements of income items. Any discrepancy from the forecasted
values and the actual results is constantly monitored and prompt
actions are eventually taken.
Derivative Instruments Not Designated as a Hedge
As described above, the Company enters into foreign currency
forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to
changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from
the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign
currencies at the Companys subsidiaries. These include
receivables from international sales by various subsidiaries in
foreign currencies, payables for foreign currency denominated
purchases and certain other assets and liabilities arising in
intercompany transactions.
The notional amount of these financial instruments totalled
$505 million, $254 million and $232 million at
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The
principal currencies covered are the Euro, the Singapore dollar,
the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc and the Malaysian ringgit.
The risk of loss associated with forward contracts is equal to
the exchange rate differential from the time the contract is
entered into until the time it is settled. The risk of loss
associated with purchased currency options is equal to the
premium paid when the option is not exercised.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options not
designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of
December 31, 2008 have remaining terms of 5 days to
2 months, maturing on average after 23 days.
Derivative Instruments Designated as a Hedge
To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate
fluctuations, the Company hedges certain Euro-denominated
forecasted transactions that cover at year-end a large part of
its research and development, selling, general and
administrative expenses, as well as a portion of its front-end
manufacturing costs of semi-finished
F-73
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
goods through the use of currency forward contracts and currency
options. The maximum length of time over which the Company
hedges its exposure to the variability of cash flows for
forecasted transactions is 12 months.
For the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company recorded a
reduction in cost of sales of $4 million and an increase of
operating expenses of $3 million related to the realized
gain (loss) incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year
ended December 31, 2007 the Company recorded a reduction in
cost of sales and operating expenses of $16 million and
$20 million, respectively, related to the realized gain
incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year ended
December 31, 2006 the Company recorded as cost of sales and
operating expenses $5 million and $14 million,
respectively, related to the realized gain incurred on such
hedged transactions. No significant ineffective portion of the
hedge was recorded on the line Other income and expenses,
net of the consolidated statements of income for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
The notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts and
currency options designated as cash flow hedges totalled $763,
$482 and $593 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006 respectively. The forecasted transactions hedged at
December 31, 2008 were determined to be probable of
occurrence.
As of December 31, 2008, $13 million of deferred gains
on derivative instruments, net of tax of $2 million,
included in Accumulated other comprehensive income
were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next six
months based on the monthly forecasted research and development
expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs.
No cash flow hedge transaction was discontinued in 2008 and 2007
due to forecasted transactions that were not probable of
occurrence. As such, no amount was reclassified as Other
income and expenses, net into the consolidated statements
of income from Accumulated other comprehensive
income in the consolidated statement of shareholders
equity. As of December 31, 2007, $12 million of
deferred gains on derivative instruments, net of tax of
$1 million, included in Accumulated other comprehensive
income were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the
next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and
development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished
manufacturing costs. As of December 31, 2006,
$13 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments,
net of tax of $2 million, included in Accumulated other
comprehensive income were expected to be reclassified as
earnings during the next six months based on the monthly
forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs
and semi-finished manufacturing costs.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options
designated as cash flow hedges outstanding as of
December 31, 2008 have remaining terms of 5 days to
11 months, maturing on average after 73 days.
Cash
flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Companys interest rate risk arises from long-term
borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the
Company to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at
fixed rates expose the Company to fair value interest rate risk.
The Company analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic
basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into consideration
refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative
financing and hedging. Since all the liquidity of the Company is
invested in floating rate instruments, the Companys
interest rate risk arises from the mismatch of fixed rate
liabilities and floating rate assets.
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a
combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair
value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a
fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed
rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016
to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of
December 31, 2007 the cancellable swaps met the criteria
for designation as a fair value hedge and, as such, both the
swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds were reflected at
their fair values in the consolidated balance sheet. The
criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include
evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at
offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness is
assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each
reporting period. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship
is recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of
Other
F-74
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
income and expenses, net in the consolidated statements of
income. The net loss recognized in Other income and
expenses, net as a result of the ineffective portion of
this fair value hedge amounted to $1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007 and was not material for the year
ended December 31, 2006.
At December 31, 2008 the cancellable swaps were not
designated as fair value hedge and were reported as
held-for-trading financial assets on the line Other
receivables and assets of the consolidated balance sheet,
as described in Note 8. The Company determined that the
swaps had been no longer effective at offsetting changes in the
fair value of the hedged bonds since November 1, 2008 and
the fair value hedge relationship was consequently discontinued
on that date. Unrealised gain recognized in earnings from
discontinuance date totalled $15 million and was reported
on the line Unrealized gain on financial assets of
the consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Credit
risk
The Company selects banks
and/or
financial institutions that operate with the group based on the
criteria of long term rating from at least two major Rating
Agencies and keeping a maximum outstanding amount per instrument
with each bank group not to exceed 20% of the total.
Due to the credit market turmoil, the Company has decided to
further tighten the counterparty concentration and credit risk
profile. The maximum outstanding counterparty risk has been
reduced and currently does not exceed 15% for major
international banks with large market capitalization.
The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to
which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business.
If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are
used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control
assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account
its financial position, past experience and other factors.
Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external
ratings in accordance with limits set by management. The
utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to
customers are primarily settled in cash. At December 31,
2008 and 2007, one customer, the Nokia Group of companies,
represented 16.7% and 26.9% of trade accounts receivable, net
respectively. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with
respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number
of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.
Liquidity
risk
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining
sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and
marketable securities, the availability of funding from an
adequate of committed credit facilities and the ability to close
out market positions. The Companys objective is to
maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity
ratio, which ensure adequate financial flexibility. Liquidity
management policy is to finance the Companys investments
with net cash provided from operating activities.
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Companys
liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flows.
27.2
Capital risk management
The Companys objectives when managing capital are to
safeguard the Companys ability to continue as a going
concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and
benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal
capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to
maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust
the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to
shareholders, or issue new shares.
Consistent with others in the industry, the Company monitors
capital on the basis of the debt-to-equity ratio. This ratio is
calculated as the net financial position of the Company, defined
as the difference between total cash position (cash and cash
equivalents, marketable securities current and
non-current-, short-term deposits and
F-75
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
restricted cash) net of total financial debt (bank overdrafts,
current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt), divided
by total equity attributable to the shareholders of the Company.
27.3
Fair value measurement
The fair values of quoted financial instruments are based on
current market prices. The fair value of financial instruments
traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the
balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial
assets held by the Company is the bid price. If the market for a
financial asset is not active and if no observable market price
is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using
significant assumptions and estimates. In measuring fair value,
the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and relies as
little as possible on entity-specific inputs.
The table below details financial assets (liabilities) measured
at fair value on a recurring basis as at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars Available-for-sale marketable debt
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Available-for-sale long term subordinated notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
Available-for-sale equity securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities held for trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments held for trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments not designated as hedge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
F-76
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
For assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable
inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation between
January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008 is presented as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
January 1, 2008
|
|
|
369
|
|
Subordinated notes received in Numonyx transaction
|
|
|
156
|
|
Transfer-in Level 3 category: Lehman Brothers senior
unsecured bonds following Lehman Brothers Chapter 11 filing
|
|
|
22
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on Lehman Brothers senior
unsecured bonds included in earnings on the line
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial
assets
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on auction-rate
securities included in earnings on the line
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial
assets
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
Paid-in-Kind
interest on Numonyx subordinated notes
|
|
|
11
|
|
Change in fair value on Numonyx subordinated notes
pre-tax
|
|
|
1
|
|
Settlements and redemptions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings
attributable to assets still held at the reporting date
|
|
|
138
|
|
The table below details financial assets (liabilities) measured
at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as at December 31,
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in equity securities carried at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Numonyx equity investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
496
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
F-77
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
For assets (liabilities) measured at fair value using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the
reconciliation between January 1, 2008 and
December 31, 2008 is presented as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
January 1, 2008
|
|
|
25
|
|
Investments in equity securities carried at cost
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on equity securities
carried at cost included in earnings on the line
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Liquidation of investments carried at cost
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Equity investment received in Numonyx transaction
|
|
|
966
|
|
Debt guarantee granted to Numonyx
|
|
|
69
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charge included in earnings on
the line Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
Equity share in Numonyx loss
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings
attributable to assets still held at the reporting date
|
|
|
486
|
|
The following table includes additional fair value information
on other financial assets and liabilities recorded at amortized
cost as at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Description
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans (including current portion)
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
Senior Bonds
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
|
734
|
|
Convertible debt
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
1,012
|
|
|
|
965
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
|
|
2,435
|
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
The methodologies used to estimate fair value are as follows:
Marketable
securities
The fair value of floating rate notes is estimated based upon
quoted market prices for the identical instruments. For Lehman
Brothers senior unsecured bonds, fair value measurement was
reassessed in 2008 from a Level 1 fair value measurement
hierarchy to a Level 3 following Lehman Brothers
Chapter 11 filing. Fair value measurement for these debt
securities relies on an information received from a major credit
rating entity based on historical recovery rates.
For auction rate securities, which are debt securities without
available observable market price, the Company establishes fair
value by reference to public available indexes of securities
with the same rating and comparable or similar underlying
collaterals or industries exposure, as described in
details in Note 12.
F-78
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Foreign
exchange forward contracts and currency options
The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon
quoted market prices for identical instruments.
Cancellable
swaps held for trading
The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on inputs
other than quoted prices received from two market counterparties
which hold the derivative contracts, which the Company estimates
reflects the orderly exit price of the instruments when
correlated to other observable market data such as interest
rates and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Equity
securities classified as available-for-sale
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon
market prices for the same or similar instruments.
Equity
securities held for trading
The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon
quoted market prices for the same instruments.
Equity
securities carried at cost
The non-recurring fair value measurement was based on the
valuation of the underlying investments on a new round of third
party financing or upon liquidation.
Numonyx
equity investment
The non-recurring fair value measurement was based upon a
combination of an income approach, using discounted cash flows,
and a market approach, using metrics of comparable public
companies, which the Company assesses as a fair approximation of
the orderly exit value in the current market.
Subordinated
notes received in Numonyx transaction
The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on
publicly available fixed interest swap rates for instruments
with similar maturities, taking into account the credit risk
feature of the issuer of the debt securities.
Long-term
debt and current portion of long-term debt
The fair value of long-term debt was determined based on quoted
market prices, and by estimating future cash flows on a
borrowing-by-borrowing
basis and discounting these future cash flows using the
Companys incremental borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements.
Cash and
cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank overdrafts,
short-term borrowings, and accounts payable
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated financial
statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to the
relatively short period of time between the origination of the
instruments and their expected realization.
F-79
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
28.
|
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
|
Transactions with significant shareholders, their affiliates and
other related parties were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Sales & other services
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
Other purchases
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
Other income and expenses
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31,
2007 and 2006, the related party transactions were primarily
with significant shareholders of the Company, or their
subsidiaries and companies in which management of the Company
perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are
not limited to: Areva, France Telecom, Equant, Orange,
Finmeccanica, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti, Flextronics, Oracle and
Thomson. The related party transactions presented in the table
above also include transactions between the Company and its
equity investments as listed in Note 4.
Upon FMG deconsolidation and the creation of Numonyx, the
Company performs certain purchasing, service and revenue
on-behalf of Numonyx. The Company had a net payable balance of
$7 million as at December 31, 2008 as the result of
these transactions, which is reported in the table above. These
services ended in November 2008 when Numonyx was in a position
to run the business by itself on a standalone basis.
Additionally, as reported in Note 8, the Company recorded
in 2007 costs amounting to $26 million to create the
infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to operate
immediately following the FMG deconsolidation. These costs were
reimbursed by Numonyx in 2008 following the closing of the
transaction. Upon creation, Numonyx also entered into financing
arrangements for a $450 million term loan and a
$100 million committed revolving credit facility from two
primary financial institutions. Intel and the Company have each
granted in favor of Numonyx a 50% debt guarantee not joint and
several. This debt guarantee is described in details in
Note 4. The final terms at the closing date of the
agreements on assets to be contributed included rights granted
to Numonyx by the Company to use certain assets retained by the
Company. The Company recorded as at December 31, 2008 a
provision amounting to $87 million to reflect the value of
such rights granted to its equity investment. The parties also
retained the obligation to fund the severance payment
(trattamento di fine rapporto) due to certain
transferred employees by the defined amount of about
$35 million which qualifies as a defined benefit plan and
was classified on the line Other non-current
liabilities as at December 31, 2008. Finally, the
Company recorded a net long-term receivable amounted to
$6 million corresponding to a tax credit Numonyx will pay
back to the Company once cashed-in from the relevant taxing
authorities.
Additionally the Company incurred in 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounts
on transactions with Hynix Semiconductor Inc., with which the
Company had until March 30, 2008 a significant equity
investment, Hynix ST joint venture, described in detail in
Note 4. In 2007 and 2006, Hynix Semiconductor Inc.
increased its business transactions with the Company in order to
supply products on behalf of the joint venture, which was not
ready to fully produce and supply the volumes of specific
products as requested by the Company. The amount of purchases
and other expenses from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was
$161 million in 2007 and in 2006. The amount of sales and
other services made in 2007 was $2 million. These
transactions significantly decreased in 2008 upon the transfer
of the joint venture to Numonyx, as described in Note 4.
The amount of purchases and other expenses and the amount of
sales and other services from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was
$2 million and $5 million in 2008, respectively. The
Company had no significant payable or receivable balance as at
December 31, 2008, while it had a payable amounting to
$18 million as at December 31, 2007 and
$13 million as at December 31, 2006 towards Hynix
Semiconductor Inc.
F-80
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Additionally, upon integration of the wireless business acquired
from NXP, as detailed in Note 3, certain purchasing and
revenue transactions continue to be performed by the minority
interest holder on-behalf of ST-NXP Wireless. These services
will continue until such time that the needed systems are
finalized and can be run by the joint venture. The Company also
has services agreements for R&D, manufacturing and
transitional services in place. The net expense for those
services amounted to $71 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. In addition, the Company purchased
wafers from NXP in the amount of $85 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. The Company had a net payable
balance of $2 million as at December 31, 2008 as the
result of these transactions. The terms of the agreement for the
integration of NXP wireless business also included rights
granted to NXP to obtain products from the Company at
preferential pricing. The Company recorded as at
December 31, 2008 a provision amounting to $8 million
to reflect the value of such rights.
In addition, the Company participates in an Economic Interest
Group (E.I.G.) in France with Areva and France
Telecom to share the costs of certain research and development
activities, which are not included in the table above. The share
of income (expense) recorded by the Company as research and
development expenses incurred by E.I.G amounted to
$9 million income in 2008 and 1 million expense in
2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the
Company had no receivable or payable amount.
The Company contributed cash amounts totalling $1 million,
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 to the
ST Foundation, a non-profit organization established to deliver
and coordinate independent programs in line with its mission.
Certain members of the Foundations Board are senior
members of the Companys management.
The Company operates in two business areas: Semiconductors and
Subsystems.
In the Semiconductors business area, the Company designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products,
including discrete and standard commodity components,
application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs),
full custom devices and semi-custom devices and
application-specific standard products (ASSPs) for
analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the
Company further participates in the manufacturing value chain of
Smartcard products through its Incard division, which includes
the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.
Beginning on January 1, 2007, and until August 2,
2008, to meet the requirements of the market together with the
pursuit of strategic repositioning in Flash memory, the Company
reorganized its product segment groups into three segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Product Groups (ASG) segment;
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
segment; and
|
|
|
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG) segment (until
March 30, 2008).
|
Since March 31, 2008, following the creation with Intel of
Numonyx, a new independent semiconductor company from the key
assets of its and Intels Flash memory business (FMG
deconsolidation), the Company has ceased reporting under
the FMG segment.
Starting August 2, 2008, as a consequence of the creation
of the joint venture company with NXP, the Company reorganized
its groups. A new segment was created to report wireless
operations (WPS); the product line Mobile,
Multimedia & Communications Group (MMC)
which was part of segment Application Specific Groups
(ASG) was abandoned and its divisions were
reallocated to different product lines. The remaining part of
ASG is now comprised of Automotive Consumer Computer and
Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (ACCI).
F-81
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The new organization is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI), comprised of three product
lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED), which
now includes the Imaging division;
|
|
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG); and,
|
|
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI),
which now includes the Communication Infrastructure division.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Products Sector (IMS),
comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM); and
|
|
|
|
Micro, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Card products
(MMS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS), comprised of three
product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Multi Media (WMM);
|
|
|
|
Connectivity & Peripherals
(C&P); and
|
|
|
|
Cellular Systems (CS).
|
The Company has restated its results in prior periods for
illustrative comparisons of its performance by product segment.
The preparation of segment information according to the new
segment structure requires management to make significant
estimates, assumptions and judgments in determining the
operating income of the segments for the prior reporting
periods. Management believes that the restated 2007 and 2006
presentation is consistent with 2008 and is using these
comparatives when managing the Company.
The Companys principal investment and resource allocation
decisions in the Semiconductor business area are for
expenditures on research and development and capital investments
in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities. These
decisions are not made by product segments, but on the basis of
the Semiconductor Business area. All these product segments
share common research and development for process technology and
manufacturing capacity for most of their products.
In the Subsystems business area, the Company designs, develops,
manufactures and markets subsystems and modules for the
telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including
mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies
and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on
its immateriality to its business as a whole, the Subsystems
segment does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment
as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information (FAS 131).
The following tables present the Companys consolidated net
revenues and consolidated operating income by semiconductor
product segment. For the computation of the Groups
internal financial measurements, the Company uses certain
internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly
chargeable to the Groups, including cost of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses and a significant part of
research and development expenses. Additionally, in compliance
with the Companys internal policies, certain cost items
are not charged to the Groups, including impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs of new
F-82
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
manufacturing facilities, some strategic and special research
and development programs or other corporate-sponsored
initiatives, including certain corporate-level operating
expenses and certain other miscellaneous charges.
Net
revenues by product segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
Net revenues by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
|
4,129
|
|
|
|
3,944
|
|
|
|
4,122
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Products Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,329
|
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
Flash Memory Group segment
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes revenues from sales of
subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.
|
Net
revenues by product segment and by product line
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
Net revenues by product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED)
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
|
|
1,402
|
|
|
|
1,602
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG)
|
|
|
1,460
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
1,356
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI)
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
Others
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication
Infrastructure Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
|
4,129
|
|
|
|
3,944
|
|
|
|
4,122
|
|
Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM)
|
|
|
2,393
|
|
|
|
2.313
|
|
|
|
2,085
|
|
Micro, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard products
(MMS)
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Products Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,329
|
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
Wireless Multi Media (WMM)
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
Connectivity & Peripherals (C&P)
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Cellular Systems
(CS)(1)
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
Others
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Cellular Systems includes the
largest part of the revenues contributed by NXP Wireless and, as
such, there are no comparable numbers available for 2006 and
2007.
|
F-83
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Operating
income (loss) by product segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
Product Groups (ACCI)
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Products Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
Flash Memory Group segment
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income of product groups
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
827
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating income (loss) of
Others includes items such as impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, acquired In-Process
R&D, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain
patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not
allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings
or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group, including,
beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG
costs. The 2008 Others also includes non-recurring
purchase accounting items.
|
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Total operating income of product groups
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strategic R&D and other R&D programs
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Impairment & restructuring charges
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
Subsystems and Other Products Group
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Acquired In-Process R&D and other non-recurring purchase
accounting(1)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seniority awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-allocated
provisions(2)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating loss
Others(3)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Non-recurring purchase accounting
items are related to Genesis business combination with
In-Process R&D charge for $21 million and to the
Wireless business acquisition from NXP for $164 million,
composed of $76 million as In-Process R&D charge and
$88 million as inventory
step-up
charge.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes unallocated expenses such
as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs.
|
|
(3) |
|
Operating income (loss) of
Others includes items such as impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, acquired In-Process
R&D, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain
patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not
allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings
or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group, including,
beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs.
|
The following is a summary of operations by entities located
within the indicated geographic areas for 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Net revenues represent sales to third parties from the country
in which each entity is located. Long-lived assets consist of
property, plant and equipment, net (P,P&E, net). A
significant portion of property, plant and equipment
expenditures is attributable to front-end and back-end
facilities, located in the different countries in
F-84
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
which the Company operates. As such, the Company mainly
allocates capital spending resources according to geographic
areas rather than along product segment areas.
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
2,737
|
|
|
|
3,123
|
|
|
|
3,114
|
|
France
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
USA
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
4,939
|
|
|
|
4,795
|
|
|
|
4,698
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
France
|
|
|
1,728
|
|
|
|
1,885
|
|
|
|
1,763
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
USA
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
436
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
1,635
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,739
|
|
|
|
5,044
|
|
|
|
6,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment
for purchase of tangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
France
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
USA
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
380
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-85
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
As discussed in Note 24, on February 1, 2009, the
Company exercised its option to purchase the 20% non-controlling
interest of NXP in ST-NXP Wireless for a price of
$92 million.
Also as discussed in Note 24, on February 3, 2009, the
Company announced the closing of a transaction to combine the
businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms (EMP) and
ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, named ST-Ericsson.
ST-Ericsson combines the resources of the two companies and
focuses on developing and delivering a complete portfolio of
mobile platforms wireless semiconductor solutions across the
broad spectrum of mobile technologies. The operations of
ST-Ericsson are conducted through two groups of companies. The
parent of one of the groups is ST-Ericsson Holding AG
(JVS), which is owned 50% plus a controlling share
by ST. JVS is responsible for the full commercial operation of
the combined businesses, namely sales, marketing, supply and the
full product responsibility. The parent of the other group,
ST-Ericsson AT Holding AG (JVD), is owned 50% plus a
controlling share by Ericsson and will be focused on fundamental
R&D activities. Both JVS and JVD are variable interest
entities as defined in FIN 46(R). Based upon its analysis,
the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of
JVS and therefore consolidates JVS, but that it is not the
primary beneficiary of JVD and therefore accounts for its
non-controlling interest in JVD under the equity method of
accounting. In addition to the contributions by ST and Ericsson
of their respective businesses to the venture entities, the
consideration received from Ericsson included
$1,145 million in cash, of which $700 million was paid
directly to the Company. The transaction has been accounted for
as a business combination under FAS 141(R), which is
discussed in Note 2. The purchase accounting will result in
approximately the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Consideration transferred:
|
|
|
|
|
Equity interest in the Companys business contributed
|
|
$
|
1,105
|
|
Equity interest in EMP business acquired
|
|
|
306
|
|
Cash received by the Company
|
|
|
(700
|
)
|
Equity investment in JVD
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration transferred
|
|
$
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash in JVS
|
|
$
|
445
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
173
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
48
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other current assets and liabilities net
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair values of the consideration transferred and the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed were determined based on a
third party valuation using market, income, cost and cash flow
approaches as appropriate.
The goodwill arises principally due to expected synergies and
the value of the assembled workforce. The tax deductibility of
the goodwill is not yet determined. In connection with this
transaction, the Company recognized costs of $7 million,
which were included in selling, general and administrative
expenses during the first quarter. Customer relationships are to
be amortized over an average life of 4 years.
Upon closing, JVS will be included in the reportable segment
Wireless Product Sector.
As discussed in Note 5 and previously disclosed in public
filings, the Company had instituted arbitration proceedings
against Credit Suisse in connection with the unauthorized
purchase by Credit Suisse of collateralized debt obligations and
credit link notes (the Securities) instead of the
Federally guaranteed student loan securities that had been
specifically mandated by the Company for purchase. On
February 12, 2009 an arbitration panel of the
F-86
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)
awarded the Company an amount of approximately $406 million
comprising compensatory damages, as well as interest,
attorneys fees, and consequential damages, which were
assessed against Credit Suisse. In addition, the Company is
entitled to retain the about $25 million interest award
which had already been paid. In return, the Company will
transfer ownership of the Securities to Credit Suisse. On
February 17, 2009, the Company filed a petition in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New
York seeking confirmation of the FINRA award. Credit Suisse
responded by seeking to vacate the FINRA award. Pending final
decision on the enforceability of the FINRA award, and as
described in Note 5, the Company computes the value of the
Securities consistent with its accounting policies. Accordingly,
the Securities, with a par value of $415 million, were
carried on the Companys books at December 31, 2008 as
non-current financial assets at a value of $242 million, as
the result of impairment charges recorded against income in 2007
and 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, the valuation of the
Securities, computed on the same basis as described in
Note 5, declined by $58 million, which the company
recorded as an other-than-temporary impairment in the period.
Payment by Credit Suisse of the FINRA award is expected to
result in a gain in the Companys consolidated statement of
income corresponding to the difference between the amount of the
FINRA award plus applicable interest to be paid to the Company
by Credit Suisse, less related costs and the then current
carrying amount in the ST books of the Securities, which will be
transferred by the Company to Credit Suisse as required by the
FINRA award.
Due to deterioration of both the global economic situation and
the memory market segment, as well as Numonyxs revision to
its 2009 projected results, the Company re-assessed the fair
value of its equity investment in Numonyx during the first
quarter and, as a result, recorded a $200 million
impairment charge in the period. The calculation of the
impairment was based upon a combination of an income approach,
using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using
metrics of comparable public companies.
F-87
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-90
|
|
|
|
|
F-91
|
|
|
|
|
F-92
|
|
|
|
|
F-93
|
|
|
|
|
F-94
|
|
|
|
|
F-95
|
|
INDEX TO
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
F-96
|
|
|
F-96
|
|
|
F-102
|
|
|
F-103
|
|
|
F-104
|
|
|
F-104
|
|
|
F-104
|
|
|
F-104
|
|
|
F-106
|
|
|
F-106
|
|
|
F-107
|
|
|
F-107
|
|
|
F-110
|
|
|
F-111
|
|
|
F-111
|
|
|
F-112
|
|
|
F-112
|
|
|
F-113
|
|
|
F-113
|
|
|
F-116
|
|
|
F-117
|
|
|
F-117
|
F-89
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors of Numonyx Holdings B.V.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and
the related consolidated statement of operations, comprehensive
loss, cash flows and changes in shareholders equity
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Numonyx Holdings B.V. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the period from March 30, 2008 to
December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
|
|
|
/s/ Robert
P. Muir
Robert
P. Muir
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
Postal
Kenneth
Postal
|
Geneva, March 4, 2009
F-90
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,623,189
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
1,623,645
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(1,280,463
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
343,182
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(223,984
|
)
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
(207,685
|
)
|
Impairment and restructuring charges
|
|
|
(74,350
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
(37,547
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(200,384
|
)
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(57,060
|
)
|
Income from equity investment
|
|
|
5,748
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(251,696
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(19,125
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(270,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-91
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(270,821
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
6,720
|
|
Defined benefit pension plans:
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial loss during the period
|
|
|
(414
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
6,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Loss
|
|
$
|
(264,515
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-92
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
476,810
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
4,991
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
230,901
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
582,140
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
5,386
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
159,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,459,286
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
208,322
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
563,725
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
24,795
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
79,100
|
|
Equity investment
|
|
|
303,371
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
132,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,312,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
2,771,418
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
|
245,645
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
146,091
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
3,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
395,731
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
450,000
|
|
Debt obligations to related parties
|
|
|
341,822
|
|
Pension liability
|
|
|
28,941
|
|
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
40,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
1,260,557
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)
|
|
|
|
|
Share Capital:
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock (ordinary shares: 250,000,000 shares
authorized, 210,700,758 shares issued)
|
|
|
1,644,221
|
|
Preferred stock (Preferred A shares: 14,204,545 shares
authorized and issued, Preferred
A-1 shares:
142,045 shares authorized)
|
|
|
131,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,775,376
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(270,821
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
6,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
1,510,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
2,771,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-93
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(270,821
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash flows used in
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
171,349
|
|
Amortization of debt guarantees
|
|
|
27,750
|
|
Non cash interest expense
|
|
|
22,734
|
|
Changes in deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(18,446
|
)
|
Income from equity investment
|
|
|
(5,748
|
)
|
Impairment and restructuring charges, net of cash payments
|
|
|
70,541
|
|
Gain on sale of other non-current assets
|
|
|
(2,770
|
)
|
Other non-cash items
|
|
|
(8,965
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from
business combination of contributed assets of shareholder
companies:
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(230,901
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(1,035
|
)
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
|
58,052
|
|
Other assets and liabilities, net
|
|
|
171,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(16,522
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
Payment for purchase of tangible assets
|
|
|
(78,100
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of tangible assets
|
|
|
4,579
|
|
Investments in intangible assets
|
|
|
(48,600
|
)
|
Changes in restricted cash
|
|
|
(29,786
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(151,907
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from borrowings, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
444,410
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of preference shares
|
|
|
131,155
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of related party loan note
|
|
|
19,087
|
|
Cash received as part of business combination
|
|
|
50,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
645,239
|
|
Net cash increase
|
|
$
|
476,810
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
|
|
$
|
476,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
(11,847
|
)
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
|
(12,300
|
)
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
Upon formation, Numonyx Holdings B.V. acquired the contributed
assets of Intel Corporations NOR flash business. Details
of the transaction were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Value of non cash assets contributed by Intel Corporation
|
|
|
771,313
|
|
Common stock issued
|
|
|
(677,472
|
)
|
Related party note issued
|
|
|
(144,428
|
)
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
(Shares)
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
(Shares)
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Balance at March 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
966,749
|
|
|
|
109,263,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
966,749
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
677,472
|
|
|
|
101,436,851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
677,472
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
131,155
|
|
|
|
14,204,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,155
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(270,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(270,821
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,306
|
|
|
|
6,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
1,644,221
|
|
|
|
210,700,758
|
|
|
$
|
131,155
|
|
|
|
14,204,545
|
|
|
$
|
(270,821
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,306
|
|
|
$
|
1,510,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-95
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
1. THE
COMPANY
Numonyx Holdings B.V. (Numonyx or the
Company) is a newly formed corporation incorporated in the
Netherlands. The Company conducts its business through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Numonyx B.V., a corporation
incorporated in the Netherlands with its principal place of
business in Switzerland. The formation transaction to create
Numonyx was completed on March 30, 2008 and was a
contribution (1) by ST Microelectronics N.V.
(STM) of 100% of the share capital in legal entities
that together owned all of its flash memory business,
(2) by Intel Corporation (Intel) of part of its
semiconductor flash memory business net assets and employees
(specifically their NOR flash business) and (3) by
Francisco Partners (FP) of $150 million of cash
investment. In exchange for these contributions, STM received
109,263,907 ordinary shares of Numonyx Holdings B.V. and an
interest-bearing long-term loan note in the principal amount of
$155.6 million. Intel received 101,436,851 ordinary shares
of Numonyx Holdings B.V. and an interest-bearing long-term loan
note in the principal amount of $144.4 million. FP received
14,204,545 shares of Numonyx Holdings B.V.s voting
preferred stock and an interest-bearing long-term loan note in
the principal amount of $19.1 million.
Following the transaction, STM, Intel and FP owned 48.6%, 45.1%
and 6.3% voting ownership in Numonyx, respectively. At the
closing date of the transaction, there were no other equity
securities or rights to acquire or convert any interests into
equity securities.
In accordance with SFAS 141, Business
Combinations, the formation of Numonyx was considered a
business combination and STM was considered the accounting
acquirer. The impact of this determination is that Numonyx
recorded assets contributed by STM at net book value, and assets
contributed by Intel at fair market value. Refer to Note 3,
Business Combinations.
Numonyx combines key research and development, manufacturing and
sales and marketing assets formerly owned by Intel and STM into
a worldwide structure with the scale expected to produce
cost-effective and innovative non-volatile memory solutions
(also commonly referred to as flash memory products). Numonyx
focuses on supplying non-volatile memory solutions for a variety
of consumer and industrial devices including cellular phones,
MP3 players, digital cameras, computers and other high-tech
equipment.
During 2008, to support the establishment and stabilization of
Numonyx, STM and Intel provided certain services to Numonyx
including supply chain, procurement, site manufacturing,
information technology, human resource, and finance &
accounting services. Numonyx compensated STM and Intel for such
services in accordance with the terms of the Transition
Services Agreements which govern the provision of these
services. Details of these transactions are included within
Note 22, Related Party Transactions, in the
consolidated financial statements.
2. ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
The accounting policies of the Company conform to accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(U.S. GAAP). All balances and values in the
current period are shown in thousands of US dollars unless
otherwise stated.
2.1
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Numonyx Holdings B.V. and its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The
Company uses the equity method to account for equity investments
in instances in which it owns common stock or similar interests
and has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not
control, over the investee. The Companys share in its
equity investments profit and loss is recognized in the
consolidated statements of income as Income from equity
investment and in the consolidated balance sheet as an
adjustment against the carrying amount of the investment.
F-96
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.2
Use of estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements and
disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, and revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. The primary areas that require significant estimates and
judgments by management include sales returns and allowances,
allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and normal
manufacturing thresholds to determine costs capitalized in
inventory, valuation of tangible and intangible assets acquired
from Intel Corporation, restructuring charges, assumptions used
in calculating pension obligations and deferred income tax
assets and liabilities including required valuation allowances.
The actual results experienced by the Company could differ
materially and adversely from managements estimates.
2.3
Foreign currency
The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency of the Company.
The U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide
semiconductor industry uses the dollar as a currency of
reference for actual pricing in the market. The U.S. dollar
is the functional currency for the Company and its subsidiaries.
The Companys equity investment has a functional currency
other than the US dollar. Monetary transactions and accounts
denominated in
non-U.S. currencies,
such as cash or payables to vendors, have been remeasured to the
U.S. dollar at current exchange rates; non-monetary items
such as inventory and fixed and intangible assets, are
remeasured at historical exchange rates.
2.4
Revenue recognition
Revenue from products sold to customers is recognized, pursuant
to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition (SAB 104), when all of the
following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred;
(c) selling price is fixed or determinable; and
(d) collection is reasonably assured. This usually occurs
at the time of shipment except for sales to certain distribution
customers.
During 2008, STM and Intel sold products to, and invoiced
customers on behalf of the Company. Billings and related returns
and provisions information was then communicated to the Company
and recorded in the Companys financial systems. Revenue
was therefore generated in accordance with the terms and
conditions of sale of STM and Intel, and recognized in
accordance with STM and Intels existing policies and
procedures. In December 2008, the arrangement with STM ceased
and Numonyx began to bill customers directly, in accordance with
the Companys own established terms and conditions.
Consistent with standard business practice in the memory
industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers
on their existing inventory of the Companys products to
compensate them for declines in market prices. For revenue
generated through STM for distribution customers, and for the
Companys own direct billings to distribution customers,
revenue is recorded when inventory is shipped. At the time
revenue is recorded, the Company records estimated reductions to
sales based upon historical experience of product returns, and
the impact of price protection. In order to make such estimates,
the Company analyzes historical returns, current economic
conditions, customer demand and any relevant specific customer
information. If the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the
level of product returns or other revenue allowances, it could
have a significant impact on our revenue recognition,
potentially requiring us to defer the recognition of additional
sales until our customers sell the products to their end
customer.
For revenue generated through Intel for distribution customers,
the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the level of
product returns and the impact of price protection based on the
terms and conditions of arrangements entered into between Intel
and our customers. The Company defers revenue and its related
cost of sales, under agreements allowing price protection and
/or right of return until the distributors sell the merchandise
to their end
F-97
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
customers. The net amount is recorded as deferred income on
shipments to distributors and is included within Other
payables and accrued liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheet.
Pricing allowances, including discounts based on contractual
arrangements with customers, are recorded when revenue is
recorded as a reduction to both accounts receivable and revenue.
The Companys customers occasionally return products for
technical reasons. The Companys standard terms and
conditions of sale provide that, if the Company determines that
the products are non-conforming, the Company will repair or
replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit or rebate
of the purchase price. The Company estimates returns at the time
of sale and records the accrued amounts as a reduction of
revenue.
The Company includes shipping charges billed to customers in net
sales, and includes the related shipping costs in cost of sales.
2.5
Other revenue
Other revenues consist primarily of sales of materials or scrap
product.
2.6
Research and development
Research and development costs are charged to expense as
incurred. The amortization recognized on technologies and
licenses acquired to facilitate the Companys research, is
recorded as research and development expenses. Funding for
research and development is obtained from governmental agencies
and the amounts are recorded as a reduction to research and
development expenses.
2.7
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant, and equipment contributed from STM and Intel
upon the formation of the Company are stated at carrying value
for the assets contributed by STM, and at fair value for the
assets contributed by Intel, consistent with the treatment of
the formation of the Company as a business combination in
accordance with SFAS 141, as described in Note 1,
The Company. These assets are being depreciated over
their respective remaining useful lives at the time of the
transaction. Property, plant and equipment purchased since the
formation of the Company are stated at historical cost.
Additions and major improvements are capitalized, minor
replacements and repairs and maintenance are charged to
operations in the period in which they are incurred.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets acquired
after the formation of the Company is computed using the
straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
33 years
|
|
Facilities and Leasehold Improvements
|
|
|
5-10 years
|
|
Machinery and Equipment
|
|
|
6 years
|
|
Computer and Research & Development Equipment
|
|
|
3-7 years
|
|
Reviews are performed if facts and circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable or that the
useful life is shorter than originally estimated. If an
impairment indicator exists, the Company assesses the
recoverability of its assets held for use by comparing the
projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the
related asset or group of assets over their remaining estimated
useful lives against their respective carrying amounts.
Impairment, if any, is measured on the excess of the carrying
amount over the fair value of those assets. If the Company
determines that the useful lives are shorter than originally
estimated, the net book values of the assets are depreciated
prospectively over the newly determined remaining useful lives.
F-98
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
When property, plant and equipment are retired, sold, or
otherwise disposed of, the net book value of the assets is
removed from the Companys books and the net gain or loss
is included in other income and expenses, net in the
consolidated statement of operations.
Leasing arrangements classified as operating leases are
arrangements in which the lessor retains a significant portion
of the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset.
Payments made under operating leases are charged to the
consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis
over the period of the lease.
2.8
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable
value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting
standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs over the
average period of inventory holding; the cost is therefore
dependent on the Companys manufacturing performance. In
the case of underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the
costs associated with the excess capacity are not included in
the valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of
sales in the period incurred. Net realizable value is the
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less
applicable variable selling expenses.
The Company continuously evaluates the net realizable value of
inventory and writes off inventory which has the characteristics
of slow-moving, old production date and technical obsolescence.
Additionally, the Company evaluates product inventory to
identify obsolete or slow-selling stock and record a specific
provision if the Company estimates the inventory will eventually
become obsolete. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for
excess uncommitted inventory based on the previous quarter and
anticipated future sales, order backlog and production plans.
2.9
Income taxes
The provision for incomes taxes represents the income taxes
expected to be paid or the benefit expected to be received
related to the current year income or loss in each tax
jurisdiction. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded
for all temporary differences arising between the tax and book
basis of assets and liabilities and for the benefits of tax
credits and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred income tax
is determined using tax rates and laws that are enacted on the
balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related
deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax
liability is settled. Deferred income tax assets are recognized
in full but the Company assesses whether it is more likely than
not that future taxable profit will be available against which
the temporary differences will be utilized. A valuation
allowance is provided where necessary to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amount for which management considers the
possibility of recovery to be more likely than not.
2.10
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand with external
financial institutions with an original maturity of less than
ninety days.
2.11
Restricted cash
Restricted cash includes collateral deposits used as security
for the provision of certain services to the Company, lease
deposits on office space and deposits required by customs
authorities. The restricted cash is held in highly liquid funds
placed with financial institutions.
2.12
Trade accounts receivable
During 2008, STM and Intel sold products to customers, invoiced
customers and collected monies from customers on behalf of
Numonyx, under the terms of the Transition Services Agreements
between Numonyx, STM and Intel. Trade accounts receivable
disclosed on the balance sheet represent monies owed from end
customers which have not been collected by STM and Intel, and
therefore not yet remitted to Numonyx.
F-99
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Trade accounts receivable are recognized at their sales value,
net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns. The
Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for
potential estimated losses resulting from its customers
inability to make required payments. The Company bases its
estimates on historical collection trends and records a
provision accordingly. When a trade receivable is uncollectible,
it is written-off against the allowance account for trade
receivables. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of amounts
previously written-off are credited against Selling,
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statement of operations.
2.13
Intangible assets
Details of intangible assets held by the Company, and the
related amortization periods, are detailed below:
|
|
|
|
|
Loan guarantees
|
|
|
4 years
|
|
Loan arrangement fees
|
|
|
4 years
|
|
Contributed technology
|
|
|
3-7 years
|
|
Software and licenses
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization
is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable.
The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of intangible
assets at each reporting period to determine whether events and
circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of
amortization.
2.14
Employee benefits
Pension
obligations
The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees.
These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the
countries in which the Company operates. They are generally
funded through payments to insurance companies or
trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial
calculations. Such plans include both defined benefit and
defined contribution plans. A defined benefit plan is a pension
plan that defines the amount of pension benefit that an employee
will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more
factors such as age, years of service and compensation. A
defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the
Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The
Company has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further
contributions for a defined contribution plan if the fund does
not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits
relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
The Company accounts for the overfunded and underfunded status
of defined benefit plans in its consolidated financial
statements as at December 31, 2008. The overfunded or
underfunded status of the defined benefit plans are calculated
as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the
projected benefit obligations.
For defined contribution plans, the Company pays contributions
to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on
a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Company has no
further payment obligations once the contributions have been
paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit
expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized
as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in
the future payments is available.
Termination
benefits
Termination benefits are payable when an employee is
involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts
voluntary termination exchange for these benefits. All
termination benefits payable by the Company relate to one-time
benefit arrangements. A one time benefit arrangement is one that
is established by a termination plan that applies to a specified
termination event or for a specified future period. These
one-time involuntary termination
F-100
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
benefits are recognized as a liability when the termination plan
meets certain criteria and has been communicated to employees.
Stock
options
At December 31, 2008, a stock option plan had been
established by the Company, however from the date of the
inception of the Company through December 31, 2008, no
stock options had been granted.
2.15
Long term debt and debt obligations to related parties
Bank loans are recognized at historical cost. Debt obligations
to related parties relate to long-term loan notes issued to
shareholders in partial consideration for the assets contributed
upon the formation of Numonyx, plus the interest accrued to
date. Both the bank loan and the debt obligations to related
parties are classified as long term liabilities as they are not
repayable, either in part or fully, before December 31,
2009.
2.16
Share capital
Ordinary shares and preference shares are classified as equity.
2.17
Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity
of a business during a period except those changes resulting
from investment by or distributions to shareholders. In the
accompanying consolidated financial statements,
Accumulated other comprehensive income consists of
the after tax effects of foreign currency translation
adjustments relating to the Companys equity investment and
the impact of recognizing the underfunded status of defined
benefit plans.
2.18
Recent accounting pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements. SFAS No. 157 establishes a single
definition of fair value and a framework for measuring fair
value, sets out a fair value hierarchy to be used to classify
the source of information used in fair value measurements, and
requires new disclosures of assets and liabilities measured at
fair value based on their level in the hierarchy. This statement
applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or
permit fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB
issued Staff Positions (FSPs)
No. 157-1
and
No. 157-2,
which, respectively, remove leasing transactions from the scope
of SFAS No. 157 and defer its effective date for one
year relative to certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities. As
a result, the application of the definition of fair value and
related disclosures of SFAS No. 157 (as impacted by
these two FSPs) was effective for the Company upon formation
with respect to fair value measurements of (a) nonfinancial
assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair
value in the Companys financial statements on a recurring
basis (at least annually) and (b) all financial assets and
liabilities. The remaining aspects of SFAS No. 157 for
which the effective date was deferred under FSP
No. 157-2
have been evaluated by the Company. The Company does not expect
them to have a material impact on its consolidated results of
operations or financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141R. SFAS 141R
establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer
recognizes and measures in its consolidated financial statements
the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill
acquired. SFAS 141R also establishes disclosure
requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and
financial effects of the business combination. This statement is
effective for Numonyx beginning January 1, 2009. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of this statement.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160. SFAS 160
establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership
interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent,
the amount of consolidated net income
F-101
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest,
changes in a parents ownership interest, and the valuation
of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary
is deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure
requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the
interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling
owners. This statement is effective for Numonyx beginning
January 1, 2009. The Company does not expect the impact of
the adoption of SFAS 160 to be material.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161,
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, which will require increased disclosures about
an entitys strategies and objectives for using derivative
instruments; the location and amounts of derivative instruments
in an entitys financial statements; how derivative
instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities; and how derivative
instruments and related hedged items affect its financial
position, financial performance, and cash flows. Certain
disclosures will also be required with respect to derivative
features that are credit-risk-related. SFAS No. 161 is
effective for Numonyx beginning January 1, 2009. Since this
standard impacts disclosures only, the adoption will not have a
material impact on the Companys consolidated results of
operations or financial condition.
In April 2008, the FASB issued
FSP 142-3.
This guidance is intended to improve the consistency between the
useful life of a recognized intangible asset under
SFAS 142, and the period of expected cash flows used to
measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141R when
the underlying arrangement includes renewal or extension of
terms that would require substantial costs or result in a
material modification to the asset upon renewal or extension.
Companies estimating the useful life of a recognized intangible
asset must now consider their historical experience in renewing
or extending similar arrangements or, in the absence of
historical experience, must consider assumptions that market
participants would use about renewal or extension as adjusted
for SFAS 142s entity-specific factors.
FSP 142-3
is effective for Numonyx beginning January 1, 2009. The
Company does not expect the impact of the adoption of
FSP 142-3
to be material.
In November 2008, the FASB ratified the Emerging Issues Task
Force (EITF) consensus on Issue
No. 08-6,
Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations
(EITF 08-6)
which addresses certain effects of SFAS Nos. 141R and 160
on an entitys accounting for equity-method investments.
The consensus indicates, among other things, that transaction
costs for an investment should be included in the cost of the
equity-method investment (and not expensed) and shares
subsequently issued by the equity-method investee that reduce
the investors ownership percentage should be accounted for
as if the investor had sold a proportionate share of its
investment, with gains or losses recorded through earnings. For
Numonyx,
EITF 08-6
is effective for transactions occurring after December 31,
2008. The Company does not expect the impact of this adoption to
be material.
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP
No. FAS 132(R)-1, Employers Disclosures
about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets. This FSP
requires additional disclosures about plan assets for sponsors
of defined benefit pension and postretirement plans including
expanded information regarding investment strategies, major
categories of plan assets, and concentrations of risk within
plan assets. Additionally, this FSP requires disclosures similar
to those required under SFAS No. 157 with respect to
the fair value of plan assets such as the inputs and valuation
techniques used to measure fair value and information with
respect to classification of plan assets in terms of the
hierarchy of the source of information used to determine their
value (see Note 12, Post-Retirement and Other Long
Term Employee Benefits). The disclosures under this FSP
are required for annual periods ending after December 15,
2009. Numonyx is currently evaluating the requirements of these
additional disclosures.
3. BUSINESS
COMBINATION
On March 30, 2008 the Company acquired the contributed NOR
flash business of Intel in exchange for a 45.1% equity interest
in the Company, representing 101,436,851 ordinary shares of
Numonyx Holdings B.V. and an interest-bearing long-term loan
note in the principal amount of $144.4 million.
F-102
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The results of these operations have been included in the
consolidated financial statements since that date. As a result
of the combination, Numonyx combines key research and
development, manufacturing and sales and marketing assets
formerly owned by Intel and STM into a worldwide structure with
the scale expected to produce cost-effective and innovative
non-volatile memory solutions.
The aggregate purchase price of the business from Intel was
$822 million. The value of the business was determined
based on third party valuations of the contributed business
performed using a combination of discounted cash flows and
market comparable data.
The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
At March 30, 2008 (In Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
239
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
356
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
114
|
|
Fair value of favorable operating lease
|
|
|
70
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of the $114 million of acquired intangible assets,
$5 million was assigned to research and development assets
that were written off at the date of acquisition in accordance
with FASB Interpretation No. 4, Applicability of FASB
Statement No. 2 to Business Combinations Accounted for by
the Purchase Method. Those write-offs are included in
research and development expenses. The remaining
$109 million of acquired intangible assets have a
weighted-average useful life of approximately 3 years. The
intangible assets that make up that amount include a loan
guarantee of $79 million
(4-year
useful life), supply agreement of $19 million
(9-month
useful life) and product and process technology of
$11 million
(3-year and
7-year
useful lives respectively).
There was no goodwill associated with this business combination.
4. EQUITY
INVESTMENT
Hynix
Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.
As part of STMs contribution of its flash memory
operations to Numonyx, STM transferred a 17% equity interest it
had in a venture which it established with Hynix Semiconductor
Inc. This venture was originally established in 2004 via a
signed agreement between STM and Hynix Semiconductor Inc. to
build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City,
Jiangsu Province, China. Upon transfer of the interest to
Numonyx, the venture was renamed Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.
Numonyxs equity interest in the venture decreased to 16%
during the fourth quarter of 2008, due to an additional
investment made by a new investor in the venture, Hynix
Semiconductor Wuxi Ltd. Numonyx also invested an additional
$50 million in the joint venture during the third quarter
of 2008 to increase the Companys equity interest. However,
at the balance sheet date, Numonyx had not received final
approval from the Chinese authorities for this increase in
equity investment. As such, the $50 million investment is
recorded as a prepayment within Other receivables and
current assets. Once approval is obtained, the investment will
be recorded as an increase to Equity investment, and
Numonyxs interest will increase to 18%.
Under the terms of the joint venture, Numonyx has the option to
purchase from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. an additional
$200 million in share capital to increase the
Companys interest in the venture to approximately 25%.
F-103
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Although the Company does not currently own 20% of the venture,
the Company uses the equity method to account for this
investment based on the fact that it has the ability to exercise
significant influence, but not control, over this investee
coupled with the future ability to own more than 20% of this
investment.
5. TRADE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
233,340
|
|
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(2,439
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
230,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bad debt expense in 2008 was $2.4 million.
6. INVENTORIES
Inventories consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
39,759
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
390,996
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
151,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
582,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. OTHER
RECEIVABLES AND CURRENT ASSETS
Other receivables and current assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Receivables from related parties
|
|
$
|
2,491
|
|
Receivables from government agencies
|
|
|
65,716
|
|
Prepayments, advances and other debtors
|
|
|
90,851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
159,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. INTANGIBLE
ASSETS
Intangible assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Value
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net Value
|
|
|
Loan guarantees
|
|
$
|
148,000
|
|
|
$
|
(27,750
|
)
|
|
$
|
120,250
|
|
Loan arrangement fees
|
|
|
6,750
|
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
5,484
|
|
Product and process technology
|
|
|
10,800
|
|
|
|
(1,608
|
)
|
|
|
9,192
|
|
Software development and licenses
|
|
|
76,256
|
|
|
|
(2,860
|
)
|
|
|
73,396
|
|
Supply agreement
|
|
|
18,982
|
|
|
|
(18,982
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
260,788
|
|
|
$
|
(52,466
|
)
|
|
$
|
208,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In March 2008, the Company obtained a $450 million bank
loan plus $100 million revolving credit facility from
financial institutions. STM and Intel agreed to act as
guarantors of this loan, each company guaranteeing 50%
F-104
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
of the outstanding balance in the event that Numonyx defaults on
repayment of the loan. Both guarantees have been recorded as
intangible assets in order to recognize the fair value of the
benefit to Numonyx of these guarantees. The guarantees have been
recorded at fair value at the date of issuance and are being
amortized over the term of the loan, 4 years. The
amortization is recorded as interest expense.
Loan arrangement fees are costs directly related to the securing
of the debt financing described above. These fees are also being
amortized over the 4 year period of the loan and are
recorded as part of interest expense in the consolidated
statement of operations.
Product and process technology contributed by Intel to Numonyx
upon formation of the Company which was valued as part of the
FAS 141 purchase accounting as described in Note 3,
Business Combinations. These are being amortized
over their expected useful lives, 3 and 7 years
respectively, within cost of sales in the consolidated statement
of operations.
Software development and licenses consist of costs relating to
the development of IT systems and software and of software and
related licenses acquired. Software development costs include
external consulting costs and payroll costs directly associated
with development of the system infrastructure. These costs were
capitalized in compliance with
SOP 98-1
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use. Software and licenses are
currently amortized over a 3 year period and amortization
is recorded primarily within Selling, general and
administrative expenses within the consolidated statement
of operations, starting when the software is placed in operation.
The supply agreement relates to an agreement between Numonyx and
Intel, under which Numonyx purchased semi-finished products from
Intel from March 30, 2008 through December 31, 2008 at
preferential prices. The value of the intangible asset was the
fair value of this favorable contract and was amortized to
Cost of sales in the consolidated statement of
operations. The contract ended on December 31, 2008 and as
such the asset has been fully amortized.
The aggregate amortization expense in 2008 was
$52.5 million.
The estimated amortization of the existing intangible assets for
the following years is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Year
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
60,322
|
|
2010
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
2011
|
|
|
56,000
|
|
2012
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
2013
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
208,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-105
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9. PROPERTY,
PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant, and equipment consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
2,515
|
|
Buildings, facilities and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
89,582
|
|
Machinery and Equipment
|
|
|
597,187
|
|
Computer and R&D Equipment
|
|
|
16,951
|
|
Other Tangible Assets
|
|
|
2,123
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Gross Cost
|
|
$
|
710,358
|
|
Total Accumulated Depreciation
|
|
$
|
(146,633
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Cost
|
|
$
|
563,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for 2008 was $146.6 million. There is
no depreciation expense on construction in progress.
During 2008, the Company determined that due to changes in
market conditions the carrying value of its partially
constructed building in Catania, Italy should be re-assessed.
This building, in order to be placed into service, requires a
significant investment of additional capital to purchase and
install tools and equipment which cannot be currently justified.
The Company determined that the value at which this building was
recorded was in excess of a reasonable assessment of its fair
market value. The fair market value is based on a range of
values from a third party with the experience of valuing such
assets and its own assessment. The resultant impairment charge
recorded on this asset in 2008 was $62 million which is
included within Impairment and restructuring charges
in the consolidated statement of operations.
10. OTHER
INVESTMENTS AND NON-CURRENT ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Fair value of the favorable operating lease
|
|
$
|
67,420
|
|
Long term receivable related to tax refund
|
|
|
40,423
|
|
Related party receivable
|
|
|
24,527
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
132,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The favorable operating lease relates to the Companys
manufacturing facility in Israel. This relates to the fair value
of the future minimum lease payments that were included as part
of the business combination. This is being amortized over the
period of the lease.
The long term receivable related to tax refund is a tax credit
in Italy which was generated through the operations of STM
Italy, before the operations were contributed to Numonyx. Upon
formation of Numonyx, a long term liability was established as
the amounts received from the Italian government will be
reimbursed to STM. Such amount is included within Other
non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
The related party receivable relates to an end of employment
liability in Italy, for employees transferred from STM Italy to
Numonyx Italy and for which STM have agreed to reimburse
Numonyx. The payable portion of this balance is also included
within pension liability in the consolidated balance sheet.
F-106
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11. OTHER
PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Taxes other than income tax
|
|
$
|
33,360
|
|
Salaries, wages and social charges
|
|
|
37,747
|
|
Provision for restructuring
|
|
|
8,541
|
|
Deferred income on shipments to distributors
|
|
|
4,525
|
|
Current portion of pension liability
|
|
|
2,155
|
|
Accrued income tax
|
|
|
13,035
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
46,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
146,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within current portion of pension liability above, $2,097
relates to the Italy end of employment fund. This amount is
shown also as a receivable from related party within Other
investments and non-current assets as the amount will be
reimbursed to Numonyx by STM.
12. POST-RETIREMENT
AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Company has a number of defined benefit pension plans
covering employees in various countries. The plans provide for
pension benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on
factors such as years of service and employee compensation
levels. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with
the local statutory requirements. The Companys major
defined benefit pension plans and long-term employee benefit
plans are in Israel, Italy, Switzerland, Japan, Korea, and
Philippines.
The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 158,
Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). SFAS 158 requires
that the funded status of defined-benefit postretirement plans
be recognized on the consolidated balance sheet, and changes in
the funded status be reflected in comprehensive income.
SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement date of the
plans funded status to be the same as the Companys
financial year-end. The measurement date for all plans was the
Companys financial year end.
Funding
policy
The Companys practice is to fund the various pension plans
in amounts at least sufficient to meet the minimum requirements
of applicable local laws and regulations. The assets of the
various plans are invested in corporate equities, corporate debt
securities, government securities, and other institutional
arrangements. The portfolio of each plan depends on plan design
and applicable local laws. Depending on the design of the plan,
local customs, and market circumstances, the liabilities of a
plan may exceed qualified plan assets.
F-107
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Benefit
obligation and plan assets
The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets for the
plans described above were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change in projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit Obligation at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
30,175
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
4,149
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2,703
|
|
Plan participant contributions
|
|
|
278
|
|
Actuarial loss/(gain)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
Benefits Paid
|
|
|
(5,375
|
)
|
Benefit Obligation of acquired business
|
|
|
38,203
|
|
Currency exchange impact
|
|
|
(9,849
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending projected benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
60,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value of the Assets at beginning of the period
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
176
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
7,925
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
278
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(5,375
|
)
|
Plan assets of acquired business
|
|
|
31,161
|
|
Currency impact
|
|
|
(5,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending fair value of plan assets
|
|
$
|
29,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the amounts recognized on the
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Funded status at year end
|
|
$
|
(30,679
|
)
|
Unrecognized transition asset
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized prior service cost
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss/(gain)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheet
|
|
$
|
(31,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-108
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Included in the aggregate data in the tables below are the
amounts applicable to our pension plans with accumulated benefit
obligations in excess of plan assets, as well as plans with
projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. Amounts
related to such plans were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
56,950
|
|
Fair Value of plan assets
|
|
$
|
28,863
|
|
Plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
60,165
|
|
Fair Value of plan assets
|
|
$
|
29,069
|
|
Assumptions
Weighted-average assumptions used in the determination of the
benefit obligations were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.19
|
%
|
Average increase in compensation
|
|
|
3.24
|
%
|
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine costs
for the plans were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.64
|
%
|
Expected Long term rate on plan assets
|
|
|
5.35
|
%
|
Average increase in compensation
|
|
|
4.30
|
%
|
The discount rate was determined by analyzing long term
corporate AA bond rates and matching the bond maturity with the
average duration of the pension liabilities. In certain markets
where there are not corporate bonds, government bond rates are
used.
Net
periodic benefit cost
The net periodic benefit cost for the plans included the
following components:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
4,149
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2,703
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(1,322
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
6,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
assets
The plans investments are managed by insurance companies,
third-party trustees, or pension funds consistent with
regulations or market practice of the country where the assets
are invested. The investment manager makes investment decisions
within the guidelines set by the Company or by local
regulations. Performance is evaluated by comparing the actual
rate of return to the return on other similar assets.
Investments that are managed by qualified insurance companies or
pension funds under standard contracts follow local regulations,
and the Company is not actively involved in the investment
strategy. In general, the investment strategy followed is
designed to accumulate a diversified portfolio among markets,
asset classes, or individual securities in order to reduce
market risk and
F-109
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
assure that the pension assets are available to pay benefits as
they come due. The average expected long-term rate of return for
the plan assets is 5.35%.
The asset allocation for the Companys plans at the end of
fiscal year 2008, and the target allocation rate for 2009, by
asset category, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Target Allocation
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
Debt securities
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
Funding
expectations
Expected funding for the plans during 2009 is approximately
$4 million.
Estimated
future benefit payments
Estimated benefits to be paid from the Companys pension
plans through 2018 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3,761
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,016
|
|
2011
|
|
|
3,808
|
|
2012
|
|
|
3,326
|
|
2013
|
|
|
3,828
|
|
From 2014 to 2018
|
|
|
21,287
|
|
13. LONG-TERM
DEBT AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS TO RELATED PARTIES
Debt
obligations to related parties
Upon the formation of Numonyx, long-term notes were issued to
STM, Intel, and FP valued at $155,572, $144,428 and $19,087
respectively. The notes are payable upon the earlier of
liquidation of the Company, or March 31, 2038. The interest
rate applied to these notes is 9.5% and is payable in the form
of additional notes until 2015. Interest also accrues, at the
same rate, on the new notes issued. After 2015, the interest is
payable in the form of cash. Interest on these notes is recorded
as interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
Total interest accrued during the period ended December 31,
2008 was $22.7 million and is included within Debt
obligations to related parties in the consolidated balance
sheet.
The long-term loan notes include covenants which prevent the
Company and its subsidiaries from taking on additional debt in
excess of $100 million if the total existing debt recorded
on the balance sheet is $1,250 million or less, or
additional debt in excess of $50 million if the total
existing debt recorded on the balance sheet is more than
$1,250 million. In addition, the Company may not issue new
equity or securities exchangeable into equity that would rank
senior to or on parity with the long-term loan notes and may not
make dividend distributions other than distributions between
subsidiaries of the Company and distributions on the preferred
shares and the long-term loan notes themselves.
Repayment of the debt obligations to related parties is
subordinated to repayment of debt obligations to third parties.
F-110
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Debt
obligations to third parties
Upon formation, the Company entered into a dollar term loan
facility in the amount of $450 million and a multicurrency
revolving loan facility in the amount of $100 million. As
at December 31, 2008, the $100 million revolving
facility had not been drawn down. The facilities are repayable
in full on March 25, 2012. Interest of three-month LIBOR +
60 basis points is payable every 3 months and is
recorded within interest expense in the consolidated statement
of operations.
Covenants on the loan facility include a mandatory prepayment of
50% of the facility by the borrowers if the credit rating of
either Intel or STM were to be downgraded to a rating by
Moodys that is below Baa3 or by Standard and Poors
that is below BBB-. In addition, should Intel or STM take on
debt at or in excess of $500 million, then the facility
would become immediately repayable.
The assessment of fair value of the debt obligation to third
parties would require the determination of an appropriate credit
spread over the benchmark rates for a facility similar to that
held by the Company and the application of an adjustment factor
for, amongst other factors, illiquidity. Given the market
conditions prevailing as at December 31, 2008, particularly
as it relates to the availability of credit, management has not
sought additional funding and therefore the Company has not
assessed the fair value of the debt obligation to third parties
as at December 31, 2008.
14. OTHER
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Related party payable
|
|
$
|
40,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The related party payable relates to a tax credit in Italy. This
tax credit, which is also shown as a long term receivable in the
consolidated balance sheet of Numonyx, was generated through the
operations of STM Italy, before the operations were contributed
to Numonyx. As the tax credit was generated by STM, as the tax
credit is paid by the Italian authorities to Numonyx, the
Company will reimburse STM.
15. SHAREHOLDERS
EQUITY
Outstanding
shares
The authorized share capital of the Company amounts to
EUR 264,205,965. It is divided into:
|
|
|
|
|
250,000,000 ordinary shares of one Euro each;
|
|
|
|
14,204,545 convertible preferred shares A of one
Euro each; and
|
|
|
|
142,045 preferred shares A-1 of one eurocent (EUR
0.01) each.
|
As at December 31, 2008, 210,700,758 ordinary shares were
issued.
Preference
Shares
As at December 31, 2008, the Company had issued 14,204,545
convertible preferred shares A to FP. These
preference shares entitle the holder to full voting rights and
to a preferential right to distributions upon liquidation or
change in control of the Company. Specifically the holders are
entitled to a repayment of 1.85 times the original issue price
of the shares. The preferred shares A may be
converted into preferred shares A-1 or ordinary
shares, on terms agreed between the Company and the holders of
the preferred shares A. Such terms must be
unanimously approved at a General Meeting of the shareholders.
The preferred shares A-1 entitle holders to a
repayment of 1.85 times the original issue price of the shares
and also to an amount out of the annual profits equal to 1% of
the weighted average of the par value of their shares during
F-111
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
the financial year. The dividend preference is non-cumulative.
The shares also carry voting rights. No preferred shares
A-1 had been issued at the balance sheet date.
16. OTHER
INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET
Other income and expenses, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Start up costs
|
|
$
|
39,433
|
|
Foreign exchange gains
|
|
|
(986
|
)
|
Gain on sale of other non-current assets, net
|
|
|
(2,770
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
37,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Start up costs relate to costs incurred in the formation of
Numonyx. The majority of these costs were incurred prior to the
formation of Numonyx and were paid initially by Intel, STM and
FP. After formation, Numonyx then reimbursed the companies for
these costs. The costs mostly relate to consulting fees, non
capitalizable software development costs, legal fees,
advertising and recruitment costs. Certain start up costs were
capitalized in accordance with SFAS 141 Business
Combinations and
SOP 98-1,
Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use and are included within
Intangible Assets.
17. IMPAIRMENT
AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
Impairment and restructuring charges consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Impairment charges
|
|
$
|
62,000
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
12,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
74,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The impairment charges are explained in Note 9,
Plant, Property and Equipment.
During 2008, the Company incurred $8.6 million in employee
severance costs related to a workforce reduction action in our
California Technology Center and $3.4 million in employee
severance costs related to personnel at Pudong, China which was
originally to be part of the assets contributed by Intel to
Numonyx upon formation, but which the Company decided not to
acquire. These charges were incurred due to the termination of
approximately 700 employees. The Company may incur
additional restructuring charges in the future for employee
severance and benefit arrangements, and facility-related or
other exit activities.
Restructuring charges incurred in 2008 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Charges incurred during the period
|
|
$
|
12,350
|
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(3,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
8,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-112
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
18. INTEREST
INCOME AND EXPENSES
Interest expense in 2008 represents the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Amortization of loan guarantees
|
|
$
|
27,750
|
|
Interest on debt obligations to related parties
|
|
|
22,734
|
|
Interest on long-term debt
|
|
|
11,847
|
|
Amortization of loan arrangement fees
|
|
|
1,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense
|
|
|
63,597
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
6,537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense, net
|
|
$
|
57,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19. INCOME
TAXES
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following
components during fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
$
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
22,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
22,229
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(3,104
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
(3,104
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
19,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The loss before provision for income taxes included a loss from
the Netherlands of approximately $273.8 million and income
of approximately $84.2 million from other foreign
subsidiaries during fiscal year 2008.
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount estimated
by applying the statutory Netherlands income tax rate of 25.5%
to income before provision for income taxes during fiscal 2008
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Provision computed at Dutch statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(64,182
|
)
|
Foreign rate differential
|
|
|
171
|
|
Permanent differences
|
|
|
3,534
|
|
Research and development tax credits
|
|
|
(3,427
|
)
|
Current year losses not benefited
|
|
|
69,072
|
|
Change in beginning of year valuation allowance
|
|
|
15,112
|
|
Others
|
|
|
(1,155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
19,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
(7.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-113
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted
of the following as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
$
|
5,106
|
|
Other reserves and accruals
|
|
|
658
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
118,280
|
|
Unrealized foreign exchange loss
|
|
|
660
|
|
Research and development credit carryover
|
|
|
987
|
|
Net operating loss carryover
|
|
|
96,678
|
|
Others
|
|
|
5,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
227,701
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(142,229
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
85,472
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
(3,640
|
)
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(1,776
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(3,205
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(8,621
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
76,851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In evaluating its ability to utilize its deferred tax assets in
future periods, the Company considered all available positive
and negative factors. The Company considered various sources of
taxable income including future reversals of existing taxable
temporary differences, taxable income in prior carryback years
if carryback is permitted under the tax law, tax planning
strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented to prevent a
loss carryforward or tax credit carryforward from expiring
unused and predictions of future taxable income exclusive of
reversing temporary differences and carryforwards. As a result,
the Company determined a valuation allowance of
$122.8 million was required as at December 31, 2008.
After consideration of the valuation allowance, the Company had
total net deferred tax assets of approximately
$76.9 million as at December 31, 2008. The net
deferred tax assets are primarily comprised of net operating
loss carryforwards and future deductible amounts relating
primarily to fixed assets. As part of the business combination
that occurred on March 30, 2008 as the result of
contributions by STM, Intel and FP, the Company recorded net
deferred tax assets of $73.7 million after valuation
allowance of $58.0 million due to the basis difference
between book and tax values for the assets transferred or
contributed by STM and Intel. The valuation allowance was
increased by $84.2 million during fiscal 2008, primarily
due to losses incurred in the current year.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had net operating loss
and capital allowance carryforwards of approximately
$270 million in Netherlands, $160 million in
Singapore, $48 million in Italy and $23 million in
Malaysia. The net operating loss carryforwards in Netherlands
expire on December 31, 2015 and the net operating loss
carryforwards in Italy expire on December 31, 2012. The
capital allowance carryforwards in Singapore and Malaysia can be
carried forward indefinitely.
The Company was granted income tax holidays or other special tax
incentives whereby the Company is subject to concessionary tax
rates in lieu of regular income tax rates in various
jurisdictions including Malaysia, Singapore, Israel, Switzerland
and Philippines. The tax holidays require various thresholds of
investment and in employment in those jurisdictions. The tax
holidays for Malaysia, Singapore, Israel and Switzerland expire
at various dates between December 31, 2013 and
December 31, 2019.
F-114
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company has not provided for Netherlands income taxes on the
earnings of foreign subsidiaries because the earnings are
considered indefinitely invested outside of the Netherlands. As
of December 31, 2008, the cumulative amount of earnings
upon which Netherlands income taxes have not been provided was
approximately $170 million. Upon distribution of those
earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company
would be subject to income taxes in the Netherlands (subject to
an adjustment for the participation exemption). It is not
practicable to determine the income tax liability that might be
incurred if these earnings were to be distributed.
Unrecognized
tax benefits
The changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits for
fiscal 2008 are as follows (the numbers are in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Balance as at March 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
Gross amount of the increases in unrecognized tax benefits of
tax positions taken during a prior year
|
|
|
|
|
Gross amount of the increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a
result of tax positions taken during the current year
|
|
$
|
2,369
|
|
Amount of decreases in unrecognized tax benefits relating to
settlements with taxing authorities
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits resulting from the lapse
of the applicable statute of limitations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
2,369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2008, $2.4 million of unrecognized
tax benefits would, if recognized, reduce the effective tax rate.
No significant changes in unrecognized taxed benefits are
anticipated within the next 12 months. To the extent any
unrecognized tax benefits identified associated with the
Companys pre-acquisition period, the corresponding
FIN 48 liabilities will be subject to the indemnification
agreement between the Company and Intel and STM. The Company
will re-evaluate its income tax positions on a quarterly basis
to consider factors such as changes in facts or circumstances,
changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled
issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in
recognition or measurement would result in recognition of a tax
benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.
Upon adoption of FIN 48, the Company adopted an accounting
policy to classify interest and penalties on unrecognized tax
benefits as income tax expense. The total amount of interest and
penalties recognized in the consolidated statement of operations
during fiscal 2008 was zero. The Company has not filed its
initial tax returns in most of its jurisdictions, therefore, it
is not required to accrue interest associated with the
corresponding FIN 48 reserves. The Companys major
jurisdictions include the Netherlands, Switzerland, U.S., Japan,
Singapore, Israel, Italy, Malaysia, and the Philippines, all of
which are subject to exam by income tax authorities for 2008.
The Switzerland statute of limitations will remain open until
December 31, 2018. The U.S., Philippines, and Israel
statutes of limitations will remain open until three years after
the returns are filed. In certain instances, Israel may extend
its statute of limitations. The Japan, Singapore, and Malaysia
statutes of limitations will remain open until December 31,
2014. The Italy statute of limitations will remain open until
December 31, 2013.
F-115
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
20. FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
Financial
risk factors
The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions
in the normal course of business due to its operations in
different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and
financing activities. The Companys activities expose it to
a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency
risk, interest rate risk, and price risk), credit risk and
liquidity risk. The Companys overall risk management
program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and
seeks to minimize the volatility on the Companys financial
performance. The Company uses forward exchange contracts to
hedge certain risk exposures.
Risk management is carried out by a central Corporate Treasury
Department, reporting to the Chief Financial Officer. Corporate
Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in
close cooperation with the Companys operating units.
Treasury activities are regulated by the Companys
policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. The
policies focus on the management of financial risk in terms of
exposure to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Most
treasury activities are centralized, with any local activities
subject to oversight from the Company. The majority of cash and
cash equivalents is held in US dollars and is deposited with
financial institutions. Marginal amounts are held in Euro and
other currencies.
Foreign currency hedging transactions are performed only to
hedge exposures deriving from industrial and commercial
activities.
Foreign
exchange risk
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various
major international currencies. Foreign exchange risk arises
when recognized assets and liabilities as well as cash flows are
denominated in a currency that is not the Companys
functional currency. The majority of these transactions relate
to purchases and certain other assets and liabilities arising in
intercompany transactions denominated in foreign currencies.
Management has established a policy to hedge significant foreign
exchange risk exposure through financial instruments transacted
by Corporate Treasury. Foreign currency hedging transactions are
performed only to hedge exposures deriving from industrial and
commercial activities. The Company uses forward exchange
contracts to hedge certain balance sheet risk exposures. These
instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments and as such
are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value
accounted for in the consolidated statement of operations. The
notional value of these instruments at December 31, 2008
totaled $14.4 million, all of which were entered into on
December 31, 2008. The currency covered by these
transactions was the Euro.
Interest
rate risk
Interest rate risk is minimized as the Companys bank
borrowings and deposits are held on a floating rate basis.
Credit
risk
The Company selects banks
and/or
financial institutions that operate with the group based on the
criteria of long term rating from at least two of the major
Rating Agencies and keeping within prescribed diversification
and limit guidelines.
The Company monitors the credit worthiness of its customers to
which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business.
For sales made by STM and Intel on behalf of Numonyx, in line
with the Transition Services Agreements, this
monitoring is performed by STM and Intel on behalf of Numonyx.
If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are
used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, the Company
assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account
its financial position, past experience and other factors.
Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external
ratings in accordance with limits set by management.
F-116
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored.
Reserves are provided for estimated amounts of accounts
receivable that may not be collected.
At December 31, 2008, one customer represented
approximately 26% of trade accounts receivable, net. Any
remaining concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade
receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and
their dispersion across many geographic areas.
Liquidity
risk
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining
sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short term deposits, and
availability of funding from an adequate amount of committed
credit facilities. The Companys objective is to maintain
sufficient funds in instruments that can be easily converted to
cash.
21. COMMITMENTS
The Companys commitments as at December 31, 2008 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Operating Leases
|
|
$
|
16,493
|
|
|
$
|
8,511
|
|
|
$
|
1,563
|
|
|
$
|
1,288
|
|
|
$
|
1,129
|
|
|
$
|
1,095
|
|
|
$
|
2,907
|
|
Purchase Commitments
|
|
|
304,016
|
|
|
|
277,558
|
|
|
|
25,058
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and other asset purchase
|
|
|
61,884
|
|
|
|
61,884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition Service and Supply
Agreement Fees
|
|
|
126,720
|
|
|
|
126,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operational expenses
|
|
|
115,412
|
|
|
|
88,954
|
|
|
|
25,058
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
320,509
|
|
|
$
|
286,069
|
|
|
$
|
26,621
|
|
|
$
|
1,988
|
|
|
$
|
1,829
|
|
|
$
|
1,095
|
|
|
$
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company leases land, buildings and equipment under operating
leases that expire at various dates under non-cancellable
operating leases. Operating lease expense was approximately
$13 million in 2008.
Purchase commitments consist primarily of purchases of tangible
fixed asset and goods and services under non-cancellable
contracts and of fees payable to Intel under the Transition
Services Agreement and for contractually committed wafer
purchases under a supply agreement.
22. RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As described in Note 1, The Company, STM, Intel
and FP own 48.6%, 45.1% and 6.3% voting ownership in Numonyx,
respectively. The Company has an eight member governing body
(Supervisory Board) which is composed of three
members nominated by STM, three members nominated by Intel and
two members nominated by FP. Each shareholder unilaterally
nominates its chosen members to the Supervisory Board as long as
there are no significant changes in their investment in Numonyx.
The ordinary shares in the Company are owned by STM and Intel
and the Preferred Shares A are owned by FP. The
ordinary shares have the same voting rights as the preferred
shares.
F-117
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
During 2008, Numonyx recorded sales and incurred expenses that
related to business conducted with Intel, STM, and Hynix and had
transactions with FP. The following tables and notes present the
significant related party transactions and account balances with
these related parties.
Intel:
Transactions
during the period ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net Sales to Intel
|
|
$
|
664
|
|
Supply
Agreement(1)
|
|
|
141,596
|
|
Service
Agreement(2)
|
|
|
28,561
|
|
Transition Service Agreement
Fees(3)
|
|
|
49,664
|
|
Period
Costs(4)
|
|
|
413,164
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Numonyx purchases wafers from
Intels facility in Ireland. These costs are recorded
within cost of sales.
|
|
(2) |
|
Intels Pudong facility
performs research and development and assembly/test services for
Numonyx. These costs are primarily recorded within cost of sales.
|
|
(3) |
|
As described in Note 1,
The Company, these expenses include supply chain,
procurement, site manufacturing, information technology, human
resource, and finance and accounting services. These costs are
primarily recorded within cost of sales and selling, general and
administrative expenses.
|
|
(4) |
|
Intel incurs facility-related
expenses on Numonyx behalf for the Israel and Philippines
sites. These costs are recorded within cost of sales.
|
Balances
as at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Trade Accounts Receivable from Intel,
net(1)
|
|
$
|
80,105
|
|
Prepaid operating lease with
Intel(2)
|
|
|
67,420
|
|
Other receivables from
Intel(3)
|
|
|
4,700
|
|
Accounts payable to
Intel(4)
|
|
|
149,188
|
|
Other accrued liabilities to Intel
|
|
|
5,717
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Trade accounts receivable from
Intel, net represents monies outstanding from customers to
Intel, and therefore not yet remitted to Numonyx, relating to
revenues generated by Intel on behalf of Numonyx.
|
|
(2) |
|
See Note 10, Other
Investments and Non Current assets for an explanation of
the prepaid operating lease.
|
|
(3) |
|
Other receivables from Intel
relates to funding for a joint research and development program
between Intel and Numonyx.
|
|
(4) |
|
Accounts payable and other accrued
liabilities to Intel relate principally to amounts payable by
Numonyx for supply agreement, service agreement and other
services provided by Intel under the Transition Services
Agreement.
|
In addition, as detailed in Note 13, Long Term Debt
and Notes, Intel holds a long-term loan note from Numonyx,
valued at $144.4 million plus accrued interest of
$10.3 million at the balance sheet date. Intel also acted
as guarantor, in conjunction with STM, of the bank loan obtained
by Numonyx upon formation. The fair value of the benefit of this
guarantee is recorded within Intangible Assets, Net.
STM:
Transactions
during the period ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Transition Services Agreement Fees
|
|
$
|
29,108
|
|
Cost sharing
arrangement(1)
|
|
|
54,879
|
|
F-118
NUMONYX
HOLDINGS B.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The cost sharing arrangement is an
agreement with STM in relation to the Companys facility in
Agrate, Italy, under which facilities and certain costs are
shared between STM and Numonyx. The number disclosed above is
the net costs paid by Numonyx to STM during the period.
|
Balances
as at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable from STM,
net(1)
|
|
$
|
111,682
|
|
Other current receivables from
STM(2)
|
|
|
13,200
|
|
Other long term receivable from
STM(3)
|
|
|
24,527
|
|
Accounts payable to
STM(4)
|
|
|
9,890
|
|
Other long term payable to
STM(5)
|
|
|
40,423
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Trade accounts receivable from STM,
net represents monies outstanding from customers to STM, and
therefore not yet remitted to Numonyx, relating to revenues
generated by STM on behalf of Numonyx.
|
|
(2) |
|
Other current receivables from STM
relate to non-trade receivables.
|
|
(3) |
|
The long term receivable from STM
relates to the end of employment fund in Italy (see
Note 10, Other Investments and Non-Current
Assets).
|
|
(4) |
|
Accounts payable to STM relate to
Transition Services Agreements fees and the Cost Sharing
Arrangement in Italy.
|
|
(5) |
|
The long term payable to STM
relates to a tax refund in Italy (see Note 10, Other
Investments and Non-Current Assets and Note 14,
Other Non Current Liabilities.
|
In addition, as detailed in Note 13, Long Term Debt
and Notes, STM holds a long-term loan note from Numonyx,
valued at $155.6 million plus accrued interest of
$11.1 million at the balance sheet date. STM also acted as
guarantor, in conjunction with Intel, of the bank loan obtained
by Numonyx upon formation. The fair value of the benefit of this
guarantee is recorded within Intangible Assets, Net.
Francisco
partners:
As described in Note 1, The Company, upon
formation of Numonyx on March 30, 2008, FP contributed
$150 million in cash in exchange for preference shares
representing a 6.3% equity interest in the newly formed Company,
and a long-term loan note valued at $19.1 million, which is
classified within debt obligations to related parties on the
consolidated balance sheet. As at December 31, 2008,
accrued interest on the loan note totaled $1.3 million.
Hynix
Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.:
As described in Note 4, Equity Investments, STM
contributed their interest in a venture with Hynix Semiconductor
upon formation of Numonyx.
Transactions
during the period ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Purchases of semi-finished product
|
|
$
|
77,470
|
|
Balances
as at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Prepayment for additional equity interest
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Accounts payable to Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.
|
|
|
9,635
|
|
Other accrued liabilities to Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd
|
|
|
4,053
|
|
F-119
STMICROELECTRONICS
N.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Deducted
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Costs and
|
|
|
Additions/
|
|
|
at End of
|
|
from the Related Asset Accounts
|
|
of Period
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
(Deductions)
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
(Currency millions of U.S. dollars)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
72
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
1283
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
21
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
47
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
31
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
S-1
EX-4.3
Exhibit 4.3
DE BRAUW
BLACKSTONE
WESTBROEK
Sale and Contribution Agreement
relating to
a joint venture in the field of
semiconductors for
cellular communication
between
STMicroelectronics N.V.
and
NXP B.V.
dated 10 April 2008
|
|
|
|
|
P.O. Box 75084 |
|
|
1070 AB Amsterdam |
|
|
The Netherlands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clause |
|
Page |
1 |
|
Interpretation |
|
|
4 |
|
2 |
|
Transaction Structure |
|
|
5 |
|
3 |
|
Closing Conditions |
|
|
7 |
|
4 |
|
Pre-Closing covenants |
|
|
11 |
|
5 |
|
Closing |
|
|
17 |
|
6 |
|
Post-Closing obligations |
|
|
18 |
|
7 |
|
Warranties and liability |
|
|
26 |
|
8 |
|
Limitation of liability |
|
|
28 |
|
9 |
|
Claims |
|
|
30 |
|
10 |
|
Confidentiality |
|
|
32 |
|
11 |
|
Miscellaneous |
|
|
33 |
|
2
Sale and Contribution Agreement
THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE BETWEEN:
(1) |
|
STMicroelectronics N.V., a public company with limited liability incorporated under the
laws of the Netherlands, with corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and address
at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265,1118 BH Schiphol Airport, Amsterdam,
the Netherlands, (ST); |
|
|
|
and |
|
(2) |
|
NXP B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the
Netherlands, with corporate seat in Eindhoven, the Netherlands, and address at High Tech
Campus 60, 5656 AG Eindhoven, the Netherlands, (NXP). |
WHEREAS:
(A) |
|
ST and NXP wish to establish a joint venture (the Joint Venture) in the field of
semiconductors for cellular communication, being (i) in the case of ST those parts of its
Mobile, Multimedia and Communications Groups, relating to the businesses Baseband, RF, Power
Management Unit, Multimedia, Bluetooth, FM Radio, WiFi and UWB, (as further specified in
Schedule 2, STs Relevant Businesses); and, (ii) in the case of NXP, those parts of
its Mobile and Personal Business Unit relating to the businesses Baseband, RF, Power
Management Unit, Multimedia, Bluetooth, FM Radio, GPS, USB and UWB, (as further specified in
Schedule 3 NXPs Relevant Businesses and together with STs Relevant Businesses,
the Business) on and subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement, (the
Transaction); |
|
(B) |
|
The Parties signed a confidentiality agreement on 3 October 2007, regarding the disclosure
to each other and each others representatives and advisors, of information in connection
with the Transaction (the Confidentiality Agreement), as well as a non-binding Memorandum
of Understanding, dated 22 January 2008 (MoU) setting forth certain principal terms and the
process of due diligence and negotiation of transaction documents; |
|
(C) |
|
Pursuant to the MoU, the Parties have given each other and their respective representatives
and advisors access to each others Data Room, as well as the opportunity to attend a
management presentation, to make joint customer visits and to request such additional
information as deemed necessary; |
|
(D) |
|
Pursuant to the MoU, ST and NXP have negotiated the main terms and conditions of certain of
the transaction documents under which the Joint Venture is intended to be established and the
relationship between the shareholders in the Joint Venture is intended to be regulated (the
Transaction Documents); |
3
|
(E) |
|
The relevant corporate approvals required prior to the signing of the
Transaction
Documents have been obtained by each Party; |
|
|
(F) |
|
The Parties wish to set out in this Sale and Contribution Agreement (the
Agreement),
which forms part of the Transaction Documents, the terms and conditions for the
establishment of the Joint Venture. |
|
|
IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS: |
|
1 |
|
INTERPRETATION |
|
|
|
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the provisions in this Clause 1
apply throughout: |
|
1.1 |
|
Definitions |
|
|
|
Capitalised words, including those used in the preamble of this Agreement, shall have the
meaning as defined in Schedule 1. |
|
1.2 |
|
References to persons and companies |
|
|
|
References to: |
|
1.2.1 |
|
a person include any individual, company, partnership or unincorporated association
(whether or not having separate legal personality); and |
|
|
1.2.2 |
|
a company include any company, corporation or any body corporate, wherever
incorporated. |
1.3 |
|
Headings and references to Clauses, Schedules, Parts and Paragraphs |
|
1.3.1 |
|
Headings have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the
interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement. |
|
|
1.3.2 |
|
A reference in this Agreement to a Clause or Schedule is to the relevant Clause of or
Schedule to this Agreement; to a Part is to the relevant Part of the relevant Schedule;
and to a Paragraph is to the relevant Paragraph of (the relevant Part of) the relevant
Schedule. |
1.4 |
|
ST / NXP / STs Relevant Businesses / NXPs Relevant Businesses |
|
1.4.1 |
|
Any reference in this Agreement to the term ST shall, shall be interpreted as
meaning that ST shall and/or shall procure that the relevant other members of the ST
Group shall perform the relevant obligation. |
|
|
1.4.2 |
|
Any reference in this Agreement to a liability or obligation of STs Relevant
Businesses shall be deemed to include an obligation on the part of ST to procure that the
relevant liability is discharged or obligation is performed, on and subject to the terms
and conditions set out in this Agreement. |
|
|
1.4.3 |
|
Any reference in this Agreement to the term NXP shall, shall be interpreted as
meaning
that NXP shall and/or shall procure that the relevant other members of the NXP Group
shall |
4
|
|
|
perform the relevant obligation. |
|
|
1.4.4 |
|
Any reference in this Agreement to a liability or obligation of NXPs Relevant
Businesses shall be deemed to include an obligation on the part of NXP to procure that the
relevant liability is discharged or obligation is performed, on and subject to the terms and
conditions set out in this Agreement. |
|
1.5.1 |
|
Whenever used in this Agreement, the words include, includes and including shall
be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. |
|
|
1.5.2 |
|
Any reference in this Agreement to any gender shall include all genders, and words
importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. |
1.6 |
|
Information |
|
|
|
References to books, records or other information include books, records or other information
in any form including paper, electronically stored data, magnetic media, film and microfilm. |
|
1.7 |
|
Legal terms |
|
|
|
In respect of any jurisdiction other than the Netherlands, a reference to any Netherlands
legal term shall be construed as a reference to the term or concept which most nearly
corresponds to it in that jurisdiction. |
|
2 |
|
TRANSACTION STRUCTURE |
|
|
|
Subject to satisfaction (or waiver under Clause 3.4) of the Closing Conditions, the Parties
shall take the following actions to effect the Transaction: |
|
2.1 |
|
ST contribution |
|
|
|
ST shall establish a new company as a wholly owned subsidiary of ST, which company shall be a
Dutch tax resident private company with limited liability organised under the laws of the
Netherlands (as further defined in Schedule 10, the Company) and ST shall subscribe
for newly issued shares in the capital of the Company (the ST JV Shares). The payment
obligation for the ST JV Shares shall be satisfied by way of a contribution to the Company of: |
|
2.1.1 |
|
STs Relevant Businesses; |
|
|
2.1.2 |
|
(i) USD 1,520,000,000 (one billion five hundred and twenty million US dollar) together
with (ii) an amount in EURO equal to 80% of the net present value of the R&D Tax Credits at
Closing, taking into account a 10% discount rate, in cash, to fund the cash payment to be
made by the Company pursuant to Clause 2.3.2 (the Cash Payment); |
|
|
2.1.3 |
|
USD 350,000,000 (three hundred and fifty million US dollar) in cash, to fund working
capital requirements and allow for certain cash flexibility; |
|
|
the foregoing in accordance with STs Disentanglement Plan and Schedule 10. |
5
2.2 |
|
NXP contribution |
|
|
|
NXP shall establish two new companies (as further defined in Schedule 10, WH1 and
WH2) and: |
|
2.2.1 |
|
to WH1 it shall transfer its Dutch Relevant Businesses and the NXP Relevant IP related
thereto; |
|
|
2.2.2 |
|
to WH2 it shall transfer its non-Dutch Relevant Businesses and the NXP Relevant IP related
thereto, |
|
|
the foregoing in accordance with NXPs Disentanglement Plan and Schedule 10. |
2.3 |
|
Transfer by NXP to the Joint Venture |
|
|
|
At Closing, NXP shall transfer to the Company, in two separate steps, the following: |
|
2.3.1 |
|
in the first step, certain shares of WH1 (pursuant to which NXP shall still retain control
of WH1) in return for Shares of the Company; |
|
|
2.3.2 |
|
in the second step: |
|
(a) |
|
all other shares of WH1; |
|
|
(b) |
|
all the shares of WH2; |
|
|
in return for (i) further Shares of the Company representing, together with the Shares of
the Company issued to NXP as referred to in Clause 2.3.1, a shareholding of 20% (twenty
per cent) in the Company and (ii) the Cash Payment. |
2.4 |
|
No Transfer of Liabilities other than Assumed Liabilities |
|
2.4.1 |
|
ST undertakes to the Company and NXP to procure that STs Relevant Businesses are
contributed to the Company or the relevant Group Company free of Liabilities, with the
exception only of the ST Assumed Liabilities which shall be contributed together with STs
Relevant Businesses, subject to Clause 2.4.3 and Clause 6.5 through Clause 6.10 to the extent
(i) they are ST Assumed Financial Liabilities that must transfer along with the Relevant
Businesses following mandatory law, such as certain of the Unfunded Defined Benefit
Liabilities, or because they are part of a ST Entity provided that in such case these
Liabilities cannot be redeemed or reimbursed prior to Closing, or (ii) as they are deemed ST
Assumed Business Liabilities in accordance with Paragraph 4.2 of Schedule 2. |
|
|
2.4.2 |
|
NXP undertakes to the Company and ST to procure that NXPs Relevant Businesses are
contributed to the Company or the relevant Group Company free of Liabilities, with the
exception only of the NXP Assumed Liabilities which shall be contributed together with NXPs
Relevant Businesses, subject to Clause 2.4.3 and Clause 6.5 through Clause 6.10, to the
extent (i) they are NXP Assumed Financial Liabilities that must transfer along with the
Relevant Businesses following mandatory law, such as certain of the Unfunded Defined Benefit
Liabilities, or because they are part of a NXP Entity provided that in such case these
Liabilities cannot be redeemed or reimbursed prior to Closing, or as (ii) they are deemed NXP
Assumed Business Liabilities in accordance with Paragraph 3.2 of Schedule 3 . |
6
|
2.4.3 |
|
Each Party undertakes, in respect of each Assumed Financial Liability relating
to its Relevant Businesses, to fully fund in Cash any such Assumed Financial Liability in
accordance with the Draft Assumed Financial Liability Statement referred to in Clause 4.10
prior to contributing the Relevant Businesses at Closing. |
|
|
2.4.4 |
|
Subject to Clause 2.4.3 and Clauses 6.5 through 6.10 and the R&Ws, as of Closing, the
Company or relevant other Group Company shall assume, pay when due, satisfy, discharge,
perform and fulfil, to the extent relating to the Relevant Businesses, all Assumed
Liabilities. |
|
|
2.4.5 |
|
The Retained Liabilities, identified for NXP in Paragraph 3.4 of Schedule 3 and for
ST in Paragraph 3.4 of Schedule 2 shall remain for the account of the relevant member
of the NXP Group and ST Group after Closing and be subject to Clause 6.10 and the relevant
provisions of Schedule 2 and Schedule 3. |
2.5 |
|
Adjustment to consideration |
|
|
|
If any payment is made by NXP to ST, or from ST to NXP, in respect of any claim (i) for any
breach of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a breach of the R&Ws), (ii)
pursuant to an indemnity under this Agreement or (iii) for acquiring the T3G Shares as set forth
in Clause 4.12, the amount of such payment shall deemed to be an adjustment of the consideration
in Shares to be paid by the Company to NXP or ST, as the case may be, for the transfer of their
respective Relevant Businesses. |
3 |
|
CLOSING CONDITIONS |
|
3.1 |
|
Conditions |
|
|
|
Closing is conditional upon satisfaction (or waiver under Clause 3.4) of the following Closing
Conditions: |
|
3.1.1 |
|
the Closing Anti-trust Approvals shall have been obtained or, alternatively, any waiting
periods under the laws applicable to such approvals shall have expired or been terminated; |
|
|
3.1.2 |
|
the completion of NXPs procedure in respect of the Transaction in compliance with section
25 of the Dutch Works Council Act (WCA), such completion to include: |
|
(a) |
|
the receipt by NXP from its Dutch works council (NXPs Works Council) of: |
|
(i) |
|
an unconditional positive advice; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
an advice with conditions acceptable to each of the Parties and
if required in accordance with Clause 3.3.3; or |
|
(b) |
|
a resolution of NXPs board in respect of the Transaction that deviates from
NXPs
Works Councils advice and: |
|
(i) |
|
against which NXPs Works Council has not timely lodged an appeal
with the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal
(Ondernemingskamer); or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
against which NXPs Works Council has timely lodged an appeal with the |
7
|
|
|
Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal which appeal is
subsequently dismissed by such court and if required in accordance with
Clauses 3.3.5 and 3.3.6. |
|
3.1.3 |
|
the completion of the information and consultation procedure of STs French works
council(s) (STs Works Council(s)), with respect to the Transaction, in compliance with
French law, including STs Works Councils request (if any) for assistance by an expert; |
|
|
3.1.4 |
|
there not being a breach by NXP of its obligations under Clause 4 that would be reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; |
|
|
3.1.5 |
|
there not being a breach by ST of its obligations under Clause 4 that would be reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; |
|
|
3.1.6 |
|
the R&Ws given by each of ST and NXP shall be true and accurate, in each case as at the
time set for Closing under Clause 5.2 (or, if applicable, Clause 5.4), as though made as at
such time (unless any such R&W is made only as of a specific date, in which event such R&W
shall be true and accurate as of such specified date), except where the breach of any R&W has
not had and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; |
|
|
3.1.7 |
|
no Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have issued or granted any order
(whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) or otherwise taken any affirmative action that
has the effect of making the consummation of the Transaction illegal in any jurisdiction in
which the Business or the Parties have any material business or operations or which has the
effect of prohibiting or otherwise preventing the consummation of the Transaction; and |
|
|
3.1.8 |
|
each of the Ancillary Agreements being in Agreed Terms, save to the extent that any terms
not thus agreed (i) have already been included in the relevant Term Sheet or (ii) would not,
by their absence, be reasonably expected to have a material financially adverse effect on ST
or NXP, as the case may be, or materially hinder the Relevant Businesses from continuing
their business in the Company (or as Affiliate(s) of the Company) as of Closing. Any such
material terms which have not been already included in the relevant Term Sheet shall be
negotiated between the Parties in good faith, in order to come to full Agreed Terms prior to
Closing in accordance with Clause 4.2. |
3.2 |
|
Responsibility for satisfaction |
|
3.2.1 |
|
To the maximum extent permitted under applicable Law, each of the Parties shall take all
such actions within its power as are necessary to ensure satisfaction of and compliance with
the Closing Conditions for which it is responsible, being Clauses 3.1.1, 3.1.3, 3.1.5, 3.1.7
(to the extent relating to STs Relevant Businesses) and 3.1.8 for ST and Clauses 3.1.1,
3.1.2, 3.1.4, 3.1.7 (to the extent relating to NXPs Relevant Businesses) and 3.1.8 for NXP. |
|
|
3.2.2 |
|
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 3.2.1, with respect to the Closing Conditions
set out in Clause 3.1.1 (Closing Anti-trust Approvals) and 3.1.2 (NXPs Works Council), each
of the Parties shall fulfil its obligations and exercise its rights in good faith in relation
to a Closing Condition. Although Parties acknowledge that each Party may protect its
legitimate interests in relation to such Closing Condition while exercising such rights in |
8
|
|
|
good faith no Party shall act in a manner which would unduly frustrate the
satisfaction thereof. |
|
|
3.2.3 |
|
Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, ST and NXP shall, either
jointly or in close consultation with each other: |
|
(a) |
|
as soon as practicable, and in any event not later than fifteen (15)
Business Days after the Signing Date, prepare and file with the competent
Governmental Authorities the notices and applications necessary to satisfy the
Closing Condition set out in Clause 3.1.1; |
|
|
(b) |
|
supply as promptly as practicable any additional information and documentary
material that may be requested by any competent Governmental Authority in connection
with the Closing Condition set out in Clause 3.1.1 and otherwise cooperate with and
provide all necessary information and assistance reasonably required by any
Governmental Authority in connection with the Closing Condition set out in Clause
3.1.1; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
use their best efforts to cause the expiration or termination of any
applicable waiting period under any applicable Law and the fulfilment (whether
explicit or implicit) of the Closing Condition set out in Clause 3.1.1 as soon as
practicable, including by agreeing to (i) take any action that may be required in
order to obtain an unconditional clearance (including by agreeing to perform any
disposition of assets or businesses that may be required by any relevant Governmental
Authority) or (ii) duly and promptly complying with any condition that any relevant
Governmental Authority may impose to clear this Agreement and the Transaction,
provided that the foregoing provisions of this Clause 3.2.3(c) shall not require ST
or NXP to agree to or take any action or comply with any condition which would,
indirectly or in the aggregate, be material to ST or NXP, as the case may be, in the
context of this Transaction. |
|
3.2.4 |
|
In the event that any administrative or judicial action or proceeding is instituted (or
threatened to be instituted) by a Governmental Authority or any other person challenging
(any part of) the Transaction, each Party shall co-operate in all respects with the other
Party and use its reasonable best efforts to defend, contest and resist any such action or
proceeding and to have vacated, lifted, reversed or overturned any order, whether
temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect and that prohibits, prevents or
restricts the consummation of the Transaction. |
|
3.3.1 |
|
ST shall use its reasonable best efforts to: |
|
(a) |
|
take any such reasonable action as is required to complete the information
and consultation procedure with STs Works Council and obtain a written opinion from
STs Works Council; and |
9
|
(b) |
|
promptly co-operate with and (as promptly as practicable) provide all necessary
information and assistance reasonably required by STs Works Council. |
|
3.3.2 |
|
NXP shall use its reasonable best efforts to: |
|
(a) |
|
take any such reasonable action as is required to obtain an unconditional
positive advice or an advice with conditions from NXPs Works Council which are
accepted by each of the Parties in accordance with Clause 3.3.3, subject to Clauses
3.3.5 and 3.3.6 below; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
(promptly) co-operate with and (as promptly as practicable) provide all
necessary information and assistance reasonably required by NXPs Works Council. |
|
3.3.3 |
|
Each Party shall provide the other Party with the necessary information concerning assets
and Employees within ten (10) Business Days following the date of this Agreement in order to
enable such Party to comply with its obligations under Clauses 3.3.1 and 3.3.2. |
|
|
3.3.4 |
|
If any conditions or arrangements in relation to the Group are introduced by NXPs Works
Council in its advice as referred to in Clause 3.3.2, these conditions shall not be accepted
by NXP, unless with the prior written consent of ST. Once approval for these conditions, that
might include arrangements that are binding upon the Company and /or the Group Companies,
have been given by each of ST and NXP, the Parties shall negotiate on the changes (if any) to
the Transaction Documents which are appropriate under the circumstances, bearing in mind the
intent and purpose of the terms and conditions set forth in the Transaction Documents. The
Parties agree and acknowledge that such negotiations should take place in good faith and as
far as reasonably possible should be consistent with the understandings of the parties
reflected in the Transaction Documents. |
|
|
3.3.5 |
|
If, after Clauses 3.3.2(a), 3.3.2(b) and 3.3.3 have been complied with, NXPs Works Council
still has not rendered an unconditional positive advice or an advice with conditions
acceptable to each of the Parties, then NXP shall, unless otherwise agreed by ST, after
receipt of the advice, inform NXPs Works Council in writing of: |
|
(i) the resolution of the board of NXP in respect of the Transaction;
and if and insofar as such resolution deviates from the advice: |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the grounds and motives for such deviation. |
|
3.3.6 |
|
If Clause 3.3.3 applies, Closing shall be postponed for a period equal to one calendar
month after the day on which NXP informed NXPs Works Council in writing of its board
resolution as set out in Clause 3.3.5, provided that, if NXPs Works Council has appealed to
the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (Ondernemingskamer) in respect of
such board resolution, Closing shall be postponed until three (3) Business Days after NXP has
received a court order from the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal
dismissing such appeal and allowing the Parties to effect the Closing. |
|
|
3.3.7 |
|
For the purpose of this Clause 3.3 and Clause 3.1.2, the use of the defined term NXP
shall include the Dutch Affiliate for which NXPs Works Council has been established. |
10
3.4 |
|
(Non-)Satisfaction/Waiver |
|
3.4.1 |
|
Within two (2) Business Days of becoming aware of the same, ST shall give
notice to NXP or vice versa, as applicable, of (i) the satisfaction of the
Closing Conditions set out in Clause 3.1 for which it is responsible, as set out
in Clause 3.2.1, or of (ii) any fact or circumstance which could result in a
Closing Condition not being satisfied. |
|
|
3.4.2 |
|
The Closing Conditions set out in Clauses 3.1.1, 3.1.2, and 3.1.8 may only
be waived by written agreement between ST and NXP. |
|
|
3.4.3 |
|
The Closing Conditions set out in Clauses 3.1.3, 3.1.4, and 3.1.6 (in
relation to a breach by NXP of any R&Ws), may only be waived by ST. |
|
|
3.4.4 |
|
The Closing Condition set out in Clauses 3.1.5, and 3.1.6 (in relation to a
breach by ST of any R&Ws), may only be waived by NXP. |
3.5 |
|
Long stop date |
|
|
|
If the Closing Conditions are not satisfied (or waived under Clause 3.4) on or
before the date falling twelve (12) months after the date hereof NXP or ST may, in
its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement (other than Clauses 1,10 and 11.2
through 11.14) by notice to the other, and no Party shall have any claim against
the other save for any claim arising from breach of any obligation contained in
Clause 3.1.8, 3.3 or 3.4 provided that no such termination notice may be given by a
Party which is in default of its obligations under this Agreement. |
|
4 |
|
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS |
|
4.1 |
|
Other Transaction Documents |
|
|
|
Subject to Clause 4.2, ST and NXP shall negotiate in good faith definitive terms
for each of the following Transaction Documents: |
|
4.1.1 |
|
business sale, and share sale and purchase agreements (each a Local
Transfer Agreement) in respect of their Relevant Businesses; |
|
|
4.1.2 |
|
two umbrella transitional services agreements (each a TSA) and service
level agreements (each an SLA): |
|
(a) |
|
for the provision of transitional services by ST to the Company; |
|
|
(b) |
|
for the provision of transitional services by NXP to the Company; |
|
4.1.3 |
|
operational agreements between the Company on the one hand and one of more
of the
Parties and/or any of their respective Affiliates on the other (each an
Operational
Agreement), including: |
|
(a) |
|
four Manufacturing Agreements: |
|
(i) |
|
for the provision of manufacturing services by ST to the Company; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
for the provision of manufacturing services by the Company to ST; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
for the provision of manufacturing services by NXP to the Company; and |
11
|
(iv) |
|
for the provision of manufacturing services by the Company to NXP. |
|
(b) |
|
one IP Transfer and Licence Agreement: |
|
(i) |
|
for the transferring and licensing of IP by ST to the Company; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
for the transferring and licensing of IP by NXP to the Company; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
for the licensing of IP by the Company to ST (including
the licensing of UWB and GPS); and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
for the licensing of IP by the Company to NXP. |
|
(c) |
|
one R&D Services Agreement: |
|
(i) |
|
for the provision of R&D services by ST to the Company; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
for the provision of R&D services by the Company to ST
(including for UWB and GPS); |
|
|
(iii) |
|
for the provision of R&D services by NXP to the Company; and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
for the provision of R&D services by the Company to NXP. |
|
(d) |
|
one Near Field Communication Technology License Agreement between NXP and the Company. |
4.2 |
|
Binding Term Sheets |
|
|
|
It is recorded that in respect of some of the Transaction Documents the Parties have
negotiated term sheets, which are attached hereto in agreed form under Schedule 4
(the Term Sheets). As of Signing, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith definitive
agreements in respect of the Term Sheets. If, notwithstanding Clause 3.1.8, Closing occurs
but the Parties have not negotiated definitive agreements in respect of one or more of the
Term Sheets, the Parties shall continue to negotiate in good faith definitive agreements in
respect thereof and, unless otherwise agreed in writing, subject to and as of Closing, until
signing of such definitive agreements the relevant Term Sheets (as supplemented by such
further terms as may have been agreed to prior to Closing) shall be binding. |
|
4.3.1 |
|
Each Party, in preparation for the transfer of its Relevant Businesses to the Company
and the unwinding of the Newco-structure of WH2, has negotiated a Disentanglement Plan
(attached in draft form as Schedule 5 (ST Disentanglement Plan) and Schedule
6 (NXP Disentanglement Plan)), which is not final as at the date of Signing. The
Parties undertake to discuss in good faith the definitive terms of the Disentanglement
Plans (including the roadmaps setting out the various steps to unwind the Newco-structure
of WH2) in accordance with the principles laid down in the drafts attached hereto and to
finalise these definitive terms prior to Closing. |
|
|
4.3.2 |
|
Each Party shall take the actions, and procure the taking of such actions, as set out
in its Disentanglement Plan (the Disentanglement), including the effecting of the Local
Transfer Documents, attached as Schedule 11, provided that: |
|
(a) |
|
a Party shall not be in breach of its obligations under this Clause 4.3 to the
extent |
12
|
|
|
that its Relevant Businesses, as a result of the Party not having
taken or not having procured the taking of such actions, are not
materially hindered from continuing their business in the Company (or as
Affiliates of the Company) as of Closing. For the avoidance of doubt, NXP
not obtaining the Dutch tax ruling and ST not obtaining the Dutch and
Swiss tax rulings, shall be deemed a material hindrance of the continuity
of the business for the purpose of this Clause, provided that each of NXP
and ST acknowledge that time is of the essence and that each of them
shall file a ruling request with the relevant authorities within fifteen
(15) Business Days for the Dutch tax rulings and twenty-five (25)
Business Days for the Swiss tax ruling, after the date of this Agreement
and shall further diligently pursue obtaining the required rulings; |
|
|
(b) |
|
deviations from or supplements to the template Local Transfer
Documents may be necessary pursuant to mandatory local formalities to
effect the transfer; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
ST may not be able to obtain the French tax ruling on time
and, as a result, may not be ready to transfer the French assets and
liabilities at Closing to the Group. This will not delay Closing provided
that such business is conducted as from Closing for the account and the
benefit of the Group. |
|
4.4.1 |
|
ST shall use its reasonable best efforts to procure that, as of Closing,
the Company and other members of the Group (as subsidiaries of ST) fall under
and benefit from the ST Umbrella Agreements. |
|
|
4.4.2 |
|
If (i) consent of a counterparty to a ST Umbrella Agreement is required for
the aforesaid purpose but is not received prior to Closing; and (ii) one of the
NXP Umbrella Agreements concerns substantially the same subject as such ST
Umbrella Agreement, NXP shall notify the counterparty to such NXP Umbrella
Agreement of the transfer of the Relevant Businesses pursuant to this Agreement.
The Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain a grace period of at
least three (3) months as of the Closing Date allowing the NXP Relevant
Businesses the continued enjoyment of such NXP Umbrella Agreement during such
period. |
|
|
4.4.3 |
|
In the event that a NXP Umbrella Agreement concerns a subject that is not
covered by a ST Umbrella Agreement, NXP shall if so required by ST prior to
Closing notify the counterparty to such NXP Umbrella Agreement of the transfer
of the Relevant Businesses pursuant to this Agreement. The Parties shall use
reasonable best efforts to obtain a grace period of at least three (3) months as
of the Closing Date allowing the NXP Relevant Businesses the continued enjoyment
of such NXP Umbrella Agreement during such period. |
|
|
4.4.4 |
|
Copies of all notifications together with any responses from the
counterparties of the ST Umbrella Agreements and the NXP Umbrella Agreements
will be provided to the Company, ST and NXP upon dispatch or receipt, as the
case may be. |
|
|
4.4.5 |
|
The Parties shall use their reasonable best efforts to procure that,
during the aforesaid grace periods the Company, or relevant other member of the
Group, arranges with each such counterparty a new agreement, where applicable,
with retroactive effect as of the |
13
|
|
|
Closing Date. Any and all costs in relation to the use of NXP Umbrella Agreements
during such grace period and the entering into of any such new agreements shall be for the
account of the Company or relevant other member of the Group. |
4.5 |
|
Conduct of business |
|
|
|
Subject to Clause 4.6, each of ST and NXP shall procure that between Signing and Closing each of
their Relevant Businesses: |
|
4.5.1 |
|
carries on business as a going concern in the ordinary course as carried on prior to
Signing, save as consented to in writing by the other Party, such consent not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed and save as contemplated in the Transaction Documents, including its
Disentanglement Plan; |
|
|
4.5.2 |
|
without prejudice to the generality of Clause 4.5.1, does not, without the prior written
consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and save
as contemplated in the Transaction Documents, including its Disentanglement Plan: |
|
(a) |
|
enter into any agreement or incur any commitment involving any capital
expenditure in excess of USD 3,000,000 (three million US dollar) per item and USD
15,000,000 (fifteen million US dollar) in aggregate per calendar quarter, in each case
exclusive of VAT; |
|
|
(b) |
|
enter into or amend any contract or commitment which (a) is not in the
ordinary course of business, or (b) involves or is likely to involve total annual
expenditure in excess of USD 10,000,000 (ten million US dollar), exclusive of VAT; |
|
|
(c) |
|
acquire or dispose of, or agree to acquire or dispose of, any material asset
or material inventory involving consideration, expenditure or liabilities in excess of
USD 3,000,000 (three million US dollar), exclusive of VAT, other than in the ordinary
course of business; |
|
|
(d) |
|
acquire or agree to acquire any share(s) or other interest in any person or company; |
|
|
(e) |
|
incur any additional borrowings or incur any other indebtedness in each case
in excess of USD 1,000,000 (one million US dollar) other than in the ordinary course
of business; |
|
|
(f) |
|
delay or cease any capital expenditure in respect of that Partys Relevant
Businesses, as provided for in the budget made available to the other Party prior to
Signing; |
|
|
(g) |
|
create, allot or issue, or allow to be created, allotted or issued, any share
capital of any company that is part of that Partys Relevant Businesses; |
|
|
(h) |
|
repay, redeem or repurchase, or allow to be repaid, redeemed or repurchased,
any share capital of any company that is part of that Partys Relevant Businesses; |
|
|
(i) |
|
declare, make or pay any dividend or other distribution to any shareholders of
any company that is part of that Partys Relevant Businesses; or |
|
|
(j) |
|
make any change in the terms and conditions of employment of any of its
directors or Senior Employees, other than in accordance with the applicable collective
labour |
14
|
|
|
agreement or similar annual indexation increase or consistent
with past practice, or employ or terminate the employment of any
director or Senior Employee or make any arrangements with any unions or
other employee representative bodies (including the entering into or,
amending of or deviation from any collective labour agreement or social
plan) enter into, adopt or make any material amendments or variations to
retirement benefit plans and other long-term benefit plans of the
Relevant Businesses. |
4.6 |
|
Excused conduct |
|
|
|
A Party shall not invoke Clause 4.5.2 against the other Party if, in the latter
Partys reasonable opinion, adherence to its obligations under Clause 4.5.2 would
have a Material Adverse Effect on its ability to continue to manage its Relevant
Businesses or have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of its Relevant
Businesses. Each Party shall inform the other Party of any such situation as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter. |
4.7 |
|
Acting vis-á-vis the other Party |
|
|
|
It is further agreed that: |
|
4.7.1 |
|
in applying and enforcing Clause 4.5.2, ST and NXP shall act vis-á-vis each
other in accordance with the principles of reasonableness and fairness giving
due consideration to all relevant circumstances; and |
|
|
4.7.2 |
|
under certain circumstances a Party may not be able to timely request the
consent of the other Party, or await a response from that Party to such request,
if the circumstances require immediate action from the Party or management of
that Partys Relevant Businesses, but that Party shall nevertheless inform the
other Party of any such situation as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. |
4.8 |
|
Security |
|
|
|
Without detracting from any R&Ws or indemnities set out in this Agreement, NXP
shall procure vis-á-vis the Company or the relevant member of the Group, that the
Collateral Agents (as such term is defined in each of (i) that certain Senior
Secured Indenture among NXP B.V. and NXP Funding LLC (as issuers) and the
Collateral Agents (as defined therein) dated 12 October 2006 and (ii) that certain
Collateral Agency Agreement among Kaslion Acquisition B.V., NXP B.V. and the
Collateral Agent (as defined therein) dated 29 September 2006) give written consent
(under Section 12.05 of the aforesaid Indenture and Section 5.03 of the aforesaid
Collateral Agency Agreement) to the release, at Closing, of all relevant Security
on any assets forming part of NXPs Relevant Businesses. |
4.9 |
|
European works council and trade unions |
|
|
|
As early as possible in order to comply with Laws, but in any event prior to Closing: |
|
4.9.1 |
|
each of ST and NXP shall consult with and notify, to the extent required,
its European and/or other works council(s) regarding the Transaction; and |
|
|
4.9.2 |
|
each of NXP and ST shall, to the extent required, consult with and notify the relevant
trade unions regarding the Transaction; |
15
|
each Party undertaking to keep the other informed throughout on the status of
such consultations and notification. |
4.10 |
|
Draft Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement |
|
4.10.1 |
|
Prior to the date set for Closing, each of ST and NXP shall prepare
and deliver to the other
Party a draft statement, together with all related working papers,
setting out the
determination of, in respect of NXPs Relevant Businesses, the NXP
Assumed Financial
Liabilities Funding Requirement and, in respect of STs Relevant
Businesses, the ST
Assumed Financial Liabilities Funding Requirement, as the case may be,
in respect thereof
(the Draft Assumed Liabilities Statements). |
|
|
4.10.2 |
|
The Draft Assumed Financial Liabilities Statements shall be in the form set out
in Schedule 17 and shall be used to determine whether the
Assumed Financial Liabilities that will be
contributed by each Party at Closing are fully funded in accordance
with Clause 2.4.3 and whether, in relation to any NXP Entity or ST
Entity, as the case may be, there is any Cash to be deducted from the
amount of the Assumed Financial Liabilities. After Closing, the Draft
Assumed Financial Liabilities Statements will be reviewed and amended
to reflect the actual position as at Closing as laid down in the Final
Assumed Financial Liabilities Statements in accordance with Clause
6.8. |
4.11 |
|
Repayment of expenditure by the Company to NXP |
|
4.11.1 |
|
The Company undertakes to repay to NXP the part of the expenditure for
capital equipment actually received by the NXP Relevant Businesses, in
the period between the date hereof and Closing, consistent with the
Business Plan and Schedule 19 for which the costs are incurred
by NXP, as reasonably evidenced by NXP to ST and the Company in writing,
in accordance with and subject to the Clauses below (the NXP interim
Capex). |
|
|
4.11.2 |
|
In respect of the three-month period starting immediately at the date
hereof NXP will be repaid up to an amount of USD 25,000,000 (twenty five
million US dollar) (the NXP First Allocated Interim Capex). |
|
|
4.11.3 |
|
The expenditure for capital equipment actually received by the NXP
Relevant Businesses (i) in the period starting after this initial
three-month period and ending at the later of the date of satisfaction
of the Closing Conditions referred to in Clauses 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3 and
3.1.7 and the date of obtaining the Dutch and Swiss tax rulings as
referred to in Clause 4.3.2(a) (the NXP Second Allocated Interim
Capex) and (ii) in the period starting at the later of the date of
satisfaction of the Closing Conditions referred to in Clauses
3.1.1,3.1.2, 3.1.3 and 3.1.7 and the date of obtaining the Dutch and
Swiss tax rulings as referred to in Clause 4.3.2(a) and ending on
Closing (the NXP Third Allocated Interim Capex) shall be allocated pro
rata temporis to these two periods. |
|
|
4.11.4 |
|
The NXP Second Allocated Interim Capex as allocated pursuant to clause
4.11.3 will not be repaid. The NXP Third Allocated Interim Capex, as
allocated pursuant to Clause 4.11.3 shall be repaid up to an amount
calculated pro rata temporis to USD 25,000,000 (twenty five million US
dollar) per quarter, if and to the extent that Closing is delayed for
reasons
not due, or attributable to NXP (for the avoidance of doubt, any delay caused by |
16
|
|
|
implementing the WH2 Newco-structure by NXP prior to Closing shall be deemed due
and attributable to NXP). |
|
|
4.11.5 |
|
Any repayment is subject to the assets acquired in connection with the capital
expenditure being part of the NXP Relevant Businesses. |
|
|
4.11.6 |
|
If the later of the date of satisfaction of the Closing Conditions referred to in
Clauses 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3 and 3.1.7 and the date of obtaining the Dutch and Swiss tax
rulings as referred to in Clause 4.3.2(a) occurs within the first three months, the
maximum amount to be repaid by Falcon shall not exceed an amount calculated pro rata
temporis to USD 25,000,000 (twenty five million US dollar) per three-month period. |
|
|
4.11.7 |
|
Any payment under this Clause 4.11 will be made in cash immediately upon Closing for
that part of the capital expenditure that has been paid and for which evidence of the
payment of the relevant capital expenditure has been provided by NXP to ST or the
Company. For the part of the expenditure for capital equipment which has been received
but not yet paid at Closing, NXP shall either: |
|
(a) |
|
transfer the relevant accounts payable to the Company; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
provide evidence of the payment of the relevant capital expenditure
at the due date, upon which the Company shall make such payment to NXP. |
4.12 |
|
T3G |
|
|
|
Prior to Closing, NXP shall use its reasonable best efforts to acquire the shares in T3G
currently held by Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co. Ltd, Samsung Electronics Co.
Ltd and Motorola Inc. (the T3G Shares). If Closing occurs, but NXP has not yet executed a
binding agreement to acquire the T3G Shares, NXP shall indemnify and hold the Company
harmless for the costs (including direct transaction costs) of acquiring these T3G Shares if
the Company acquires such T3G Shares after Closing. |
|
4.13 |
|
Accounts |
|
|
|
Within twenty five (25) Business Days after the date of this Agreement, each of NXP and ST
shall update the relevant Accounts with a list of assets and Inventory and procure its
auditors to deliver an audit comfort letter in relation thereto. |
|
5 |
|
CLOSING |
|
5.1 |
|
Effective Time |
|
|
|
Without prejudice to the Warrantees rights arising from the R&Ws or each Partys rights
arising otherwise from this Agreement, the Relevant Businesses are for the risk and the
account of the Company as of the Effective Time. |
|
5.2 |
|
Date and place |
|
5.2.1 |
|
Subject to the satisfaction (or waiver under Clause 3.4) of each of the Closing
Conditions, Closing shall take place: |
17
|
(a) |
|
at 11.00 CET on the first Business Day following the last calendar
day of the reporting month in which (a) notification occurs under Clause
3.4.1 in respect of that Closing Condition set out in 3.1.1 or 3.1.2 that
is last satisfied or, if later (b) waiver occurs under Clause 3.4 in
respect of any Closing Condition that has not been satisfied or waived; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, at the offices of NXPs Lawyers; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
at such other time, date and/or place as the Parties may agree
in writing (not acting unreasonably). |
|
5.2.2 |
|
Subject to Clauses 3 and 4, and without extending or amending any of the
obligations of the Parties thereunder, the Parties shall make their best efforts
to cause Closing to occur at or prior to 2 August 2008. |
5.3 |
|
Closing events |
|
|
|
At Closing, each Party shall procure that the actions set out in Schedule 10
for which it is responsible, are taken in the sequence set out in said Schedule, to
the extent that any such action is not taken by NXP or ST, as the case may be and with
the prior written consent of the other, prior to the Closing. |
|
5.4 |
|
Breach of pre-Closing and Closing obligations |
|
5.4.1 |
|
If any Party is in breach, and thereby a Defaulting Party, of any of its
material obligations under Clauses 3, 4 or 5, which breach is attributable to the
Defaulting Party and results in the Closing not occurring, the Defaulting Party
shall immediately owe and pay to the other Party an amount of USD 100,000,000 (one
hundred million US dollar). This amount is owed in addition and without prejudice
to all other rights or remedies available to such other Party, including the right
to claim damages, provided that if the damages awarded exceed the amount of USD
100,000,000 (one hundred million US dollar) actually paid to the non-Defaulting
Party, the Defaulting Party may set off such amount against any damages due and
payable pursuant to this Clause 5.4.1. Parties acknowledge that the other Party may
also request specific performance to effect Closing. |
|
|
5.4.2 |
|
Concurrent with and without prejudice to Clause 5.4.1, if any Party breaches
any material obligation in Clause 5.3, ST, in the case of breach by NXP, or NXP, in
case of breach by ST, shall be entitled, (in addition to and without prejudice to
all other rights or remedies available, including the right to claim damages and
the right, if applicable to receive the penalty payment as set forth in Clause
5.4.1) to terminate, by notice, this Agreement (other than Clauses 1, 10 and 11.2
through 11.14), in which event the Parties shall forthwith take all such action as
is necessary to reverse any action already taken under Clause 5.3 and the
Disentanglement Plans. |
6 |
|
POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS |
|
6.1 |
|
Completion of disentanglement |
|
|
|
To the extent not taken prior to Closing, each Party, as soon as reasonably practicable after |
18
|
|
Closing but in any event prior to expiry of a period of three (3) months after
Closing, shall take, and procure the taking of such actions, as set out in its
Disentanglement Plan. |
|
6.2.1 |
|
If, and to the extent applicable, any assets forming part of STs or NXPs Relevant
Businesses have not been transferred by ST or NXP, as applicable, to the Company, the
relevant Party shall transfer these assets to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable
after Closing, at no additional costs. |
|
|
6.2.2 |
|
If, and to the extent applicable, assets not forming part of STs or NXPs Relevant
Businesses have been transferred by ST or NXP, as applicable, to the Company, the Company
shall transfer these assets to the relevant Party as soon as reasonably practicable after
Closing, at no additional costs. |
|
|
6.2.3 |
|
Without detracting from the generality of Clause 6.2.2, if at any time after Closing,
any Group Company receives any monies in respect of any NXP Receivables or ST Receivables,
the Company shall procure that the relevant Group Company pays the amount received, less
reasonable administrative expenses, to NXP or ST, as the case may be, as soon as
reasonably practicable. |
6.3 |
|
Ancillary Agreements |
|
|
|
Neither NXP nor ST shall claim from or pursue a claim against the Company or any of the
Companys Affiliates under any Ancillary Agreement in the event that the fact or circumstance
giving rise to such claim is otherwise the subject of a claim under this Agreement for which
NXP or ST is liable. In the event of NXP or ST, as the case may be, being found liable under
this Agreement (excluding the Ancillary Agreements) after the claim has been satisfied under
the relevant Ancillary Agreement, NXP or ST, as the case may be, shall procure that the
Company or the relevant Group Company is reimbursed with the amount paid to the relevant
member of the NXP Group or the ST Group, as the case may be, by the Company or the relevant
Group Company in respect of the relevant claim under the relevant Ancillary Agreement. For
the avoidance of doubt, the exclusion of representations, warranties and indemnities set out
in the various Ancillary Agreements will be entirely without prejudice to the
representations, warranties and indemnities set out in this Agreement, unless otherwise
provided in this Agreement. |
|
6.4 |
|
Release of Security |
|
6.4.1 |
|
Without detracting from any R&Ws, or indemnities, set out elsewhere in this
Agreement, each Party shall, to the extent not yet realized through the release referred
to in Clause 4.8, undertake, with effect from Closing or as soon as reasonably practicable
thereafter but in any event no later than three (3) months after the Closing, to perfect
all the formalities and execute any documents as may be reasonably necessary to effect the
release of all members of the Group from any (joint and/or several) Security given by,
assumed by or binding upon them in relation to any of the liabilities of such Party or any
of its Affiliates (excluding members of the Group), provided that such Party shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and the other members of the Group against
all amounts paid by any of them or any costs, losses and liabilities (including without
limitation any loss of |
19
|
|
|
assets subject to Security) suffered by them after Closing pursuant to any such Security. |
|
|
6.4.2 |
|
Without detracting from any R&Ws, or indemnities, set out elsewhere in this Agreement,
the Parties shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to procure that the
Company or the relevant Group Company procures, with effect from Closing or as soon as
reasonably practicable thereafter but in any event no later than three (3) months after the
Closing, the release of each Party or its Affiliate (excluding members of the Group) from
any (joint and/or several) Security given by, assumed by or binding upon such Party or
Affiliate in relation to any liability included in any of the Relevant Businesses, provided
that the Company shall indemnify, defend and holds harmless the relevant Party or Affiliate
against all amounts paid by it or any costs, losses and liabilities (including without
limitation any loss of assets subject to Security) suffered by it after Closing pursuant to
any such Security. |
6.5 |
|
Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement |
|
6.5.1 |
|
Within forty (40) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and
deliver to each of ST and NXP the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement, in the
form set out in Schedule 17. |
|
|
6.5.2 |
|
The Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement shall be used to determine whether
the Assumed Financial Liabilities contributed by each Party were fully funded when
contributed in accordance with Clause 2.4.3 and whether, in relation to any NXP Entity or
ST Entity, as the case may be, there is Cash to be deducted from the amount of the Assumed
Financial Liabilities. |
6.6 |
|
PPE and Inventory Statements |
|
6.6.1 |
|
Within forty (40) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and
deliver to each of ST and NXP: |
|
(a) |
|
a statement reflecting the value of the property, plant and equipment
(PPE) for each of the NXP Relevant Businesses and the ST Relevant Businesses, at
Closing (the PPE Statements); and |
|
|
(b) |
|
a statement reflecting the value of the Inventory for each of the NXP
Relevant Businesses and the ST Relevant Businesses at Closing (the Inventory
Statements). |
|
6.6.2 |
|
The PPE Statements and the Inventory Statements shall be calculated consistently with
the
same line items in the Accounts and shall be used to determine whether the value of the
PPE and Inventory contributed by each Party, at Closing, did not deviate substantially
from
the relevant reference amounts set out in Schedule 20 (the Reference Amounts). |
6.7 |
|
Review and determination |
|
6.7.1 |
|
In the event that either Party disagrees with the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities
Statement, it shall within twenty (20) Business Days after receipt thereof, deliver notice
of such disagreement to the other Party, with a copy to the Company, such notice (the
Notice of Disagreement) to specify (a) each item in the Final Assumed Financial |
20
|
|
|
Liabilities Statement with which it disagrees, (b) the amount of each adjustment
proposed by it and (c) in reasonable detail, the reason for its disagreement in respect of
each such
item. |
|
|
6.7.2 |
|
In the event that either Party disagrees with a PPE Statement or an Inventory Statement, it
shall within twenty (20) Business Days after receipt thereof, deliver a Notice of Disagreement
to the other Party, with copy to the Company to specify (a) what item it disagrees with and
(b) in reasonable detail, the reason for its disagreement in respect thereof. |
|
|
6.7.3 |
|
If no Party delivers a Notice of Disagreement in terms of Clauses 6.7.1 or 6.7.2, the Final
Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement, the PPE Statements or the Inventory Statements, as
the case may be, shall be final and binding on the Parties and the Company for all purposes. |
|
|
6.7.4 |
|
If a Party delivers a Notice of Disagreement in terms of Clauses 6.7.1 or 6.7.2, then the
Parties shall attempt in good faith to reach agreement in respect of those items in the Final
Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement, the PPE Statements or the Inventory Statements, as
the case may be, in respect of which a Notice of Disagreement has been delivered, provided
that if the Parties do not reach such agreement within twenty (20) Business Days of delivery
of the Notice of Disagreement last delivered, either Party may by notice to the other Party
require that those items in the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement, the PPE
Statements or the Inventory Statements, as the case may be, that have been properly specified
in a Notice of Disagreement in accordance with Clause 6.7.1 or Clause 6.7.2, as relevant, and
subsequently have not been agreed upon within the aforesaid twenty (20) Business Days, be
referred to the Reporting Accountant in the terms of Schedule 17 (Part 2). |
|
|
6.7.5 |
|
In order to enable the preparation and determination of the Final Assumed Financial
Liabilities Statement, the PPE Statements and the Inventory Statement, the Company and each
Party shall procure the keeping up-to-date and, subject to reasonable notice, making
available to the Companys and each Partys representatives and advisors during normal office
hours of all books and records relating to any member of the Group, and co-operate with them
with regard to the preparation and determination of the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities
Statement, the PPE Statements and the Inventory Statements. The Company and each Party shall,
in so far as it is reasonable to do so, make available the services of its and its
Affiliates employees to assist the Company and each Party in the performance of its
obligations and exercise by a Party of its rights under this Clause 6.7. |
6.8 |
|
Adjustment and payment for the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement |
|
6.8.1 |
|
Following determination of the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement in accordance
with Clause 6.7, the Company shall determine the differences between the Draft Assumed
Financial Liabilities Statements and the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement and
hence the amount of the Assumed Financial Liabilities Funding Requirement of each Party; |
|
(a) |
|
if the Assumed Financial Liabilities Funding Requirement is a positive
amount, the relevant Party shall pay to the Company in cash an amount equal to this
positive |
21
|
|
|
amount; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the Assumed Financial Liabilities Funding Requirement is a
negative amount, the Company shall pay to the relevant Party in cash an amount
equal to this negative amount. |
|
6.8.2 |
|
Any payment to be made in accordance with this Clause 6.8 shall include interest
thereon calculated from the day after the Effective Time to the day of payment, both days
inclusive, at the Interest Rate. |
|
|
6.8.3 |
|
The due date for any payment to be made under this Clause 6.8, shall be the fifth
(5th) Business Day after the Final Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement has been
finally determined in accordance with Clause 6.7. |
6.9 |
|
Adjustment and payment for the PPE Statements and the Inventory Statements |
|
6.9.1 |
|
Following determination of the PPE Statements in accordance with Clause 6.7, the
Company shall determine the differences between the relevant Reference Amounts and the
value of the PPE as this is reflected in the respective PPE Statements. |
|
|
6.9.2 |
|
If the value of the PPE as reflected in a Partys PPE Statement is more than 10%
(ten per cent) lower than the relevant Reference Amount, that Party shall pay to the
other Party in cash an amount equal to the shortfall below 90% (ninety per cent) of the
relevant Reference Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall only be a payment in
relation to a PPE Statement in the situation as set forth in this Clause 6.9.2. |
|
|
6.9.3 |
|
Following determination of the Inventory Statements in accordance with Clause 6.7,
the Company shall determine the differences between the relevant Reference Amounts and
the value of the Inventory as this is reflected in the respective Inventory Statements. |
|
|
6.9.4 |
|
If the value of the Inventory as reflected in a Partys Inventory Statement is
lower than the relevant Reference Amount that Party shall pay to the other Party in cash
an amount equal to the difference in value between the Inventory as reflected in the
Inventory Statement and the relevant Reference Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, there
shall only be a payment in relation to an Inventory Statement in the situation as set
forth in this Clause 6.9.4. |
|
|
6.9.5 |
|
Any payment to be made in accordance with this Clause 6.9 shall include interest
thereon calculated from the day after the Effective Time to the day of payment, both days
inclusive, at the Interest Rate. |
|
|
6.9.6 |
|
The due date for any payment to be made under this Clause 6.9, shall be the fifth
(5th) Business Day after the PPE Statements and the Inventory Statements have been
finally determined in accordance with Clause 6.7. |
6.10 |
|
Reciprocal release of liabilities; indemnity against certain liabilities |
|
(a) |
|
subject to any other indemnities included in this Agreement,
excluding Clause 6.10.1(b) and Clause 6.10.2, (i) NXP shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless the Company and the other members of the Group against all NXP
Retained Liabilities, and (ii) ST shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
Company and the other |
22
|
|
|
members of the Group against all ST Retained Liabilities; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
subject to any other indemnities included in this Agreement and upon final
determination of the Assumed Financial Liabilities Funding Requirement in
accordance with Clause 6.8 and the satisfaction thereof, the Company shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Party and its Affiliates against all
Assumed Liabilities. |
|
(a) |
|
the Company and each relevant Group Company shall be released and discharged (i)
by NXP and each member of the NXP Group from all the NXP Retained Liabilities,
and (ii) by ST and each member of the ST Group from all ST Retained Liabilities;
and |
|
|
(b) |
|
NXP and each member of the NXP Group or ST and each member of the ST Group, as
the case may be, shall be released and discharged by the Company or the relevant
Group Company from any and all Assumed Financial Liabilities, provided that the
Assumed Financial Liabilities Funding Requirement as determined in accordance
with Clause 6.8 has been satisfied. |
|
6.10.3 |
|
For the avoidance of doubt, the liabilities of each of the Parties under this Clause
6.10 are not limited in time or amount and shall continue to apply upon termination of
the Shareholders Agreement. |
|
6.11.1 |
|
Subject to Clause 6.11.2, NXP guarantees to ST and the Company that the amounts of the
R&D Tax Credits will be received by NXP France, or such other relevant Group Company, as
the case may be, ultimately within twenty (20) Business Days after the last day of the
month set for those payments, in accordance with the table set out below. |
|
|
|
|
|
Origin of the R&D Tax Credit |
|
Amount |
|
Date of refund |
|
|
NXP CroIIes |
|
|
December 2005
|
|
5.498.435
|
|
June 2009 |
December 2006
|
|
10.000.000
|
|
June 2010 |
December 2007
|
|
3.660.000
|
|
June 2011 |
|
|
NXP France |
|
|
December 2006
|
|
1.894.931
|
|
June 2010 |
December 2007
|
|
6.990.500
|
|
June 2011 |
|
|
NXP Rennes |
|
|
December 2005
|
|
1.492.872
|
|
June 2009 |
December 2006
|
|
365.693
|
|
June 2010 |
December 2007
|
|
133.000
|
|
June 2011 |
|
6.11.2 |
|
The guarantee by NXP, as set out in Clause 6.11.1, shall not apply if ST and/or
the Company or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, takes any action or refrains
from taking any action that adversely affects receipt of the R&D Tax Credits in
the amounts and ultimately |
23
|
|
|
by the dates, as set out in the table in Clause 6.11.1. |
|
|
6.11.3 |
|
If after Closing the Company receives an amount relating to the June 2008 Refunds, then
the Company shall pay to NXP the actual amount of these June 2008 Refunds received within
thirty (30) Business Days of receipt. |
|
|
6.11.4 |
|
If an amount of the R&D Tax Credits as referred to in Clause 6.11.1 has not been fully
received by any Group Company ultimately twenty (20) Business Days after the last day of
the month set for those payments, NXP undertakes to pay within ten (10) Business Days of
the relevant Group Companys notice thereof to NXP, to the relevant Group Company as
referred to in this notice, (i) if any amount is received, the difference between the
amount of the relevant R&D Tax Credit received and the amount of the relevant R&D Tax
Credit as referred to in Clause 6.11.1 or (ii) if no amount has been received, the full
amount of the relevant R&D Tax Credit as referred to in Clause 6.11.1. If after receipt of
the relevant amount from NXP by the relevant Group Company, any amount of the relevant R&D
Tax Credit to which such payment by NXP is related, is received from the relevant
Governmental Authority, the relevant Group Company shall repay such amount received from
the relevant Governmental Authority to NXP. |
6.12 |
|
Obligation to obtain Third Party Consents |
|
6.12.1 |
|
It is acknowledged that, in effecting the Disentanglement, the transfer, pursuant to
this Agreement, of Contracts may be subject to Third Party Consents. NXP shall request ST
to give its prior approval prior to soliciting the Third Party Consents of certain
material Contracts. Insofar as a Third Party Consent has not been obtained in relation to
a Contract, other than a Project Contract, prior to Closing, except as otherwise mutually
agreed between the Parties, the Parties shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain
such Third Party Consent as soon as practicable after the Closing Date. |
|
|
6.12.2 |
|
In connection with the obtaining of any Third Party Consent referred to in paragraph
6.12.1, each Party shall supply to the other Party such information and references (under
appropriate non-disclosure arrangements) regarding it as may be reasonably requested by
the other Party or any relevant third party for the purpose of obtaining Third Party
Consents and shall enter into such undertakings or procure such guarantees in favour of
any relevant third party as may be reasonably requested in respect of the relevant
Contracts. |
|
|
6.12.3 |
|
In respect of any Contract other than a Project Contract, from the Closing Date until
the relevant Third Party Consent has been obtained as contemplated by Clause 6.12.1 or in
the event the Third Party Consent has been refused: |
|
(a) |
|
to the extent permitted under the relevant Contract, the Parties shall
make such other arrangements between themselves to provide to the Company or the
relevant Group Company the full benefits of the Contract, including the enforcement
at the cost and for the account of the Company or the relevant Group Company of all
rights of NXP or ST, as the case may be, against any other party thereto; |
|
|
(b) |
|
to the extent that the Company or the relevant Group Company is
lawfully and practically able to do so, and to the extent that the Company or the
relevant Group |
24
|
|
|
Company is receiving the full benefits of the Contract, the Company or the
relevant Group Company shall perform the obligations of the NXP Group or ST Group,
as the case may be, under the Contract as agent or sub-contractor and shall
indemnify the NXP Group or the ST Group, as the case may be, in respect thereof; |
|
|
(c) |
|
to the extent that the Company or the relevant Group Company is not
lawfully or practically able to perform the obligations of the NXP Group or ST Group,
as the case may be, under the Contract as agent or sub-contractor, the NXP Group or
ST Group, as the case may be, shall do all such things as the Company or the relevant
Group Company may reasonably require to enable due performance of the Contract and
the Company or the relevant Group Company shall indemnify the NXP Group or ST Group,
as the case may be, in respect thereof. |
6.13 |
|
Retention of records |
|
6.13.1 |
|
ST and NXP shall retain for a period of five (5) years from Closing, or such longer period
as may be prescribed by applicable Law, all books, records and other written information
relating to STs or NXPs Relevant Businesses, as applicable, which are not delivered to, or
in the possession or under the control of, the Company or another Group Company at or
immediately after Closing and are held by or on behalf of any member of the ST Group or the
NXP Group, as applicable, pursuant to Closing and, to the extent reasonably required by the
other Party or the Company, shall allow the other Party or the Company, upon reasonable
notice, access during normal office hours to such books, records and other information,
including the right to inspect and take copies (at the expense of the other Party or the
Company, as applicable) to the extent relating to the Relevant Businesses. |
|
|
6.13.2 |
|
The Company shall retain for a period of five (5) years from Closing, or such longer
period as may be prescribed by applicable Law, any books, records or other written
information relating to the Business which are delivered to, or in the possession or under
the control of, the Company or another Group Company at or immediately after Closing and, to
the extent reasonably required by ST or NXP, the Company shall allow ST or NXP, upon
reasonable notice, access during normal office hours to such books, records and information,
including the right to inspect and take copies (at the expense of ST or NXP, as applicable). |
|
|
6.13.3 |
|
Within 30 (thirty) Business Days after Closing, NXP shall provide the necessary financial
information to ST and the Company in order to enable ST to prepare an opening balance sheet
of the Group as per Closing, in accordance with the ST Accounting Principles. |
|
6.14.1 |
|
Termination of coverage |
|
|
|
|
As of the date set for Closing, all coverage with respect to NXPs Relevant Businesses
under any insurance policies of any member of the NXP Group (the Insurance Policies) in
respect of events, occurrences or accidents occurring on or after the Closing Date shall
be cancelled and terminated, excluding those Insurance Policies in respect of which the
sole policy holders or named insured are part of NXPs Relevant Businesses. |
25
Except for claims referred to in Paragraph 17.1 of Schedule 14, for all claims
made on or after Closing and arising in respect of an event, occurrence or accident
occurring on or after Closing, there shall be no right to recover any amounts in respect
thereof from NXP or any other member of the NXP Group, or any of its insurers, and the
Company shall be responsible for and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless NXP and the
relevant other members of the NXP Group from all Losses incurred by NXP or any other
member of the NXP Group, or its insurers, in respect of any such claim or attempted claim
by any Group Company or third party.
6.15 |
|
Earn-out Obligations |
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 6.10, the Company shall, and shall procure that the
relevant Group Companies, meet all the Earn-Out Obligations assumed by the relevant Group
Company in respect of the Earn-Out Payments.
7 |
|
WARRANTIES AND LIABILITY |
|
7.1.1 |
|
Subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 7 and to Clauses 8 and 9, each Party
(the Warrantor) represents and warrants to the other Party (the Warrantee, being ST,
where NXP is the Warrantor, and NXP, where ST is the Warrantor) that the statements set out
in Schedule 14 (the R&Ws, and each a R&W) are true and accurate as at Signing. |
|
|
7.1.2 |
|
The Warrantee acknowledges and agrees that the Warrantor makes no representation or
warranty as to the accuracy of any forecasts, estimates, projections, statements of intent or
statements of opinion howsoever provided to the Warrantee or any of its representatives or
advisors at or prior to Signing. The Warrantee acknowledges that no representations or
warranties, express or implied, have been given or are given other than the Warrantors R&Ws. |
|
|
7.1.3 |
|
Any R&W qualified by the expression so far as the Warrantor is aware or any similar
expression shall be deemed to refer to the knowledge of Carlo Bozotti, Aldo Romano, Tommi
Uhari, Carlo Ferro, Pierre Ollivier, Patrice Chastagner and Lisa Jorgenson, where ST is the
Warrantor and the knowledge of Frans van Houten, Theo Claasen, Peter van Bommel, Guido
Dierick, Peter Kleij, Steven McCann and Marc Cetto where NXP is the Warrantor, each of whom
shall be deemed to have knowledge of such matters as they would have discovered, had they
made reasonable enquiries within the Warrantors Relevant Businesses. |
|
|
7.1.4 |
|
The applicability of title 1 of Book 7 of the Netherlands Civil Code is hereby excluded. |
|
|
7.1.5 |
|
For the avoidance of doubt, a Warrantors R&Ws are given only in respect of its Relevant
Businesses (and not in respect of the Warrantees Relevant Businesses). |
26
The R&Ws are subject to, and the Warrantor shall not be liable for breach of any of
the R&Ws, in relation to any matter or fact which is Disclosed. Each Warrantor
shall have the right and the obligation to update the ST Disclosure Letter or the
NXP Disclosure Letter, as the case may be, for matters not having a Material
Adverse Effect prior to Closing for those R&Ws that are only given at Signing in
Schedule 14 and are being repeated at Closing pursuant to Clause 7.3.1
7.3 |
|
Updating of R&Ws at Closing |
|
7.3.1 |
|
Subject to Clause 7.3.2, the Warrantor further represents and warrants to
the Warrantee that the R&Ws will also be true and accurate at Closing, as if
they had been repeated at Closing, provided that (i) all such R&Ws that pertain
to or are made with respect to any companies not yet incorporated at the date
hereof, are made as at Closing and not as of the date hereof and (ii) any R&Ws
given at Signing in Schedule 14 shall be read for the purpose of this
Clause 7.3.1 without the words at Signing. |
|
|
7.3.2 |
|
No right to reimbursement of Losses shall arise in favour of the Warrantee
under Clause 7.3.1 in consequence of an event or matter which results in any of
the R&Ws being untrue or inaccurate at the Closing if the event or matter could
not reasonably have been avoided or prevented by the Warrantor, or any of its
directors, officers, or employees. |
|
7.4.1 |
|
Subject to Clauses 3.5 and 5.4.2, in the event of any breach by a Party
under this Agreement, the other Party shall not have the right to terminate or
rescind this Agreement and as its sole and exclusive remedy and subject to any
other limitations of liability set out in this Agreement, shall have the right,
after Closing, to claim the Losses suffered or incurred by it as a result of
such breach. |
|
|
7.4.2 |
|
For purposes of this Agreement, it is agreed that a breach of a R&W shall
occur where same is untrue or inaccurate as at any date on which the same is
given. |
7.5 |
|
Losses suffered by the Business |
|
7.5.1 |
|
Subject to Clause 7.5.2, Parties agree that Losses suffered or incurred by
the Company or any other member of the Group in connection with a breach of a
R&W, shall be deemed to be Losses suffered or incurred by the Warrantee. |
|
|
7.5.2 |
|
Subject to the limitations of liability as set forth in Clause 8, if Losses
are suffered or incurred at the level of the Group, as set forth in Clause 7.5.1
(a) the amount of the Losses that the Warrantee shall have the right to claim
shall be limited to the Warrantees proportionate share of such Losses,
calculated on the basis of the Warrantees shareholding in the Company at the
time of giving notice of the claim (as set forth in Clause 9.2) and (b) at the
election of the Warrantee, the Warrantor shall pay the full amount of those
Losses directly to the Company. |
27
8 |
|
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY |
A Party (the Defaulting Party) shall not be liable in respect of any claim under the R&Ws
or the Tax Indemnity unless a notice of the claim is given by to the other Party (the
non-Defaulting Party), specifying the matters set out in Clause 9.2:
|
8.1.1 |
|
in the case of any claim under the Tax Indemnity, within thirty (30) days after
expiry of the statutory limitation period applicable in the relevant jurisdiction for the
Tax matter giving rise to such claims and any applicable term during which additional
assessments can be levied under the relevant applicable Law; |
|
|
8.1.2 |
|
in the case of any claim under Paragraph 14 of Schedule 14 (environmental
warranties), within three (3) years after the Closing; and |
|
|
8.1.3 |
|
in the case of any other claim, within eighteen (18) months after the Closing; |
provided that the statutory limitation period applicable in the relevant jurisdiction shall
apply for giving notice of any claim under Paragraphs 1.1, 2 and 3 of Schedule 14
(Incorporation, authority, corporate action).
Subject to any other limitations set out in this Agreement, the Defaulting Party shall only
be liable under the R&Ws in respect of any individual claim, or a series of claims arising
from identical facts, to the extent that the liability agreed or determined in respect of
any such claim or series of claims exceeds an amount of USD 500,000 (five hundred thousand
US dollar). In relation to paragraph 17.1 of Schedule 14 (claims third parties) this
clause 8.2 shall apply with the amount set out in the preceding sentence being USD 2,500,000
(two million five hundred thousand US dollar).
8.3 |
|
Aggregate minimum claims |
Subject to any other limitations set out in this Agreement, the Defaulting Party shall only
be liable under the R&Ws in respect of any claim if the aggregate amount of all claims for
which it would otherwise be liable under this Agreement, exceeds USD 10,000,000 (ten million
US dollar), in which case the Defaulting Party shall be liable for the full amount and not
just the excess. Any liability of the Defaulting Party under this Agreement in relation to
paragraph 17.1 of Schedule 14 (claims third parties) shall not be subject to, and
also (in relation to any liability for other claims under the R&Ws) not count towards, the
amount of USD 10,000,000 (ten million US dollar) referred to in the preceding sentence.
As from Closing, save for any claims under Paragraph 14 of Schedule 14 (environmental
warranties), Paragraph 10 of Schedule 14 (IP warranties), Paragraph 7.1 of
Schedule 14 (to the extent relating to IP warranties) and Paragraph 11 of
Schedule 14 (to the extent relating to pension warranties), the aggregate liability
of the Defaulting Party in respect of all claims under the R&Ws shall not exceed an amount of
USD 250,000,000 (two hundred and fifty million US
28
dollar).
The Defaulting Party shall not be liable under this Agreement in respect of any
claim if and to the extent that any allowance, provision or reserve is made in the
relevant Accounts (and not released prior to the Closing), or in the relevant Final
Assumed Financial Liabilities Statement, for the matter giving rise to the claim.
8.6 |
|
Matters arising after Signing / Closing |
Subject to Clauses 3.1.6, 7.2 and 7.3.1, the Defaulting Party shall not be liable
under this Agreement in respect of any matter, act, omission or circumstance (or
any combination thereof), including the aggravation of a matter or circumstance, to
the extent that the same would not have occurred but for:
|
8.6.1 |
|
any matter or thing done or omitted to be done pursuant to and in
compliance with this Agreement or otherwise at the request or with the approval
of the non-Defaulting Party; |
|
|
8.6.2 |
|
any act, omission or transaction of the non-Defaulting Party, or the
non-Defaulting Partys respective directors, officers, employees or agents or
successors in title, after Signing; |
|
|
8.6.3 |
|
the passing of, or any change in, any Law or administrative practice of any
Governmental Authority after Signing, including any increase in the rates of Tax
or any imposition of Tax or any withdrawal of relief from Tax not actually in
effect at Signing; |
|
|
8.6.4 |
|
any change after Signing of any generally accepted interpretation or
application of any Law; or |
|
|
8.6.5 |
|
any change in any accounting or Tax policy, basis or practice of NXP or ST,
as applicable, introduced or having effect after Signing. |
The Defaulting Party shall not be liable in respect of any claims made by the
non-Defaulting Party to the extent that the Losses in respect of which a claim is
made are covered by a policy of insurance in force immediately prior to the Closing
and insofar as the Company has a right of recovery.
8.8 |
|
Net financial benefit |
The Defaulting Party shall not be liable under this Agreement in respect of any
claims to the extent of any corresponding savings actually made by the
non-Defaulting Party arising in respect of such Losses or the facts giving rise to
such Losses (for example, without limitation, where the amount (if any) by which
any Tax for which would otherwise have been accountable or liable to be assessed is
actually or will actually be reduced or extinguished as a result of the matter
giving rise to such liability).
The non-Defaulting Party shall use all reasonable efforts to procure that all
reasonable steps are taken and all reasonable assistance is given to avoid or
mitigate any Losses which in the absence of mitigation might give rise to a
liability in respect of any claim under this Agreement.
29
8.10 |
|
Non-Defaulting Partys right to recover |
|
8.10.1 |
|
The Warrantor shall not be liable in respect of any Losses relating to any actual
liability unless and until such actual liability is due and payable, or any Losses
relating to any liability which is contingent unless and until such contingent liability
becomes an actual liability and is due and payable, provided that this Clause 8.10.1 shall
not operate to exclude liability in relation to a claim made in respect of an actual or
contingent liability within the relevant time limit specified in Clause 8.1 and specifying
the matters set out in Clause 9.2. |
|
|
8.10.2 |
|
If the Warrantor has paid an amount in discharge of any claim under this Agreement and
any member of the Warrantees Group subsequently recovers (whether by payment, discount,
credit, relief, insurance or otherwise) from a third party a sum which indemnifies or
compensates any member of the Warrantees Group (in whole or in part) in respect of the
Loss which is the subject matter of the claim, then the Warrantee shall procure that the
relevant member of the Warrantees Group forthwith pays to the Warrantor the full amount
recovered, less any costs and expenses reasonably incurred in obtaining such recovery and
limited to the amount actually paid by the Warrantor in respect of the claim. |
The non-Defaulting Party shall not be entitled to recover from the Defaulting Party under
this Agreement more than once in respect of the same Losses suffered. Subject to any other
limitations set out in this Agreement, in the event that any matter, act, omission or
circumstance (or any combination thereof) giving rise to a breach of a R&W is the subject of
an indemnity under this Agreement, the non-Defaulting Partys claim shall be limited to a
claim under said indemnity.
8.12 |
|
Non-applicability to certain claims |
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause 8:
|
8.12.1 |
|
the provisions of this Clause 8, save for Clauses 8.1.1, 8.5 and 8.7 through 8.11, shall
not apply to any claims made under the Tax Indemnity. |
|
|
8.12.2 |
|
the provisions of this Clause 8, save for Clauses 8.8 through 8.11, shall not apply to
any claims made under Paragraph 1 (Incorporation; existence; solvency), 2 (Authority) or
3 (Corporate action) of Schedule 14; |
|
|
8.12.3 |
|
the provisions of this Clause 8, save for Clauses 8.8 through 8.11, shall not apply to
any claims made under the indemnities included in Clause 6.10 and Clause 6.11.1,
Paragraph 6.4 of Schedule 3 (Calamba environmental indemnity), Paragraphs 3 and 4
of Schedule 7 (employment indemnities) and Paragraph 1.14 of Schedule 8
(pension indemnity). |
9.1 |
|
Notification of potential claims |
If the Warrantee becomes aware of any matter or circumstance that may give rise to a claim
30
against the Warrantor, under the R&Ws, the Warrantee, shall within forty (40) Business
Days deliver a notice to Warrantor setting out such information as is available to it as is
reasonably necessary to enable the Warrantor to assess the merits of the claim, to act to
preserve evidence and to make such provision as the Warrantor may consider necessary,
provided that failure to give such notification within the aforesaid forty (40) Business Days
shall not affect Warrantees right to make the claim except to the extent Warrantor shall
have been or will be actually prejudiced as a result of such failure.
9.2 |
|
Notification of claims |
Without detracting from Clause 9.1, notices of claims under the R&Ws shall be given by the
Warrantee to the Warrantor within the time limits specified in Clause 8.1, specifying full
information of the legal and factual basis of the claim and the evidence on which the
Warrantee relies and, if practicable, an estimate of the amount of Losses which are, or are
to be, the subject of the claim (including any Losses which are contingent on the occurrence
of any future event).
9.3 |
|
Commencement of proceedings |
Without detracting from Clause 9.2, any claim notified to the Warrantor shall (if it has not
been previously satisfied, settled or withdrawn) be deemed to be irrevocably withdrawn six
(6) months after the notice is given pursuant to Clause 9.2 or, in the case of any
contingent liability, six (6) months after such contingent liability becomes an actual
liability and is due and payable unless legal proceedings in respect of it (i) have been
formally commenced and (ii) are being and continue to be pursued with reasonable diligence.
9.4 |
|
Investigation by the Warrantor |
In connection with any matter or circumstance notified by the Warrantee pursuant to Clause
9.1 or 9.2:
|
9.4.1 |
|
the Warrantee shall allow the Warrantor and its financial, accounting, legal and
other advisors to investigate the matter or circumstance alleged to give rise to such
claim and whether and to what extent any amount is or may be payable in respect of such
claim; and |
|
|
9.4.2 |
|
the Warrantee shall disclose to the Warrantor all information of which it is aware
which relates to the claim and shall give, subject to being paid reasonable costs and
expenses, all such information and assistance, including access to premises and
personnel, and the right to examine and copy or photograph any assets, accounts,
documents and records, in each case as the Warrantor or its financial, accounting, legal
or other advisors may reasonably request. |
9.5 |
|
Procedure for third party claims |
|
9.5.1 |
|
If the claim notified to the Warrantor is a result of or in connection with a claim
by or liability to a third party then: |
|
(a) |
|
no admissions in relation to such third party claim shall be made by
or on behalf of the Warrantee and the claim shall not be compromised, disposed of
or settled without the prior written consent of the Warrantor; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the Warrantor shall be entitled at its own expense, by notice to the Company and the |
31
Warrantee, and the Company and the Warrantee shall duly and fully co-operate to allow
the Warrantor, to take such action as it deems necessary to avoid, dispute, deny,
defend, resist, appeal, compromise or contest such claim or liability (including
making counterclaims or other claims against third parties) in the name of and on
behalf of the Warrantee, the Company or its relevant Affiliate, as the case may be,
and to control the conduct of any related proceedings, negotiations or appeals; and
|
(c) |
|
where the Warrantor has issued a notice pursuant to Clause (b), the
Warrantee and the Company shall give, and shall procure that their Affiliates give,
subject to being paid reasonable costs and expenses, all such information and
assistance including access to premises and personnel, and the right to examine and
copy or photograph any assets, accounts, documents and records, as the Warrantor may
reasonably request for the purpose referred to in Clause (b), including instructing
such professional or legal advisors as the Warrantor may nominate to act on behalf
of the Warrantee and the Company, but in accordance with the Warrantors
instructions, it being agreed that the Warrantor shall keep the Warrantee and the
Company informed of all relevant matters relating to the claim and shall forward or
procure to be forwarded to the Warrantee and the Company copies of all material
external correspondence (other than such correspondence as is subject to legal
professional privilege of the Warrantor) relating to the claim. |
|
9.5.2 |
|
If the Company or the Warrantor, as the case may be, conducts the defence of a claim,
the Company or the Warrantor, as the case may be, shall conduct the defence to the best of
its abilities, taking into account not only its own interests but also the Warrantors and
Warrantees or the Companys interest, as the case may be. |
No announcement or circular in connection with the existence or the subject matter of this
Agreement shall be made or issued by or on behalf of ST or NXP without the prior written
approval of ST and NXP. This shall not affect any announcement or circular required by Law or
the rules of any recognised stock exchange on which the shares of either Party are listed,
provided that the Party with an obligation to make an announcement or issue a circular shall
consult with the other Party insofar as is reasonably practicable before complying with such
an obligation.
10.2 |
|
Confidentiality undertaking |
|
10.2.1 |
|
The Confidentiality Agreement shall cease to have any force or effect from Closing. |
|
|
10.2.2 |
|
Subject to Clause 10.1 and Clause 10.2.3, each of the Parties shall treat as strictly
confidential and not disclose or use any information contained in or received or obtained
as a result of entering into this Agreement (or any agreement entered into pursuant to
this Agreement) which relates to: |
32
|
(a) |
|
the provisions of this Agreement or any agreement entered into
pursuant to this Agreement; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the negotiations relating to this Agreement (or any such other agreement); or |
|
|
(c) |
|
a Party to this Agreement or the business carried on by it or any
member of its group of companies. |
|
10.2.3 |
|
Clause 10.2.2 shall not prohibit disclosure or use of any information if and to the
extent: |
|
(a) |
|
the disclosure or use is required by Law or any recognised stock
exchange on which the shares of any Party are listed; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the disclosure or use is required to vest the full benefit of this
Agreement in any Party; |
|
|
(c) |
|
the disclosure or use is required for the purpose of any judicial
proceedings arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into
under or pursuant to this Agreement or the disclosure is made to a Tax
Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing Party; |
|
|
(d) |
|
the disclosure is made to professional advisors of any Party on
terms that such professional advisors undertake to comply with the provisions
of Clause 10.2.2 in respect of such information as if they were a party to
this Agreement; |
|
|
(e) |
|
the information is or becomes publicly available (other than by
breach of the Confidentiality Agreement or of this Agreement); |
|
|
(f) |
|
the other Party has given prior written approval to the disclosure or use; or |
|
|
(g) |
|
the information is independently developed after Closing; |
provided that prior to disclosure or use of any information pursuant to Clause
10.2.3(a), (b), or (c), the Party concerned shall promptly notify the other Party
of such requirement with a view to providing the other Party with the opportunity
to contest such disclosure or use or otherwise to agree the timing and content of
such disclosure or use.
Each of the Parties shall from time to time execute such documents and perform such
acts and things as the other Party may reasonably require to transfer their Relevant
Businesses to the Joint Venture, and to give any Party the full benefit of this
Agreement.
|
11.2.1 |
|
This Agreement, together with the Transaction Documents, contains the whole agreement
between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, to the exclusion of any
terms implied by Law which may be excluded by contract, and supersedes any previous
written or oral agreement between the Parties in relation to the matters dealt with in this
Agreement. |
33
|
11.2.2 |
|
ST acknowledges that it has not been induced to enter into this
Agreement by any representation, warranty or undertaking not expressly set out
in this Agreement. |
|
|
11.2.3 |
|
NXP acknowledges that it has not been induced to enter into this Agreement by
any representation, warranty or undertaking not expressly set out in this
Agreement. |
Any Party may assign, grant any security interest over or otherwise transfer, in
whole or in part, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided
that such assignment, granting or transfer takes place to a party that becomes a
shareholder of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Shareholders
Agreement. Any other assignment, granting of security interest over or other
transfer shall require the prior written consent of the other Party.
No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing
and signed by or on behalf of the waiving Party.
No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by
or on behalf of each of the Parties.
This Agreement does not contain a stipulation in favour of a third party
(derdenbeding), except for the Company and the relevant Group Companies in
relation to all provisions of this Agreement pursuant to which the Company and/or
the Group Companies are granted certain rights or are the recipient of certain
guarantees, covenants or undertakings and for the relevant members of the NXP Group
in relation to Clause 6.10 and Clause 6.14.
Without prejudice to Clauses 3.5 and 5.4.2, each Party waives its right to rescind
(ontbinden) this Agreement on the basis of section 6:265 of the Netherlands Civil
Code. The mistaken party shall bear the risk of any mistake (dwaling) in making
this Agreement.
Unless this Agreement provides otherwise, all costs which a Party has incurred or
must incur in preparing, concluding or performing this Agreement, including the
relevant Transaction Costs and Disentanglement Costs, are for its own account. The
Start-Up Costs shall be borne by either the Company or by ST and NXP pro rata to
their shareholdings in the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, all Restructuring
Costs shall be for the account of the Company, unless provided otherwise in this
Agreement. NXP will bear all the WH2 Reorganisation Costs.
If any Party defaults in the payment when due of any sum payable under this
Agreement, the liability of that Party shall be increased to include interest on
such sum from the date when such payment is due until the date of actual payment
(as well after as before judgement) at the Interest
34
Rate.
|
11.10.1 |
|
Any notice in connection with this Agreement (a Notice) shall be: |
|
(a) |
|
in writing; |
|
|
(b) |
|
in English; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
delivered by hand, fax, registered post or by courier using an
internationally recognised courier company. |
|
11.10.2 |
|
A Notice to ST shall be sent to ST at the following address, or such other
person or |
|
|
|
|
address as ST may notify to NXP from time to time: |
|
|
|
|
ST N.V. |
|
|
|
|
39 Chemin de Champ des Filles |
|
|
|
|
1228 Plan les Ouates, Geneva |
|
|
|
|
Switzerland |
|
|
|
|
Fax: +41 22 929 5906 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: General Counsel |
|
|
11.10.3 |
|
A Notice to NXP shall be sent to NXP at the following address, or such other
person or address as NXP may notify to ST from time to time: |
|
|
|
|
NXP B.V. |
|
|
|
|
High Tech Campus 60 |
|
|
|
|
5656 AG Eindhoven |
|
|
|
|
The Netherlands |
|
|
|
|
Fax: + 31 40 272 9658 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: General Counsel |
|
|
11.10.4 |
|
A Notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received: |
|
(a) |
|
at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, registered post or courier; |
|
|
(b) |
|
at the time of transmission in legible form, if delivered by fax. |
If any provision in this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or
unenforceable, in whole or in part, under any Law:
|
11.11.1 |
|
such provision or part shall to that extent be deemed not to form part of
this Agreement but the legality, validity or enforceability of the remainder of
this Agreement shall not be affected; |
|
|
11.11.2 |
|
ST and NXP shall use reasonable efforts to agree a replacement provision that
is legal, valid and enforceable to achieve so far as possible the intended
effect of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision. |
35
This Agreement may be entered into in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together
shall constitute one and the same instrument. ST and NXP may enter into this Agreement by
signing any such counterpart.
|
11.13.1 |
|
The Parties will attempt in good faith to resolve promptly any dispute arising out of or
relating to this Agreement by negotiation. If the matter is not resolved in the normal
course of business any Party may give the other Party notice of any such dispute not
resolved, after which the dispute will be referred to the CEOs of the Parties, who will
similarly attempt to resolve the dispute. |
|
|
11.13.2 |
|
If the dispute has not been resolved within sixty (60) days after delivery of the notice
referred to in Paragraph 11.13.1, then at the election of any Party, the dispute will be
finally and exclusively settled by arbitration pursuant to the Rules of Conciliation and
Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by three arbiters appointed according
to said Rules, the foregoing without prejudice to any Partys right to seek injunctive
relief before a competent court. Arbitration shall take place in Paris and the procedure
will be conducted in the English language in accordance with the rules of law. The right,
if any, to discovery is excluded. |
This Agreement and the documents to be entered into pursuant to it, save as expressly
otherwise provided therein, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Law of
the Netherlands.
AGREED AND SIGNED ON 10 APRIL 2008 BY:
STMicroelectronics N.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Carlo Bozotti |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Carlo Bozotti |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
President and CEO |
|
|
NXP B.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Frans van Houten |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Frans van Houten |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
President and CEO |
|
|
36
EX-4.4
Exhibit 4.4
TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET L.M. ERICSSON
and
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT
relating to the establishment of a joint venture
Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London, EC1Y 8YY
(JCXT/MJMC/RAWS)
TP082320055
1
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 19 August 2008 between:
(1) |
|
TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET L.M. ERICSSON, a company incorporated in Sweden with
registered number 556016-0680 and its registered office at 164 83 Stockholm, Sweden
(Ericsson); and |
|
(2) |
|
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V., a public company with limited liability incorporated in
the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam and address at WTC Schiphol
Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH Schiphol Airport, Amsterdam, the Netherlands (ST), |
(the Parties).
WHEREAS:
(A) |
|
The Parties have engaged in in-depth discussions concerning the establishment of a
joint venture (the Joint Venture) in order to combine their respective wireless
platform solution businesses and to record the basis of their mutual understandings and
intentions with respect to such a proposed joint venture. |
|
(B) |
|
The Joint Venture will have the objective of becoming a long-term, world-leading,
profitable provider of wireless platform solutions based on technology leadership in
2G, 3G, future cellular standards and multimedia. The Joint Venture will have a wide
portfolio of connectivity products to provide a competitive total platform offering and will
operate as a fabless semiconductor vendor. |
|
(C) |
|
The Joint Venture will be conducted through the medium of two companies to be
incorporated for that purpose, one of which (JVD) will initially be owned and
controlled as to 50% plus one share by Ericsson (and consolidated accordingly) and 50% minus
one share by ST and the other of which (JVS) will initially be owned and controlled
as to 50% plus one share by ST (and consolidated accordingly) and 50% minus one share
by Ericsson. |
|
(D) |
|
Within the Joint Venture, JVD will be responsible for the development of the 3G
cellular modem technology inherited from Ericsson, and its evolution. JVD will act as service centre to JVS and Ericsson. |
|
(E) |
|
JVS will be responsible for the other operations of the Joint Venture. JVSs scope
will include the full commercial operation of the Joint Venture, namely sales, marketing,
supply and the full product responsibility, including product development activities
and industrial implementation of modem technologies developed by JVD. All R&D activities
not contained in JVD will be contained in JVS. JVSs responsibility will be to ensure
the commercial success of the Joint Venture by addressing customer requirements and
ensuring that the Joint Venture continuously has a competitive product offering within
the scope of the Joint Venture. |
|
(F) |
|
The Parties share a commitment to the long term success of the Joint Venture and
each recognises both the important contributions that they can make to the Joint Venture
and the value to the Joint Venture of the current and ongoing relationships that the
Joint Venture will have with its parent companies. |
2
(G) |
|
The Agreed Form Documents govern principally the continuing relationship between
the Parties as shareholders of and in relation to JVS and JVD. |
|
(H) |
|
The Term Sheets are intended to form the basis for definitive agreements to be
finalised and designated as Agreed Form Documents before Completion but are binding in the
absence of such definitive agreements. |
|
(I) |
|
The Parties recognise that this Agreement cannot regulate for every possible future
circumstance (whether foreseeable or unforeseeable) and that the appropriate way to deal with
these future circumstances will need to be determined by them in a reasonable manner. |
|
(J) |
|
Each of the Parties enters into this Agreement in consideration of the other
Party entering into this Agreement and accepting the obligations contained in it. |
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
1. INTERPRETATION AND PRELIMINARY
1.1 |
|
In this Agreement, the following expressions have the meanings ascribed to them
hereunder and cognate expressions have corresponding meanings: |
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
means the book debts, notes receivable and other
rights to payment arising from the operation of the
Ericsson Business or the ST Business, other than as
between those members of the ST Group which are
being transferred at Completion, or between those
members of the Ericsson Group which are being
transferred at Completion; |
|
|
|
Acquired Rights Directive
|
|
means the Acquired Rights Directive 2001/23/EC of
12th March 2001; |
|
|
|
Acquirors
|
|
means one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of JVS
or JVD designated by ST or Ericsson (as the case
may be) as an acquiror; |
|
|
|
Affiliate
|
|
in relation to Ericsson, means Members of the
Ericsson Group and in relation to ST, means Members
of the ST Group; |
|
|
|
Agreed Exchange Rate
|
|
means USD 1.57 for EUR 1.00; |
|
|
|
Agreed Form Documents
|
|
means the documents and agreements in the agreed
form specified in Schedule 1 (Agreed Form
Documents), and any other document or agreement
designated as such by agreement in writing between
the Parties, collectively or individually as the
context may require; |
3
|
|
|
Agreement
|
|
means this document together with its Schedules; |
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
means any benefit arrangement, plan or scheme provided by a
Member of the ST Group or Member of the Ericsson Group, as
applicable, that provides or contingently provides
compensation or remuneration in any form including, without
limitation, profit sharing, stock option, share option, other
stock or share related rights, other forms of incentive or
deferred compensation, incentive plans, bonus plans or
arrangements, golden parachute arrangements or agreements,
change of control agreement or arrangements, severance pay,
disability arrangements, insurance coverage benefits or
employee assistance programmes but excluding Pension
Arrangements; |
|
|
|
Business Assets
|
|
means the Ericsson Business Assets and/or, as the context may
require, the ST Business Assets; |
|
|
|
Business Day
|
|
means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday
in Stockholm or Geneva; |
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
means cash in hand, cash in transit, cash at bank and any
other cash equivalents; |
|
|
|
Cash Consideration
|
|
means USD 700 million as adjusted pursuant to Clause 7.6; |
|
|
|
Closing Agreement
|
|
means the Closing and Amendment Agreement relating to the
Falcon Sale and Contribution Agreement between ST and NXP
B.V.; |
|
|
|
Completion
|
|
means completion of this Agreement in accordance with Clause
10 (Completion); |
|
|
|
Completion Assets
|
|
means any item of economic value to JVS (to the extent not
funding a liability being transferred on a Fully Funded Basis
or an ST Transferred Liability) of the ST Business that ST
transfers to the JVS under Clauses 7.3(A)(i) and 7.3(A)(ii)
of this Agreement including but not limited to cash (to the
extent not extracted), goodwill, patents, trademarks,
inventories, property, plant, equipment, equity investments
and deferred tax assets but excluding the ST Excluded Assets
(other than cash to the extent not extracted prior to
transfer); |
|
|
|
Completion Asset Amount
|
|
means, in relation to the ST Business, the aggregate book
value of the Completion Assets of the ST |
4
|
|
|
|
|
Business as stated in the Completion Asset Statement stated
net of the ST Transferred Liabilities plus the aggregate
book value of the Ericsson Accrued Vacation/Bonus
Liabilities; |
|
|
|
Completion Asset Statement
|
|
means the statement of the book values of the Completion
Assets of the ST Business and of the ST Transferred
Liabilities to be prepared pursuant to Clause 7.8(B); |
|
|
|
Completion Businesses
|
|
means the Ericsson Business and the ST Business, the
transfer of which completes on the Completion Date and
Completion Businesses shall be construed accordingly; |
|
|
|
Completion Date
|
|
means either the later of (i) the day that falls one day
after the NXP Sale occurs; and (ii) the day that falls one
month after the Conditions Precedent are fulfilled; or
(iii) such other date as the parties agree; |
|
|
|
Conditions Precedent
|
|
means the conditions specified in Schedule 2 (Conditions
Precedent), collectively or individually as the context may
require; |
|
|
|
Connected Dispute
|
|
means a Dispute which is referred to arbitration pursuant
to this Agreement after an Existing Dispute has already
been referred to arbitration pursuant to this Agreement; |
|
|
|
Consolidation Notice
|
|
means a notice in writing pursuant to Clause 3 of Schedule
4 (Arbitration) or requesting pursuant to Clause 4 of
Schedule 4 (Arbitration) that a Connected Dispute and an
Existing Dispute shall be resolved in a single arbitral
proceeding; |
|
|
|
Consolidation Order
|
|
means an order by an arbitral tribunal that an Existing
Dispute and a Connected Dispute be resolved in the same
arbitral proceedings; |
|
|
|
Continuing Party
|
|
has the meaning given to it in the Shareholders Agreement; |
|
|
|
Delayed Completion
|
|
has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.3; |
|
|
|
Dispute
|
|
means any justiciable dispute, controversy or claim arising
out of or in connection with any Transaction Document or
any other agreement or arrangement in connection with the
subject matter of any of the same, or the breach,
termination or validity thereof; |
5
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
means the Ericsson Employees and the ST Employees; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Accounting
Principles
|
|
has the meaning given to it in the Shareholders
Agreement; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Accrued
Vacation/Bonus Liabilities
|
|
means the accrued entitlements of the Ericsson
Employees to bonus payments and salary in lieu of
vacation as at the Completion Date, as calculated
in accordance with the Ericsson Accounting
Principles and as set out in the Ericsson
Completion Liability Statement; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Assumed Liabilities
|
|
means any Liabilities arising in connection with
the carrying on of the Ericsson Business after the
Completion Date, the Ericsson IP Liabilities,
Ericsson Accrued Vacation/Bonus Liabilities,
purchase orders made and not fulfilled prior to
Completion and any other Liabilities for which the
JV Companies or the Acquirors are expressed to
assume liability or responsibility (whether
pursuant to this Agreement, the Transaction
Documents or any other arrangements), but shall not
include the Excluded Liabilities and any other
Liabilities for which Ericsson or, as the case may
be, any Member of the Ericsson Group, is expressed
to remain liable (whether pursuant to this
Agreement, the Transaction Documents or any other
arrangements); |
|
|
|
Ericsson Business
|
|
means the business described in Part 2 of Schedule
11 (Businesses); |
|
|
|
Ericsson Business Assets
|
|
means the Ericsson JVD Business Assets and the
Ericsson JVS Business Assets; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Business Contracts
|
|
means the customer and supply contracts which
relate exclusively to the Ericsson Business; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Cash Contribution
|
|
means USD 1.1 billion (of which it is anticipated
that after transfer of the Cash Consideration to ST
in accordance with Clause 7 the remaining amount
shall remain in or be transferred to JVS); |
|
|
|
Ericsson Completion
Liability Statement
|
|
means the statement of the Ericsson Accrued
Vacation/Bonus Liabilities to be prepared pursuant
to clause 7.9; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Completion Pension
Statement
|
|
means the statement of the pension liabilities of
the Ericsson Business to be prepared pursuant to
Clause 9.1 and in full accordance with Schedule 14 |
6
|
|
|
|
|
(Pensions); |
|
|
|
Ericsson Employees
|
|
means the employees
of a Member of the
Ericsson Group who,
immediately prior
to the Completion
Date, work
exclusively or
predominantly in
the Ericsson
Business; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Excluded Liabilities
|
|
means those items
set out in Part 2
of Schedule 10
(Excluded
Liabilities); |
|
|
|
Ericsson Group
|
|
means Ericsson and
its subsidiaries
from time to time
and the expression
Member of the
Ericsson Group
shall be construed
accordingly; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Indemnified Parties
|
|
means Ericsson and
the other Members
of the Ericsson
Group and their
respective
directors,
officers,
employees, agents
and successors from
time to time; |
|
|
|
Ericsson IP Liabilities
|
|
has the meaning
given in Part 2 of
Schedule 10
(Excluded
Liabilities); |
|
|
|
Ericsson JVD Business Assets
|
|
means those items
set out in Part 2
of Schedule 13
(Business Assets)
and identified as
such; |
|
|
|
Ericsson JVS Business Assets
|
|
means those items
set out in Part 2
of Schedule 13
(Business Assets)
and identified as
such; |
|
|
|
Ericsson JVD Consideration
Shares
|
|
means the shares in
JVD representing
50% plus one share
in the capital of
JVD at Completion; |
|
|
|
Ericsson JVS Consideration
Shares
|
|
means the shares in
JVS representing
50% minus one share
in the capital of
JVS at Completion; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Schemes
|
|
means any
Retirement Benefit
Plan operated for
the benefit of
Ericsson Employees; |
|
|
|
Ericsson Existing Third Party
Licences
|
|
means arrangements
or agreements
relating to or
licences of
Intellectual
Property granted by
third parties
existing as at the
date of this
agreement for use
in and by the
Ericsson Business; |
|
|
|
Estimated Completion Assets
Amount
|
|
means the estimated
aggregate book
value of the
Completion Assets
of the ST Business
less of the ST
Transferred
Liabilities as
stated in the
Estimated
Completion Asset
Statement less of
the ST Transferred
Liabilities plus
the estimated
aggregate book
value of the
Ericsson Accrued
Vacation/Bonus
Liability as stated
in the Estimated
Ericsson |
7
|
|
|
|
|
Completion Liability Statement; |
|
|
|
Estimated
Completion Asset
Statement
|
|
means the estimated statement of the book values of
the Completion Assets of the ST Business and of the
ST Transferred Liabilities to be prepared pursuant
to Clause 7.8(A); |
|
|
|
Estimated Ericsson
Completion Liability
Statement
|
|
means the estimated statement of the book value of
the Ericsson Accrued Vacation/Bonus Liability to be
prepared pursuant to Clause 7.9; |
|
|
|
Excluded Businesses
|
|
means any and all businesses carried on or to be
carried on from time to time by Members of Ericsson
Group or Members of the ST Group other than the
Ericsson Business or the ST Business; |
|
|
|
Excluded Liabilities
|
|
means the Ericsson Excluded Liabilities and/or, as
the context requires, the ST Excluded Liabilities; |
|
|
|
Existing Arbitration
|
|
means the arbitration concerning an Existing Dispute; |
|
|
|
Existing Dispute
|
|
means a Dispute which has been referred to
arbitration pursuant to this Agreement; |
|
|
|
Falcon Sale and
Contribution Agreement
|
|
means the sale and contribution agreement between ST
and NXP B.V. for the establishment of a joint
venture in the field of semiconductors for cellular
communication dated 10 April 2008 as amended and
supplemented by the Closing Agreement; |
|
|
|
Fully Funded Basis
|
|
means that for any financial liabilities or pension
liabilities transferred to the JV Companies they are
to be cash collateralised on Completion or pursuant
to Clause 9 on the basis appropriate for the
relevant type of financial liability; |
|
|
|
Governmental Authority
|
|
means, to the extent it has jurisdiction, any
supranational governmental commission, council,
directorate, court, trade agency, regulatory body or
other authority, or any national government, any
legislature, any political subdivision of a national
government or of any state, country, province or
local jurisdiction therein, or any agency or
instrumentality of any such government or political
subdivision; |
|
|
|
ICC
|
|
means the International Chamber of Commerce; |
|
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
|
means patents, trade marks, rights in designs,copyrights, database rights, rights in know how |
8
|
|
|
|
|
(whether or not any of those is registered and
including applications for registration of any
such thing) and all rights or forms of
protection of a similar nature having
equivalent or similar effect to any of these
which may subsist anywhere in the world; |
|
|
|
JV Auditors
|
|
means PricewaterhouseCoopers; |
|
|
|
JV Companies
|
|
means JVD and JVS or either one of them as the
context requires; |
|
|
|
JV Group
|
|
means together the JVS Group and the JVD Group; |
|
|
|
JV Indemnified Parties
|
|
means together the JVS Indemnified Parties and
the JVD Indemnified Parties; |
|
|
|
JVD Consideration Shares
|
|
means the ST JVD Consideration Shares and the
Ericsson JVD Consideration Shares; |
|
|
|
JVD Group
|
|
means JVD and its subsidiaries from time to
time and the expression Member of the JVD
Group
shall be construed accordingly; |
|
|
|
JVD Indemnified Parties
|
|
means JVD and other Members of the JVD Group
and their respective directors, officers,
employees, agents and successors from time to
time; |
|
|
|
JVS Consideration Shares
|
|
means the ST JVS Consideration Shares and the
Ericsson JVS Consideration Shares; |
|
|
|
JVS Group
|
|
means JVS and its subsidiaries from time to
time and the expression Member of the JVS
Group shall be construed accordingly; |
|
|
|
JVS Indemnified Parties
|
|
means JVS and other Members of the JVS Group
and their respective directors, officers,
employees, agents and successors from time to
time; |
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
means all and any proceedings, costs, demands,
damages, losses, Taxes, liabilities, fines,
penalties, obligations and expenses of any kind
whatsoever whether actual or contingent,
primary or secondary, known or unknown or
accrued; |
|
|
|
Longstop Date
|
|
means 5:00 p.m. on 31 May 2009; |
|
|
|
Minimum Completion
Assets Amount
|
|
means the USD 1.080 million; |
9
|
|
|
Maximum
Adjustment Cash Payment
|
|
means USD 75 million; |
|
|
|
Merger Regulation
|
|
means Council Regulation (EC) No.139/2004; |
|
|
|
NXP Business
|
|
has the meaning given to it in Part 1 of
Schedule 11 (Businesses); |
|
|
|
NXP Condition Precedent
|
|
means the transfer of all shares held by
NXP B.V. in ST-NXP Wireless to ST or a
Member of the ST Group; |
|
|
|
NXP Longstop Date
|
|
has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.3; |
|
|
|
NXP Sale
|
|
means the transfer of all shares held by
NXP B.V. in ST-NXP Wireless to ST or a
Member of the ST Group; |
|
|
|
Non-NXP Business
|
|
has the meaning given to it in Part 1 of
Schedule 11 (Businesses); |
|
|
|
Non-NXP Employees
|
|
means the employees of a Member of the ST
Group who, immediately prior to the
Completion Date, work exclusively or
predominantly in the Non-NXP Business; |
|
|
|
Parties
|
|
means the parties to this Agreement and
Party means any one of them; |
|
|
|
Pension Arrangements
|
|
means all lump sum, pension or similar
plans, schemes or arrangements with respect
to which an employer has any obligation to
pay or otherwise to provide benefits on or
after retirement (whether early retirement
or otherwise) or death or in recognition of
the attainment of a certain period of
service; |
|
|
|
Reference Completion
Assets Amount
|
|
means USD 1200 million; |
|
|
|
Regulatory Authorities
|
|
means the European Commission and the
competition authorities of China, South
Korea, Japan and Israel; |
|
|
|
Representative Entity
|
|
means any trade or labour union, employee
representative body, works or staff council
or other standing employees consultative
committee or organisation; |
|
|
|
Retirement Benefit Plan
|
|
means any plan, scheme or arrangement,
whether or not funded, for the provision of
Retirement |
10
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits; |
|
|
|
Retirement Benefits
|
|
means all or any pension, lump sum, gratuity, payment
of costs (including, without limitation, medical,
dental or other healthcare costs), or other like
benefit provided or to be provided: |
|
|
|
|
|
on or after retirement; |
|
|
|
|
|
on death; |
|
|
|
|
|
on or after termination of employment; |
|
|
|
|
|
on or in connection with disability; |
|
|
|
|
|
on achievement of certain in service;
milestones
(jubilee or long service awards), |
|
|
|
|
|
but excluding any benefit provided under an
arrangement the sole purpose of which is to provide
benefits on injury or death by accident occurring
whilst an employee; |
|
|
|
Rules
|
|
means the rules of conciliation and arbitration of
the ICC in force at the time a Dispute is referred
under Schedule 4; |
|
|
|
SEMC
|
|
means Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications; |
|
|
|
Significant Jurisdiction
|
|
means Sweden, France, Netherlands, United Kingdom,
Switzerland, Norway, Israel, South Korea, Germany and
the United States; |
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
means the Ericsson JVD Consideration Shares, the
Ericsson JVS Consideration Shares, ST JVS
Consideration Shares and the ST JVD Consideration
Shares; |
|
|
|
Share Schemes
|
|
means any stock or stock based incentive schemes
operated by the JV Partners (or Members of their
Groups) under which any Ericsson or ST Employees (as
the case may be) have benefits or awards granted
prior to Completion; |
|
|
|
Shareholders Agreement
|
|
means the shareholders agreement to be dated the
Completion Date and made between Ericsson, ST, JVS
and JVD governing the terms upon which JVS and JVD
will be operated as joint ventures for the purposes,
and on the terms, set out in such |
11
|
|
|
|
|
agreement; |
|
|
|
ST Accounting Principles
|
|
has the meaning set out in the Shareholders Agreement; |
|
|
|
Start-Up Costs
|
|
means the cost of setting up the various new companies
that will form the JV Group (excluding those companies
transferred to the JV Companies by the JV Partners at
Completion) and any filing fees in relation to
Conditions Precedent required to be made in any
jurisdiction in connection with the Joint Venture,
including all costs, penalties and fines resulting from
not filing in any jurisdiction where it is determined
that an anti-trust filing should have taken place; |
|
|
|
ST Accrued
Vacation/Bonus
Liabilities
|
|
means the accrued entitlements of ST Employees to bonus
payments and salary in lieu of vacation as at the
Completion Date, as calculated in accordance with the
ST Accounting Principles and as set out in the
Completion Asset Statement; |
|
|
|
ST Assumed Liabilities
|
|
means any Liabilities arising in connection with the
carrying on of the ST Business after the Completion
Date, the ST IP Liabilities, the ST Transferred
Liabilities, the ST Collateralised Financial
Liabilities, purchase orders made and not fulfilled
prior to Completion, the ST-NXP Group Pension
Liabilities and any other Liabilities for which JVS or
the Acquirors are expressed to assume liability or
responsibility (whether pursuant to this Agreement, the
Transaction Documents or any other arrangements), but
shall not include the Excluded Liabilities and any
other Liabilities for which ST or, as the case may be,
any Member of the ST Group, is expressed to remain
liable (whether pursuant to this Agreement, the
Transaction Documents or any other arrangements); |
|
|
|
ST Business
|
|
means the business described in Part 1 of Schedule 11
(Business) comprising the NXP Business and the Non-NXP
Business; |
|
|
|
ST Business Assets
|
|
means those items set out in Part 1 of Schedule 13
(Business Assets); |
|
|
|
ST Business Contracts
|
|
means the customer and supply contracts which relate
exclusively to the ST Business; |
12
|
|
|
ST Collateralised Financial Liabilities
|
|
means: |
|
|
|
|
|
(i) any indebtedness,
bank loans, bank
overdrafts, bonds,
finance leases or other
borrowings held by any
entities transferred by
ST or a Member of the ST
Group to the JV
Companies at Completion;
and |
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) which cannot be
satisfied or cannot be
satisfied in terms
satisfactory to ST,
prior to Completion; and |
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) which are assumed
by the JV Companies on
Completion on a Fully
Funded Basis. |
|
|
|
ST Completion Pension Statement
|
|
means the statement of
the pension liabilities
of the ST Business to be
prepared pursuant to
Clause 9.1 and in full
accordance with Schedule
14 (Pensions); |
|
|
|
ST Employees
|
|
means the employees of a
Member of the ST Group
who, immediately prior
to the Completion Date,
work exclusively or
predominantly in the ST
Business; |
|
|
|
ST Excluded Assets
|
|
means those items sets
out in Schedule 9
(Excluded Assets); |
|
|
|
ST Excluded Liabilities
|
|
means those items sets
out in Part 1 of
Schedule 10 (Excluded
Liabilities); |
|
|
|
ST IP Liabilities
|
|
has the meaning given in
Part 1 of Schedule 10
(Excluded Liabilities); |
|
|
|
ST Group
|
|
means ST and its
subsidiaries from time
to time and the
expression Member of
the ST Group shall be
construed accordingly; |
|
|
|
ST JVD Consideration Shares
|
|
means the shares in JVD
representing 50% minus
one share in the capital
of JVD at Completion; |
|
|
|
ST JVS Consideration Shares
|
|
means the shares in JVS
representing 50% plus
one share in the capital
of JVS at Completion; |
|
|
|
ST Indemnified Parties
|
|
means ST and the other
Members of the ST Group
and their respective
directors, officers,
employees, agents and
successors from time to
time; |
|
|
|
ST-NXP Group Pension Liabilities
|
|
means the pension
liabilities which have
been assumed by ST-NXP
Wireless or the ST-NXP
Group on the ST-NXP
Wireless Closing, or
which have been accrued
since the ST-NXP
Closing, or which must
be assumed by the JV
Companies by law (all |
13
|
|
|
|
|
of which shall be assumed on a Fully Funded Basis); |
|
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless Warranties
|
|
means the warranties as set out in Schedule 14 of
the Falcon Sale and Contribution Agreement; |
|
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless
|
|
means ST-NXP Wireless (Holding) AG; |
|
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless Closing
|
|
means the completion of the Falcon Sale and
Contribution Agreement between ST and NXP B.V. dated
10 April 2008 by ST and NXP B.V. which occurred on
28 July 2008; |
|
|
|
ST-NXP Group
|
|
means ST-NXP Wireless and its subsidiaries from time
to time and the expression Member of the ST-NXP
Group shall be construed accordingly; |
|
|
|
ST Schemes
|
|
means any Retirement Benefit Plan operated for the
benefit of ST Employees, and includes those
Retirement Benefit Plans set up (or transferred to)
ST-NXP Wireless as a result of agreements between ST
and NXP; |
|
|
|
ST Ship and Debit Liability
|
|
means the liabilities (actual or accrued) as at the
Completion Date in respect of authorisations granted
by the ST Business to distributors to sell products
at an agreed discounted price and other credits
granted to distributors, calculated in accordance
with ST Accounting Principles and as set out in the
Completion Assets Statement; |
|
|
|
ST Transferred Liabilities
|
|
means the ST Accrued Vacation/Bonus Liabilities and
the ST Ship and Debit Liability; |
|
|
|
Subsidiary
|
|
shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the
Companies Act 2006; |
|
|
|
Surviving Provisions
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it by Clause 3.1.2(A); |
|
|
|
Tax
|
|
means all taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges
and withholdings of any nature whatsoever in any
jurisdiction, including (without limitation) taxes
on gross or net income, profits or gains and taxes
on revenues, turnover, purchases, consumption,
receipts, sales, use, occupation, franchise, value
added and personal property, customs, import and
export duties, stamp duty and other transaction or
documentary taxes, social security, state pension
contributions, taxes arising through the ownership
and occupation of land or premises, taxes levied by
reference to ownership, wealth or the use of any |
14
|
|
|
|
|
property or assets, payroll and
employment taxes, training levies,
taxes arising on the sale, hire,
gift or other disposal of any real
or personal assets or property,
taxes on the change of the control
of any company, together with all
penalties, charges and interest
relating to any of them,
regardless of whether any such
taxes, levies, duties, imposts,
charges, withholdings, penalties
and interest are chargeable
directly or primarily against or
attributable directly or primarily
to any member of the JV Group or
any other person and of whether
any amount in respect of any of
them is recoverable from any other
person; |
|
|
|
Term Sheets
|
|
means the term sheets in the
agreed form specified in Schedule
3 (Term Sheets) and any other term
sheet designated as such by
agreement in writing between the
Parties, collectively or
individually as the context may
require; |
|
|
|
Transaction Documents
|
|
means this Agreement, the Agreed
Form Documents, the Term Sheets
and any other document or
agreement designated as such by
agreement in writing between the
Parties from time to time
(including any agreements so
designated to which their
respective subsidiaries or Members
of the JV Group are parties); |
|
|
|
Unfunded Liability
|
|
means a financial liability or a
pension liability which is
transferred to a JV Company upon
Completion but without the
appropriate level of cash
collateral required for that
financial liability to be on a
Fully Funded Basis; and |
|
|
|
Wrongly Transferred Employee
|
|
means any person who is (i) not an
Employee and whose contract of
employment is found or alleged to
have effect on or after the
Completion Date as if made with a
Member of the JV Group, or (ii)
whom the Parties agree shall be
treated as not an Employee. |
1.2 |
|
Expressions defined elsewhere in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to
them for all purposes in this Agreement, notwithstanding that they have not been defined in
this Clause 1 (Interpretation and Preliminary). |
|
1.3 |
|
References in this Agreement to Recitals, Clauses, paragraphs and Schedules are to
clauses and paragraphs in and recitals and schedules to this Agreement. The
Recitals and Schedules to this Agreement shall be deemed to form part of this Agreement. |
15
1.4 |
|
A reference in this Agreement to a particular time or date are to that time or date in
Geneva, Switzerland. |
|
1.5 |
|
The headings of the clauses, paragraphs and schedules in this Agreement are for ease
of reference only and must not affect its interpretation. |
|
1.6 |
|
A document or agreement is in agreed form if it has been designated as such by
agreement in writing between the Parties and initialled on their behalf for purposes of identification. |
|
1.7 |
|
The rule known as the ejusdem generis rule does not apply and, accordingly, words
introduced by the word other or followed by the word including must not be given a
restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded or followed by words
indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things. |
|
1.8 |
|
References to statutes or statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those
statutes or provisions as respectively amended or re-enacted or as their application is
modified from time to time by other provisions (whether before or after the date hereof)
and shall include any statutes or provisions of which they are re-enactments (whether
with or without modification) and any orders, regulations, instruments or other
subordinate legislation under the relevant statute or statutory provision. References to
sections of consolidating legislation shall wherever necessary or appropriate in the
context be construed as including references to the sections of the previous legislation
from which the consolidating legislation has been prepared. |
|
1.9 |
|
References to any document (including this Agreement) are references to that
document as amended, consolidated, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to
time. |
|
1.10 |
|
References in this Agreement to the term JVS shall or JVD shall, shall be
interpreted as meaning that ST and Members of the ST Group and Ericsson and
Members of the Ericsson Group shall procure that JVS or JVD as the case may be
perform the relevant obligation. |
|
1.11 |
|
References to ST and to Ericsson include their respective successors and permitted
assigns. |
|
1.12 |
|
References to persons shall include any individual, any form of body corporate,
unincorporated association, firm, partnership, joint venture, consortium, association,
organisation or trust (in each case whether or not having a separate legal personality). |
|
1.13 |
|
The masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular number
shall include the plural and vice versa. |
|
1.14 |
|
If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement or any Transaction
Document, then the terms of this Agreement shall prevail, except insofar as any
Transaction Document states that a provision or provisions of that Transaction
Document shall prevail including, for the avoidance of doubt, where a provision or
provisions in that Transaction Document is or are stated to be in substitution for a
provision or provisions in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions
of |
16
|
this Clause 1.14 shall apply to any Transaction Document whether or not this
Agreement is referred to therein. |
|
1.15 |
|
The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Schedules to this Agreement represent the
best information relating to their subject matter which exists as at the date of this
Agreement and that they may require amendment or updating by the Parties from time
to time prior to Completion to reflect better information as it comes available in
accordance with the principles set out in this Agreement. The parties undertake to
discuss in good faith any amendments required to the Schedules. |
|
1.16 |
(a) |
|
All sums payable under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of all
deductions or withholdings whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. |
|
(b) |
|
If any deductions or withholdings are required by law to be made from any of
the sums payable as mentioned in sub-clause [(a)], the payer shall be obliged to
pay to the payee such sum as will, after the deduction or withholding has been
made, leave the payee with the same amount as it would have been entitled to
receive in the absence of any such requirement to make a deduction or
withholding. |
|
|
(c) |
|
If any sum payable under this Agreement (other than interest on such sum)
shall be subject to Tax in the hands of the payee, the payer shall be under the
same obligation to make an increased payment in relation to that Tax as if the
liability were a deduction or withholding required by law. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Where one of the parties to this Agreement pays an additional amount in
accordance with sub-clause [(b) or (c)] to the payee, and the payee has obtained a
credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax (a Tax Credit)
attributable to that payment the payee shall pay an amount to the payer which will
leave it (after making that payment) in the same after-Tax position it would have
been in had the circumstances giving rise to the payment not arisen. |
2. |
|
INCORPORATION OF THE JV COMPANIES |
1.1 |
|
ST shall procure that JVS is incorporated as a company under the laws of Switzerland
(or such other jurisdiction as agreed between the Parties) with such number of
subsidiaries as may be determined by ST prior to the Completion Date. |
|
1.2 |
|
Ericsson shall procure that JVD is incorporated as a company under the laws of
Switzerland (or such other jurisdiction as agreed between the Parties) with such number
of subsidiaries as may be determined by Ericsson prior to the Completion Date. |
1.1 |
|
The obligations of the Parties in terms of Clause 10 (Completion) are subject to the
fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent. |
|
1.2 |
|
If the Conditions Precedent are not fulfilled by the Longstop Date, then: |
17
|
(A) |
|
this Agreement ipso facto terminates, save for the provisions of this Clause 3
(Conditions Precedent) and Clauses 13 (Announcements), 14 (Confidentiality),
15 (Costs and Expenses), 17 (Governing Law), 18 (Notices), 19 and 20 (Miscellaneous) (the Surviving Provisions), which must continue to
be effective; and |
|
|
(B) |
|
save in respect of any antecedent breach of this Agreement, neither Party nor
its Affiliates (at whose instance this sub-clause (B) is enforceable) has any claim
against the other Party or any of its Affiliates of any nature whatsoever,
howsoever and whensoever arising under or in connection with this Agreement. |
1.3 |
|
If the NXP Sale does not occur by the day that falls 6 months after the Longstop Date
(the NXP Longstop Date), then: |
|
(A) |
|
this Agreement ipso facto terminates, save for the Surviving Provisions,
which must continue to be effective; and |
|
|
(B) |
|
save in respect of any antecedent breach of this Agreement, neither Party nor
its Affiliates (at whose instance this sub-clause 3.1.3(B) is enforceable) has any
claim against the other Party or any of its Affiliates of any nature whatsoever,
howsoever and whensoever arising under or in connection with this Agreement. |
1.4 |
|
Ericsson must use all reasonable endeavours to procure fulfilment of the Conditions
Precedent numbered 2 in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) as soon as practicable
after the date of this Agreement. |
|
1.5 |
|
ST must use all reasonable endeavours to procure fulfilment of the Conditions
Precedent numbered 1 and 6 in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) as soon as
practicable after the date of this Agreement. |
|
1.6 |
|
ST must use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the NXP Sale occurs as soon as
practicable after the Conditions Precedent are fulfilled. |
|
1.7 |
|
As regards the Conditions Precedent numbered 3, 4 and 5 in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent): |
|
(A) |
|
the Parties must use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that those
Conditions Precedent are satisfied as soon as is reasonably practicable save that neither
Party shall be required to propose or agree to modifications to the Joint Venture
or their other activities that are material in the context of the Joint Venture as
a whole; |
|
|
(B) |
|
the Parties must prepare and (acting reasonably) agree the notifications to
be submitted to each of the Regulatory Authorities; |
|
|
(C) |
|
throughout the period during which the Joint Venture is being considered by
the Regulatory Authorities: |
|
(i) |
|
the Parties and their advisers must disclose to one another all
material correspondence received from the Regulatory Authorities in connection |
18
with the approval of the Joint Venture and keep each other
informed of any other material communications in whatever form
with the Regulatory Authorities;
|
(ii) |
|
in the event of receipt of requests for
information from the Regulatory Authorities, the Parties must agree
the response to such requests. Any response must be submitted by
the Party receiving such request; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the Parties must, from time to time,
discuss and, acting reasonably, agree whether it may be appropriate
to submit further evidence to the Regulatory Authorities and, if
so, must agree the form of the additional evidence to be submitted; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
in the event that a Regulatory Authority
requests a meeting with one or both of the parties, the Parties and
their advisers must discuss and, acting reasonably, agree in
advance of such meeting how best to present to the Regulatory
Authority the case for clearance of the Joint Venture. The Parties
must jointly attend any meetings with any Regulatory Authority and
must adhere to the agreed case for clearance at such meetings; and |
|
|
(v) |
|
each Party must co-operate in any
consultation process undertaken by any of the Regulatory
Authorities. |
1.8 |
|
As regards the Conditions Precedent numbered 3, 4, 5 and 6 in Schedule 2 (Conditions
Precedent) the Parties agree to instruct legal counsel jointly and to share the
costs (including, but not limited to, legal and administrative costs) associated with
preparing and submitting a notification in any jurisdiction equally between them. |
|
1.9 |
|
Each Party acknowledges that a breach of this Agreement by that Party would cause
significant damage to the other Party. Each party recognises that such damage may
include increased costs, loss of market share, prejudice to the existing business
and loss of opportunity strategically and financially resulting in consequential loss
of potential profit and the parties agree that such damages are within the reasonable
contemplation of the Parties. Accordingly the other Party may be entitled to
specific performance or to recover substantial damages from that Party for such breach of this
Agreement. |
|
1.10 |
|
The Parties acknowledge that damages may not be an adequate remedy for breach of
this Agreement or the agreements in the Agreed Form and accordingly the Parties may
be entitled to injunctive relief for any actual, anticipated or threatened breach
of this Agreement or the agreements in the Agreed Form. |
1.1 |
|
If any of the events set out in Clause 12 of the Shareholders Agreement occurs prior
to Completion and ST is the Continuing Shareholder, then ST may within 14 Business Days of its
first becoming aware thereof notify Ericsson of its intention to invoke this clause, in which
case this Agreement shall terminate and Clause 3.1.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis. Ericsson
shall notify ST within 10 Business Days of any of the events |
19
in Clause 12 of the Shareholders Agreement occurring, specifying with
reasonable details the facts, matters and circumstances giving rise to
the event.
1.2 |
|
If any of the events set out in Clause 12 of the Shareholders Agreement
occurs prior to Completion and Ericsson is the Continuing Shareholder, then
Ericsson may within 14 Business Days of its first becoming aware thereof notify
ST of its intention to invoke this clause, in which case this Agreement shall
terminate and Clause 3.1.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis. ST shall notify Ericsson
within 10 Business Days of any of the events in Clause 12 of the Shareholders
Agreement occurring, specifying with reasonable details the facts, matters and
circumstances giving rise to the event. |
1.1 |
|
The Parties must agree the definitive form of the agreements contemplated under
or in connection with the Term Sheets as soon as practicable after the date of this
Agreement, but in any event before the Completion Date. When their definitive
form is agreed, the parties must designate them as Agreed Form Documents by agreement
in writing, for the purpose of Clause 10 (Completion). |
|
1.2 |
|
If the definitive agreements contemplated under or in connection with the Term
Sheets are not agreed before the Completion Date, the Term Sheets are nevertheless
binding themselves on the Parties with effect from Completion. |
1.1 |
|
From the date of this Agreement until Completion, Ericsson must or must
procure that save as may be necessary or desirable in order to prepare the
Ericsson Business for transfer pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise
contemplated under the Transaction Documents: |
|
(A) |
|
the Ericsson Business is carried on as a going concern in the normal course; |
|
|
(B) |
|
it and its Affiliates use all reasonable endeavours
consistent with the normal practice of the Ericsson Business to maintain the goodwill and
trade connections of the Ericsson Business with customers and suppliers
and to retain the services of their employees; |
|
|
(C) |
|
it promptly notifies to ST, in writing, full details of any
material changes in the Ericsson Business, its financial position and/or assets; |
|
|
(D) |
|
consult with ST in relation to any material alteration to
any agreement or arrangement between the Ericsson Business and the remainder of the
Ericsson Group or SEMC (including as to prices or royalties paid and
services provided); and |
|
|
(E) |
|
neither it nor any of its Affiliates, with respect to the
Ericsson Business without the prior written consent of ST: |
|
(i) |
|
alters materially, or agrees to alter materially, the terms and
conditions of employment (including benefits) of any of its employees or
directors. |
20
|
(ii) |
|
takes any action which may materially and adversely affect the ability of the JV
Companies to perform and operate their businesses in accordance with the Business Plans; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
pays any bonuses or grants stock options other than in the normal course of
business consistent with past practice; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
makes or announces to any person any proposal to make, any change or addition to any
Retirement Benefits, bonus scheme or redundancy policies of or in respect of any of its
directors, employees, former directors or former employees (or any dependant of such person)
or to the Ericsson Schemes other than any change required by law; |
|
|
(v) |
|
grants or creates, or announces to any person any proposal to grant or create, any
additional Retirement Benefits or take any action or allow any action to be taken in relation
to the Ericsson Schemes other than in the ordinary course of administering the Ericsson
Schemes or omits to take any action necessary or prudent for the ordinary proper operation of
the Ericsson Schemes; |
|
|
(vi) |
|
alter materially any agreement or arrangement between Ericsson and any Member of the
Ericsson Group or any agreement or arrangement with SEMC other than where the agreement or
arrangement expires or is renegotiated in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(vii) |
|
creates any encumbrance over the assets or undertakings of the
Ericsson Business otherwise than in the ordinary course of the Ericsson Business; |
|
|
(viii) |
|
disposes of any material assets or rights used in the Ericsson Business other than in
the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(ix) |
|
unusually increase or decrease levels of trading stock other than in the ordinary
course of business; |
|
|
(x) |
|
offer price reductions or discounts or allowances on sales of trading stock other than
in the ordinary course of business and to an extent which does not materially decrease the
profitability of the Ericsson Business; |
|
|
(xi) |
|
institutes any legal proceedings which are material in the context of the Ericsson
Business (which for the avoidance of doubt does not include debt collection proceedings in the
ordinary course of business or legal proceedings for the purposes of preserving the
Intellectual Property, goodwill, business and assets of the Ericsson Business); |
|
|
(xii) |
|
grants or modifies in any material respect or agrees to terminate any rights or enter
into any agreements relating to any Intellectual Property that is material to the Ericsson
Business or otherwise fails to use its best endeavours in accordance with the practice in
relation to the |
21
Ericsson Business to protect any of its rights relating to such material
Intellectual Property other than those rights which expire by operation
of law and cannot be renewed; or
|
(xiii) |
|
agrees to do any of the above conditionally or otherwise. |
1.2 |
|
From the date of this Agreement until Completion, ST must or must procure that save
as may be necessary or desirable in order to prepare the ST Business for transfer
pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise contemplated under the Transaction Documents: |
|
(A) |
|
the ST Business is carried on as a going concern in the normal course; |
|
|
(B) |
|
it and its Affiliates use all reasonable endeavours consistent with the
normal practice of the ST Business to maintain the goodwill and trade connections of
the ST Business with customers and suppliers and to retain the services of
their employees; |
|
|
(C) |
|
it promptly notifies to ST, in writing, full details of any material
changes in the ST Business, its financial position and/or assets; |
|
|
(D) |
|
consult with Ericsson in relation to any material alteration to any
agreement or arrangement between the ST Business and the remainder of the ST Group or
NXP (including as to prices or royalties paid and services provided); and |
|
|
(E) |
|
neither it nor any of its Affiliates, with respect to the ST Business,
without the prior written consent of Ericsson: |
|
(i) |
|
alters materially, or agrees to alter materially,
the terms and conditions of employment (including benefits) of any of its
employees or directors; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
takes any action which may materially and adversely
affect the ability of the JV Companies to perform and operate their
businesses in accordance with the Business Plans; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
pays any bonuses or grants any stock options other
than in the normal course of business consistent with past practice; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
makes or announces to any person any proposal to
make, any change or addition to any Retirement Benefits, bonus scheme or
redundancy policies of or in respect of any of its directors, employees,
former directors or former employees (or any dependant of such person) or
to the ST Schemes other than any change required by law; |
|
|
(v) |
|
grants or creates, or announces to any person any
proposal to grant or create, any additional Retirement Benefits or take
any action or allow any action to be taken in relation to the ST Schemes
other than in the ordinary course of administering the ST Schemes or omits
to take any action necessary or prudent for the ordinary proper operation
of the ST Schemes; |
22
|
(vi) |
|
alter materially any agreement or arrangement between ST and any
Member of the ST Group or NXP Group other than where the agreement or
arrangement expires or is renegotiated in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(vii) |
|
creates any encumbrance over the assets or
undertakings of the ST Business otherwise than in the ordinary course of the
ST Business; |
|
|
(viii) |
|
disposes of any material assets or rights used in the ST Business other
than in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(ix) |
|
unusually increase or decrease levels of trading stock
other than in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(x) |
|
offer price reductions or discounts or allowances on sales of
trading stock other than in the ordinary course of business and to an extent
which does not materially decrease the profitability of the ST Business; |
|
|
(xi) |
|
institutes any legal proceedings which are material in
the context of the ST Business (which for the avoidance of doubt does not
include debt collection proceedings in the ordinary course of business or legal
proceedings for the purposes of preserving the Intellectual Property, goodwill,
business and assets of the ST Business); |
|
|
(xii) |
|
grants or modifies in any material respect or agrees to
terminate any rights or enter into any agreements relating to the Intellectual
Property that is material to the ST Business or otherwise fails to use its best
endeavours in accordance with the practice in relation to the ST Business to
protect any of its rights relating to such material Intellectual Property other
than those rights which expire by operation of law and cannot be renewed; or |
|
|
(xiii) |
|
agrees to do any of the above conditionally or otherwise. |
1.1 |
|
Transfer of the Businesses |
|
(A) |
|
Upon the Completion Date, (i) ST shall transfer or procure the transfer by the
relevant Members of the ST Group of the ST Business Assets and (ii) ST and
Ericsson shall procure that JVS shall accept the transfer or procure the
acceptance of the transfer by the Acquirors of the ST Business Assets and the
Ericsson JVS Business Assets. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Upon the Completion Date, Ericsson shall (i) transfer or procure the transfer
by the relevant Members of the Ericsson Group of the Ericsson JVS Business Assets; and (ii) transfer to JVS the Ericsson Cash Contribution. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Upon the Completion Date, (i) Ericsson shall transfer or procure the transfer
by the relevant Members of the Ericsson Group of the Ericsson JVD Business |
23
|
|
|
Assets, and (ii) Ericsson and ST shall procure that JVD shall accept the
transfer or procure the acceptance of the transfer by the Acquirors of the
Ericsson JVD Business Assets. |
|
|
(D) |
|
The Parties expressly reserve the right to make any changes they
both agree are necessary to any of the transfer steps set out in clause 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5
due to any tax or legal requirement. |
1.2 |
|
Ericsson Structure of Transfer |
|
(A) |
|
Subject to Clauses 7.2(B), 7.2(C) and 7.2(E), the structure of the
transfer of the Ericsson Business Assets shall be determined by Ericsson who will provide
details of such structure to ST in draft at least 40 Business Days prior to
Completion and in final form at least 10 Business Days prior to Completion. In
particular Ericsson may: |
|
(i) |
|
effect the transfer of Business Assets by
transferring one or more legal entities holding such Business Assets; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
transfer the Business Assets or an entity holding
Business Assets to JVS, JVD or a subsidiary of JVD or JVS, as applicable;
and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
allocate the Ericsson Consideration, as applicable,
between separate transfers as it determines. |
|
(B) |
|
The provisions of Schedule 12 (Asset Transfer) shall apply to
any Ericsson Business Assets which are transferred directly to the JV Companies or
the Acquirors rather than by transfer of an entity holding such assets. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Ericsson shall not transfer any legal entity other than a legal entity
incorporated between the date of execution and Completion of this Agreement for the
purpose of transfer of the Ericsson Business pursuant to this Agreement unless
otherwise agreed between the Parties. |
|
|
(D) |
|
Ericsson, so far as possible, shall structure the transfer of the Ericsson
Business Assets so that, except where required by law, Excluded Liabilities are
not transferred to the JV Companies or the Acquirors. |
|
|
(E) |
|
The division of the Ericsson Business Assets between those transferred to
JVS and those transferred to JVD shall be agreed between the Parties prior to
Completion. |
1.3 |
|
ST Structure of Transfer |
|
(A) |
|
Subject to Clauses 7.3(B) and 7.3(C), the structure of the transfer
of the ST Business Assets shall be determined by ST who will provide details of
such structure to Ericsson in draft form at least 40 Business Days prior to
Completion and in final form at least 10 Business Days prior to Completion. In
particular ST may: |
24
|
(i) |
|
effect the transfer of ST Business Assets by transferring one
or more legal entities holding such ST Business Assets (such as ST-NXP
Wireless or any other member of the ST-NXP Group); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
transfer the Business Assets or an entity holding ST
Business Assets to JVS or a subsidiary of JVS; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
allocate the ST Consideration, as applicable,
between separate transfers as it determines. |
|
(B) |
|
The provisions of Schedule 12 (Asset Transfer) shall apply to any ST Business
Assets which are transferred directly to JVS or the Acquirors rather than by
transfer of an entity holding such assets. |
|
|
(C) |
|
ST shall not transfer any legal entity other a legal entity that is already
part of the ST-NXP Group, as set out in Schedule 5, or will become part of the ST-NXP
Group before Completion or is incorporated between execution and Completion
of this Agreement for the purpose of the transfer of the ST Business pursuant to
this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. |
|
|
(D) |
|
ST shall, so far as possible, structure the transfer of the ST Business
Assets so that, except where required by law, Excluded Liabilities (other than those arising
after ST-NXP Wireless Closing) are not transferred to the JV Companies or the
Acquirors. |
|
|
(E) |
|
ST shall procure that the ST Excluded Assets are extracted from the ST Business Assets to the extent practicable prior to Completion on terms of
extraction which do not leave JVS or any Purchaser with any material residual
liabilities in connection with the ST Excluded Assets and are otherwise
reasonable. |
|
|
(F) |
|
The Parties will work together to procure the most efficient method of the allotment and issue by JVD and the delivery to ST of the ST JVD Consideration
Shares as part of the consideration for ST transferring the ST Business Assets
to JVS. |
1.4 |
|
ST Consideration |
|
|
|
ST agrees to transfer the ST Business Assets to the JV Companies on the terms of this
Agreement in consideration for: |
|
(A) |
|
the allotment and issue by JVS to ST of the ST JVS Consideration Shares; |
|
|
(B) |
|
the allotment and issue by JVD and the delivery to ST of the ST
JVD Consideration Shares; and |
|
|
(C) |
|
the payment by the JVS Group to ST of the Cash Consideration, (which may be adjusted pursuant to the terms of Clause 7.6), |
25
(together the ST Consideration).
1.5 |
|
Ericsson Consideration |
|
|
|
Ericsson agrees to transfer the Ericsson Business Assets to the JV Companies and transfer
to JVS the Ericsson Cash Contribution on the terms of this Agreement in consideration for: |
|
(A) |
|
the allotment and issue by JVD to Ericsson of the Ericsson JVD Consideration Shares; and |
|
|
(B) |
|
the allotment and issue by JVS to Ericsson of the Ericsson JVS Consideration Shares, |
(together, the Ericsson Consideration).
1.6 |
|
Adjustment of the ST Consideration |
|
(A) |
|
If the Completion Asset Amount is greater than the Reference Completion
Assets Amount, then the Cash Consideration shall be increased by the excess
subject to a maximum upwards adjustment of the Maximum Adjustment Cash
Payment. |
|
|
(B) |
|
If the Completion Asset Amount is less than the Minimum Completion Assets
Amount, then the Cash Consideration shall be decreased by the deficit to the
Minimum Completion Assets Amount. |
|
|
(C) |
|
If the Completion Asset Amount is greater than the Reference Completion
Assets Amount by an amount greater than the Maximum Adjustment Cash
Payment then ST shall be entitled to have transferred to it from the JVS Group,
ST Business Assets of a type which is not necessary for the effective
continuation of the ST Business, such as inventory, of a value equal to the
excess as a refund of the excess contribution made. |
|
(A) |
|
The payment to be made to ST on Completion shall be an estimate by
reference to the Estimated Completion Assets Statement of the Cash Consideration
following adjustment in accordance with Clauses 7.6(A) and 7.6(B) except that
references to the Completion Assets Amount shall be deemed to be references to the
Estimated Completion Assets Amount and the right of ST to have ST Business Assets
transferred to it under Clause 7.6(C) shall be deemed to be a right not to transfer
those Business Assets to the JVS Group. |
26
|
(B) |
|
Any payments due from ST or JVS pursuant to Clause 7.6 (after taking
into account any estimated payments made under Clause 7.7(A)) shall be paid within 10
Business Days of agreement or determination of the Completion Asset Amount. |
1.8 |
|
Preparation of Completion Asset Statement and Estimated Completion Asset
Statement |
|
(A) |
|
ST shall prepare or procure the preparation of Estimated Completion Asset
Statement in accordance with the ST Accounting Principles and, to the extent
not covered by these, US GAAP, and shall provide the Estimated Completion
Asset Statement to Ericsson not less than 10 Business Days prior to the
Completion Date. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Within 30 Business Days of the Completion Date, ST shall prepare the draft
Completion Asset Statement in accordance with the ST Accounting Principles
and, to the extent not covered by these, US GAAP. |
|
|
(C) |
|
ST shall deliver the draft Completion Asset Statement to the JV Auditors who
shall be instructed to review the draft Completion Asset Statement and, within
30 Business Days, propose such adjustments to the draft Completion Asset
Statement as they believe are required for them to confirm that the draft
Completion Asset Statement has been prepared on the basis set out in Clause
7.8(A) giving reasons in reasonable detail for each adjustment. |
|
|
(D) |
|
Within 10 Business Days of delivery to the Parties by the JV Auditors of the
draft Completion Asset Statement prepared in accordance with Clause 7.8(B),
either or both of ST and Ericsson may give notice to the other of any item or
items it wishes to dispute together with the reasons in reasonable detail for such
dispute and a list of proposed adjustments. If by the expiry of such period of 10
Business Days, no such notice is given by either of ST or Ericsson the draft
Completion Asset Statement as adjusted in accordance with Clause 7.8(C) shall
be final and binding on the Parties. |
|
|
(E) |
|
If, in accordance with Clause 7.8(D), notice is given to either or both of ST
and
Ericsson as to any item or items in dispute: |
|
(i) |
|
ST and Ericsson shall attempt to agree in
writing the item or items disputed; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
if any such item or items are not agreed in writing within 20 Business
Days of receipt of notice of dispute, the item or items in dispute shall be
determined by the JV Auditors in accordance with Schedule 6 (JV Auditors);
and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the Completion Asset Statement adjusted to take
account of each item in dispute (of which notice is given in accordance with
Clause 7.8(D)) as agreed in writing or as determined by the JV Auditors (as
the case may be), shall constitute the Completion Asset Statement for the
purposes of this Agreement. |
27
1.9 |
|
Preparation of Ericsson Completion Liability Statement and Estimated Ericsson
Completion Liability Statement |
|
(A) |
|
Ericsson shall prepare or procure the preparation of Estimated Ericsson Completion Liability Statement in accordance with the Ericsson Accounting
Principles and, to the extent not covered by these, IFRS, and shall provide the
Estimated Ericsson Completion Liability Statement to ST not less than 10
Business Days prior to the Completion Date. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Within 30 Business Days of the Completion Date, Ericsson shall prepare the
draft Ericsson Completion Liability Statement in accordance with the Ericsson
Accounting Principles and, to the extent not covered by these, IFRS. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Ericsson shall deliver the draft Ericsson Completion Liability Statement to
the JV
Auditors who shall be instructed to review the draft Ericsson Completion Liability
Statement and, within 30 Business Days, propose such adjustments to the draft
Ericsson Completion Liability Statement as they believe are required for them to
confirm that it has been prepared on the basis set out in Clause 7.9(A) giving
reasons in reasonable detail for each adjustment. |
|
|
(D) |
|
Within 10 Business Days of delivery to the Parties by the JV Auditors of the
draft Ericsson Completion Liability Statement prepared in accordance with
Clause 7.9(B), either or both of ST and Ericsson may give notice to the other of
any item or items it wishes to dispute together with the reasons in reasonable
detail for such dispute and a list of proposed adjustments. If by the expiry of
such period of 10 Business Days, no such notice is given by either of ST or
Ericsson the draft Ericsson Completion Liability Statement as adjusted in
accordance with Clause 7.9(C) shall be final and binding on the Parties. |
|
|
(E) |
|
If, in accordance with Clause 7.8(D), notice is given to either or both of ST
and
Ericsson as to any item or items in dispute: |
|
(i) |
|
ST and Ericsson shall attempt to agree in
writing the item or items disputed; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
if any such item or items are not agreed in writing within 20 Business
Days of receipt of notice of dispute, the item or items in dispute shall be
determined by the JV Auditors in accordance with Schedule 6 (JV Auditors);
and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the Ericsson Completion Liability Statement adjusted
to take account of each item in dispute (of which notice is given in
accordance with Clause 7.8(D)) as agreed in writing or as determined by the JV
Auditors (as the case may be), shall constitute the Ericsson Completion
Liability Statement for the purposes of this Agreement. |
|
(F) |
|
If, in accordance with Clause 7.9(D), notice is given to either or both of ST
and
Ericsson as to any item or items in dispute: |
28
|
(i) |
|
ST and Ericsson shall attempt to agree in writing the
item or items disputed; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
if any such item or items are not agreed in writing within 20 Business
Days of receipt of notice of dispute, the item or items in dispute shall
be determined by the JV Auditors in accordance with Schedule 6 (JV
Auditors); and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the Ericsson Completion Liability Statement adjusted
to take account of each item in dispute (of which notice is given in
accordance with Clause 7.9(D)) as agreed in writing or as determined by the JV
Auditors (as the case may be), shall constitute the Ericsson Completion
Liability Statement for the purposes of this Agreement. |
1.10 |
|
Responsibility for Liabilities |
|
|
|
With effect from Completion, each of the Parties shall comply with its obligations in
Schedule 7 (Responsibility for Liabilities). |
|
1.11 |
|
Responsibility for Tax Liabilities |
|
|
|
With effect from Completion, each of the Parties shall comply with its obligations in
Schedule 8 (Tax Indemnity). |
|
1.12 |
|
Pensions |
|
|
|
With effect from Completion, each of the Parties shall comply with its obligations in
Schedule 14 (Pensions). |
|
1.13 |
|
Exchange Rate |
|
|
|
For the purposes of Clauses 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8 any amounts expressed in Euros shall be
converted into US Dollars at the Agreed Exchange Rate. |
|
7.14 |
|
Adjustments to Ericsson Consideration/ST Consideration |
|
|
|
Unless otherwise agreed, any payment made by Ericsson under this Agreement shall (so far as
possible) be treated as an adjustment to the Ericsson Consideration to the extent of the
payment; and any payment made by ST under this Agreement shall (so far as possible) be
treated as an adjustment to the ST Consideration to the extent of the payment. |
|
8. |
|
EMPLOYEES |
|
1.1 |
|
Informing and Consulting |
|
(A) |
|
ST shall, or shall procure that the relevant ST Business shall in the
case of ST Employees, and Ericsson shall, or shall procure that the relevant Ericsson
Business shall in the case of Ericsson Employees comply with all applicable statutory
and/or contractual obligations in connection with the transfer of |
29
|
|
|
Employees, including, without limitation, obligations to inform and/or consult with
or obtain advice from any Representative Entities or employees and shall
successfully resolve any outstanding issues in relation thereto and unless there is
such compliance by the Parties neither of them will have any obligation to proceed
with Completion (without limiting their other rights, powers or remedies at law or
under this Agreement). |
|
|
(B) |
|
Each Party shall provide the other, upon request, all information and
assistance
reasonably required to satisfy that parties consultation obligations in Clause
8.1 (A) above. |
|
|
(C) |
|
At least 7 Business Days prior to Completion, Ericsson shall provide ST with a
list of all the Ericsson Employees, clearly indicating their job title, material
terms
and conditions of employment, whether each Ericsson Employee works on a
full, time, part time or temporary basis and whether any such employee is on
leave of absence for any reason. |
|
|
(D) |
|
At least 7 Business Days prior to Completion, ST shall provide Ericsson with a
list of all the ST Employees, clearly indicating their job title, material terms and
conditions of employment, whether each ST Employee works on a full, time,
part time or temporary basis and whether any such employee is on leave of
absence for any reason. |
1.2 |
|
Wrong pocket right employees do not transfer |
|
|
|
If the contract of employment of any Employee is found or alleged not to have effect as
if originally made with the relevant JV Company or relevant Member of the JV Group with
effect from the Completion Date, the relevant Member of the JV Group shall make or shall
procure that there is made, in consultation with the relevant Party, to that Employee an
offer in writing to employ him under a new contract of employment on terms and
conditions which, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, will not differ from the
corresponding provisions of the Employees then existing contract of employment. |
|
1.3 |
|
Wrong pocket wrong employees transfer |
|
(A) |
|
For the purposes of Clauses 8.3(B) and 8.3(C), the Transferee Employer
shall
be the person to whom the Wrongly Transferred Employee alleges he has
transferred and the Transferor Employer shall be the relevant Member of
Ericsson Group or of the ST Group, as the case may be. |
|
|
(B) |
|
If for any reason any person is found, alleged or agreed to be a
Wrongly
Transferred Employee, the Parties may agree that either: |
|
(i) |
|
the Transferor Employer shall (and each Party shall ensure
that the relevant Transferor Employer that is a member of its Group shall), in
consultation with the Transferee Employer, make to the Wrongly Transferred
Employee an offer in writing to employ him under a new contract of employment,
to take effect upon the termination of his employment by the Transferee
Employer, on terms and conditions which, unless otherwise agreed by the
Parties, will not differ from the |
30
|
|
|
corresponding provisions of the Wrongly Transferred Employees
contract of employment immediately before the Completion Date, or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the Transferee Employer may terminate the employment of
such Wrongly Transferred Employee. |
|
(C) |
|
The Transferor Employer shall (and each Party shall ensure that the relevant
Transferor Employer that is a member of its Group shall) indemnify the
Transferee Employer on an after Tax basis against the costs of the Wrongly
Transferred Employees employment, the termination of that employment and
any liabilities or costs relating to the Wrongly Transferred Employee which
transfer to the Transferee Employer under the Acquired Rights Directive. |
|
|
(D) |
|
Clauses 8.3(A) to (C) do not apply to any back end personnel as described in
Schedule 9 (Excluded Assets) to this Agreement. |
1.4 |
|
Allocation of Liabilities |
|
(A) |
|
Notwithstanding Schedule 10 (Excluded Liabilities), each Party shall keep each
JV Company and each member thereof indemnified on an after Tax basis
against any Liability (other than the Ericsson Accrued Vacation/Bonus Liability
and the ST Accrued Vacation/Bonus Liability) in respect of the employment of
any Employee at any time prior to Completion by that Party or any member of
that Partys Group (including, with respect to ST Employees, the period prior to
the ST-NXP Wireless Closing), including, without limitation, (i) in respect of
change of control and/or termination entitlements to or for the benefit of such an
Employee under or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, (ii) in respect of that Partys failure to comply with any obligations
(imposed by statute, regulation, collective labour agreement, contract or
otherwise) in relation to the informing and consulting of such an Employee
and/or Representative Entities applicable to him and (iii) in respect of any such
Employee objecting to the transfer of his employment to a JV Company. |
|
|
(B) |
|
All costs and liabilities (including Tax) suffered or incurred by any Member of
the
JV Group as a result of the award or grant of benefits under the Share Schemes
on or prior to the Completion Date shall be indemnified on an after-Tax basis by
the JV Partner making the award or grant. |
1.5 |
|
Terms and conditions |
|
|
|
Except to the extent agreed otherwise by the Parties, it is the intention of the
Parties that the Joint Venture shall not offer any Employee terms and conditions of
employment that, when considered overall, are less favourable than the corresponding
provisions as existing immediately prior to Completion, but without prejudice to the
right or ability of any JV Company to amend or terminate any term and condition of
employment or benefit of any Employee at any time. |
|
|
|
Each of JVD and JVS shall procure that service with either of ST or Ericsson (as the
case may be) shall be included for the purposes of determining severance liabilities and |
31
|
|
vesting and eligibility for benefits and pre Completion conditions shall not be used to
exclude coverage. |
|
9. |
|
Adjustment of Pension Liability |
|
1.1 |
|
ST Adjustment |
|
(A) |
|
If the ST Completion Pension Statement identifies that a Pension Deficit
exists then the ST shall transfer an amount in USD equal to that Pension Deficit as
directed in writing by the relevant JV Company. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Any payments due from ST pursuant to Clause 9.1(A) shall be paid within 10
Business Days of agreement or determination of the ST Completion Pension
Statement. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Within twelve weeks of the Completion Date, ST shall prepare the draft ST
Completion Pension Statement in accordance with the ST Accounting Principles
and Schedule 8 and, to the extent not covered by these, US GAAP. |
|
|
(D) |
|
ST shall deliver the draft ST Completion Pension Statement to the JV Auditors
who shall be instructed to review the draft ST Completion Pension Statement
and, within six weeks, propose such adjustments to the draft ST Completion
Pension Statement as they believe are required for them to confirm that the
draft ST Completion Pension Statement has been prepared on the basis set out
in Clause 9.1(C) giving reasons in reasonable detail for each adjustment. |
|
|
(E) |
|
Within two weeks of delivery to the Parties by the JV Auditors of the draft
ST
Completion Pension Statement reviewed in accordance with Clause 9.1(C),
either or both of ST and Ericsson may give notice to the other of any item or
items it wishes to dispute together with the reasons in reasonable detail for such
dispute and a list of proposed adjustments. If by the expiry of such period of ten
Business Days, no such notice is given by either of ST or Ericsson the draft ST
Completion Pension Statement as adjusted in accordance with Clause 9.1(D)
shall be final and binding on the Parties. |
|
|
(F) |
|
If, in accordance with Clause 9.1 (E), notice is given to either or both of
ST and Ericsson as to any item or items in dispute: |
|
(i) |
|
ST and Ericsson shall attempt to agree in
writing the item or items disputed; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
if any such item or items are not agreed in writing within 20 Business
Days of receipt of notice of dispute, the item or items in dispute shall be
referred to an independent actuary, in accordance with Clause 9.3; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the ST Completion Pension Statement adjusted to take
account of each item in dispute (of which notice is given in accordance with
Clause 9.1(E)) as agreed in writing or as determined by the independent
actuary (as the case may be), shall constitute the ST Completion Pension
Statement for the purposes of this Agreement. |
32
|
(A) |
|
Clause 9.1 shall apply to Ericsson mutatis mutandis so that
references to ST shall be deemed to be references to Ericsson. |
1.3 |
|
Referral to an independent Actuary |
|
(A) |
|
ST and Ericsson may each appoint their own actuary to review, in the case of
ST the Ericsson Completion Pension Statement and in the case of Ericsson the
ST Completion Pension Statement. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Any dispute between the actuary appointed by ST and the actuary appointed by
Ericsson concerning the Completion Pension Statements or the calculation of
any Pension Liability or of any other matters to be determined or agreed by
them shall, in the absence of agreement between them, be referred to an
independent actuary. |
|
|
(C) |
|
The independent actuary shall be nominated jointly by ST and Ericsson or,
failing such nomination, shall be nominated by the President for the time being
of The Institute of Actuaries in England and Wales at the instance of the party
first applying to him on such terms as such President shall determine. In any
such case, the independent actuary shall be a person who possesses
appropriate expertise in relation to the jurisdiction in respect of which the matter
has arisen. |
|
|
(D) |
|
The independent actuary so appointed shall act as an expert and not as an
arbitrator. His decision shall be final and binding. His costs shall be borne
between ST of the one part and Ericsson of the other part as the independent
Actuary may direct. |
10. |
|
COMPLETION |
|
1.1 |
|
On the Completion Date, representatives of the Parties shall meet at a time and place to
be agreed by the Parties. |
|
1.2 |
|
At Completion: |
|
(i) |
|
subject to Clause 11, take such action and execute
such documents (and procure that the relevant Members of the Ericsson Group
take such action and execute such documents), so far as is within their power
to do so, as are required to transfer to the JV Companies or the Acquirors the
ownership of the Ericsson Business Assets in accordance with the structure
determined under Clause 7; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
procure that JVD allot and issue the JVD Consideration Shares and
deliver the ST JVD Consideration Shares to ST (or a Member of the ST Group)
and the Ericsson JVD Consideration Shares to Ericsson (or a Member of the
Ericsson Group), each credited as fully paid and ranking |
33
|
|
|
pari passu in all respects with the existing fully paid shares in the
capital of JVD; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
transfer to JVS by way of telegraphic transfer
(using the CHAPS system), the Ericsson Cash Contribution; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
execute and deliver all the Agreed Form Documents
to which it is a party; |
|
|
(v) |
|
procure that its Affiliates execute and deliver
all the Agreed Form Documents to which they are parties; and |
|
(i) |
|
subject to Clause 11, take such action and execute
such documents (and procure that the relevant Members of the ST Group take
such action and execute such documents), so far as is within their power to do
so, as are required to transfer to JVS or the Acquirors the ownership of the
ST Business Assets in accordance with the structure determine under Clause 7; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
procure that JVS allot and issue the JVS Consideration Shares and
deliver the ST JVS Consideration Shares to ST (or a Member of the ST
Group) and the Ericsson JVS Consideration Shares to Ericsson (or a Member
of the Ericsson Group), each credited as fully paid and ranking pari passu
in all respects with the existing fully paid shares in the capital of JVS; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
procure that JVS transfer the Cash Consideration (on
its own behalf and on behalf of the Acquirors) by transfer of the relevant
amount into the account of ST notified to JVS or Ericsson prior to Completion; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
execute and deliver all the Agreed Form Documents
to which it is a party; |
|
|
(v) |
|
procure that its Affiliates execute and deliver
all the Agreed Form Documents to which they are parties; and |
1.3 |
|
The Shares shall be issued free from all mortgages, pledges, claims, liens, charges,
encumbrances and equities or other third party rights or claims of any nature
whatsoever. |
|
1.4 |
|
If a Party breaches any of its obligations in terms of Clause 10.1.2, then the other Party
is entitled: |
|
(A) |
|
to defer Completion (so that this Clause 10 (Completion) applies to
Completion
so deferred); |
|
|
(B) |
|
to proceed with Completion so far as practicable (without limiting its other
rights,
powers or remedies at law or under this Agreement); or |
34
|
(C) |
|
(for a breach of any of the obligations in terms of Clause 10.1.2 other
than 10.1.2(A)(i) or 10.1.2(B)(i)) to terminate this Agreement (other than the
Surviving Provisions) by notice in writing to the other Party (without limiting its
other rights, powers or remedies at law or under this Agreement). |
1.5 |
|
If any ST Excluded Assets have not been extracted from the ST Business Assets prior
to Completion, other than any which are not material, then Ericsson is entitled: |
|
(A) |
|
to defer Completion (so that this Clause 10 (Completion) applies to
Completion
so deferred); or |
|
|
(B) |
|
to proceed with Completion so far as practicable (without limiting its other
rights,
powers or remedies at law or under this Agreement). |
11. |
|
DELAYED COMPLETION |
|
1.1 |
|
The Parties acknowledge that not all of the Business Assets may be capable of being
transferred to the JV Companies at Completion. |
|
1.2 |
|
Provided the Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled and the Business Assets in the
Significant Jurisdictions are capable of being transferred to the JV Companies then
Completion may occur notwithstanding that the Business Assets in the remaining
jurisdictions may not be transferred at Completion |
|
1.3 |
|
The Parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that any Business Assets
not transferred at Completion are transferred to the relevant JV Company as soon as
practicable following Completion and in any event prior to the NXP Longstop Date
(Delayed Completion). |
|
1.4 |
|
In respect of any Business Assets subject to Delayed Completion: |
|
(A) |
|
Clauses 10.1.2(A)(i) or 10.1.2(B)(i) shall not apply at Completion but shall
apply
at Delayed Completion; |
|
|
(B) |
|
Clause 6 shall continue to apply to the Business Assets pending Delayed
Completion; and |
|
|
(C) |
|
so far as lawful, the Business Assets shall be held on trust for the relevant
JV Company. |
12. |
|
WARRANTIES |
|
1.1 |
|
Each Party warrants to and in favour of the other that save as contemplated in
this Agreement, as of the date of this Agreement: |
|
(A) |
|
it and its Affiliates have and will have full power and authority to enter into,
exercise their rights and perform their obligations under and in connection with
the Transaction Documents to which any of them is or will be a party; |
35
|
(B) |
|
all actions, conditions and things required to be taken, fulfilled and done
(including but not limited to the obtaining of necessary consents, approvals,
authorisations, exemptions, filings, licences, orders, permissions, recordings or
registrations anywhere in the world) in order: |
|
(i) |
|
to enable it and its Affiliates lawfully to enter
into, exercise their rights and perform their obligations under and in
connection with the Transaction Documents to which any of them is or will be a
party; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
to ensure that it and its Affiliates obligations
under and in connection with the Transaction Documents to which any of them is
or will be a party are valid, legally binding and enforceable,
|
|
|
have or at Completion will have been taken, fulfilled and done; |
|
(C) |
|
the execution and delivery of, and the performance by it and its Affiliates
of their obligations under and in connection with the Transaction Documents to which
any of them is or will be a party, does not and will not result in a breach of: |
|
(i) |
|
any provision of their constitutional documents; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
any law, contract, agreement, order, judgement or
decree of any court or governmental agency to which any of them is or will be
a party or by which any of them is bound which could have a material adverse
effect on the Joint Venture or the ability of any of the parties to the
Transaction Documents to perform their obligations thereunder; and |
|
(D) |
|
no order has been made or petition presented or resolution passed for the
winding up of it or any of its Affiliates which will be a party to, or execute and
deliver, any of the Transaction Documents or for an administration order in
respect of any of them or for the appointment of an administrative receiver or
receiver or receiver and manager over all or part of the assets of any of them
and no distress, execution or other process has been levied on any of their
assets (nor has any of them become subject to proceedings analogous to any
of the foregoing under the laws of any jurisdiction). Neither it nor any of its
Affiliates is insolvent or unable to pay its debts for the purposes of Section 123
of the Insolvency Act 1986 or any similar applicable law in any other jurisdiction
and no administrative receiver or receiver or receiver and manager has been
appointed by any person of its business or assets or any part thereof and no
power to make any such appointment has arisen (nor has any of them become
subject to proceedings analogous to any of the foregoing under the laws of any
jurisdiction). |
1.2 |
|
Ericsson warrants to and in favour of ST as of the date of this Agreement: |
|
(A) |
|
After the Completion Date, JVS will have assigned to it the benefit of
Ericssons agreement with SEMC dated 30 September 2001 (together with the commercial
terms then current thereunder). |
36
|
(B) |
|
Other than in respect of the Ericsson IP Liabilities, Ericsson or the relevant
Member of the Ericsson Group has or will, as at Completion, have full title, free
from all mortgages, pledges, claims, liens, charges, encumbrances and equities
or other third party rights or claims of any nature whatsoever, to, or a valid right
to use, the Ericsson Business Assets to be transferred to the JV Companies
pursuant to this Agreement. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Except to the extent that assets and contracts will be provided or made
available to the JV Companies pursuant to the terms of any of the Transaction
Documents, the Ericsson Business Assets constitute all of the assets necessary
to enable the JV Companies to properly carry on the Ericsson Business after
Completion as currently being carried on in each jurisdiction and are not
materially in excess of the JV Companies requirements in order to properly
carry on the Ericsson Business after Completion. |
|
|
(D) |
|
The Ericsson Business Contracts include all of the material contracts made with
customers and suppliers which relate exclusively to the Ericsson Business as
carried on by Members of the Ericsson Group at the Completion Date. |
|
|
(E) |
|
The contracts and arrangements between the Ericsson Business and Members
of the Ericsson Group, taken as a whole, are and will be at the Completion Date
on arms length terms and reflect competitive market terms of trade for the type
of services provided pursuant to such contracts or arrangements. |
|
|
(F) |
|
In relation to the Ericsson Business, no member of the Ericsson Group is the
subject of any official investigation or inquiry or proceedings brought by any
Governmental Authority or other administrative authority which have had, or is
likely to have, a material adverse effect on the carrying on of the Ericsson
Business and Ericsson is not aware of any facts which are likely to give rise to
any such investigation or inquiry. |
|
|
(G) |
|
So far as Ericsson is aware, there is no existing, pending or threatened material
dispute or potential material dispute relating to Employees between any
Member of the Ericsson Group and any Representative Entity, or any material
number of Employees in any Significant Jurisdiction. |
|
|
(H) |
|
Copies of all agreements or arrangements in relation to collective bargaining or
co-determination with any Representative Entity in relation to the Significant Jurisdiction
save for such agreements or arrangements which are applicable industry-wide, have been or
will, prior to Completion, be made available to ST. None of Ericsson nor any member of the
Ericsson Group has, in relation to any Significant Jurisdiction, received any request for any
agreement or arrangement from any Representative Entity for the purpose of collective
bargaining or co-determination and so far as Ericsson is aware, no such request is pending in
relation to any Significant Jurisdiction. Ericsson and the relevant Members of the Ericsson
Group are, in relation to each Significant Jurisdiction, in all material respects fully in
compliance with each such agreement or arrangement with any Representative Entity. |
37
|
(I) |
|
Ericsson has provided, or prior to Completion, will provide to ST
full material information in respect of all material Benefit Plans relating to
the Employees in the Significant Jurisdictions and in relation to all other
relevant jurisdictions the information provided by Ericsson to ST in respect
of all material Benefit Plans relating to the Employees has been provided in
good faith and all factual information relating to the Employees in such other
relevant jurisdictions which has been provided is accurate in all material
respects. |
|
|
(J) |
|
No announcement or undertaking has been made to any of the Employees by
or on behalf of any Member of the Ericsson Group regarding any material improvement,
reduction or introduction of any employment benefit (other than a pension or death
benefit) for or in respect of any such person in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement taking effect before, on or after Completion. |
|
|
(K) |
|
Each member of the Ericsson Group has in relation to the Ericsson
Business materially complied with any relevant environmental and health and safety laws
and regulations (insofar as these protect the environment and prevent contamination)
save to the extent that non-compliance will not result in a material adverse effect on
the Ericsson Business. |
1.3 |
|
Except to the extent that the contracts will be provided or made available to JVD
pursuant to the terms of any Transaction Documents, Ericsson undertakes to ST and
the JV Companies that JVD will, for so long as Ericsson owns more than 50 per cent. of
JVD, have the benefit of all contracts between Ericsson or Members of the Ericsson
Group and third parties that provide any benefit for the Ericsson Business as carried on
by Ericsson or Members of the Ericsson Group prior to the Completion Date
PROVIDED THAT: |
|
(A) |
|
this undertaking shall apply only to those contracts which permit Ericsson
(or a
Member of the Ericsson Group) to provide or make available to JVD the benefit
of such contracts and without the prior consent of, or compensation to, any
third party; |
|
|
(B) |
|
ST agrees that Ericsson (or a Member of the Ericsson Group) shall be
entitled
to provide such benefits directly to JVD instead of by way of a contract with
a
third party; and |
|
|
(C) |
|
Ericsson (or the relevant Member of the Ericsson Group) shall be
entitled to
terminate and/or shall not be required to renew or extend any contract with a
third party which does not or ceases to provide a benefit to any Member of the
Ericsson Group (other than JVD). In respect of the Non-NXP Business, ST
warrants to and in favour of Ericsson as of the date of this Agreement. |
1.4 |
|
In respect of the Non-NXP Business, ST warrants to and in favour of Ericsson as of the
date of this Agreement: |
|
(A) |
|
Except to the extent that the contracts will be provided or made
available to JVS pursuant to the terms of any Transaction Documents, ST undertakes to
Ericsson and the JV Companies that JVS will, for so long as ST owns more than |
38
|
|
|
50 per cent. of JVS, have the benefit of all contracts between ST or Members of the ST
Group and third parties that provide any benefit for the ST Business as carried on by ST
or Members of the ST prior to the Completion Date PROVIDED THAT: |
|
(i) |
|
this undertaking shall apply only to those contracts which permit ST
(or a Member of the ST Group) to provide or make available to JVS the benefit of such
contracts and without the prior consent of, or compensation to, any third party; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Ericsson agrees that ST (or a Member of the ST Group) shall be
entitled to provide such benefits directly to JVS instead of by way of a contract
with a third party; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
ST (or the relevant Member of the ST Group) shall be entitled to
terminate and/or shall not be required to renew or extend any contract with a
third party which does not or ceases to provide a benefit to any Member of the
ST Group (other than JVS). |
|
(B) |
|
Other than in respect of the ST IP Liabilities, ST or the relevant Member of the
ST Group has or will, as at Completion, have full title, free from all mortgages,
pledges, claims, liens, charges, encumbrances and equities or other third party
rights or claims of any nature whatsoever, to, or a valid right to use, the ST
Business Assets comprised within the Non-NXP Business to be transferred to
the JV Companies pursuant to this Agreement. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Except to the extent that assets and contracts will be provided or made
available to the JV Companies pursuant to the terms of any of the Transaction
Documents, the ST Business Assets comprised within the Non-NXP Business
constitute all of the assets necessary to enable the JV Companies to properly
carry on the Non-NXP Business after Completion as currently being carried on
in each jurisdiction and are not materially in excess of the JV Companies
requirements in order to properly carry on the Non-NXP Business after
Completion. |
|
|
(D) |
|
The ST Business Contracts comprised within the Non-NXP Business include all
of the material contracts made with customers and suppliers which relate
exclusively to the Non-NXP Business as carried on by Members of the ST
Group at the Completion Date. |
|
|
(E) |
|
The contracts and arrangements between the Non-NXP Business and Members
of the ST Group, taken as a whole, are and will be at the Completion Date on
arms length terms and reflect competitive market terms of trade for the type of
services provided pursuant to such contracts or arrangements. |
|
|
(F) |
|
In relation to the Non-NXP Business, no member of the ST Group is the subject
of any official investigation or inquiry or proceedings brought by any
Governmental Authority or other administrative authority which have had, or is
likely to have, a material adverse effect on the carrying on of the Non-NXP |
39
|
|
|
Business and ST is not aware of any facts which are likely to give rise to any such
investigation or inquiry. |
|
|
(G) |
|
So far as ST is aware, there is no existing, pending or threatened material
dispute or potential material dispute relating to Non-NXP Employees between any
Member of the ST Group and any Representative Entity, or any material number of
Non-NXP Employees in any Significant Jurisdiction. |
|
|
(H) |
|
Copies of all agreements or arrangements in relation to collective
bargaining or co-determination with any Representative Entity in relation to the
Significant Jurisdictions save for such agreements or arrangements which are
applicable industry-wide, have been or will, prior to Completion, be made available to
Ericsson. None of ST nor any member of the ST Group has, in relation to any
Significant Jurisdiction, received any request for any agreement or arrangement from
any Representative Entity for the purpose of collective bargaining or co-determination
and so far as ST is aware, no such request is pending in relation to any Significant
Jurisdiction. ST and the relevant Members of the ST Group are, in relation to each
Significant Jurisdiction, in all material respects fully in compliance with each such
agreement or arrangement with any Representative Entity. |
|
|
(I) |
|
ST has provided, or prior to Completion, will provide to Ericsson
full material information in respect of all material Benefit Plans relating to the
Non-NXP Employees in the Significant Jurisdictions and in relation to all other
relevant jurisdictions the information provided by ST to Ericsson in respect of all
material Benefit Plans relating to the Non-NXP Employees has been provided in good
faith and all factual information relating to the Non-NXP Employees in such other
relevant jurisdictions which has been provided is accurate in all material respects. |
|
|
(J) |
|
No announcement or undertaking has been made to any of the Non-NXP
Employees by or on behalf of any Member of the ST Group regarding any material
improvement, reduction or introduction of any employment benefit (other than a pension
or death benefit) for or in respect of any such person in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement taking effect before, on or after
Completion. |
|
|
(K) |
|
Each member of the ST Group has in relation to the Non-NXP Business
materially complied with any relevant environmental and health and safety laws and
regulations (insofar as these protect the environment and prevent contamination)
save to the extent that non-compliance will not result in a material adverse effect
on the Non-NXP Business. |
1.5 |
|
In respect of the NXP Business, to the extent that any matter, fact or circumstance
gives rise to a claim by ST under the NXP Warranties (an NXP Claim), ST agrees and
undertakes to Ericsson to immediately inform Ericsson of the NXP Claim and, as soon as
reasonably practicable, to take all steps as JVS may reasonably require to pursue such claim
against NXP B.V. pursuant to the Falcon Sale and Contribution Agreement. JVS with the
assistance of Ericsson if required shall take such action and give such information and access
to personnel, premises, documents and records as well as |
40
|
|
procure, such reasonable action, and give (or procure the giving of) such reasonable
information and assistance, in order to make, pursue, appeal and enforce the NXP Claim.
The risks and benefits of any NXP Claim brought by ST shall be for the benefit of JVS
and accordingly ST shall have no liability to Ericsson or JVS in relation to the NXP
Business other than to the extent it recovers pursuant to an NXP Claim and any amount
recovered under an NXP Claim shall be paid to JVS. JVS shall indemnify and secure and
keep indemnified and secure ST against all direct and indirect loss, liability, damage
and expense suffered or incurred by it that arises out of or in connection with taking
any such action as JVS may reasonably require which for the avoidance of doubt
includes, without limitation, the reasonable costs and reasonable expenses of an
independent firm monitoring and representing ST in the claim, any losses for which ST
may be liable and the reasonable costs and reasonable expenses of ST in taking the
actions required by JVS and any such reasonable costs and reasonable expenses of the
independent firm are to be paid by JVS as they fall due. |
|
1.6 |
|
Each Party must indemnify the other Party and keep it indemnified against all direct and
indirect loss, liability, damage and expense suffered or incurred by it that arises out of or
in connection with any breach by the first-mentioned Party of any of the warranties
given by it in terms of Clause 12.1.1 to Clause 12.1.3. |
|
1.7 |
|
Neither Party shall be liable in respect of any claim under this Clause 12 to the extent
the matter or circumstance giving rise to that claim: |
|
(A) |
|
is the subject of a claim under Clause 8; |
|
|
(B) |
|
is the subject of a claim under Schedule 7; |
|
|
(C) |
|
is the subject of a claim under Schedule 8; |
|
|
(D) |
|
is the subject of a claim under Schedule 14; |
|
|
(E) |
|
has been or is made good or is otherwise compensated for without cost to
the
JV Companies and the other party; or |
|
|
(F) |
|
is the subject of a claim providing for specific indemnification under any
other
clause of this Agreement. |
1.8 |
|
The liability of a Party under this Clause shall terminate in respect of Business Assets or
liabilities relating to a JV Company at the time that its liability to that JV Company
terminates under Part 3 of Schedule 7. |
|
13. |
|
ANNOUNCEMENTS |
|
1.1 |
|
Subject to Clause 1.2 and except for the press release(s) in the Agreed Form, no
announcement concerning the subject matter of this Agreement may be made by either
Party without the prior written approval of the other, provided that such approval must
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. |
|
1.2 |
|
Either Party may, after consultation with the other party, make an announcement
concerning the subject matter of this Agreement if required by: |
41
|
(A) |
|
law; |
|
|
(B) |
|
existing contractual obligations; or |
|
|
(C) |
|
any securities exchange or regulatory or governmental body to which that
Party
is subject or submits, wherever situated, whether or not the requirement has the
force of law, |
|
|
in which case the Party concerned must take all such steps as may be reasonable and
practicable in the circumstances to agree the contents of such announcement with the
other Party before making such announcement. |
|
14. |
|
CONFIDENTIALITY |
|
1.1 |
|
Each Party must treat as confidential all information obtained by it as a result of entering
into or performing this Agreement which relates to: |
|
(A) |
|
the provisions of this Agreement; |
|
|
(B) |
|
the negotiations relating to this Agreement; |
|
|
(C) |
|
the subject matter of this Agreement; or |
|
|
(D) |
|
the other Party. |
1.2 |
|
Notwithstanding the other provisions of Clause 1.1, either Party may disclose
confidential information: |
|
(A) |
|
if and to the extent required by law or for the purpose of any
judicial
proceedings; |
|
|
(B) |
|
if and to the extent required by existing contractual obligations; |
|
|
(C) |
|
if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or
governmental body to which that party is subject or submits, wherever situated,
whether or not the requirement for information has the force of law; |
|
|
(D) |
|
if and to the extent required for the purposes of any arbitration
pursuant to
Clause 19 (Arbitration); |
|
|
(E) |
|
if and to the extent required to vest the full benefit of this
Agreement in that
Party; |
|
|
(F) |
|
to its professional advisers, auditors and bankers; |
|
|
(G) |
|
if and to the extent the information has come into the public domain through
no
fault of that Party; or |
|
|
(H) |
|
if and to the extent the other Party has given prior written
consent to the disclosure, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. |
42
1.3 |
|
Any information to be disclosed pursuant to Clauses 1.2(A) to 1.2(D)
(inclusive) may be disclosed only after consultation with the other Party. |
|
15. |
|
COSTS AND EXPENSES |
|
1.1 |
|
Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, each Party must pay its own costs and
expenses incurred or to be incurred in negotiating, preparing, concluding or performing
this Agreement. |
|
1.2 |
|
Start-Up Costs will be shared equally between the parties or paid by the JV Companies. |
|
1.3 |
|
Ericsson will pay any costs and expenses required to restructure or reorganise the
Ericsson Business in preparation for transfer or in implementing the transfer. |
|
1.4 |
|
ST will pay any costs and expenses required to restructure or reorganise the ST
Business in preparation for transfer or in implementing the transfer. |
|
16. |
|
FURTHER ASSURANCE AND WRONG POCKETING |
|
1.1 |
|
Upon and after Completion the Parties shall, and will procure that the relevant Member
of the ST Group or Ericsson Group, as applicable, shall, do and execute and deliver or
procure to be done and executed and delivered all such further acts, deeds, documents,
instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer and things as may be necessary to
give effect to the terms of this Agreement to place control of the Businesses in the
hands of the JV Companies in order effectively to convey, transfer, vest and record title
in the Business Assets to the Acquirors and pending the doing of such acts, deeds,
documents and things, the Parties shall and will procure that the relevant Member of the
ST Group or Ericsson Group, as applicable, shall as from the Completion Date hold the
legal estate in the Business Assets in trust for the Acquirors and the JV Companies (as
applicable and as the case may be) to the extent that it shall not have transferred the
same to the Acquirors and JV Companies (as applicable and as the case may be). |
|
1.2 |
|
To the extent that it is determined, following Completion, that the Acquirors or JV
Companies have not been transferred any asset that should have been transferred to it,
the Parties shall, and shall procure that the relevant Member of the ST Group or
Ericsson Group, as applicable, shall, effect the transfer of that asset to the Acquiror,
where relevant, against payment of such consideration therefor as would have been
payable had the relevant asset been transferred. |
|
1.3 |
|
To the extent that it is determined, following Completion, that the Acquirors or JV
Companies have been transferred any asset that should not have been transferred to it,
the Parties shall, and shall procure that asset shall be transferred from the relevant
Acquiror or JV Company to the relevant Member of the ST Group or Ericsson Group, as
applicable, for no consideration. |
|
1.4 |
|
If for any legal, regulatory or Tax reason it is not practicable to give full effect to this
Agreement and securing to the JV Companies or the Acquirors the full benefit of the
rights, powers and remedies conferred on, or obligations undertaken by, it without a
material adverse effect on any Member of the Ericsson Group or any Member of the ST
Group, the Parties agree to discuss in good faith alternative arrangements which as |
43
|
|
nearly as practicable reflect, and give the same benefits or transfer responsibilities for
the same obligations as, the provisions of this Agreement which is the subject of such
legal, regulatory or Tax constraint. |
|
17. |
|
GOVERNING LAW |
|
|
|
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Swiss law. |
|
18. |
|
NOTICES |
|
1.1 |
|
A notice under this Agreement is only be effective if it is in writing. Faxes are permitted
but e-mail is not permitted. |
|
1.2 |
|
Notices under this Agreement must be sent to a Party at its address or fax number and
for the attention of the individual set out below: |
|
(i) |
|
Address: its registered office from time to time
|
|
|
(ii) |
|
Fax number: +46 8 719 95 27 |
|
|
(iii) |
|
For attention of: General Counsel |
|
(i) |
|
Address: its registered office from time to
time |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Fax number: +41 22 929 5906 |
|
|
(iii) |
|
For attention of: General Counsel |
1.3 |
|
Either Party may change its notice details on giving notice to the other Party of the
change in accordance with this clause. That notice is only be effective on the day falling
5 clear Business Days after the notification has been received or such later date as may
be specified in the notice. |
|
1.4 |
|
Any notice given under this Agreement must, in the absence of earlier receipt, be
deemed to have been duly given as follows: |
|
(A) |
|
if delivered personally, on delivery; |
|
|
(B) |
|
if sent by first class post, 3 clear Business Days after the date of posting; or |
|
|
(C) |
|
if sent by facsimile, when despatched. |
1.5 |
|
Any notice given under this Agreement outside 9:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. (Working
Hours) in the place to which it is addressed must be deemed not to have been given
until the start of the next period of Working Hours in such place. |
44
1.6 |
|
The provisions of this Clause 18 (Notices) do not apply in relation to the
service of court process. |
|
19. |
|
ARBITRATION |
|
|
|
The JV Partners agree and shall procure that any Dispute arising under or in connection
with this Agreement or the Transaction Documents shall be resolved under and in accordance
with Schedule 4 (Arbitration). Where any Transaction Documents are entered into by Members
of the Ericsson Group and/or Members of the ST-NXP Group and/or Members of the JV Group,
the JV Partners shall ensure that members of their respective groups and the JV Companies
shall ensure that members of their respective groups, submit any such Dispute for
resolution in accordance with Schedule 4, mutatis mutandis. |
|
20. |
|
MISCELLANEOUS |
|
1.1 |
|
Entire Agreement |
|
(A) |
|
This Agreement constitutes the whole and only agreement between the Parties
relating to its subject matter. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Except in the case of fraud, no Party has any right of action against any
other Party arising out of or in connection with any draft, agreement, undertaking,
representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature
whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the subject matter of this
Agreement made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this
Agreement, except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement. |
|
|
(C) |
|
This Agreement may only be varied by a written instrument or instruments duly
executed by or on behalf of each of the Parties. |
|
(A) |
|
No delay or omission by any Party in exercising any right, power or remedy
provided by law or under this Agreement must: |
|
(i) |
|
affect that right, power or
remedy; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
operate as a waiver of
it. |
|
(B) |
|
The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law
or
under this Agreement does not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the
exercise of any other right, power or remedy. |
|
|
(C) |
|
The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and
not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law. |
45
1.3 |
|
No Assignment |
|
|
|
Neither Party is entitled to assign its rights or benefits under this Agreement without the
prior written consent of the other. No declaration of trust is permitted in respect of any
Partys rights or benefits under this Agreement. |
|
1.4 |
|
Counterparts |
|
|
|
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the Parties on
separate counterparts, but is not effective until each Party has executed at least one
counterpart. Each counterpart constitutes an original of this Agreement, but all the
counterparts together constitute but one and the same instrument. |
|
1.5 |
|
Effect of Completion |
|
|
|
Any term of this Agreement which is capable of being performed after but which has not been
performed at or before Completion (including but not limited to the Surviving Provisions
and all the warranties given in terms of Clause 12 (Warranties)) remains in full force and
effect notwithstanding Completion. |
|
1.6 |
|
No Partnership |
|
|
|
Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a partnership between the Parties and none of the
Parties has authority to bind or commit the other Party. |
|
1.7 |
|
Conflict with Other Transaction Documents |
|
|
|
If there is any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any other Transaction
Document, then the terms of this Agreement shall prevail, except insofar any other
Transaction Document states that a provision or provisions of that Transaction Document
must prevail. |
|
1.8 |
|
Severability |
|
|
|
If at any time any term of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable
in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, that does not affect or impair the
legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this
Agreement or the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of any other
jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement. |
|
1.9 |
|
Limitations on Indemnity Claims |
|
(A) |
|
Subject to Clause 20.9(B) no party shall not be liable in respect of any
claim under any indemnity contained in this Agreement unless the amount of any
claim to which the other party would, but for this Clause 20.9(A), be entitled as a
result of that claim is at least USD$100,000. |
|
|
(B) |
|
If more than one claim under any indemnity contained in this Agreement by a
party arises from, or is caused by, the same or substantially the same matter,
matters, circumstances or circumstances and the aggregate amount of any |
46
|
|
|
damages to which that party would be entitled as a result of those claims is equal
to or exceeds the sum specified in Clause 20.9(A), then Clause 20.9(A) shall not
apply to any of those claims. |
|
|
(C) |
|
No party shall be liable in respect of any claim under any indemnity
contained in this Agreement unless the amount of all claims by a party exceeds USD$2.5
million in which case the party making the claim shall be entitled to all amounts
resulting from those claims (and not just the excess over that sum). |
1.10 |
|
Rights of Third Parties |
|
(A) |
|
Except as provided in Clause 20.9(B), the parties to this Agreement do not
intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable by any person
who is not a party to this Agreement. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Schedule 7 (Responsibility for Liabilities), Clauses 3.2(B) and 3.3(B) confer
a benefit on the JVD Indemnified Parties and the JVS Indemnified Parties (each
a Third Party) and, subject to the remaining provisions of this clause, is
intended to be enforceable by each Third Party. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 20.9(B), this Agreement may be
rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the parties to this agreement
without the consent of any Third Party. |
Executed as a an agreement by
TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET L.M. ERICSSON (publ)
acting by its duly authorised representatives
Executed as a an agreement by
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
acting by its duly authorised representatives
EX-8.1
Exhibit 8.1
Subsidiaries and Equity Investments of the Company
The following list includes our principal subsidiaries and equity investments and the
percentage of ownership we held as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage ownership |
Legal Seat |
|
Name |
|
(direct or indirect) |
|
Australia Sydney |
|
STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd |
|
100 |
Belgium Leuven |
|
NF Belgium NV* |
|
80 |
Belgium Zaventem |
|
STMicroelectronics Belgium N.V. * |
|
80 |
Belgium Zaventem |
|
Proton World International N.V. |
|
100 |
Brazil Sao Paolo |
|
STMicroelectronics Ltda |
|
100 |
Brazil Sao Paulo |
|
Incard do Brazil Ltda |
|
50 |
Canada Ottawa |
|
STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc. |
|
100 |
Canada Thorn hill |
|
Genesis Microchip (Canada) Co. |
|
100 |
China Shenzhen |
|
Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd |
|
60 |
China Shenzhen |
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd |
|
100 |
China Shenzhen |
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd |
|
100 |
China Shenzhen |
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd |
|
100 |
China Shanghai |
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd |
|
100 |
China Shanghai |
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd |
|
100 |
China Shanghai |
|
Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd |
|
65 |
China Shanghai |
|
STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd |
|
100 |
China Shanghai |
|
Shanghai NF Wireless Trading Co. Ltd* |
|
80 |
China Shanghai |
|
Shanghai NF Wireless Technology Co. Ltd* |
|
80 |
China Beijing |
|
STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd |
|
100 |
China Beijing |
|
Beijing T3G Technology Co. Ltd* |
|
80 |
Czech Republic Prague |
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o. |
|
100 |
Czech Republic Prague |
|
STN Wireless Sro* |
|
80 |
Finland Lohja |
|
STMicroelectronics OY* |
|
80 |
Finland Helsinki |
|
STMicroelectronics R&D OY* |
|
80 |
France Crolles |
|
STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS |
|
100 |
France Montrouge |
|
STMicroelectronics S.A. |
|
100 |
France Paris |
|
ST-NXP Wireless France SAS* |
|
80 |
France Rousset |
|
STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS |
|
100 |
France Tours |
|
STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS |
|
100 |
France Grenoble |
|
STMicroelectronics (Grenoble 2) SAS |
|
100 |
France Grenoble |
|
STMicroelectronics Wireless SAS* |
|
80 |
Germany Grasbrunn |
|
STMicroelectronics GmbH |
|
100 |
Germany Grasbrunn |
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH |
|
100 |
Germany Grasbrunn |
|
NXP Falcon Germany GmbH* |
|
80 |
Holland Amsterdam |
|
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. |
|
100 |
Holland Luchtaven |
|
ST Wireless (holding) NV* |
|
80 |
Holland Eindhoven |
|
NXP Wireless Holding 1 BV* |
|
80 |
Holland Eindhoven |
|
NXP Wireless Holding 2 BV* |
|
80 |
Hong Kong Hong Kong |
|
STMicroelectronics LTD |
|
100 |
India Noida |
|
STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd |
|
100 |
India Noida |
|
STMicroelectronics (Wireless) Private Limited* |
|
80 |
India New Delhi |
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd |
|
100 |
India Bangalore |
|
Genesis Microchip (India) Pvt Ltd |
|
100 |
India Bangalore |
|
NF Wireless India Pvt Ltd* |
|
80 |
Ireland Dublin |
|
NXP Falcon Ireland Ltd* |
|
80 |
Israel Netanya |
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd |
|
100 |
Italy Catania |
|
CO.RI.M.ME. |
|
100 |
Italy Aosta |
|
DORA S.p.a. |
|
100 |
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage ownership |
Legal Seat |
|
Name |
|
(direct or indirect) |
|
Italy Agrate Brianza |
|
ST Incard S.r.l. |
|
100 |
Italy Naples |
|
STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l. |
|
100 |
Italy Agrate Brianza |
|
STMicroelectronics S.r.l. |
|
100 |
Italy Agrate Brianza |
|
ST Wireless Italy Srl* |
|
80 |
Japan Tokyo |
|
STMicroelectronics KK |
|
100 |
Japan Tokyo |
|
NF Wireless Japan KK* |
|
80 |
Japan Tokyo |
|
Genesis Japan KK |
|
100 |
Korea Seoul |
|
ST-NXP Wireless Korea Ltd* |
|
80 |
Malaysia Kuala Lumpur |
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD |
|
100 |
Malaysia Muar |
|
STMicroelectronics SDN BHD |
|
100 |
Malaysia Muar |
|
STMicroelectronics (Wireless) SDN.BHD* |
|
80 |
Malta Kirkop |
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd |
|
100 |
Mexico Guadalajara |
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
|
100 |
Mexico Guadalajara |
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
|
100 |
Morocco Rabat |
|
Electronic Holding S.A. |
|
100 |
Morocco Casablanca |
|
STMicroelectronics S.A. |
|
100 |
Morocco Rabat |
|
STMicroelectronics Wireless Maroc SAS* |
|
80 |
Philippines Calamba |
|
NF Philippines, Inc. * |
|
80 |
Singapore Ang Mo Kio |
|
STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd |
|
100 |
Singapore Ang Mo Kio |
|
STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd |
|
100 |
Singapore Ang Mo Kio |
|
ST Wireless Asia Pac Pte Ltd* |
|
80 |
Singapore Singapore |
|
NF Singapore Pte Ltd * |
|
80 |
Spain Madrid |
|
STMicroelectronics S.A. |
|
100 |
Sweden Kista |
|
STMicroelectronics A.B. |
|
100 |
Sweden Stockholm |
|
ST Wireless AB* |
|
80 |
Switzerland Geneva |
|
STMicroelectronics S.A. |
|
100 |
Switzerland Geneva |
|
INCARD SA |
|
100 |
Switzerland Geneva |
|
INCARD Sales and Marketing SA |
|
100 |
Switzerland Geneva |
|
ST Wireless SA* |
|
80 |
Switzerland Zurich |
|
ST-NXP Wireless (Holding) AG* |
|
80 |
Taiwan Taipei |
|
NF Taiwan Ltd* |
|
80 |
Turkey Istanbul |
|
STMicroelectronics Elektronik Arastirma ve Gelistirme Anonim Sirketi* |
|
80 |
United Kingdom Marlow |
|
STMicroelectronics Limited |
|
100 |
United Kingdom Marlow |
|
STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited |
|
100 |
United Kingdom Bristol |
|
Inmos Limited |
|
100 |
United Kingdom Bristol |
|
STMicroelectronics Wireless Ltd* |
|
80 |
United Kingdom Reading |
|
Synad Technologies Limited |
|
100 |
United Kingdom Southampton |
|
NF UK, Ltd * |
|
80 |
United States Carrollton |
|
STMicroelectronics Inc. |
|
100 |
United States Carrollton |
|
ST-NXP Wireless Inc. * |
|
80 |
United States Carrollton |
|
Genesis Microchip Inc, A Delaware Corporation |
|
100 |
United States Carrollton |
|
Genesis Microchip (Del) Inc. |
|
100 |
United States Carrollton |
|
Genesis Microchip LLC |
|
100 |
United States Carrollton |
|
Genesis Microchip Limited Partnership |
|
100 |
United States Carrollton |
|
Sage Inc. |
|
100 |
United States Carrollton |
|
Faroudja Inc. |
|
100 |
United States Carrollton |
|
Faroudja Laboratories Inc. |
|
100 |
United States Wilmington |
|
STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc. |
|
100 |
United States Wilsonville |
|
The Portland Group, Inc. |
|
100 |
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage ownership |
Legal Seat |
|
Name |
|
(direct or indirect) |
|
EQUITY INVESTMENTS |
|
|
|
|
Italy Caivano |
|
INGAM Srl |
|
20 |
The Netherlands Rotterdam |
|
Numonyx Holding BV |
|
48.6 |
South Korea Yongin-si |
|
ATLab Inc. |
|
8.1 |
Singapore The Curie |
|
Veredus Laboratories Pte Ltd |
|
41.2 |
|
|
|
* |
|
These entities are related to the joint venture with NXP, and as of February 1, 2009, they have
been transferred to ST-Ericsson, in which we own 50%. |
3
EX-12.1
Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Carlo Bozotti, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 20-F
of STMicroelectronics N.V.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The companys other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the company and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting,
or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
companys internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the companys internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The companys other certifying officer and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors
and the audit committee of the companys board of directors
(or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
companys ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
companys internal control over financial reporting.
Carlo Bozotti
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: May 13, 2009
EX-12.2
Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Carlo Ferro, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 20-F
of STMicroelectronics N.V.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The companys other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the company and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the company, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting,
or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the
companys internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the companys internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The companys other certifying officer and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors
and the audit committee of the companys board of directors
(or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
companys ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
companys internal control over financial reporting.
Carlo Ferro
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
Date: May 13, 2009
EX-13.1
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION
OF CARLO BOZOTTI, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
OF STMICROELECTRONICS N.V. AND CARLO FERRO, EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.,
PURSUANT TO SECTION 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of STMicroelectronics N.V.
(the Company) on
Form 20-F
for the period ending December 31, 2008, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), the undersigned hereby certify that to the
best of our knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents,
in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
Name: Carlo Bozotti
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Date: May 13, 2009
Name: Carlo Ferro
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
Date: May 13, 2009
EX-15.1
Exhibit 15.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No.
333-109572) of STMicroelectronics N.V. of our report dated May 13, 2009, relating to the financial
statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Travis Randolph
|
|
/s/ Felix Roth |
|
|
|
|
Felix Roth
|
|
|
Geneva,
May 13, 2009
EX-15.2
Exhibit 15.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No.
333-109572) of STMicroelectronics N.V. of our report dated March 4, 2009, relating to the
consolidated financial statements of Numonyx B.V., which appears under Item 18 in this Form 20-F.
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert Muir
|
|
/s/
Kenneth Postal |
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Postal
|
|
|
Geneva,
May 8, 2009